《Lust System in the Murim World》
Chapter 1 Life Without Girl For Five Years Part 1
"Sir, that would be three hundred and fifty." A prettydy standing behind the counter said as he put the package inside a stic bag.
A young man standing in front of her took out his phone and took out his purse. After giving her money, he took the bag and walked out. At this moment, he couldn''t help but realize something under his pant was twitching.
''Damn it! Not right now. I need to control it.''
The young man pinched his finger as he walked away. While he walking, he was pretty conscious of his body. He was wearing loose pants so he was worried about disying them.
He kept pinching his finger with his nail until he reached his apartment. As soon as he reached there, he stopped doing so and looked at his finger. There was a sharp wound on his finger.
The blood wasing out of it.
''Shit! Not again.''
He bit his lips and sat on the chair in front of hisputer. He had stopped going outside and meeting friends for years. He waspletely focused on working.
He was aputer engineer and was working on a project known as ''Murim Realm''. It was a game based on the martial world. But, it wasn''t a normal game.
It was an ''Adult Game''. The premise of the game was simple.
Once you log in, you will be given a system. Since this wasn''t a multiyer game, the character would be the center of everything. As he levels up, the story will slowly unfolds.
And, the only way for him to level up was to have sex withdies. By collecting Harem Points, the character will level up.
They had been working on this game for two years now. So, he had shut himself inside his apartment for this work. And, the more he did that, the more vulnerable he got in front ofdies.
Since this was an adult game, some stuff of the game was quite extreme. And, he had to work with that on daily basis, slowly corrupting his mind. Nowadays, he couldn''t even walk in front ofdies, or else, he would have a boner.
Of course, this didn''t start with this project. It started six years ago when his mind changedpletely.
''Sigh! I need to make dinner and start working once again. The game is almost ready. I need to finish thest few things rted to the ''Lust System''. And, I also need to make sure that the skills are connected to the mary system.''
The way thepany nned to earn money from this game was quite unique. Because the characters of the game are made with almost perfect A.I., the gamer won''t be able to have sex whenever he wants.
The gamer would need to buy certain skills. And, these skills can only be bought on a subscription base. These skills are required to attract random women inside the game.
And, so yers either need toplete certain quests to earn these skills or they need to buy skills using real money. It was his task to make sure that the prices of the skills are correct.
He also needed to check whether it was working or not. So, he quickly left his room and entered the kitchen. After preparing dinner, he took it in front of hisputer and started working while eating.
It had be his habit now.
Rumble! Rumble! Rumble!
Suddenly, the sound of thunderclouds rang. He stood up and pulled his curtain a little to look outside.
''Seriously? I have important work today. I can''t turn off myputer. I guess I could work on myptop. But, it is quite slow. I guess I will be pulling all-nighters once again.''
He walked in front of the table and turned on hisptop. He connected all drives to hisptop and started working.
He continued to type and scroll, type and scroll, type, and scroll.
"What time is it?" After a long time, he looked at the clock.
[11:43]
"I still have a lot to do." His speed was getting slower and his eyes were slowly closing.
Bang!
Suddenly, the loud sound of the thunderclouds rang and woke him up. He sighed. He went back to his kitchen, picked up an energy drink, and started working once again.
But, after half an hour, his body started to give up. He was already too tired since he hadn''t gotten proper sleep for two weeks now. He pushed hisptop a far and closed his eyes.
''Just a little''
He put his hands on the table and put his head over his hands.
''Nice!''
When he was finally able to sleep, he couldn''t help but sleep with a smile. For someone who didn''t get much sleep due to his work, it was a blessing to sleep.
So, it had be his habit to smile while sleeping.
Bang!
At this moment, another lightning bolt struck from the clouds. This time, the lights in his room were turned off but hisptop was still on.
Bang!
......¡..
Somewhere in the city,
A massive bolt of lightning struck a building. The strike started a fire inside a server room. The fire started to consume the entire building. After half an hour, a car reached in front of the building.
The man came out of the car wearing a ck coat. He looked at the building covered in mes and his eyes turned red.
He pped the assistant standing next to him with anger shing out of his eyes.
"What happened? Why did my building got struck by a lightning bolt?"
The assistant endured the pain and spoke.
"Sir, we received the information that our Lightning Rod was a duplicate. It couldn''t prevent the lightning from striking our building."
Bang!
At the same time, another bolt of lightning struck. And, it struck a building far away.
The man wearing a ck coat also saw that. His anger slowly calmed down.
"This damn weather. Two years! Millions of dors! I spent too much in this game but in the end, everything was wasted. My wife was right. Dreams doe true."
He clenched his fist so hard that his hand started bleeding.
After a long minute, he spoke.
"Cancel this project. Try to recover the cost of the building from insurance. Give three months'' sry to all of the employees and fire them. I am never going to invest in a game ever again."
"Yes, sir!"
Three Days Later,
"Sir, I have done everything as you said. But, it seems like a certain employee had an ident." The assistant stood in front of his boss and spoke.
His boss was sitting on a chair. He raised his eyebrows and asked.
"What happened?"
"Sir, Employee Tim was caught up in that night''s lightning bolt. His body was found dead in his apartment in front of hisputer." The assistant answered.
"Tim? If I remember correctly, he was the project manager of that project, right? Sigh! It seems like my wife was correct. That entire project was cursed. Not only it made me lose millions of dors but even lost such a talented young man." The boss sighed as he looked at the ceiling.
"Sir, you remember him?" The assistant was surprised.
"Of course! He was the talent that I wanted to keep in mypany for a long time. Unfortunately, both were lost on the same night. Go to his family and deliver his money. And, give him a sry of six months. That would help his family." The boss said with a sad expression.
"Sir, he doesn''t have a family." The assistant replied.
Hearing his word, the boss was surprised.
"Was he an orphan?"
"I am not sure, sir. He didn''t write anything about his family in his resume. And, I couldn''t find anything about his family as well. He had no friends, no lover, and doesn''t even talk to hisndlords. Do you want me to dig more?" The assistant asked.
"Try! If possible, find out more about his family and send them money. If you can''t find anything, then just leave it." The boss was surprised for a moment. He nodded his head and replied.
"Yes, sir."
........
"Yawn.... I slept so well. Wait, wait, how long did I sleep?" A young man suddenly stood up from his bed in surprise. His eyes fell on his surroundings. He was confused for a moment.
"What the? Where is myputer? Why am I on a bed? And, this is not my bed." The young man was perplexed. He found that he was sleeping on some straw hays.
He looked around and found that the room was quite small and looked very ancient as well. The tiles on the ceilings look like the building from the vige. The walls made with mud and bricks seem like he was truly in the vige.
For some reason, it felt like he knew this ce. It felt like he had seen this ce so many times. But, it didn''t make sense at all. He jumped out of the bed and rushed outside.
When he reached outside, he found a bunch of different people wearing simple clothes walking around. The people on the road looked at him with surprise.
He immediately went back and closed the door. He put his hand on his chest and his eyes widened.
"What the fuck happened? Where the hell am I?"
Chapter 2 Life Without Girl For Five Years Part 2
''My name is Tim. I am twenty-six years old lonely soul working from home. I have no family, no friends, and no lover. I work and watch anime. I work and watch anime. I work and I cook as well.''
''That''s all. I would never in the million years go to a vige and sleep. So, why the fuck am I here?''
Tim was having a hard time adjusting to his current situation. After a long time, he slowly stood up and looked around. He didn''t find anything except a small stove with some dried wood, some utensils, a bag of rice, a bed, and some spare clothes.
That''s all. There wasn''t even water inside the room.
''There is no mirror which means I can''t even confirm where this is my own body. Because unless someone kidnapped me and took me to this vige, I would nevere to this kind of ce.''
''So, I need to find out whether I am still on earth.''
Pat!
Suddenly, he pped himself.
''Damn it! Why am I thinking so much about reincarnation? Those damn anime. I can''t think of anything else. Anyway, I need to go out.''
He turned around and walked toward the door.
''Huuu-haaa'' ''huuu-haaa'' ''huuu-haaa'' ''huuu-haaa''
''Alright, let''s go. Alright, let''s go. This is easy. It''s just like going out for groceries. You don''t need to fear anyone, Tim. Just puff out your chest and walk forward.''
''Open this damn door. Am I getting more scared because I am not in my apartment? I am pretty sure that I wouldn''t be this hesitant to go outside when it was necessary.''
''Hoooo! Alright, open this door''
Tim finally put his hands on the door and pulled it. But as soon as he pulled it, he saw the faces of the people he hasn''t seen in his entire life.
Bam!
He instantly closed his door.
''Hoody! I need a damn hoody. Fuck! This is not my apartment. There is no hoody. What should I do?''
Bam! Bam! Bam!
Suddenly, someone knocked on his door. This frightened Tim even more.
"Kim, are you alright? Are you still injured from the previous fight? Open the door! It''s me."
When the voice rang from outside the door, Tim suddenly stopped shaking.
''Kim¡ I definitely reincarnated into this world in the body of this Kim guy. So, what should I do? Should I open the door? But, this sounds like a girl''s voice.''
''What would she think if that happens? But, if I don''t open the door, she might get even more suspicious. Besides, I need to learn more about this ce. Alright, let''s open the door.''
Tim turned around for a moment. But, the next moment, he once again turned around.
''No! I can''t do this. I haven''t talked to a girl for three years. And, it even includes the girl at that grocery counter. Fuck! What should I say to her? What word should I use?''
He suddenly made a pose and thought.
''Hey, girl! What made youe here?''
He shook his head.
''No! I am injured. And, that''s definitely not a way to talk to a girl right now. What word should I use? Girl,dy, sister, bitch¡.. I can''t call someone a bitch without knowing anything about her.''
''Alright, let''s go with sister. Okay! What next? Should I act like I don''t know anything? I have taken an acting ss when I was small. Should I try it? What is my identity?''
Tim felt like he knew this room very well but he couldn''t connect it to his feelings. He didn''t understand whether it was his disbelief or just doubt that was forcing him to separate his feelings and his memories.
Bam! Bam!
"Kim, I aming in." That voice rang once again and Tim almost jumped like a frightened bunny. He rushed outside immediately and stood in front of the girl.
She was wearing a white dress with a green flower design on it. She was a bit shorter than him. Her ck hair wasn''t tied and she had a pale face.
Tim looked at her face and his eyes slowly moved down till they fell on her skin. Her dress had covered her breast perfectly but since he was taller than her, his eyes could see a bit inside.
"What are you looking at?" The girl looked at his gaze and angrily shouted at him. But she did nothing to cover herself.
At this moment, Tim was slowly reaching his limit. His thing was slowly growing and his face turned red. At this moment, his mind had already started creating her naked body.
This was the reason why he was so afraid of meeting girls. Just by looking at them, his mind just snaps and starts creating naked pictures of them. It''s like he had an X-ray vision.
But, he knew that he didn''t have such a thing. It''s just that his mind worked that way. That''s why he had no one around him. But, right now, he didn''t know what to say.
[0%¡ª15%¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª35%¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª65%¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª80%¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª100%]
[Lust System has been activated]
[Would you like to open your status window?]
"Huh?"
Suddenly, the image of the naked girl disappeared from his mind and a question mark appeared. He heard a strange voice in his mind and his eyes moved up.
He saw a blue panel in front of him with a bunch of words written on this.
He rubbed his eyes.
''Fuck! Reincarnation magic is working. It''s not broken. It''s real.''
''But Lust System, why does this name sound so familiar?''
"Argh"
Suddenly, the barrier that was stopping him from remembering everything disappeared. At this moment, he finally remembered theputer and everything that happened inside it.
''House! Girl! Conflict! Lust System! I am inside a fucking game.''
Tim''s mind almost exploded for a moment. He didn''t care if he had been reincarnated into another world but he didn''t expect that world to be the game he created.
He was the project manager. He was the one who wrote the basics of this game. He was the one who designed most of the things.
''Fuck Fuck Fuck Fuck Fuck Fuck Fuck Fuck Fuck Fuck... Why? Why the fuck did I get reincarnated into a world where people fight after sitting in a restaurant for a cup of tea?''
''That son of bitch whoever reincarnated me into this world. Why didn''t he think about my feelings? Just because this is my game doesn''t mean I want to be here.''
''Calm down! Calm down, Tim. Nothing has gone wrong. Just calm and look in front of you.''
Tim slowly looked in front of him and his eyes face on the girl''s face. In an instant, faster than the speed of light, faster than the sh, that question mark got reced by her naked body.
''Why am I thinking of her naked body when I can''t even fuck her? Damn it! There is noptop or inte to watch hentai here. How the hell am I supposed to calm down my boner?''
Tim slowly lowered his head and he was perplexed.
''I forgot.''
''It''s the size of an apricot.''
"Hey! What is happening with you? Did you hurt your brain after that battle? I told you. You shouldn''t try to fight them. Those bastards are too powerful for you. You haven''t even started training."
The girl in front of him shouted with an angry expression.
Only then did Tim realize his condition.
''ording to the game, it starts with the main character being injured by a group of bullies. Because he had feelings for this girl, he awakens Lust System after they meet.''
''In a normal situation, a gamer would buy some skills to get her and increase his strength. Then, he would fight back, defeat those bullies, and some recognition but also offend some people.''
''So, a new quest would be activated. But to activate that quest, I need to defeat those bullies. But right now, I am a guy who sat in front of hisputer for five years.''
''How the fuck am I supposed to defeat them?''
Tim didn''t know whether he was sad or angry.
"Hey, why aren''t you talking to me? Are you angry at me?" The girl snapped her finger in front of his face and asked. She was looking at him suspiciously.
''Alright! How do I speak? Just speak. Just speak. Just speak. Just speak. JS! JS! JS! JS!''
"He¡ªlello."
"Huh! What was that? Are you alright?" The girl slowly approached him even more. Her face was just in front of his face. At this moment, Tim''s face turned red.
''She is an NPC. She is an NPC. You have interacted with NPC for years. There is nothing to worry about. Just think of her as an NPC.''
"No-nothing! My head hurts a little from that fight." After he finally changed his perception, he was able to talk to her.
"That''s why I told you not to fight. Come inside! I will massage your head and you will feel alright." The girl caught his hand and pulled him inside.
''Wait, wait, wait¡..'' Tim started to panic. His hand trembled a little. His face started to fluster. It has been over five years since a girl had touched him.
''What should I do? This wasn''t in the game. I shouldn''t be inside my house with her without using those skills.''
Suddenly, new panels appeared in front of him.
[50¡ª¡ª¡ª 60¡ª-70¡ª¡ª80¡ª¡ª100]
[Your Lustmeter has gone above 100. You must release your lust within ten minutes or else, you will enter Lust Berserk Mode]
Chapter 3 First Member Of His Harem Part 1 R-18
''What? What? The fuck¡. I forgot about this. No, I can''t enter Lust Berserk Mode. If I enter it and do that forcefully, the whole vige would hate me. The quests'' difficulty would increase.''
''And, now I am inside the game. I don''t even know what kind of consequences I would suffer. No, I definitely need to do something.''
"What''s happening? You are shaking. Are you alright? I shouldn''t have let you go after them." The girl pulled his hand and held it tightly.
At this moment, Tim''s hand stopped shaking. But, he was still in a difficult situation. He didn''t know what to do right now.
''Think Tim, you need to think. You have yed dozens of MMORPG games. You have even yed adult games. You have watched dozens of hentai. You have watched dozens of anime. There must be a way.''
''I have to think about it. Let''s start with the Three-Rules that I have created for myself. Observe, Analyze, and Act.''
''First, let''s observe my situation. I haven''t touched a girl for five years. My brain creates the naked image of the girl I see so I start lusting over her. Currently, my hand is being held by a girl and lust is over the limit.''
''Now, let''s analyze this situation. My heart isn''t calm and my mind is barely able to focus. Even though that is small, it is still hard as a rock. Without those skills, I can''t fuck her.''
''If I try to be forceful, I will get a bad reputation and this new life will only get harder. My main problem is my lust meter. If I can''t fuck her, then I have to find a way to bring it down.''
''That means, the only usible method to calm down my lust is through rejection.''
''If I am rejected, my lust will go down. That means I need to get rejected right now which shouldn''t be hard.''
''Alright! It''s time for Action.''
It was hard. For him, it was really hard. But, he had no choice. He instantly held her hands which surprised her. The girl looked at him with a stunned expression as he looked into her eyes and said.
"Yeosho, you know the reason why I fought against them. I have been holding it in my heart for a long time but I can''t do it anymore. I have something that I wanted to tell you."
At this moment, his eyes closed. He had already made his heart ready enough for rejection.
"I love you."
When he said that, his eyes were forced closed even more. His lust was slowly going down because, in his heart, he knew it was a rejection. These weren''t normal NPCs.
They were created with almost perfect A.I. which means they were really good with these things of things.
But, suddenly, he felt something moist on his lips. He slowly opened his eyes and they widened to the point where it almost lookedical.
[Congrattion! You have sessfully added ''Yeosho'' to your Harem.]
[You have been rewarded with 50 Harem Points]
[You have kissed your Harem Girl]
[You have been rewarded with 5 Harem Points]
[You received 10% Kiss Mastery]
[You received 10% Sex Mastery]
[You received 10% Chad Energy]
[Since you have got your first harem girl, you have received Mystery Box.]
''K.k.k.k.k.kkiss.... She kissed me. SHE KISSED ME. Fuck! My first kiss happened when I was thinking about the rejection.''
''Wait, wait, this doesn''t make sense. Yes, their rtionship was good but it was clear that by only using the skills, the gamer would be able to fuck her. That was the business model from the beginning.''
''Wait, why am I thinking about the game? I am getting a kiss from a girl. I haven''t kissed a girl in five years¡.. Sorry, I haven''t kissed a girl in all my life. Is this what it feels.''
''Her lips¡. They feel so good.''
At this moment, his hands suddenly moved and held her waist. He tilted his head a little and his tongue slowly entered her mouth. But, his eyes were still wide open.
''Fuck! My hands moved. Wait, I no longer have any kind of lust. My mind¡.. It''s no longer making the naked picture of her body. I can understand the sudden change in my kiss. It was due to Kiss Mastery.''
''But, what about Lust? Why did it disappear?''
''Ugh! Whatever I should just focus on the kiss.''
Tim''s tongue moved inside her and started to wrap around her tongue. The feeling that it gave her shivered her spine. But, she didn''t back down.
Three Years!
She had been holding her feelings for him for three years. She was just afraid of getting rejected. So, when he confessed to her, the emotions inside her burst out.
She couldn''t stop herself from kissing him. Her body was burning hot. She wanted to go beyond the kiss but she was also afraid of taking the first step.
But, suddenly his hand rubbed her ass. She almost broke the kiss in surprise. Her body started to shiver. Her legs rubbed against each other as he started to squeeze her ass.
She was feeling the heat from inside. But, her nose was picking up a strange smell. This kind of smell was turning her on and it wasing from him. She had been with him for quite a while but she had never small something like this.
At this moment, she wanted him to do something more with her. His hands were still on her ass as he kept pinching her butt.
Even Tim was confused about why his hand moving like that but he didn''t hate the feeling. Squeezing her ass felt so good that his little brother started to rise. It slowly started to poke against her.
The size of an apricot changed into the size of a radish. He didn''t care why this was happening. He didn''t even feel a slight nervousness like he did before.
At this moment, his mind waspletely nk. And, his hands were doing all the things on their own.
His hand suddenly changed their ces as they reached her waist. He slowly unlocked the knot on the side of her cloth. After it was unlocked, he slid her cloth.
At this moment, she shivered even more. She was scared but she was also getting excited.
Three Years!
She held this feeling for him for three years. If she had just confessed to him a long time ago, they would''ve been together by now. But, she was afraid that he would reject her.
So, now that he was making his move, she was getting even more excited. She didn''t care if she stand naked in front of him. After he removed her dress, she only had a bra and panty.
His eyes moved to her breasts. They were covered by her bra. He had imagined her body in his mind but it was just an imagination. He wasn''t even sure if this was correct.
So, his hand followed his wish and moved up. He opened her bra and two bountiful snow-like melons appeared in front of him. At this moment, she broke the kiss and looked away.
Her face was burning red. But, he didn''t care.
''This is crazy. We are doing it. This feels so sudden. Am I really going to do it? Should I allow him to do it now? But, I don''t want to stop right now. No way, I have no reasons to stop all this excitement.''
After she broke the kiss, Tim''s mind finally reacted. For some reason, he didn''t get nervous. Instead, he put his hand on her chin and turned her head.
He lowered his head and once again kissed her. At the same time, he moved his hand on her breast and squeezed it. He lifted his other hand and swiped.
After that, he put his hand inside her panty and started squeezing her naked ass. The feeling of skin-to-skin contact was amazing. He couldn''t stop himself as he continued to squeeze her ass and breast while kissing her.
After a while, he broke the kiss and put his mouth above her nipples. He sucked a massive part of her breast inside his mouth as if he was hunger.
Then, he moved his tongue inside, rubbing around her nipples.
"Mhmm¡.."
When he heard her moan, a single thought came to his mind.
''This is amazing.''
Chapter 4 First Member Of His Harem Part 2 R-18
''But, what now?''
Tim''s mind was filled with questions. He knew everything was going smoothly because his hands were moving around and his mouth was sucking her breast.
But, he needed to take a step forward. So, he had to know what he needed to do now.
''Alright! You have watched hundreds of hentai and porn. You know what to do. First step, make her wet.''
Tim let his instinct control his body while constantly giving himselfmands. He didn''t want to mess up right now. He knew how much of a wuss he can be.
So, if that happens right now, he would lose everything. So, the only thing he could do was to let his body control himself while still nning his next move.
His hand slowly moved down. He didn''t remove his finger from her skin. It touched her stomach as it was slowly sliding down. His mouth was sucking her breast while his tongue was ying with her nipple.
It was turning hard.
Her nipples were turning hard but since she had two nipples and he had one mouth, he had to stop sucking just one breast and move on to the next.
"Mhmmm...Kimm....."
When his finger slowly slid inside her panty, she moaned in a sexy voice. It was turning his dick even harder. His finger slowly reached her pussy and when he touched it, he felt damp skin.
He slightly moved his finger inside her and a sweet moan escaped her mouth. His finger was covered with juice inside her pussy.
''Damn! She is already this wet. Alright, what''s the next step? Since she is already wet, I can put it inside. But, doing so, all this excitement would end instantly.''
''First, let''s continue this for a little longer. Then, I can start doing it.''
Tim thought to himself and moved his hand up. He touched her nipple and started pinching it while sucking her other breast.
"Ohhhh¡. It hurtssss¡"
Tim noticed that his hand was pinching her nipple too hard but something was telling him that it was only getting better.
"Stop!"
Yeosho suddenly forced him to stop. Tim was confused for a moment. But, when she separated herself, she got to her knees and pulled down his pants.
"Let me do some work as well."
''Is she? Yes, she is. Fuck! She is going to give me a blowjob.... It''s going getting better.''
"Yeahhhh!"
''Fuck! I ended up moaning. But, this is fucking good. It feels a hundred times better than using my hand.''
She put her mouth on his five inches long dick and slowly moved her head.
"I¡. Am... not good with this... So....forgive me if I make a mistake."
She tried to speak as she slowly moved her head front and back. Because she was doing this for the first time, her teeth were constantly hitting his dick.
But, the touch of her tongue was enough to make him bear the pain. His mind couldn''t focus on pain because of her soft mouth.
''Damn! You call this not good? I have never felt this good in my life. Then, again I have never got a single blowjob in my life.''
When Tim thought that, his mind suddenly went nk for a moment.
''I never actually got a chance to be like any other normal guy, did I? I always end up hiding and living alone. I never got a chance to touch a girl much less have sex with them.''
''I was too afraid of even talking to a woman... Do I really want to live my life like that even in this world?''
At this moment, a strange feeling arose inside his heart. His blood was boiling and his mind was no longer messy. His eyes looked determined as his hand moved to the back of her head.
The pleasure struck his brain. His balls couldn''t resist it anymore and ended up releasing a huge load into his dick.
''No way! If I am going to live a new life, then I am going to live it in a new way. This is my new life. The dream that I used to have every fucking night ising true.''
''There is no way I am going to live my life like before. I will conquer my fear. I will conquer my emotions. And, I will live the life as I want.''
At the same moment when he decided to live his new life in a new way, his dick released a huge load of white fluid inside her mouth, filling it.
"Ugh!"
Yeosho grunted as she started drinking his cum. It went straight down her throat. She felt a strange heat inside her mouth. And, although it wasing out of his dick, she didn''t feel any kind of disgust.
At this moment, Tim crouched down and picked her up. Although his body wasn''t strong, he wasn''t weak either. He was still able to lift her. He took her to the bed.
It was covered with nothing but straw hays. But, it was still bed. He looked at her eyes. That previous fear and wussy attitude inside of him had disappeared.
In front of his head, there were a lot of new panels.
[You fondled her ass and received 5 Harem Points]
[You sucked her breast and received 10 Harem Points]
[You got a blowjob and received 25 Harem Points]
[Ding! You have sessfully finished a Hidden Quest]
[Hidden Quest- Conquer your fear
Description- Due to the fear and wussy attitude of the yer, you had a hard time with women. It was natural to conquer your fear in order to use the Lust System smoothly.
Quest Rewards- 50 Harem Points, Ghost Mask, Poison Dagger, and Basic Dagger Technique
Quest Punishment- Let''s be reasonable
Quest Time- We are reasonable]
Although it was just in front of his head, Tim didn''t see these panels. His eyes were just focused on the girl below him. At this moment, his hands moved and slowly pulled down her panty.
Her naked pussy appeared in front of him. He slowly got over her and put his dick on top of her pussy.
"I''m going in."
He whispered as he put his head above her. After she closed her eyes and nodded, he kissed her lips. As she got intoxicated by his kiss, he slowly pushed his dick inside her pussy.
Since it was wet, it started moving inside quite easily. But, in the middle, she broke the kiss.
"Stop¡.. stop! Stop!"
Yeosho''s eyes trembled and she almost broke into tears. The pain struck her hard.
"Alright! Tell me when you feel good."
Tim realized that it was her first time. He stopped moving forward but he didn''t take it out either.
She nodded her head. After she found herself bearing the pain, she slowly opened her mouth.
"You can continue."
Tim nodded his head and slowly pushed it inside. His dick was only five inches long so it couldn''t reach the end but it didn''t matter. After he entered all the way, he finally pulled it out.
But, she patted his back and asked him to slow down. He didn''t ignore her and took it slow. But after a few times, he finally started increasing his speed. From one knockout in ten seconds to three in ten seconds.
It slowly increased as she started feeling pleasure instead of pain. The blood fell down her pussy but he didn''t care about it. He just kept fucking her.
"Ahhhh¡ Ahhhh! Ahhhh"
At first, she wasn''t enjoying it but she did, her moans only got louder. Those sexy moans rang in his ears and started to make him feel good as well. He put his mouth on her breast and started sucking her while fucking her.
"Kim¡.. you feel so good..."
"Oh yeah! Then, I will make you feel even better."
Saying so, Tim turned her around and let her sit in a doggy position. After that, he increased his speed even more.
Pat! Pat! Pat! Pat!
The sound of his dick hitting her pussy started to ring even louder. Her pussy was being mercilessly smashed by his dick and her expression was changing even more drastically.
The intensity of being fucked like that was appearing on her face. Her tongue started toe out as she shook her ass and jiggled her mellons.
"Ahhh! Oh yeahhh¡ This is amazing¡.. Kim, I never thought you would be this good."
''Thanks to the sudden sex mastery that I received. But, it doesn''t;t matter. It feels good to smash your pussy.''
Tim felt his blood rising. His balls were constantly hitting the air and he was almost on the verge ofing out.
"Yeosho, I''m cuming."
"Wait, wait, don''te inside."
When she heard his words, she panicked. She almost pulled her pussy away from his dick. But before she could do that, he pulled it out and pulled her down as well.
He turned her and moved above her face. He put his dick in front of her mouth and started shaking it.
"Open your mouth!" Tim said.
Hearing his words, she opened her mouth wide and he put the tip inside her mouth while giving it a handjob.
"Alright! Here, Ie."
He grunted and released another load of cum inside her mouth. As soon as he came twice, he felt a bit weak. He moved to the side andnded on his back.
Yeosho turned around and gulped down his cum at once.
"I never thought I would drink something that seems disgusting."
"But, if you had taken it inside, then that thing would turn into a baby." Tim said.
"That''s why I didn''t do it. You need to earn a lot of money before you think of impregnating me."
"Yeah! By the way, I suddenly remember something¡"
"Did we close the door?"
Chapter 5 Training Part 1
''Man, I''m d that I closed the door.''
Tim breathed out a sigh of relief when he saw a door. At this moment, he felt a movement in his arm. Yeosho put her head on his left arm and looked into his eyes.
"Can I sleep like this?"
When Tim saw her cute expression, his face almost turned red. He quickly nodded his head and she smiled while closing her eyes.
''Haaaa! This is crazy.''
After he fell asleep, Tim stared at her cute sleeping face. His mind was once again messy. He was still having a hard time believing that he had finally fucked a girl.
''But then again, this is no longer the real world. But, is it even a game world? There are many things that don''t make sense. First, where the hell does Chad Energyes from?''
''And, why does this game has Hidden Quests?''
[Hidden Quest- Conquer your fear
Description- Due to the fear and wussy attitude of the yer, you had a hard time with women. It was natural to conquer your fear in order to use the Lust System smoothly.
Quest Rewards- 50 Harem Points, Ghost Mask, Poison Dagger, and Basic Dagger Technique
Quest Punishment- Let''s be reasonable
Quest Time- We are reasonable]
Looking at the screen in front of his eyes, Tim was quite confused. He was familiar with this kind of screen but he was unfamiliar with the content written on it.
''Alright, calm down! Let''s run my Three Rules.''
''Observe- First, this is a game world. Yeosho isn''t just a character. She is a real person. Chad Energy isn''t something that I have added to the game. This hidden quest was personally made for me.''
''Analyze- Despite being a game world, this is an actual world for me. Real and illusions are just concepts that our mind believes in. Even if this was a game, it would be real for me.''
''Currently, I don''t have a way to buy those skills since they can only be bought with real currency. But, except for those skills, there are other things that I can buy with Harem Points.''
''I am not a Top G. I am not a bad boy. I am not a skilled person. But, I have the entire knowledge of this world at least things that haven''t changed. So, I can use my knowledge to my advantage.''
''Since there are things like Chad Energy and Hidden Quest, I believe there are many things that have been changed. The main problem would be the flow of the story. If there are changes in the flow, that would be bad for me.''
''Action- The only thing that I can do right now is gain more strength. Unlike other worlds, conflict could happen at any moment so I need to be prepared. That means I have to put more effort into increasing my Harem and also training.''
''Putting this aside, let''s check my status window.''
"Open Main Menu "
[Character Status] [Inventory] [Skills] [Quests] [Shop]
''Can I touch it?''
Tim raised his hand and clicked on [Character Status]
''It seems like I can.''
[Name- Kim Woo
Lvl- 1 (Average)
ss- None (Unlocked at Lvl.10)
Level Up- 100 Harem Points
Unique Talent- None
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Martial Technique- None
Martial Art- None
Body- Clogged
STR: 1 / AGI: 1 / END: 1
DEX: 1 / STM: 2 / DEF: 1
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Lust Meter- 10
Harem Member- Yong Yeosho
Harem Points- 195
Lust Berserk Mode- Deactivated]
''Wait, why are my Harem Points so high?''
"Show me the recent notifications" Timmanded and the status bar in front of him disappeared, reced by something else.
[You fondled her ass and received 5 Harem Points]
[You sucked her breast and received 10 Harem Points]
[You got a blowjob and received 25 Harem Points]
[You fucked her pussy and received 50 Harem Points]
[You have reached your stamina limits.]
[Your stamina has been increased by one]
''No! Nope! Nope! Nope! This wasn''t the part of Lust System. I didn''t add this to the lust system codes. So, why is it there? Is this the new change? Wait, perhaps this is the exchange for not being able to purchase those skills?''
''Not just for Harem Points, even for stamina. It increased just by having sex. Now that I think about it. Stamina isn''t just about physical limits. It''s also a mental limit. For someone who spent ten years jerking off, having sex would be pretty demanding but I didn''t tiredness until the end.''
''Maybe it''s because of Sex Mastery. It seems like I can increase my stats by breaking my limits. And, I also get Harem Points for every little action that I take with her. But why? This feeling inside of me.''
Tim''s expression dropped. He almost shouted but in his mind.
''I understand that I can''t even use Harem Points to buy those skills. I can only use it to get stronger. And, that''s good but then why am I so pissed?''
''Haaa! Anyway, nothing has changed in the status window at least. So, I should check out my inventory. I got quite an amazing reward.''
Tim closed the status window by swiping it and then click on [Inventory]
Suddenly, a huge panel with a small little box appeared in front of him. This was the game inventory that could be used to store anything.
There were over fifty slots but only three of them were packed. He clicked on the first one.
[Item- Ghost Mask
Lvl. 10 (Can''t be evolved)
Restriction- None
Description- Ghost Mask was created to turn people invisible.
Effect- Invisibility
Time Limit- None
Weakness- It doesn''t erase your presence]
''So true. But, it wasn''t supposed to appear here. This was a level 10 item and can only be used against low-level people since higher-level people can feel a presence, it won''t be effective.''
After looking at it, he clicked on the next two slots.
[Item- Poison Dagger
Lvl. 10 (Can''t be evolved)
Restriction- Dagger Mastery Lvl.5
Description- A dagger forged with poison.
Effect- Poisoning (Paralysis, Blood Freeze, and Extreme Pain)
Time Limit- Based on opponent
Weakness- Depends on Dagger Mastery]
[Item- Basic Dagger Technique
Lvl. 1
Restriction- Requires Dagger
Description- This technique was created to proficiently use daggers for those who haven''t touched a dagger in their lives.
Effect- Lethal Attacks, Fast Movement
Time Limit- Based on Stamina
Weakness- Low Agility and Dexterity]
''That''s interesting. So, unlike Basic Dagger Technique, those two pieces of equipment can''t be improved. It''s just like how we made it. It seems like I need to train this technique right now.''
''But, if I train this technique, I will unlock either Assassin or Poison Master ss. Come to think of it, there are only ten sses in this game. Warrior, Guardian, Painter, Assassin, Poison Master, Monk, Swordsman, Dual Weapon Master, Elemental Master, and Schr.''
''Well, it doesn''t matter which ss I enter but it would be easier to swap sses since they give some heavy bonus stats. Maybe I should try that. If I can get ''that'', I would be able to train different sses and swap constantly.''
''But, I need to at least train Basic Dagger Technique first. After that, I will n for the future based on my performance. Right now, let''s look at the store. There is something that can be used right now.''
He directly skipped Skills and Quests since both were useless at this moment and clicked on the store.
[Title- Harem Boy
Effect- Lvl. 1 Shop]
[Martial Technique- Basic Sword Technique, Basic Fist Technique, Basic Movement Technique, Basic Spear Technique, Basic Dagger Technique, Basic Palm Technique]
[Martial Art- Bone Crushing Fist, Three-Points Stab, Quick Feet, Lone Warrior Strike, Sixteen shes, Internal Energy Crushing Palm, Dirt Kick, Leaf Sword Strike]
[Weapon- Common Sword, Iron Gloves, Cold Dagger, Long Spear, Chest te, Iron Armor]
[Pills- One Year Pill, Two-Year Pill, Cold Pill, Fire Pill, Lightning Pill, Meditation Pill, Food Pill, Body Refining Pill]
[Misc- Spirit Grass, Cold Iron Ore, Spatial Ring, Energy Core¡.]
''It exists. Yes, thank god this didn''t change.''
He immediately raised his hand and clicked on Body Refining Pill and Energy Core. These two items were incredibly important for him, especially now that he was inside the game.
''When I was creating a way to level up, I decided to add a long and hard method as well. While using those skills on women to get them in bed and increasing their Harem Points to level up was necessary for thepany.''
''There are still people who would want to y games without spending money. Some people just can''t spend money so I created this function. Of course, they would still need to earn some Harem Points to buy these things but once they do, they don''t need to level up in that way.''
''This character''s body is filled with impurities. His meridians are distorted and weak. His dantian is so small that it can''t even hold the wisp of internal energy.''
''So, I created these two items. Body Refining Pill. Itpletely removes impurities and strengthens meridians. Not only that, but it also improves the physical structure of a body to be more like a martial artist.''
''And, Energy Core is an item that evolves the Dantian. It increases the size of the Dantian by several folds and with these two, I can level up in both ways.''
''Hard Work and Harem Points! I can utilize both ways to increase my strength and toplete that.''
When he thought about that, his eyes suddenly narrowed.
''I need to consume them and immediately start training. Those buffoons would arrive at any moment.''
Chapter 6 Training Part 2
Tim slowly removed his arm from beneath her head and walked out of the bed. He took off his t-shirt and used it to cover her body.
Looking at her, Tim clenched his fist.
Everything happened so fast that he didn''t know how to respond to it. He just went with the flow and any logical person would do the same. But, now that everything has already happened, it feels like a dream to him.
''Man, I really hope this is neither a game nor a dream. Maybe my brain would start functioning normally now. Hopefully, I won''t have to spend my life as I did on earth.''
''No¡ I won''t spend my life like that. The room smelled like shit. The bed used to be covered in tissue. The Can of Energy Drinks and wrappers of junk filled up my table.''
''Not a single thread of light could pass through those curtains. Programming software, hentai, and email in google were always opened on myputer. I truly lived a shitty life.''
''Even though I was aware of that, I never tried to change. Nobody was there to help me change. I never tried to ask for someone''s help to change myself. And, as time passed, I slowly drowned myself in those shits even more.''
''But, this world. I can change here. Strength is everything. If I don''t train, I will be crushed. Quests and cheats, I know all of them. Even without the real currency, I can still get those skills.''
''From women to money, there is not that I won''t be able to acquire here. I could do the same in the real world but I wasn''t able to change myself. But here, I have already taken the first step.''
Thinking so, he looked at Yeosho and chuckled.
He turned around and sat down.
''Yes, I have already taken the first step. Second step would be gaining strength. I have already spent one hundred and fifty harem points for these two points. So, I won''t be able to level up right now. Let''s hope that this gamble isn''t incorrect.''
He raised his hand and put the red ball that was the size of a ping pong ball inside his mouth. As soon as he ate it, the red ball started to dissolve with just his saliva.
It turned into a red stream of energy and flowed toward his stomach. Since dantian was present behind the naval, the energy had to reach there. The dantian was a space that seemed to co-exist with human body parts.
But, on the other hand, it was also not a real part of the body. When the energy reached there, it started slowly merging with it. As soon as that energy merged with his dantian, it burst out red light from his dantian.
The red light wasn''t just light, it was also energy. It burst out of his mouth, his eyes, and even ears. The entire room turned red for a moment. But, then, the red light disappeared.
And, his dantian started expanding. From the small size of a pea to the size of a tennis ball. But, the important improvement was inside. The dantian is apressed space that was modeled after the space ring from fiction.
So, unlike outer space, it could store an immense amount of energy inside. But, that''s the limit dantian has. Unlike normal space rings, it could only store energy and things made out of energy.
Having his dantian expanded, he quickly took out the yellow pill and put it in his mouth. Just like the energy, this pill also started dissolving but like the energy core, it reached his stomach beforepletely dissolving.
And, slowly, it started turning into a stream of energy. And, this energy flowed into his veins, slowly merging with his blood streams. Meridians were a type of blood vessel that can hold the flow of spiritual energy and internal energy at the same time.
Unlike normal blood vessels, meridians were much more efficient for flowing internal energy throughout the body as well. But there was a slight problem for him.
His meridians were blocked. Unlike normal people, his meridians were not only blocked but also incredibly weak. Of course, using harem points, one can get stronger but there was a slightly different between these two kinds of strength.
The strength that a person gains through harem points is more like storing energy inside a battery. The battery was the system itself and the more harem points were used, the more energy battery would store.
And, that energy could be used for martial arts. It also did increase one''s HP as it leveled up but there were some core mechanisms that the system utilized to do that without changing the character''s strength.
If it was just a game, then that would have been a logical way to improve. After all, who would think of buying these things to train your body?
But now, it wasn''t a game. It was real life for him. While he did have the System, he was going to live a life in this ce.
He had no n of abandoning or not using the system to level up.
But, instead, he nned to improve his strength from both ways. Because unlike in the game, he couldn''t buy the skills that were required to acquire more women.
Lust, Loyalty, and Pleasure!
Those skills manipte these three things to the core. Once these things were manipted, a gamer can easily make a woman give up on her man and follow him.
Or, he could simply just make any girl of his age fall in love with him and share him with other girls.
It was all possible through skills but without those skills, that''s impossible.
No woman would want to share their men. So, without those skills, it would be really hard to acquire more Harem Points. Thus, he didn''t want to sit duck and do nothing when he can''t acquire more Harem Points.
The pill was really effective. His blocked and weak meridians were slowly opening and getting thicker. At the same time, all the waste that blocked his body was released out of his pores.
He turned into a pungent-smelling man. And, the entire house was turning into a toilet as well. The smell was so bad that Yeosho couldn''t sleep.
She opened her eyes and a gross smell entered her nose.
"Argh! What kind of smell is this?"
She immediately pinched her nose and looked around. She saw Tim sitting on the ground with his eyes closed and the ck gu slowly covering his upper body.
But when she saw that, her eyes widened.
"Impurities! How did he manage to force out all the impurities? Wait, doesn''t that mean Brother Kim would be able to train from now on?"
Suddenly, a delightful smile appeared on her face.
''That means I don''t need to force my parents to ept Brother Kim. If he bes a martial artist, my parents wouldn''t even force me to marry others. Although Brother Kim is poor right now, he would certainly earn more money once he bes a martial artist.''
''Did he realize this and do it for me?''
Her heartbeat started to go crazy. She forgot that smell entirely and covered her blushing face.
''I finally understand what happened. Brother Kim was afraid that if he confesses to me then I would have a hard time before him just like me. I was also afraid of bringing trouble to Brother Kim so I couldn''t bring myself to confess to him.''
''But he must have found a way to remove all of the impurities and once he found that he could be a martial artist, he finally confessed to me. Brother Kim is so amazing. Not only he thought of his condition but also mine.''
''He must have waited for three years just like me.''
At this moment, she finally noticed the shirt that was covering her naked body, and the smile on her face only widened. She slowly stood up and wore her own clothes.
She found that her tiredness had beenpletely vanquished. Although she didn''t get to sleep for a long time, she didn''t feel tired at all. After wearing her clothes, she looked around and found a small piece of paper underneath his bed.
She also found a small ck ash next to it. She knew he put these things underneath his bed. So, she put her hand on the ck ash and started writing.
[Brother Kim, I will be gone for half an hour. I will return soon.]
''A few days ago, I saw a five-year-old spiritual herb on the side of the hill. If I bring it to Brother Kim, he might be able to start his training instantly. He would be strong enough to beat down those guys.''
She walked out of the house and pulled out the door. She didn''t lock it since Tim was still inside.
''I need to find that herb and return back as soon as possible.''
Chapter 7 Training Part 3 R-18
Half an hourter,
Kim slowly stood up. His body was drowning in impurities. As soon as his senses returned to normal, his nose smelled that pungent smell.
"Argh! I should''ve decreased the smell function. Damn it! This smell is so bad. I need to go and take a bath."
Kim rushed toward his spare clothes and picked some clothes. After that, he rushed out of the house. As soon as he got out, he rushed to the back of his house. There was a small bathroom he created with the help of bamboo.
Within that bathroom, there was a small well. He draws water from it and uses it for all kinds of purposes. He immediately put down his pants and drew a whole bucket of water from the well.
After taking a long bath, he finally stopped smelling like a piece of shit. He dried himself with a small piece of cloth and then wore new clothes. He had only brought pants so he could only wear pants.
He washed his other pant and underwear before leaving the bathroom.
When he was walking back to his house, a middle-ageddy looked at him with surprise. Her house was next to his house so they were neighbors and had a good rtionship.
"Kim, when did you get that toned?"
She said as her eyes fell on his flexing body. He was only wearing his pants so she could see his naked upper body. His arms and biceps were bigger than before.
There were several muscle cuts on his stomach, giving him six packs. She didn''t notice but her body was turning hot just by looking at him.
Kim turned around and immediately identified her. She was one of the lesser characters created for the main character''s harem. Her name was Neyol and she was a widow.
''Calm now, Kim. Keep yourself calm. This is just a normal conversation between neighbors. You can do it.''
"Even I didn''t notice this, Aunt Neyol. I managed to fix my blocked meridians and this happened." Kim politely smiled and replied. Although he said that, his inner self was screaming in misery.
"Don''t call me, aunt. Do I look that old to you? Just call me Sister. And, congrattions! It seems like you can finally be a martial artist. But, don''t forget about me after bing a martial artist." Neyol gave him a flirty look as she chuckled.
"How could I forget you, Au¡ª Sister Neyol? You have helped me a lot of times. Besides, I only got my meridians fixed. I am not sure if I can be a martial artist." Kim didn''t notice her flirty gaze.
So, he just assumed that she was trying to act like every other woman in the world so he just went with the flow.
"Don''t worry, you always practice hard. You put your heart and soul into everything you do. You will definitely seed. So, how about we celebrate your sess tonight? Come to my house for dinner tonight." Neyol said while keeping her gaze the same as before.
Kim was still clueless about it but for some reason, he found his instinct kicking in.
''I don''t know what''s happening but this is definitely not the time when I should use my brain. Let''s just go with the flow.''
A smile formed on his face as he nodded.
"It would be my pleasure."
"Alright, then I will cook your favorite meal" Saying so, Neyol turned around and walked to her house. Her house was a bit bigger than Kim''s house. She had a proper bed with a proper mattress made out of proper cloth.
She also had a proper kitchen and a small table to eat at. Four years ago, her husband died and after that, she had been living alone. She wasn''t a normal woman but rather a martial artist herself.
But, her strength wasn''t high and since she was a widow, she didn''t like to show off her strength. She lived a normal life with all the money that her husband saved.
She never thought of marrying a person. There were times when she found herself lonely but after a year, her loneliness vanished. She found a new neighbor.
He was an orphan whose parents died when he was just twelve. Because his parents were poor as well, he was left with nothing. After that, he had been living his life on the street. After working different kinds of jobs, he finally managed to save enough money to buy a small plot and house.
After he started living here, they became close. He was an orphan who needed someone like her to support him in a difficult time and she was a widow who needed a man who apany her when she felt lonely.
She didn''t know why but from the moment she met him, she never saw him as a child. She couldn''t treat him like a child either. Because he had been surviving on his own for three years in the street.
So, for three years, she had been close to him but not so close that they would do something bad.
At this moment though, something inside of her triggered. Once she got inside her house, she immediately closed the door and stopped right there.
She found her legs shaking. Her body was turning hot. She put one hand on her pussy and the other hand on her breast.
"Oh¡..Kim!!! What happened to you?"
She slid her finger inside her panty and started fingering her pussy. She pressed her hard nipples and started to squeeze her breast. She moved her body toward the bed and fell down.
She turned around and while looking at the ceiling, she started ying with her body even more.
"Oh! Kim¡ When did you be such a man? I can''t control myself¡.. Haaa¡. Ohhhh! Yeahhh!!!!!"
"Three years have already passed, haven''t they? Dozens of times I felt like I should just push you down on the bed and put your dick inside me..."
"But, I was hesitant. Even though I always treated you like a man, your dick was too small to satisfy me¡."
At this moment, her face turned red. One time, she peeked into his bath and saw his dick. Her entire world copsed after that. She didn''t want to be a bitch who would show her affection toward Kim and satisfy herself with other men''s dick.
"Ohhh! I forgot why I couldn''t muster the courage to have sex with you. Impurities¡.. Body transformation.... I must find out everything tonight."
"Ugh! I''m cumming."
She fingered herself so hard for a moment that she ended up cuming. She put her wet hand above her nose and smelled it.
"If that has transformed as well, then this wouldn''t be just my smell. It would be mixed with yours"
She stood up from her bed and went to the bathroom to clean herself. When she removed her clothes, her bountiful breast hung and her dripping pussy was covered in bush.
''I should get myself shaved. Haaa¡.. Maybe I am getting too ahead of myself. Be strong Neyol. If it has increased, then you can move forward with him. If it hasn''t then stop thinking about him and settle with some other man.''
''You are a not bitch. You are just a widow who had lost her husband.''
She smiled and took a bath. After taking a bath, she wore some new clothes and looked outside.
''It seems like there would still be three hours left before the eveninges. I should tidy up the house and after that, I will start cooking food.''
"La"
After that, she started working.
........
Inside Kim''s house,
Kim looked at the note left by Yeosho.
''From the looks of it, it should already be half an hour. Why hasn''t she returned yet? Half an hour! She definitely didn''t go to her house. It''s only five minutes away from my house.''
''She must have noticed my impurities. She must have gone for some reason. Well, I will wait for her. Until then, I should train in Basic Dagger Technique. It is really important that I prepare myself.''
''After all, currently, I don''t even have one year''s worth of internal energy.''
He immediately took out the book that recorded the Basic Dagger Technique and started reading it.
[You have read Basic Dagger Technique]
[Yourprehension has increased by 1%]
[You have read Basic Dagger Technique]
[Yourprehension has increased by 2%]
''Well, at least this is working properly. Now, I can memorize andprehend this entire technique within half an hour.''
Kim continued reading it until he eventually finished reading the entire book in just fifteen minutes.
''Haa! That took less than I thought. Then again, those words were something I wrote so it wasn''t that big of a deal. Now, that I haveprehended the entire technique, I need to start practicing.''
Kim stood up and walked up to his bed. Underneath his bed, there were several things and among them, there was a knife. He took the knife in his hand and took a fighting stance.
''Alright! Let''s start.''
He extended his arm and his knife shed through the air, making a sharp sound then he swung his hand to the left while turning his wrist toward himself.
Whoosh!
His knife made a sharp swing but it didn''t end there. He quickly threw the knife in the air and quickly caught it back. He shed down from the top diagonally. After that, he pulled his knife, making the previous fighting stance, and stabbed by moving his hand forward.
Whoosh!
[You have performed Basic Dagger Technique]
[Your Dagger Mastery has increased by 1%]
''Good! Once it reaches ten percent, the dagger technique would improve from level one to level two giving me greater power and speed.''
Whoosh! Whoosh! Whoosh!
[You have performed Basic Dagger Technique]
[Your Dagger Mastery has increased by 2%]
.....
Half an hourter,
[You have performed Basic Dagger Technique]
[Your Dagger Mastery has increased by 10%]
[Your Basic Dagger Technique has been upgraded]
[Lvl.2 Basic Dagger Technique
Effects- While holding the dagger, your dexterity and agility would increase by two]
''Nice!''
Kim finally dropped the knife on the ground. He also fell on his knees. His body was full of sweat and tiredness was appearing on his face. He turned his head at the door.
''Why hasn''t she arrived yet? Where did she go? I am getting a bad feeling about this.''
Chapter 8 Trouble Part 1
After resting for ten more minutes, Kim finally decided to go out. He stood in front of his door. His hands were still hesitating to open it.
''Huuu-Haaaa. Let''s calm down! Let''s use my three rules.''
''Observe- Yeosho left the house nearly one hour ago. She said she would return in half an hour but she hasn''t returned yet.''
''Analyze- Who is Yeosho? She is the daughter of Mr. Nomu and Mrs. Nomu. She is beautiful, bright, and also intelligent. Her character traits say that she is loyal and extremely supportive of her loved ones.''
''Now, let''s not think of this as a game. She didn''t me and also had sex with me. I didn''t even use those skills. That means there is a connection between her and me.''
''If I remember correctly, they met three years ago. Wait, wait, wait a fucking minute¡. I remember something. Her character in the future would say a sentence ''Do you know? I loved you for three years after we met.''''
''Now, this exins why she wouldn''t reject me. If I loved me, why didn''t she confess to me? Let''s not think of this as a game. Let''s be real and think of it as a normal world.''
''There are two possible reasons behind it. She was too shy to confess or she was worried about me. If I look at my past then the answer would be more clear.''
''I don''t have a family. I was living in street for three years. And, I might be only a few people whose meridians are blocked which means I would never be a martial artist.''
''Let''s mix all those romantic stories and theories here. From what I know, the reason why she would be worried was me. From those romantic stories and theories, I can conclude that either she is afraid of her parents rejecting me or someone who has a crush on her like those buffoons beating or much worse, killing me.''
''Now, let''s connect this with my current issue. She didn''t go home. If she had gone home to inform her parents about my condition, she would''ve returned by now.''
''She didn''t leave the house because of the scent. If she had, then she would''ve returned as well. From the note that she wrote for me, she should have returned but she must have gotten into some kind of trouble. But, what?''
''Fuck! The answer was already in front of my fucking mind.''
Bam!
He dashed out of the room, no longer caring about the people. His speed was fast. He was ruining with all his strength.
''Fuck! Fuck! Fuck! Fuck! Fuck!''
"Quest! Open Quest Menu"
[Quest- Save Yeosho from Three Butcher Brothers
Description- To help the yer, Yeosho had gone to the mountain to find a rare herb. Three Butcher Brothers also learned about it and went to find her. Their intentions are bad.
Quest Reward- New Quest, 100 Harem Points, One Year Pill*1, Lightning Breathing Technique, and Healing Pill*1
Quest Punishment- Lose Yeosho
Quest Time- 13 mins]
''Fuck! Fuck! This wasn''t something to be happening. They were supposed toe and find me. So many things are changing. I need to be more thoughtful or else, I would end up alone once again.''
At this moment, Kim''s eyes turned red. Suddenly, he couldn''t help but remember the days of his life inside his apartment.
Gloomy! Sad! Smelly!
His life was a mess. He still remembered getting sick and crying because he couldn''t even leave the bed He still remembered sitting at the corner of the room whenever there was a Christmas and New Year.
His life was horrible. And, he was all alone. Nobody was there for him.
But not, there was someone. One day was all it took for him from being a total loser to half loser. It only took him one day.
If he was given two days. Can''t he change from a total loser to an average man?
If he was given a week. Can''t he change from a total loser to a better man?
Yes, he couldn''t do it in his world. He couldn''t even make an effort to do it. But now, he was no longer in his world. He was a new world.
So, he will change. He will be someone who wouldn''t be left alone.
His eyes became more determined as he ran toward the hill. His memories didn''t betray him this time. He was moving toward the exact ce where Yeosho was.
And, his speed was only getting faster. He no longer cared about his stamina either. But, it wasn''t long before he finally ran out of stamina. He felt like his legs were getting slower.
It had only been ten minutes but he ran so fast and so far that he had lost a lot of stamina. He was struggling. His face was melting and his body was covered in sweat.
But, it wasn''t enough. He wouldn''t give up. Before, he had a reason to give up. He could still live alone. That''s why he decided. His pride. His brain. His unwillingness to ept himself.
All of these were forcing him to give up. But right now, they weren''t there. His mind was just going nk. His body was running on his instinct. His pride was no longer there.
The first girl that he had ever touched in five years. The first girl who had sex with him. The first girl who epted him. He might be Kim from the outside but he was still Tim from the inside.
He was still a loner who was rejected by everyone, someone who never tried to be epted by others.
Now, he was finally epted. His pride was crushed to the very core. It had turned to dust and left his body. His pride had already decreased by half when he realized he was in a Murim World.
Even the strongest people can''t be prideful in this world. Even the strongest are devoured.
As for his unwillingness to ept himself. It was gone. The moment he entered this body and realized that he was inside a character that he made, he epted himself.
Because this world might not be where he wanted to go but this character was definitely the one whom he wanted to be.
He created this character to be somebody that he couldn''t be.
So, he instantly epted himself. Now, all those three things were gone, he was finally pushing himself to break his limits. He was pushing himself so hard that even when he was tired, he was still running.
A minuteter,
[You have ovee your physical limits]
[Your stamina has been increased by two]
[You have ovee your mental limits]
[You received a new stat ''Spiritual Power'']
''Another change! But, thanks¡.. This time I am not going to be alone.''
Kim received a huge boost in his stamina. His body started to feel light. His speed also increased. And, a new kind of energy entered his mind. It gave him a shock for a moment which gathered his attention at it.
"Open Spiritual Power status"
[Spiritual Power- 1
Effect- Heightened Awareness, Mental Defense, Increased Comprehension]
''So, this is actually good. Heightened Aware..... I see.''
Kim closed his eyes for a moment but even though he was running, his direction didn''t change at all. And, he could hear the sound of air he was passing through.
He opened his eyes after a while.
''Right now, I am not sure about Mental Defense but Increased Comprehension could help meter on. Anyway, let''s focus on the road. I''m almost close to her position.''
As he got closer, he noticed the situation. The branches and the leaves were all around the ce as if there was a battle. But, he noticed something. Those branches were from a small bush.
He quickly followed the path and as he got closer, his eyes finally fell on four people. At this moment, Yeosho was on the ground. Her hands were tied and tears were falling down her eyes.
She was struggling but two people were holding her hands while the other one was slowly removing his pant.
At this moment, Kim''s anger soared. But, his mind was still calm. A spooky white mask appeared in one hand and a purple dagger appeared in another hand.
He put the mask on his face and held the dagger in his hand.
[You are holding a dagger]
[Your agility and dexterity have been increased by two]
Whoosh!
As soon as he clenched the hilt of his dagger, his body swiftly moved toward them. He slightly lowered his body and his dagger shed the neck of that man.
Before he could pull down his man, Kim smacked his chest with a kick and threw him away.
"Who?"
Two brothers panicked as they didn''t know what hit their third brother. They let go of Yeosho and using this moment, Kim held Yeosho in his hand and dashed away from them.
She was still struggling. Her eyes were still closed.
"It''s me¡.. Don''t cry. I am here and I won''t let anyone hurt you." Kim slowed down when he felt her struggling. He understood just how much she was struggling with them.
When she heard that voice, her eyes opened instantly. She didn''t see anyone. She only saw herself in the mid-air. Kim slowly put her down and removed his mask.
When he removed his mask, his body finally appeared in front of her. And, seeing him, she couldn''t stop herself from crying.
"Don''t cry. Just close your eyes for a moment."
Kim slowly kissed her forehead and stood up. Yeosho stopped her tears and closed her eyes. Kim turned around and slowly put his mask on. He raised his dagger and looked at the two brothers.
"Let me help you join your third brother."
Chapter 9 Trouble Part 2
"Ahhh"
The Third Brother who was on the ground screamed. His face was turning blue and his blood veins were erupting out of his skin.
The First and the Second brothers saw him and their eyes turned red. They clenched their fists together and roared.
"You fucker!"
Both brothers rushed toward him. Their fists were slowly turning bronze. And, as they moved, their speed also far surpassed Kim''s.
But before they could reach him, Kim put the poison dagger into his inventory and rushed to the side. He wasn''t stupid enough to tell his location to them by revealing his mask. He knew that he wouldn''t be able to hide his location from them.
He turned himself invisible but not anything he touches. So, as long as he held the dagger, his location would still be revealed.
"You bastard! Show yourself if you have guts." The Second Brother roared when he couldn''t find Kim. He was looking all around but he didn''t Kim. He even moved his hands but couldn''t touch them.
"Bastard! If you aren''ting out, then I will kill her." The First Brother dashed toward Yeosho as he clenched his fist. This time, he didn''t even care about her body. He just wanted to take revenge for his third brother.
But, just when he reached next to her, the poison dagger suddenly appeared and shed.
Whoosh!
He quickly took a step back but the dagger still managed to sh his chest. He was wearing a thin shirt and he didn''t even button it. As soon as he felt the sh, his face changed.
He quickly released powerful energy from his dantian. It flowed to his chest and slowly came out. His energy was bronze but right now, it had turned purple.
"So, there you are."
The Second Brother pushed his foot on the ground and rushed toward him. He raised his right hand and thrust it forward.
When Kim saw that, his mind instantly started thinking.
''Observe- His right-hand holds a lot of power. His speed is fast. And, his first brother is still there. If I get punched by that fist, my bone will definitely break.''
''Analyze- There are only two ways I can avoid this. Dodge and move away or step forward and attack. Since his fist ising from the side, he won''t be able to put that same power if he tries to swing it to the middle.''
''But there is another way to dodge it and attack him. As soon as his fist appears near me, I just have to duck. Then, using that moment, I need to attack his left side which ispletely unguarded.''
''Since I don''t want my bones to break, I have to dodge it. But, then there is his first brother. If I make a simple mistake, his brother is in a position where he could reach me.''
''That means¡.''
''Duck, Attack, Jump and Kick''
[Thought Process- 0.02 sec]
''Action''
Kim spun his body as he duck down. Because he spun, he was easily able to push himself toward the second brother while doing his attack. Then, he swung his hand up and the de shed the second brother''s left chest.
"Damn you, fucker!"
The First Brother jumped toward him. He had already seen him dodging the attack the moment he duck down. Now, his second brother was also infected by the poison.
And, unlike him, his second brother wasn''t good at manipting internal energy. That means he won''t be able to take out the poison that easily.
His hands turned brother as he smashed both of his hands toward Kim from mid-air. But, at this moment, Kim smashed his right leg, and his body sprung toward the sky.
"What?"
Bang!
The First Brother''s hands smashed the ground. He didn''t understand how Kim was able to predict his moment. In that condition of his, he shouldn''t be able to dodge this attack.
But, Kim jumped exactly at the moment when he couldn''t change his posture. If Kim had jumped a little earlier, he would''ve been able to fight him in the mid-air.
And, if Kim had jumped a littleter, he would''ve been caught in the impact of that attack. At least, his legs would''ve been struck by his fists.
"You bastard!"
The First Brother stood up as he raised his head toward the sky, shouting. But, at this moment, his face was blown away by Kim''s kick.
Although his attacknded, the first brother managed to catch his leg and smash him to the ground.
"Argh!"
The First Brother quickly jumped forward and grabbed Kim''s face. His handnded on Kim''s mask as he pulled it and threw it away.
"Now, you can''t run away bastard. You might be smart but you don''t have internal energy. Your fist feels like balloons. Now, die!"
The First Brother clenched his fist once again and thrust it down. His fist was moving toward Kim''s face. But, at this moment, Kim raised his foot and kicked the First Brother in his face.
"Didn''t I tell you?"
"Your attacks are too SOFT."
The First Brother screamed and punched Kim''s face. But when he did so, he missed a smirk on Kim''s face. His attack carried so much power that Kim''s nose was broken and he started bleeding from his nose.
Bam! Bam! Bam! Bam!
He continuously smashed Kim''s face. He didn''t stop until Kim''s face waspletely bloody.
Ssh!
But suddenly, the poison dagger pierced him from behind.
"Ahhh!"
The First Brother''s expression changed. He turned around and saw Yeosho holding the dagger in her hand.
"You bitch!"
The First Brother roared as he turned around to punch her. She didn''t care about the punch. Instead, she pulled out the dagger and made him tremble a bit. Taking this chance, she threw the dagger at Kim.
Bam!
But, the First Brother didn''t stop as his fist struck her face, throwing her to the ground.
"Hey, bastard!"
When the First Brother turned his face, Kim jumped at him. He wrapped his legs around the first brother''s neck and smashed his dagger toward his eye.
Ssh!
"Ahhhhhhhh!"
Ssh!
"Ahhhhhhh"
In less than a few seconds, Kim pierced his eyes with his dagger. Both of his eyes started to bleed and the poison was spreading from his eyes to his body as well.
"My attacks are soft, huh?"
Kim jumped down, spun, and pierced his neck.
"You are right. But, you will still die."
Ssh! Bang! Thud!
He pulled the dagger and kicked the first brother in the face. This time, he couldn''t even use his internal energy to defend himself. He flew away andnded on the ground.
"Bastard, DIE!"
Ssh!
"Are you kidding me? If I can predict your brother''s movement then why can''t I do the same with you?"
Kim took a step back and stab backward. The Second Brother''s hands struck the air and his armsnded on his shoulder while his dagger pierced his stomach.
"Kugh"
He coughed out blood on his shoulder. Kim pulled his dagger and kicked him away. Then, he moved toward the third brother. He was the weakest among the three brothers but he didn''t want to leave his enemy alive.
That would be the worst thing he could do.
He looked at the third brother. There was not a single emotion on his face. He raised his dagger and stabbed.
Ssh! Ssh!
His dagger pierced both of his eyes and finally stabbed his heart. After killing him, he finally moved toward Yeosho. She had endured the attack from the first brother and it almost broke her face.
When he reached in front of her, he fell to his knees. She looked at his face and raised her arm.
"Sorry...."
She tried to apologize but at this moment, Kim lowered his head and kissed her lips. After silencing her with a kiss, he slowly raised his head and said.
"It doesn''t taste good."
"You¡.." Yeosho didn''t know what to say. Kim''s face was broken. He endured several attacks from his first brother. Although she also endured one attack, it didn''t break her face.
"If you try to apologize, I will smack your butt." Kim said as he sat down next to her.
Yeosho''s face turned red. She looked away and said.
"How are we supposed to go home?"
"I don''t know. I don''t think I will be able to move any time soon." Kim said. His eyes fell on his status screen and he was confused.
[You havepleted the quest]
[You received New Quest, 100 Harem Points, One Year Pill*1, Lightning Breathing Technique, and Healing Pill*1]
''Seriously? But, I am pretty sure that I didn''t manage to kill those brothers in time... What, wait, the quest wasn''t about killing them. Yeah! I remember. The original quest was about killing them but this quest was about saving Yeosho.''
''I saved her just before she was getting assaulted. Which means Ipleted the quest before even I started the battle. That''s good... But now I am in confusion.''
''Although Yeosho didn''t get her face broken, she also suffered quite a lot. If I give her Healing Pill, that would be good. But, I am the one who has suffered a lot.''
''I need to heal first.''
"I think my parents might arrive soon." Yeosho said.
"Why do you think that?" Kim asked.
"Because whenever I don''t return home soon, they always search for me in the mountain since I love to explore this mountain." Yeosho said.
"Alright, then we will wait for your parents. Until then, let me recover."
Kim finally took out the healing pill and put it in his mouth without any hesitation.
Chapter 10 Trouble Part 3
"Kim, were you hesitating to take out that pill before?" Yeosho noticed something and asked. Kim had already taken the pill and his body was slowly recovering.
Kim hesitated to reply.
"Silly, I only got a single punch and it wasn''t that power either. Unlike me, you got your face broken. If you had asked me to take that pill, I would''ve smashed your head."
Yeosho said as she slowly tried to sit. But, her head was still feeling heavy. So, she was having a hard time doing so.
She tore her sleeve and started cleaning his face.
"You know, I might never be a martial artist. I don''t have that much Willpower to go through that much suffering to be a martial artist. But, you are different."
"You have been suffering for years now. You don''t see martial art as suffering but instead, feel excited. You always told me that you were envious of me because my meridians weren''t blocked."
"That''s when I knew that if you ever get a chance to be a martial artist, you won''t hesitate. But, it always worried me as well."
When he heard her words, he wasn''t surprised. Naturally, the life of a martial artist would be dangerous. If you just stay at your home and live a normal life, you would get a chance to die normally.
But, things weren''t the same with the martial artist. Even if they die, they die fighting someone.
"I won''t ask you to stop bing a martial artist. In fact, this might be the only way you would be able to convince my parents. But, I really want you to make me a promise."
"Please, never try to sacrifice yourself for me!"
When she said that, Kim looked at her with a sad expression. It was naturally impossible for him to stop himself from saving her. She was his first woman. She was his only woman.
How could he watch her die or suffer? He clenched his fist and just when he tried to exin, she spoke.
"Because I won''t be able to sacrifice myself. You can save me, putting your life on the line but I can never do the same. I told you I can''t be a martial artist. I am scared of going through all that hardship."
"So, I won''t be able to fight for you. That''s why I don''t want you to fight for me, especially a fight where you won''t have a chance of winning."
"That''s impossible." Kim roared. His hand held her hand. He was trembling. He started to shutter.
"I can''t lose you. I don''t want to lose you. I don''t want to be alone. I don''t want to live a life like that. I don''t want to lose anyone close to me anymore. So, please don''t say that!"
It wasn''t just him. It was also his character. Both had simrities. Both lived alone. Both suffered alone. Both enjoyed alone. Both survived alone.
So, when they finally merged, they were finally no longer alone. They met a person who finally embraced them. Kim still couldn''t forget his thoughts before he got that kiss.
He was still hoping for rejection. He still believed that he would be rejected.
But, a single eptance changed him. He didn''t be a better man but he did change from a total loser to a half-loser.
"But!" Yeosho tried to speak but Kim quickly kissed her lips, and stopped herself from saying anything.
After half an hour,
"Yeosho! Yeosho! Yeosho!"
Two different voices came from the surroundings. After a minute, two middle-aged people eventually came to the ce where Kim and Yeosho were sitting.
The middle-aged man was quite tall and had a lean body. His eyes were ck just like Yeosho. He had a goatee and short hair.
The middle-aged woman was a bit shorter than average. She also had a lean body and her face looked exactly like Yeosho''s. Her ck hair was tied behind her back.
"Oh my god! Yeosho"
Mr. And Mrs. Nomu saw the three dead bodies and blood all around Yeosho and Kim.
"Daughter, what happened? Your face¡." Mrs. Nomu reached next to her daughter and saw a fist mark on her face, her expression changed.
"Kim, what in the hell was happening here?" Mr. Nomu unlike his wife looked at the dead bodies and shouted at Kim.
Kim had barely recovered. His face was cleared as well. But, there was a cloth covered in blood next to him. He looked at Mr. Nomu and exined the entire situation.
After hearing the entire story, Mr. Nomu and Mrs. Nomu were shocked. Mrs. Nomu couldn''t let go of her daughter''s hand even for a little out of fear.
Mr. Nomu took a deep breath and lowered his head.
"Thank you for protecting my daughter!"
"Please, don''t do this. I would''ve regretted my whole life if I hadn''t done anything." Kim quickly stood up and pushed his chest up.
Mr. Nomu wanted to ask more but he kept his mouth shut and said.
"Then, we will take our daughter back. Can you walk on your own?"
"Don''t worry, I have recovered. Please take care of her!"
Kim bowed as he answered.
Mr. Nomu clenched his fist. He wasn''t satisfied with Kim before but right now, Kim saved his daughter''s life. Of course, he didn''t know that Kim had already done a lot with her.
They didn''t n to tell them that.
Mr. Nomu and Mrs. Nomu turned around and walked away with Yeosho. But, at this moment, Yeosho stopped and turned around. She put her hand inside her bra and took out a mushroom-shaped green herb.
"I came here for this. Take it tonight."
Kim looked at the herb with surprise. It was the herb that Yeosho found in the mountain which started the other quest. But, now that quest had already been activated through the previous quest.
"Thanks!"
Kim didn''t reject it. After all, if she wasn''t going to use it, then it would be better in his hand. After that, she finally left with her parents.
Kim finally walked up to the corpses of three brothers. Their skin had turned blue and seemed to be a bit corroded as well. He searched through their bodies without touching them directly.
He didn''t find much in the bodies of the second and third brothers. But, inside the first brother''s cloth, there was a book. He picked up the book and looked at the title.
[Metal Breathing Technique]
''Interesting! Now that I think about it, I never checked their martial technique. It wasn''t a normal technique after all. All the techniques in the level one shop are basic techniques.''
''Breathing Techniques are one level higher than normal techniques since they allow a person to gather internal energy without moving their body. Although Breathing Techniques alsoe under the Martial Technique, that guy told me to keep it separated.''
''Haa! Well, at least I got this technique now. With Breathing Technique, I wouldn''t need to train my martial techniques days and nights to condense internal energy inside my body.''
''Hmmm! That would be awesome but I also need Harem Points. I can''tg behind on that. Although I am not sure how I am going to do it without those skills, I should be able to get a new skill from the new quest, right?''
"Open Quest"
[Quest- Save the Princess
Description- Two dayster the princess of Asura Race would be kidnapped by a group of Martial Masters. Save the princess to win over her heart and Asura Race''s support.
Quest Reward- 200 Harem Points, Emperor''s Eyes, Battle Spirit Awakening, and Heavenly Asura de
Quest Punishment- Death of Princess
Quest Time- Two Days]
''Actually! I can reject this quest and y safe. The only problem with this is that only through this quest, I can get what I want.''
''Emperor''s Eyes! It is a skill that would cost over five hundred dors to buy. But, it''s worth the cost. Once a person gets these eyes, he could easily pursue others to his bidding without any kind of difficulty.''
''This can''t make women lustful toward the person but it certainly makes them loyal. I have to get this especially if I want to create a harem. Fuck! Girls are jealous if their boyfriends even talk to other girls.''
''Otherwise, why would Yandere exist? They are basically girls who have ten or a hundred times more obsession than normal girls. Naturally, if I met someone like that, it would be disastrous for me.''
''Without Harem, I can''t earn Harem Points. That''s why even though I kissed Yeosho many times today, I only earned the Harem Points from that first kiss.''
''If I want to earn more Harem Points, I have to do all that with different women on the same day. How can you do it if your women don''t like the idea of you having another woman?''
''You have to cheat. Obviously, cheating can''t be done openly, or else, that wouldn''t be considered cheating. And, so this isn''t cheating. Using my eyes to convince them isn''t cheating.''
Kim slowly put his hand on his chin and thought.
''But.... I don''t know how to impress a girl.''
Chapter 11 Neyol, The Second Harem Member Part 1
''Well, there is nothing I can do right now. So, I should just forget about it for now. Let''s head home. I am tired because of that battle.''
Kim stood up and walked away. Although he had recovered, his clothes were still torn from that battle. And, that made him worried.
''I need to find a way to earn more money. I guess I coulde back to this forest tomorrow and head toward the south. But, I also need to train internal energy otherwise I wouldn''t be able to fight those assassins.''
''Hah! Life really isn''t going to be easy even if I am in a different world.''
Kim sighed. He eventually came out of the forest. It was getting dark so he was a bit less nervous while walking around. He usually goes for groceries during the dark evening so that he won''te in contact with other people.
As he started to walk on the street, he felt strange. He saw a few people and he passed by a few people. But, he didn''t like he should hide his face. Nor, he felt any overwhelming lust.
His mind was still clear even if he saw a woman walking next to him.
''Chad Energy. Normally, that word represents an alpha, dominant and prideful male. If that energy turns me into a chad, I could see why my mind wouldn''t create those images.''
''But, it''s just ten percent, right? I shouldn''t feel that confident about this energy right now. I am still afraid I will mess up if I let forgot about my problems.''
Kim''s expression turned serious as he slowly walked toward his home. But when he reached in front of his house, he saw a woman standing in front of his door.
This woman was none other than Neyol. As soon as his eyes fell on her, his mind immediately started using Three Rules.
''Observe- She is outside the house. She invited me for the dinner a few hours ago. This character had a good rtionship with her for three years.''
''Analyze- Calm down, Kim. First, you are no longer Tim. Second, you must let your body''s instincts work properly. Third, talk smoothly. Don''t let her see any changes.''
''Now, action''
Kim slowly pulled a smile on his face as he walked toward his house and spoke.
"Aunt Neyol, why were you waiting outside? You know my house doesn''t have a lock."
"Kim, where were you? Oh my god! What happened to you?" Neyol turned around when she heard his voice. She saw his torn clothes and got anxious. She immediately rushed in front of him.
She held his face with her hands and started looking around for any injuries.
"Hoo! It seems like you are not injured. What happened? Huh! Why is your face turning red?"
Kim realized that he was right. His chad energy was still too weak. As soon as she touched his face, his mind instantly created a naked figure of her body.
His face also turned red because his little brother was slowly waking up. He wasn''t wearing jeans. He was wearing loose pants so it was bing more and more visible.
"I.....it''s nothing, Aunt Neyol. Why don''t you get dinner ready? I will arrive there in a few minutes."
Kim tried to move to the side and enter his house. But, suddenly, Neyol caught his hand. She pulled him toward her house and said.
"How can you say that? You need a proper bath. Although I don''t know what happened to you, you don''t smell good."
She pulled him inside her house and said.
"Go and start taking bath in my bathroom. I will bring your clothes from your house."
Saying so, she turned around and walked toward his house. As she was moving toward his house, her eyes were turning wider. And, she seemed to be sure about something as well.
''He reacted¡.. I can''t believe he truly reacted this time. Yes, I wasn''t wrong. It seems like that has changed as well. Before, his thing was too small that I wouldn''t even recognize when he reacts.''
''But right now, I saw that. It was slowly growing inside his pants. I am sure of it. Still, I need to prove it.''
Her eyes gleamed for a moment.
.......
Kim''s mind was filled with nothing but her naked body. Although it was just an imagination, it was truly strong. His little brother was slowly rising to its true size.
He immediately entered the bathroom.
''Damn it! My situation has worsened. I can''t go out like this. Even after a bath, it won''t go down. I need to find a solution no matter what.''
Suddenly, his eyes moved to the side. He saw a few clothes hanging on small nails. Her bathroom wasn''t that big. It had two big tubes filled with water. And, there was a bucket as well.
''I got no choice. I need to use these and release it.''
Kim raised his hand and caught a panty. It seemed like it wasn''t washed. His mind was turning more and more like a pervert. His hand started to shake.
''No, no, I need to change. Fuck! I just fucked a girl. Why would I masturbate with a woman''s underwear?''
When he thought of that, he immediately put that underwear away and took off his cloth. His five inches long rod had transformed into six inches long rod. He held his rod and started moving his hand.
But, when he tried to think of his real girlfriend, he couldn''t help but continue to think about Neyol. Her sexy and mature naked body was filling his mind.
And, that wasn''t all. He was constantly imagining her in different positions.
"Ohhh! Neyol"
He started to dive deeper into those thoughts and started using her name.
''He is really turned on.''
At this moment, a woman was watching all this from a small hole. The woman was none other than Neyol. When she was watching him masturbate and calling out her name, she couldn''t help but finger her own pussy.
But, it didn''t take him long to release. After he released that, his little brother slowly went back to sleep once again. He took a bath and properly cleaned any residual cum on the floor.
He found the clothes on the top of the wall. A few minutes ago while he was bathing, Neyol put these clothes on the wall. After wearing these clothes, he walked out of the bathroom.
There was a small dinner table a few footsteps away from him and a few footsteps away was a kitchen.
"Such a great smell, Aunt Neyol. What are ... you cooking?"
The smell of the food entered his nose and made him praise her cooking. As he looked at the kitchen, he saw Neyol standing there. She wasn''t facing him. She was wearing a transparent one-piece.
"Ohh! You are out."
Neyol turned around. When she turned around, he couldn''t help but feel stunned. Her dress was truly transparent, not just from behind but also from the front.
She was wearing her inner wears so he couldn''t see those things properly. But, her clothes were still transparent. He had no idea what was going on.
"Can you wait a minute? The food is almost ready."
She also noticed his eyes falling on her breast. She screamed in joy in her heart. Her eyes fell on his pants and she noticed that it was still growing even more. But, she still kept her expression calm and turned around.
''Heh! My trick worked. I didn''t bring his underwear so he isn''t wearing anything inside. I can see it even more clearly. My heartbeat is rising so fast. I need to calm down and slowly take this forward.''
''I can''t mess up especially now.''
Her eyes looked extremely determined.
When she looked away, Kim instantly went to the chair and sat down. He put his hands inside his pockets and adjusted his little brother.
''Damn it! What''s going on? Why is she wearing such revealing clothes? Does she really wear these kinds of clothes? That''s shouldn''t be the case. If I remember correctly, she had stayed as a widow for four years now.''
''Of course, that''s because she was supposed to be the main character''s harem member. But, that would only be possible with those skills. The main character was supposed to use those skills to increase her lust.''
''After that, he would fuck her and be her husband. Unlike Yeosho, Neyol had a huge background as a martial artist. She would y a strong role in the story as his supporter.''
''That''s why she was made a widow and introduced so early in the story. So, what changed? Clearly, something has changed. She is revealing too much as if she is inviting me to fuck her.''
''But, that can''t be the case, right? I mean, without those skills I wouldn''t be to increase her lust toward me nor do I have the charm to make her fall in love with me.''
''This is a game, not a harem manga. I am inside the body of a game main character, not inside the body of a harem manga main character.''
Chapter 12 Neyol, The Second Harem Member Part 2 R18
''Calm down, Kim. Maybe you are expecting too much. What if this is just her night dress? It sounds ridiculous but people sleep in duck customs. This is in fact a much better option for good sleep.''
''So, let''s just calm down and take things slow. This table would be enough to help me hide my erection. That means I just have to finish the meal and leave when she is looking away.''
Kim slowly calmed his mind. But, his body was still reacting to her ass. Her underwear wasn''t able to hide her ass perfectly. After a while, she turned around and brought the food to the table.
As she put the food on the table, she sat down and said.
"Let''s start! The food is hot so be careful while eating. Don''t eat too fast."
Neyol smiled at him when she said that.
Kim nodded his head. He didn''t try to avoid her gaze because that would make her even more suspicious.
He picked up the chopsticks and started eating his dinner. There was rice, meat, soup, and vegetables.
For Tim, it wasn''t any different than a normal dinner.
But, he was inside the body of Kim. Now, he was Kim. He was reacting to this food very much. Because, most of the nights, he barely ate rice. He could barely afford meat and vegetables.
At the best, he could only afford soup.
This was the background of Kim. He knew this very well. But, since this wasn''t just a game anymore, he didn''t just know it. He felt it. He felt hunger and desperation to eat this ''luxurious food''.
Kim couldn''t stop his hands and mouth as he started starting.
"Oh,e on! You don''t have to eat that fast. Wait¡ If I remember correctly, you reached eighteen a few days ago, right?"
She instantly stood up. Her face revealed a big smile as she looked at him and said.
"How can we not celebrate that? Let me bring some soju."
She immediately rushed away before even he could say anything. She returned with a bottle of Soju.
"Wait, I shouldn''t." Kim tried to decline it but she immediately shook her head.
"Nope! You must drink it. Now, you are already eighteen. Besides, it is only one time. You can''t say no."
Saying so, she walked next to him. Kim was terrified for a moment. The reason why he was rejecting her offer was because of this.
''Calm down, Kim. It''s dark down there. She won''t be able to see it.''
But, when she bent down, her breast started touching his head. Suddenly, she pulled her leg and a small rock flew from beneath her foot.
Bang!
"Huh? What happened?"
Neyol turned around when she heard that voice. But, as she turned around, she misced pouring and all that Soju fell on his pants.
"Ahhh! Sorry, sorry, Kim. Let me dry it for you."
She immediately sat down and put her hands on his legs.
"No, no, it''s okay. You don''t¡."
Kim tried to push her away but he forgot about her strength. When her hand touched his little brother, his face turnedpletely red.
[Your Lustmeter has gone above 100. You must release your lust within ten minutes or else, you will enter Lust Berserk Mode]
Suddenly, a panel appeared in front of him. As soon as that panel appeared, he knew he had no choice now. Even if she didn''t like him. Even if he didn''t have those skills.
He must fuck her.
But, at this moment, he realized something.
"Kim, your whole pant is wet. Let me remove it for you." Neyol wasn''t just touching his little brother. She was holding it from outside. So, when she told him that she will remove his pants, he didn''t speak a word.
She removed his pants and his six inches long rod stood in front of her eyes.
"Ahhh! I forgot that you are not wearing any underwear."
"Ohhhh! It seems like Soju met it wet and cold. Let me warm it for you."
Neyol became bolder as she held his dick in her hand and started moving her hand up and down. At the same time, she put her other hand inside her transparent dress and pulled down her bra with her other hand. From the moment, she put her hand at the tip of his dick and moved it to the bottom, his mind had processed dozens of thoughts.
''Observe- She is holding my dick as if it''s nothing. She is wearing transparent cloth. And she just removed her bra.''
''Analyze- She is trying to seduce me for sure. I know she is supposed to join Kim''s harem but it should only be possible through those skills. But now that it is no longer a game, I can''t think of it as a game.''
''So, she definitely wants Kim to fuck her. I am one hundred percent sure that I lost my virginity today even in this character. So, I definitely haven''t fucked her before.''
''Why would she do this now? Is it because of the story? Or, is it because of something else? I don''t know the answer. There is only one way to understand it now.''
His eyes turned serious. He put his hand on her chin and raised her head. Before she could say a word, his lips covered her lips.
Her eyes widened for a moment. She could feel his dick twitching in her hand. But, soon that surprise was overwhelmed by joy. She enjoyed that kiss and started returning the kiss by getting more involved in it.
Her lips started moving even more and her tongue entered his mouth. They kissed for a few minutes until she eventually removed her lips. She looked into his eyes and asked.
"Kim, do you love me as well?"
Kim was surprised to hear that question.
''So, she does love me. I guess, being straightforward has its own perks. But, what can I say to her? Obviously, I can''t say that I don''t love you and fuck her. That''s impossible.''
''And, any woman would be jealous if she know that her lover is having affair with another woman. Emperor''s Eyes! I really need that. I need to finish the next quest. That means I don''t need to hesitate right now.''
''There are ten harem members that mainly run the story. Except for them, other women are just conquered to increase Harem Points. That leaves me with one question. Will the other eight women fall in love with me as well?''
''Unlike these two, they obviously don''t know anything about me. And, in the game, they are met during a certain storyline. A gamer could use those skills to conquer her and then move the story forward.''
''But, since this is no longer a game. There might be a lot of changes. Just because she loves me doesn''t confirm that the other eight will love me as well. But I do need to conquer them and that brings me to the final conclusion.''
[Thought Process- 2 seconds]
Kim smiled and looked into her eyes.
"Yes, I do love you."
When she heard his reply, her eyes widened. She couldn''t help but tremble for a moment. Her head turned down as she asked.
"Do you really love me? Even though I am a widow."
Actually, she didn''t think he would love her. She didn''t mind having sex with him and bing close to him. But, she was sure that he wouldn''t love her instantly.
She nned to make him fall in love with her. So, when she heard his words, her mind was in aplete mess.
Hearing her words, Kim''s mind once again started thinking and in less than two seconds, his hand touched her breast.
"Do you hate me when I do this?"
When she heard his question, she shook her head.
"Even if I say I don''t love you."
Her heartbeat stopped for a moment. After a while, she nodded her head.
"Then, I love you even more."
Kim replied as he pulled her up. He put his hands around her and hugged her tightly. He put his lips over hers and started kissing her. While kissing her, his hand started to move around her ass.
He started squeezing them.
[You kissed Neyol and received 5 Harem Points]
[You squeezed Neyol''s ass and received 5 Harem Points]
Neyol was shocked by this turn of events. But, she didn''t think too much. She just enjoyed his kiss and his touch. His dick was poking her stomach and she was feeling even more turned on by it.
They kissed for a while and slowly moved toward her bed. After he threw her in the bed, he removed his clothes and jumped above her. He removed her clothes as well.
He looked into her eyes and asked.
"Neyol, did you wear that dress just to seduce me?"
When he asked that, Neyol''s face turned red. She dodged his gaze and nodded her head.
Kim suddenly got a question in his mind and so he asked.
"I won''t get mad or angry at your answer. So, be honest and answer me. Why didn''t you try anything before?"
Chapter 13 Neyol, The Second Harem Member Part 2 R18
Neyol trembled for a moment. She hesitated whether to say it or not. But, when she looked into his eyes, she bit her lips and finally decided to exin.
"When I first met you, I instantly fell in love with you. I don''t know why but I could never see you as a child. So, I wanted to be in a rtionship with you."
"I am actually a very lustful person. But, just because I am lustful doesn''t make me a slut. The only person that I ever got in a rtionship with was my husband."
"So, after he died, I tried to control my lust. Since I had been doing that all my life, it wasn''t that hard. But, after you came into my life, I started to fall in love with you."
"I couldn''t control my lust and one day, I saw you bathing. I¡ª I saw your dick.... When I saw it, I realized that if I confess my love to you, and if you agree, I would ¡.. I would...¡ be forced to have sex with other guys."
''It didn''t change.'' Kim was surprised when he saw her tears. Her identity was crucial to the story. He was afraid that things had changed since she showed her love to him.
But, it seemed like the main storyline didn''t change.
Of course, Kim knowing everything had to pretend like he didn''t know anything so he looked into her eyes with a serious gaze and asked.
"Because I couldn''t satisfy you, that would force you to have sex with others. Neyol, you are lying, right? Don''t tell me you¡."
"No¡ please, believe me. I am not a slut." Neyol caught his hands and burst into tears as she continued.
"I am not a person like that. I will never be someone like that. It''s because of my body..... It''s Dark Nightmare Constitution."
When she said that, he looked at her with confusion.
"What do you mean Dark Nightmare Constitution? What does it do to you?"
Neyol clenched her fist and said.
"I¡ªI can show it to you but..... it would be painful¡.. If you don''t want that, I can exin it to you as well."
Kim showed serious eyes as he moved away from her body and said.
"Show it to me!"
Neyol slowly raised her body and sat next to him. She trembled a bit as she raised her hand and touched his head. The next moment, Kim''s eyes shut down.
......
''Where am I?''
Tim suddenly opened his eyes. He found himself surrounded by darkness. But then, he looked down and saw a table and chair. There was a man sitting on that chair.
He was typing on the keyboard. Before he could think of anything, the scene changed.
Now, he wasing out from the grocery store. He was pinching his finger until the blood came out to control himself. Once again, the scene changed.
He saw himself lying on the bed. His face was red, and sweat was constantlying out. He was ill and lying on his bed. After a few minutes, tears starteding out of his eyes.
Then, the scene changed once again. He saw himself in front of theputer, holding his dick and masturbating while watching hentai.
''You are all alone¡.''
''You will never have a friend¡.''
''You can nevere out of the darkness.''
''Your mind will never change.''
''You will never reunite with your family.''
''You will always suffer.''
''You will always remain ill.''
As those scenes started fading away, a mysterious voice started to ring in his head, constantly making him go through his own miserable life.
A life with nothing but darkness. A life with no one. A life filled with misery and loneliness. Suddenly, another voice rang in his head.
"Come out!"
.......
As soon as that voice rang, Kim found that his eyes were open. His gaze fell on Neyol. He found his cheek turning wet. He raised his hand and touched his eyes.
He was crying.
At this moment, he was crying. He realized that he had just gone through the life that he had left behind. A life of misery and loneliness.
"I''m sorry¡ I shouldn''t have done that. I should''ve just exined it to you."
Neyol started crying as she med herself when she saw his tears. But, Kim stopped her by wiping out her tears and said.
"I do understand the power of that constitution but what does this have anything to do with you having sex with others?"
Neyol wiped her tears and said.
"Every person in the world is made out of yin and yang energy. But, males have more yang energy while females have more yin energy. My constitution is triggered by Yin energy."
"The more Yin Energy it has, the more active it bes. So, to suppress this constitution, I use Yang Energy. That''s why I am no longer a martial artist. If I improve my rank, my Yin Energy will increase, and without my husband, there would be no Yang Energy to suppress it."
"After I fell in love with you, I couldn''t change my feelings for you. Even though I saw your dick, my heart still believed that you would grow someday, and then I can confess to you."
"Actually, whenever I have sex, my body constantly absorbs Yang Energy in a small amount. But, it can only be done when I feel actually good about sex. The problem is that it also produces Yin Energy during sex."
"And, unlike Yang Energy, I don''t need to feel satisfied to produce Yin Energy. So, when Yin Energy isn''t suppressed, I will enter the nightmare state where I will suffer from a nightmare for twenty-four hours."
"You only entered nightmare for a minute.... So, you can understand what kind of situation I would be in, right? That''s why I didn''t confess my love to you."
"I didn''t want to suffer but I also didn''t want to break your heart. I really love you and that''s why it would hurt me even more if I do such a thing."
Hearing her words, Kim couldn''t help but hug her tightly. He embraced her and while embracing her, he sighed.
''It seems like things have indeed changed based on the situation. The reason why she has that constitution was to create a storyline where she would be forced to marry a powerful man. It was a normal cliche plot line.''
''But, I didn''t expect her story to change. She would never cheat on the main character that was for sure. But, there was no reason behind it. It was just what it was.''
''Main character didn''t even need Emperor Eyes for that. It was just to prevent his women from getting jealous of each other and harming each other. But now that there is a reason behind her loyalty.''
''I can''t treat this as a game anymore. There would always be a reason behind everything. I would need to figure it out. But before that¡..''
''Let''s fuck her.''
Kim pushed her down once again. He got over her and moved his face closer to her. He looked into her eyes and said.
"Since I love you, I obviously can''t allow you to suffer through those nightmares. Alright then! I will fuck until you are satisfied."
As he said that, Kim held her breast and started fondling her. His hand wasn''t big enough to cover her breast but it was enough to make her moan.
"Ohhh¡ Kim... It feels good."
"Oh yeah, then how about this?"
Kim put his mouth on her breast and started sucking it. While doing so, he raised his fingers and moved them to her pussy. Without wasting any breath, he pushed two fingers inside her pussy.
"Ahhhhh....Ohhhhhh"
Neyol felt a jolt of shock throughout her body. She cried in surprise and the next moment, she felt intense pleasure spreading through her pussy.
Kim''s fingers were moving in and out of her pussy. Her muscles were stretching and she started giving quite a lusty expression.
Kim raised his head when he heard her moans and looked at her expression. He couldn''t help but get closer to her neck and lick it. While he licked her neck, he moved his mouth closer to her ear and whispered.
"For four years, you didn''t get any dick inside your pussy, right?"
"Umm¡"
Neyol nodded her head as she moaned. His fingers were stretching her pussy from inside and also hitting her G-spot.
"Alright then¡. It wouldn''t be good to make you. I want to see more of your expressions."
Kim removed his fingers from her pussy. She was constantly leaking her juice and making her pussy wetter. So, he put his dick''s tip on her pussy front, and without any warning, he just shoved it inside.
"Ahhhhhh!"
Neyol cried in surprise. The tip of his dick moved straight in and struck her womb.
"Ahh¡ªohhh"
Her expression got wild when she felt intense pain and pleasure at the same time. Kim whispered.
"So, how does it feel to have a dick inside your pussy once again?"
Neyol squeezed her eyes closed and spoke while leaving her tongue outside. Her expression was extremely lusty when she spoke.
"It feels good. So good! My pussy is being pounded by my love''s dick. It''s not small¡ It''s hitting my womb. Ohh god! I love it. Pound me more. Hit my womb. Make a mess of my pussy. I have waited four years for this. Yesssss... Fill me up with your cum.... Pound my pussy harder."
"Ohhhh¡ª¡ª¡ªYesssss!"
Chapter 14 Neyol, The Second Harem Member Part 3 R18
"Ohhhh! Yeesss!"
Neyol was screaming while moving her ass up and down. She was sitting above Kim and her pussy was swallowing his dick. She had put her hands behind her head.
When she moved up and down, her expression changed. Her tongue wasing out with a lusty expression on her face.
Kim raised both of his hands and grabbed her waist. Then, he started pushing his dick faster.
"Kimmmmm! You are killing me¡.."
"But¡ I love it... .Yes, Kim pound me harder..."
"I can feel it... Your energy entering my body...."
"Yes, hit my womb with your dick... It''s transferring the energy to my womb."
Kim didn''t expect this reaction from her. It made him curve his lips as he kept pounding her. His speed increased to another level. Although he found himself getting tired, he didn''t care.
He hadn''t even made her cum. How could he lower his speed now? Not to mention, he was also feeling super good after this. Eventually, he noticed that his speed was getting slower.
His breathing was getting harder. He realized that his stamina was slowly ending.
So, he instantly pulled her down. He asked her to be on four legs. After that, he put his dick inside her pussy and started fucking her even faster.
Although he was losing his stamina, he hadn''t given up. He would do everything to make her cum. Unlike Yeosho, it was harder to make her cum but something inside of him didn''t let him give up that easily.
After a few minutes, a new notification appeared in front of him.
[You have surpassed your limits.]
[Your stamina has been increased by 1 point]
As soon as his stamina increased, he became active once again. Although his stamina didn''t react at its peak, it was more than enough for now. He continued to fuck her in that position for over five minutes.
After those five minutes, he changed the position once again. H raised her one leg and putting it on his shoulder, he started pounding her pussy once again.
After a few more minutes, both of them finally came. Unlike Yeosho, Neyol didn''t care if he put his cum inside her pussy. Because of her internal energy, she could easily destroy his cum before it could reach her oval.
And, by destroying, she only meant erasing life force from his semen. After they came for the first time, Neyol looked a bit tired.
It had been four years since she was fucked. So, she didn''t even know whether she could continue or not. But, just when she was thinking about it, Kim grabbed her waist once more and pierced her pussy with his dick.
"Kim... do you want to do it again?"
"I might not be able to support it¡.."
"I might lose my consciousness....."
Hearing her words, Kim''s expression changed. He didn''t want her to pass out in the middle or even make trouble for her.
But, at this moment, she said something that Kim didn''t expect.
"But, don''t stop¡.. Keep pounding my pussy. Let me feel the pleasure that I have been avoiding for four years.... Fuck my pussy and mind until they give up."
Kim gripped her waist and pushed his dick inside her. His ass moved forward and punched his dick into her womb.
"Yesss! Just like this¡. Fuck my pussy¡.."
Kim slowly stood up on his legs and raised her legs as well. At this moment, he no longer cared about her passing out. He just wanted to make her feel amazing.
He held her hands and pulled them back while pushing his dick against her pussy. His speed was getting faster and his balls colliding against her pussy was making a noise.
They hadn''t even cleaned their bodies so he pushed his dick inside her, it was constantly making a sound as well. But, they didn''t mind. After all, it was making the situation even better.
Kim was expecting her to pass out but even after fucking her for ten minutes, she showed no sign of passing out.
Suddenly, he got an idea. He had always dreamed of doing this. So, he pulled out his dick. Neyol looked at him with confusion. He asked her to walk in front of the dinner table.
He asked her to lie above the table. After sheys on the table, he put his dick inside her and started pounding her once more.
At this moment, he was nning on fulfilling most of his fantasy positions. Those were fantasy until he came to his world but now, they were going to be real.
So, he fucked on her table for quite a long. Then, he sat down on the chair and put her on hisp. After that, he continued fucking in that position.
After a few minutes, Kim realized that he was reaching his limit. But, he wasn''t going to give up. This was just like a gym. Don''t give up and you will surpass your limits.
A few minutester, a new panel appeared in front of him.
[You have surpassed your limits once more]
[Your Stamina has been increased by 1 point]
[Your Spiritual Power has been increased by 1 point]
While fucking her, Kim also looked at the notification. He was surprised when he found that his spiritual power has been increased. After all, it wasn''t that he could increase this easily.
Yes, easy! He just had to grit his teeth and force himself to continue fucking her without passing out.
But, the most surprising part was Neyol. Even though she hadn''t used martial arts for four years, she still had retained the monstrous stamina and power of a martial artist.
In fact, she was growing stronger by the easy second. Unlike him, her stats were like frozen water inside a cylinder. The more she persisted, the more water will melt.
And, after melting that frozen water, she could fill up her cylinder that represented her immense physical stats.
So, they continued this for an hour until he came onest time inside her and she passed out while cuming as well. Finally, Kim realized that even if he wanted to go on, he couldn''t. Unlike Yeosho, he had kept his pounding speed to the maximum, making his stamina deplete faster than Yeosho.
And, so for him to even stay conscious till this moment was amazing. But of course, the main reason was Neyol. He felt too embarrassed to pass out. So, he waited until she passed out and eventually fell on the bed next to her.
After fucking her all around the room, they eventually went to the bed for thest round. As he fell onto the bed, his eyes slowly closed. He found that he couldn''t look at the status window in front of him.
He finally fell asleep.
A minuteter, Neyol''s eyes opened. She slowly raised her body and turned around. She looked at Kim with a gentle expression on her face.
''It seems like men truly are prideful creatures. Even though you are not a martial artist, even though you knew I have more stamina than you, you still didn''t give up.''
''But that''s what I like about you. No matter if it is hot as fire or cold as ice, you never stopped working. Whether you worked at a restaurant or for otherbor jobs, you never let your age or condition get in your way.''
''It seems like I was worried for nothing. You definitely have the potential to suppress my cursed constitution. But... why are you so good at this? Except for that girl, I haven''t seen you with anyone else.''
''So, how do you know so many positions? Just how long have you been doing it with her?''
Neyol couldn''t help but feel jealous. The fire of jealousy was burning in her eyes. But, after a while, she calmed down. She moved her head and looked at the ceiling.
''I can''t be too greedy, can I? Although you love me, I love you even more. You have be my obsession. But, I can''t forget my identity either. I am a widow after all.''
''And, you are just an eighteen-year-old young man. There is more than ten years of an age gap between us. For martial artists, age doesn''t matter. But, for a family, she would be indeed more suitable than me.''
She suddenly clenched her fist. She turned around and stared at Kim''s sleeping face. The fire of determination burned in her eyes.
''But, it doesn''t mean I will give up. She is just an ordinary girl. You are a martial artist. I am a martial artist. Obviously, we should be together. I still don''t know if there is any kind of rtionship between you two.''
''But, if there is, then I must show that bitch my powers. I won''t let anyone take you from me.''
...¡
"Ahhhhh!"
In a small house, Yeosho suddenly screamed and woke up with a frightened expression.
"Ha! Ha! Ha! What kind of dream was that?"
Yeosho couldn''t believe the first day she had been together with Kim, she would see a dream of someone stealing him from her. She clenched her fist and her eyes showed anger.
''Damn it! I won''t let anyone steal him from me. I was wrong before. If I hadn''t had this dream, I would''ve never realized just hopeless it feels to have no strength.''
"Yeosho, what happened?"
Mr. Nomu and Mrs. Nomu came running to her room.
"It was just a bad dream. You don''t have to worry about me, father, mother." Yeosho shook her head and spoke.
Mr. Nomu and Mrs. Nomu were surprised. Normally, she would''ve been scared from nightmares but she didn''t look scared at all. They thought that today''s battle must have diminished her fear and decided to leave the room.
As she watched her parents leave, Yeosho clenched her fist.
''Yes, it was just a dream. It will never be a reality. I will never let it be a reality.''
Chapter 15 Loyalty And Building Trust Part 1
"Yawn!"
Kim slowly rose from the bed and stepped on the ground. He rubbed his eyes and when he stood up, he realized that he wasn''t in his house.
''Oh, right! I forgot I was with her yesterday.''
"Kim, you shouldn''t wake up this easily. You are still not a martial artist. You have exhausted too much yesterday." Neyol''s voice rang from the kitchen.
Unlike yesterday, she was wearing normal cloth today. Obviously, she was cooking the meal for lunch but hearing her words, Kim was surprised.
Then, he remembered just how fast he went yesterday. He was really giving his all yesterday, so it would be normal for him to be exhausted.
But, he wasn''t. Since he was constantly oveing his limits, his stamina had grown exponentially.
"Don''t worry, I am fine." Kim replied as he went to the kitchen.
For some reason, he didn''t feel any kind of oppression. You know, he felt a little unnatural when he fucked Yeosho for the first time. But, with Neyol, he waspletely fine.
''Oh! Yeah, my Chad Energy just increased by ten percent. Hmmm¡. It''s affecting my mind. Normally, I would''ve felt unnatural and extremely excited, but I am not feeling that excited.''
''For someone like me, having sex with two girls on the same day was naturally impossible. Even having sex with one girl was almost impossible unless I try to fuck a prostitute.''
''But, there was a problem. I couldn''t even talk to women. But right now, that mentality or rather that habit of mine is slowly disappearing.''
"What are you talking about? You are obviously exhausted. I know it was hard for you to pass out before me but don''t forget, I am a martial artist. You haven''t even gathered internal energy inside your dantian."
Neyol walked in front of him and tried to push him to the bed.
But, suddenly, Kim caught her by her waist and kissed her lips. Neyol was surprised as she didn''t know how to respond but eventually just let him kiss her.
[You have kissed Neyol and received 5 Harem Points]
After a few minutes, Kim stopped and said.
"Don''t worry, I am not stupid. If I was, then I wouldn''t have survived."
''I am only a loser and a loner but even that is changing.''
Kim thinking so couldn''t help but smile. It was really changing. Although two women would fight each other if they know about each other''s situation, he was still feeling amazing.
After all, never in his dream, had he expected to have two girls at the same time.
"That..... Alright, you are already experienced so I won''t force you. But, next time, don''t try to be so proud. I know it is hard to ept but once your strength surpasses mine, you would eventually be able to stay conscious as much as you want." Neyol sighed and nodded.
"Don''t worry, I won''t let my pride control me." Kim smiled and nodded his head.
Obviously, he wasn''t going to let his pride control him. Pride? He didn''t have that anymore. His only pride was his unwillingness to ept that he can change.
But now, he no longer had that pride. He wanted to change more than anything else. He didn''t want to remain a broken loser.
The only reason he desperately continued to stay conscious was because of his stats. They were constantly growing. So how could he just give up?
Thinking so stats, he couldn''t help but open his status window.
[Name- Kim Woo
Lvl- 1 (Average)
ss- None (Unlocked at Lvl.10)
Level Up- 100 Harem Points
Unique Talent- None
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Martial Technique- None
Martial Art- None
Body- Average Rank
STR: 2 / AGI: 3 / END: 3
DEX: 2 / STM: 7 / DEF: 1
SP: 3
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Lust Meter- 5
Harem Member- Yong Yeosho, Neyol Woo
Harem Points- 200
Lust Berserk Mode- Deactivated]
''Hmm! So, it''s only two hundred, huh? Well, it was to be expected. I got one hundred from the quest and another one hundred from her. After all, no matter how many times I fuck the same girl in a single day, I won''t get any harem points except for the first time.''
Kim wasn''t discouraged at all. After all, even if he couldn''t increase his harem points by fucking the same girl more than once in a single day, he could still say it if he fucks her another day.
It was as simple as that.
"By the way, I have a breathing technique that could help you gather internal energy faster. Wait a minute here, I bring it to you." Neyol said and rushed toward a small wardrobe.
She took out a small ring from there and wore it. After that, she put some internal energy into it and suddenly a book appeared in her hand.
''Oh wait, if I remember correctly, her breathing technique is also powerful. But then, it is still at the same level as Lightning Breathing Technique and Metal Breathing Technique.'' Kim didn''t care about her spatial ring.
After all, it was quite normal for someone of her background to possess such power.
She walked in front of him and passed him that book as she exined.
"This is the Darkness Breathing Ttechnique. It would give your internal energy a dark attribute. Don''t underestimate dark attributes. It can not only hide your presence but also has incredible offensive and defensive powers if used carefully."
"Darkness is known as a perfect countermeasure to Light Attribute. So, obviously, it would give you the power to counter the fastest attribute."
Hearing her words, Kim didn''t know whether he should take this breathing technique. Although it was powerful, his Lightning Breathing Technique wasn''t that bad either.
Suddenly, he couldn''t help but remember something.
''It would be possible to practice multiple attributes. It''s just people mostly focus on a single attribute because they needed to master their attribute. But, geniuses from higher power structures have practiced various elements.
"Thank you!" Kim took the book and thanked her.
"You don''t have to thank me for anything. Just don''t leave me, okay?" Neyol got closer to his body and stared at his face as she asked.
"Of course. I will never leave you." Kim smiled and replied. He had no intention of leaving her as long as she doesn''t leave him.
"That''s better." Neyol couldn''t help but embrace and suddenly remembered something.
"By the way, why were your clothes torn yesterday?"
"Oh that.... I haven''t told you, right? I found a strange inheritance in the back of the mountain day before yesterday. But, it was found out by the Three Butcher Brothers."
"They were obviously not willing to share this information with others so they forced me toe there alone so that they could kill me. But, thankfully, I had these two things that I got from that inheritance."
"So, I fought them and killed them before they could kill me."
Kim lied as he took out the poison dagger and a mask.
Hearing his words, Neyol was surprised. She finally understood how Kim was suddenly able to clean his clogged body.
"That''s good! So, you also have a spatial ring but where is that? And, how can you ess it without any internal energy?"
"Oh! My spatial ring is invisible. And, unlike your spatial ring, I don''t need internal energy. It just required my thoughts." Kim lied as he tried to exin to her.
"That means your spatial ring must be a higher level. Wow! That means you got a powerful inheritance. So, why did you take Darkness Breathing Technique? Although it is powerful, there should be better martial technique, right?" Neyol looked at him with confusion as she asked.
"It seems like there are something things that I couldn''t ess. The only things that I have are Lightning Breathing Technique and Metal Breathing Technique that I got from Three Butcher Brothers." Kim exined.
Hearing his words, Neyol''s eyes narrowed.
"Wait, you n to train all three attributes. But, wouldn''t that be hard? You should just focus on one."
Kim shook his head and said "Don''t worry about this. I know a little bit about martial artist and their talent. There are two kinds of Martial Talents. First would be Dantian Limit and the second would be Comprehension."
"My Dantian Limit might be lower due to my background but myprehension isn''t. At least, I am sure about that. So, you don''t have to worry about that."
Kim wasn''t lying about this.
Not to mention, he had the system. He was already confident in his ownprehension. He might not have the wisdom since he hadn''t experienced anything besides living inside his room.
But, his intelligence is second to none. After all, he was the main person who had the most contribution to Murim Realm. He had always got the highest scores in his studies.
His IQ wasn''t low either. The only problem with him was that he never got to experience things so he didn''t know how the world works yet.
Neyol sighed.
"Alright! If you have confidence in this, then I won''t stop you. But, I am happy that you are willing to share such an important thing with me. I didn''t ask you this before because I thought you would lie to me."
"But, you absolutely can''t tell this to anyone. There are a lot of dark people in this world who wouldn''t hesitate even for a second to betray you."
Kim couldn''t help but smile and nod his head.
The reason why he told her was because of her loyalty. Although her background might have changed a little, her loyalty toward him was still strong.
In fact, she and Yeosho were the most loyal harem member this character was supposed to have.
Chapter 16 Loyalty And Building Trust Part 2
"Since you have no experience in martial artist life, I would help you with your training. You can stay here from today as well."
Neyol said with an expectation to keep him with herself all the time. By doing so, she would be able to make sure that he doesn''t meet up with Yeosho.
After all, she still wasn''t sure if Kim had a rtionship with her or not. She wasn''t worried about their previous rtionship but rather worried that the rtionship has continued even till now.
She couldn''t fight Kim for his choice. After all, it was normal for a man to have more than two women. But, he must have the quality to do so. If he was just a normal man, it would be impossible.
But, if the person was not just strong and talented but also rich, then the women would crowd at him. Although Kim wasn''t rich and strong, he was still talented.
At least, to kill someone with internal energy without any internal energy was a feat that even she couldn''t achieve. Even if he used some external help, he was still able to kill three martial artists.
Yes, it wasn''t just one. If it was one, then it could be done with just a single strike. So, she didn''t doubt his talent.
More importantly, Kim had a good rtionship with Yeosho. And, for some reason, she felt like Yeosho also liked Kim just like her. Although it was just her woman''s instinct.
That''s why she wanted to keep an eye on him.
Unfortunately, Kim had different ns.
"Sorry, I have to visit Yeosho. Remember, I told you that they forced me to go there. I am not an idiot who would be forced just because someone said so. I was forced because they tried to kill her."
"She was injured because of me. So, I have to go and check on her."
Kim wasn''t sure to tell her about Yeosho but knowing that he had to somehow meet her while not raising any suspicion until he gets his hands on Emperor Eyes, he had to tell her some truth.
Neyol clenched her fist when she heard that. Her fear was slowlying true but at this moment, Kim suddenly hold her hand and said.
"Don''t worry, I am starting to love you even more from yesterday. So, my love for you wouldn''t vanish."
Although Kim had a confident smile on his face, his heartbeat was soaring. He had to tell her something to reassure her but he also didn''t want to admit that he had no rtionship with Yeosho.
Lying would always lead to destruction.
Even if he would be a scumbag in her eyes, he had to build that trust in her.
He had to build that trust for the rtionship tost forever. This wasn''t just a game no more. He didn''t have those skills either. So, the only thing he could do was to build trust.
Hearing his words, Neyol felt extremely happy. Although she had a little bit of sourness on her expression, she was still happy. She put her head on his chest and said.
"I am afraid that you would leave me because I am older than you and a widow. So, those words mean a lot to me."
"Never! If I leave someone like you, then I would be nothing more than trash. I might note here during the day but I would definitelye here during the night." Kim smiled and patted her head.
Hearing his words, Neyol''s smile got wider. She released her head from his chest and said.
"Alright then, just freshen yourself. I will ready the food. After that, you can leave."
Kim nodded and went to her toilet. It was outside the house. After he finished his morning activities, he sat on the chair while looking at his inventory.
Currently, he had Poison Dagger, Ghost Mask, 5-Year Old Herb, One-Year Pill, Lightning Breathing Technique, Metal Breathing Technique, and Dark Breathing Technique.
? ''After I visit her, I should return and start training Dark Breathing Technique. At first, I thought I should practice the Lightning Breathing Technique since it would increase my speed and power.''
''But, my next job is to save the princess. And, to save her, I need to kill some assassins. Iron cuts iron. If I want to kill them, I have to be an assassin.''
''If I train Dark Breathing Technique, then I would be able to cover my breath. Ghost Mask only makes me invisible but with Dark Breathing Technique, I would be able to hide my breath meaning I would be truly invisible.''
''But, there would still be one problem. Although I can turn myself invisible, Poison Dagger can be seen which would easily reveal my position. That was my main problem in the battle against Butcher Brothers.''
''So, I need to train on something else. I will use this Poison Dagger but I have to be extremely proficient at dragging the poison dagger in and out of inventory.''
''Alright then, I have a perfect n. I will train day and night. And since I already have two hundred harem points, I should be able to level up two times within a single day.''
''Hmm.... I might not be able to fuck Yeosho today since she is still at her home but I might be able to do some other things. I just need one hundred more Harem Points.''
''But right now, let''s level-up!''
Thinking so, Kim immediatelymanded.
"Level up!"
[Would you like to consume 100 Harem Points to level up?]
[Yes] [No]
When this message appeared, Kim instantly clicked on Yes. In an instant, his body was overwhelmed with internal energy. It flowed throughout his body for a moment.
But, after a while, it disappeared.
"Open Status Window"
Kim spoke in a low voice.
[Name- Kim Woo
Lvl- 2 (Average)
ss- None (Unlocked at Lvl.10)
Level Up- 200 Harem Points
Unique Talent- None
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Martial Technique- None
Martial Art- None
Body- Average Rank
STR: 7 / AGI: 8 / END: 8
DEX: 7 / STM: 12 / DEF: 6
SP: 5 / IE: 5
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Lust Meter- 5
Harem Member- Yong Yeosho, Neyol Woo
Harem Points- 100
Lust Berserk Mode- Deactivated]
''Now, this is surprising. My spiritual points only rose by two points while other stats rose by five points. Since I only have 5 points of internal energy, I shouldn''t be able to use most marital arts.''
''Of course, the most beautiful part of this system is that I also have dantian. This internal energy isn''t stored at my dantian. And, my strength can be improved even more with my regr training.''
''With this kind of cheat, I don''t need to have Unique Talent to suppress others. But still, if I gain Emperor''s Eyes, it would definitely benefit me more.''
"What makes you so happy? You have been smiling like an idiot for a while." Neyol''s voice woke him from his thoughts. He didn''t realize that he was smiling so much after looking at his status window and thinking about the possibilities of his strength.
"Hehe! I''m just happy to see someone cook for me." Kim immediately made up a lie as he stared at her.
Neyol put the food on the table and sat in front of him.
"From now on, I will always cook for you."
"That''s why I am so happy. After all, for such a beautiful martial artist to cook for me is a blessing." Kim chuckled.
''Damn! I am getting good at this.''
"Then, shouldn''t you give this beautiful martial artist a reward for cooking food for you?" Neyol gave him a seductive look and asked.
Kim''s lust suddenly soared. But, he still controlled himself and nodded his head.
"Of course, but the more you wait for the reward, the better it gets. So, instead of right now, how about tonight?"
"Shishishishi! I never thought you would be so good at this. Anyway, let''s eat." Neyol said as she picked up her chopsticks.
Kim also picked up his chopsticks and started eating.
Ten minutester, they finished their meal. Before leaving, Kim kissed Neyol.
After he left, Neyol closed the door and her face bloomed with a smile. Her hands were shaking a bit. She couldn''t help but fall on her butt. She looked at the ceiling and her smile widened.
''Finally¡.. I finally have someone I love. This time, I am not letting go of him. No matter what, I must keep him safe. Yung¡.. I''m sorry but you already know why I didn''t save you.''
''So, I am not feeling guilty about having a rtionship with a man younger than me. You were never my love. If it wasn''t for that ident, I wouldn''t even have married you.''
''I didn''t leave you because I was afraid of turning into a hoe. Haa! Mother... don''t worry, I will walk in your footsteps. I will never be someone like our ancestors.''
At this moment, the bright smile got hidden by tears.
''You were so close to reaching that realm. But, after his death, you killed yourself so that you won''t be someone like grandmother. Mother, I will definitely reach that realm.''
''You told me that if you love someone with all your heart, even if he epts other women, he will always love you more than others. Father didn''t get any woman other than you. I don''t know if Kim would do the same but even if he doesn''t, it doesn''t matter.''
''I am no longer in a position where I have multiple choices. I only have one choice and that is to be someone like you. I will never be someone like grandmother. Now that I have got someone I love, I will no longer stop my training. I will reach that realm and I will keep my love safe.''
''I will definitely surpass you, mother.''
Chapter 17 Yeoshos Determination
Knock! Knock!
Kim stood in front of the door and knocked on it a few times. After a few seconds, a middle-aged man opened the door. This man was none other than Mr. Nomu.
He looked at Kim with surprise in his eyes and asked.
"Kim, why are you here so early?"
"I came to see Yeosho." Kim replied.
"Oh! Then,e in." Mr. Nomu nodded and turned back. As he walked away, Kim quickly followed him. But, as soon as he reached inside, Mr. Nomu turned around and looked at him.
"Kim, I won''t interfere in the matters between you and Yeosho. But, you have to understand one thing. If you ever put my daughter in a deadly situation like that, I will never forgive you."
His eyes were showing some fear and anger. He didn''t make any high tone nor he begged. He knew Kim was the one who saved his daughter but still if it wasn''t for Kim, his daughter wouldn''t have gone to that hill.
"Mr. Nomu, I have just be a martial artist but it didn''t mean I will put her in any kind of danger. I will always keep her safe." Kim nodded his head as he spoke with a serious expression.
"Humph! Don''t talk like you have married her." Mr. Nomu was still unwilling to marry his daughter to Kim. Although Kim was a good person and also a hard-working person, he wanted her daughter to marry a rich guy.
No matter how hard Kim would work, it would be impossible to be rich without bing a martial artist.
But now that he was a martial artist, there would be a chance to be rich. So, he wasn''tpletely resistant to the idea of having Kim as his son-inw, but he still hadn''t epted itpletely.
Hearing his words, Kim didn''t feel bad. After all, every father would be reluctant to marry their daughter to a poor kid like him. He still remembered how his friends in college would elope because their parents didn''t ept their love.
He could also elope with her but he didn''t want to use that method unless it was necessary. Now, he had already made a n to impress his father-inw.
Mr. Nomu took him to Yeosho''s room. Before opening the door, he shouted.
"Yeosho, Kim is here to see you."
Then, he turned around, giving a scary gaze to Kim before leaving. Kim didn''t care about it. He opened the door and walked in. He immediately locked the door. After that, he turned around and saw Yeosho lying down on the bed.
She didn''t seem to be injured but it seems like her parents won''t simply let her leave. She was wearing a grey t-shirt and her legs were covered with a nket.
"Kim, it''s so good to see you." Yeosho immediately got off the bed and ran toward him but when she took a few steps, her legs turned soft.
Kim immediately realized it and moved forward. He caught her before she fell down.
"Are your legs injured? Don''t walk right now." Kim immediately held her in his arms and walked toward the bed. After gently putting her on the bed, he looked at her with curiosity.
He still remembered that Yeosho wasn''t hurt in the legs. It was her face that suffered the punch.
But, instead of replying, Yeosho lowered her head and her face turned red.
''Wait, don''t tell me it is because of what we did? But, shouldn''t that pain be gone by now? She was able to walk to the mountain after that sex. So, why would she feel weakness today?''
After she didn''t reply and instead looked away, Kim realized that something was wrong. He tried to link this with yesterday''s sex. But, it was hard to imagine that the effect could appear sote.
"It''s nothing. So, why did youe here so early?" Yeosho also realized what he was thinking and immediately changed the topic.
Kim didn''t pursue it anymore so he smiled and said.
"Of course, I came to meet you."
Hearing his words, Yeosho smiled beautifully. She couldn''t help but hold his hand.
"Kim, can you hold me?"
Kim nodded his head and sat next to her. He put his arms around her and gently put her head on his shoulder. After a long silence, Yeosho spoke.
"Kim, I want to be a martial artist."
When he heard that, he was surprised. Kim didn''t understand the reasoning behind it after all she said she wouldn''t do it. She was afraid of the pain and suffering that she would have to go through to be a martial artist.
"What made you change your mind?"
"I am afraid of losing you."
Hearing her words, he tightened his embrace as he said.
"I will never leave you, never in a million years."
"No, I am afraid of losing you to someone else. For martial artists, having more than one wife ismon. But, I just want you to be mine. I don''t want to share you with anyone." Yeosho said.
Hearing her words, Kim''s fist clenched. He was afraid of this. He was very much afraid of this. If he didn''t use his system, there would be a limit to how much he could aplish.
That''s why even though he had already cleared his body, he still wanted to increase his harem to level up. Otherwise, he would never be able topete with top-level geniuses.
He didn''t want to remain a loser. As he was slowly leaving the shadow of his previous life, his ambitions were slowly growing. So, how could he just give his source of strength?
But, he quickly calmed down and said.
"Although it isn''t umon, only those with talents and backgrounds get more than one girl. And, the only reason why you love me is that we have shared three years of our lives together."
Hearing his words, Yeosho shook her head and said.
"That might be right. But, you are different. In the past, you couldn''t be a martial artist because of your body but right now, you no longer have that problem."
"Not to mention, you seemed to have gotten some kind of inheritance or treasure as well. You work ten times harder than anyone of your age. You aren''t just a hard worker but also a smarter worker."
"While you might not have talent, with the inheritance and your hard work, you can easily reach a higher rank and be Great Martial Artist. That purple dagger and that mask were part of the inheritance, weren''t they?"
"That''s why if you just keep on soaring, more girls will be attracted toward you. You might not give up but if I couldn''t even stand beside you in the future, I will slowly disappear from your life."
"That''s what I don''t want. I didn''t realize it before. But, I just want to spend my life with you, whether it is as a martial artist or not. So, I will be a martial artist."
"I n to go to Vige Chief''s house and ask for martial technique. I will train hard just like you and definitely catch up to you. I will not disappear from your life."
Hearing her words, Kim was sure that she had already made up her mind. No matter what he says, it wouldn''t change her mind. But, he didn''t understand what triggered this thought.
After all, she wouldn''t randomly think about something like disappearing from his life out of nowhere just when they became lovers.
He didn''t think too much. After all, it was impossible to think about it right now. He took out a book from his inventory and passed it to her.
"This is Lightning Breathing Technique. After you memorize it, pass it to me. I have another technique that I will train till then. Also, don''t worry about the resources."
"I need that 5 Years Old Spiritual Herb right now but I will definitely find the resources to speed up your training. Don''t practice the martial technique from Vige Chief, instead ask for Martial Arts."
"Or, you could also train on the martial technique from Vige Chief since they might not have Lightning-Attributed Martial Arts."
The reason why he took out the Lightning Breathing Technique was that the level of Martial Techniques from Vige Chief was too low. Breathing Techniques were naturally above the low-level Martial Techniques.
So, he wanted to give her the Lightning Breathing Technique to speed up her training.
Hearing his words, Yeosho was shocked. When she held the book, her hands started to shake. At this moment, she raised her head and tried to say something.
But, her lips were covered by Kim''s lips. He gently pressed his lips against her, slowly enjoying and savoring the vor of her lips.
After a little while, he slowly pressed his tongue inside her mouth and started kissing her fiercely. As he kissed her, he slowly slid his hands inside her clothes.
Feeling his hands, she broke the kiss and spoke in a low voice.
"It still hurts."
"Don''t worry! I won''t go there." Kim said as he kissed her and continued to fondle her breast without removing her t-shirt. While kissing her, he tilted his head and his eyes fell on the blue screen in front of him.
[You kissed your harem and received 5 Harem Points]
[You fondled her breast and received 5 Harem Points]
Chapter 18 Dark Breathing Technique
Kim didn''t dare to stay long in Yeosho''s house. He had too less time to prepare for tomorrow''s battle. After having a little fun with her, he left the house.
Yeosho was given an opportunity and now how much she tries to gain from that opportunity depends upon her.
Kim immediately reached his house. He closed the door and moved to the middle of his house. Since his house was basically one giant room without a kitchen or bathroom, there was some space in the middle.
Yesterday, he used this space to practice his Basic Dagger Technique. And now, he had to train Dark Breathing Technique.
He sat down and opened the book. From a small age, he had a good memory. Even though it was perfect, he could still remember any content he read for a long time.
It wasn''t something extraordinary. For many brilliant students who studied with him, this kind of ability was normal. Some were born with it, some developed it.
So, as he started to read the section of the Dark Breathing Technique, he began to understand more about the Darkness itself.
Refining Internal Energy into Dark Energy. It was the core part of the Dark Breathing Technique but it was only one section of the entire book. The other sections described how the darkness spread out to the world.
Darkness could be represented by two aspects of human life; Shadow and Evil. Both represented Darkness because both were born out of it. Shadow was born into darkness because something blocked the light.
Evil was also born into darkness because nobody pulled it toward good. When nobody tried to pull evil toward good, it developed a unique feature. If no one pulls him, then he will pull everyone.
? It was just like how Light was the nemesis of Darkness. Evil became the nemesis of Good, by turning good into evil, by pulling everyone into darkness. It was the core belief of evil.
But, for a martial artist, Darkness was nothing more than an attribute. It was a powerful attribute, something that would allow one to counter all other attributes, but that was it.
Even though the content was right in front of them, most people wouldn''t understand the core belief of evil. It wasn''t something like killing people or robbing them.
Evil represented a dark shallow hole that will pull everything and everyone inside of it. That was the true meaning of evil.
As for Shadow, the meaning was hidden in its name.
Maniption!
Controlling something or everything with your shadow. But, it didn''t just mean controlling people but also meant controlling himself. It was a power that allowed him to control himself.
And, that hid the meaning of ''Controlling your aura''.
Most people used Dark Breathing Technique because it allowed them to control their breath and sneak into ces even during the day. It was possible because shadows can only be formed during the day.
Others didn''t understand it properly. Darkness would be strong when there is light. That means during the day, a person can hide exactly as proficiently as he could hide during the night.
In just two hours, Kim not only read the entire book but also understood its core meaning and beliefs. Everything about darkness was already inside his mind and it shocked him for a moment.
It wasn''t because of how fast he read or how fast he understood. It was because the thing that he understood was actually being used in real-time.
He still remembered the days when he learned those theorems of mathematics and could only write them down during examinations. It would take years down the line to actually use those and until then, he would''ve forgotten some of it.
So, being able to use what he just learned made him quite excited. He couldn''t help but remember this feeling.
It was the same feeling when he finished remembering the entire book before the exam. The next day, his heartbeat would soar and during the exam, he would be excited to finish all those answers.
That same kind of feeling wasing out of him.
When this feeling arose in his heart, his mind became a little impatient. He was like a kid who was excited to show off what he just learned. But, he controlled these feelings.
His control over his feelings and his lust was slowly getting stronger. So, he concentrated his mind on refining his internal energy into dark energy. But before that, he had to absorb the spiritual energy from the surroundings into his body.
Once he absorbs spiritual energy, he must channel those energies through his meridians into his dantian. Upon reaching his dantian, it would transform into internal energy.
The ranks of martial artists were measured in years. That''s because to transform spiritual energy into internal energy, one would need to separate spiritual energy into Pure Energy, True Essence, and Vitality.
Among these three, Pure Energy in itself is internal energy. It just required to get purified by the Ember of Life. True Essence would be an important part of this training because it needs to be absorbed by Dantian to evolve it.
As for Vitality, that''s the most important aspect of a martial artist. It didn''t just represent how long one would live, it also represented how long a person can hold the power of youth.
As a person grew older, he would have a hard time using the strength of his youthful days. But, martial artists of older age were normally considered monsters.
Because they had the power that can deter the ground and sky. It was the power that can rupture the sea and split the mountain. Such things would only be possible because of the vitality that they umte from spiritual energy.
Ember of Life represented one''s life force. It was a blue me that burns inside one''s Dantian. So, when vitality was separated from spiritual energy, it would merge with the Ember of Life.
So, a martial artist only needed to absorb spiritual energy into his dantian. Once it reached the Ember of Life, the pure energy of spiritual energy would transform into Internal Energy and get separated.
After that, vitality would be sucked into the Ember of Life. Finally, the remained essence or True Essence would slowly spread out and collide with Dantian from inside.
It would slowly improve the size and durability of one''s dantian.
Normally, this could be done while practicing Martial Techniques but there was a problem. It would take days just to purify spiritual energy and create internal energy.
And during this purification, one can''t add more Spiritual Energy into the dantian since there would be no use for that. Hence, martial artists flow spiritual energy throughout their bodies during training.
But, Breathing Technique would be different.
Dantian wasn''t a physical part of the body. It was a mixture of physical and spiritual parts. Thus, one can control it to its very core. Like how athletes control their breath after a lot of practice, Dantian could be also controlled.
But, this level of control would be a hundred times higher. Once a person entered Breathing State, he would be able to separate Vitality and True Essence from spiritual energy first.
Normally, it would be pure energy that would separate from spiritual energy. But, by separating Vitality and True Essence, that person uses the vitality to improve Ember of Life and True Essence to improve Dantian while Ember of Life purifies the rest of spiritual energy.
And doing so, that person could also pull more spiritual energy into his dantian and separate those two, let the Ember of Life and Dantian absorb them, and send that remaining spiritual energy to get purified.
Once a person''s dantian expands with the help of True Essence, he could pull more spiritual energy into it. Normally, a person would need to wait until spiritual energy was purified, vitality was absorbed by Ember of Life and finally, True Essence was merged with Dantian.
But now, since the middle and thest part of this whole process were done by that person himself, the only remaining thing would be refining internal energy from the remaining spiritual energy.
That''s why Breathing Technique was much more efficient since it would able to catch up to three days of training in just three hours. But, there was also one downside to this.
While using the Martial Technique, a person not only refines internal energy, expands dantian and lifespan but also trains his physical capabilities using spiritual energy.
But, using the Breathing Technique, it wouldn''t be possible.
Despite knowing that, he didn''t care. In his eyes, physical training can be done after he finishes his Breathing Technique. After all, it would only take three hours of Breathing Training topete with three days of Martial Training.
So, after he finished understanding the entire process, he closed his eyes, sat cross-legged, and started breathing. Each breath allowed him o absorb arge amount of spiritual energy from the air.
And, that spiritual energy would separate from normal air after it entered his body. Instead of flowing through his veins, it flows into his Dantian through certain meridians.
Upon reaching there, the main process of the Breathing Technique begins.
Chapter 19 Another Night With Neyol Part 1 R-18
"Haa!" "Haa!" "Haa!"
A powerful spear was fully thrusting toward the empty space. Each thrust would create a sharp sound as if the air was ruptured by its power. Unfortunately, that spear was made out of wood.
Even its tip wasn''t metal but just wood.
And, the man holding that spear was none other than Kim. His right hand was holding the end of the spear while his left hand was holding the middle. As he thrust his spear, he frees his left hand and tries to twist the spear with his right hand.
His body was covered in sweat and the sun was no longer outside. It was already nighttime.
[Congrattion on learning Basic Spear Technique on your own]
[You received 10% Spear Mastery]
[Holding the Spear, your
[Congrattion on mastering Basic Spear Technique]
[You received 10% Spear Mastery]
[Congrattion on perfecting Basic Spear Technique]
[You received 10% Spear Mastery]
"Hooo! It seems like I finally rest now."
Thud!
As soon as he said that, he fell on his back.
[You have surpassed your physical and mental limits]
[Your stamina has been increased by 1 point]
"Nice! That''s what I needed right now. But, I didn''t expect my spear training at home would be this useful. Then again, this is just a Basic Spear Technique."
Unlike Dagger, he had been training with his spear for quite a long time. It''s because he wanted to fight someone. It''s just that he loved spear. Strike your enemy before he can strike you.
It was the motto of his Spear training.
Well, the spear wasn''t the only thing he tried though. He also tried learning how to use Saber simply because he loved Light Saber.
So, he memorized every basic spear movement including his foot, wrist, and thrust movements. But, except for foot and wrist movements, the Basic Spear Technique had two kinds of Thrusts.
Direct Thrust and Spiral Thrust!
Direct Thrust required foot movement and precise control over the power of his thrust. Spiral Thrust required wrist movement and precise control over his thrust''s power.
It wasn''t easy. It took him four hours to perfect his Basic Spear Technique even though he had already trained his technique beforeing to this world.
Of course, he didn''t care too much. His gains were much higher this time. Because of his achievements, the system actually gave him Spear Mastery.
Unlike his mastering or perfecting his moves, Mastery given by the system includes real mastery. Just like how he had watched hentai and porn several times but was still a newbie to sex.
Even though he had perfected his Basic Spear Technique, he would be a newbie on the battlefield, especially against his enemies. So, Mastery given by the system would help him have better control and mindset during the battle.
It could be said that now he had received 30% Spear Mastery, he could use Basic Spear Technique against his opponent without any problem.
Of course, that wasn''t all. Basic Spear Techniques represented thrust; Direct and Spiral Thrust. So, he mastered those and could use those thrusts at any moment but he couldn''t use the spear to block and also attack in different patterns.
But, thanks to Spear Mastery, he didn''t just master the spear techniques, he mastered the spear. It meant he would be able to use Spear however he wanted. And, now he could use the Internal Energy, not just in those moves but also while using his spear to block.
''Now that I have perfected my Basic Spear Technique, let''s see what level it has reached.''
Kim thought about it for a moment and opened its status window.
[Lvl. 5 Basic Spear Technique
Effect- While holding the spear, your strength, agility, and dexterity would increase by 5]
''Hoo! That''s nice. So, I managed to pull the Basic Spear Technique to level five in just five hours. But then again, I have been just remembering things that I did before.''
''I have already used that Five Years Old Spiritual Herb to speed up my internal energy training so I managed to finish it within two hours. Now, I have increased my lifespan by Two Years.''
''My dantian is filled with Internal Energy. So, that means I have finally be a Martial Artist but it''s just a Junior Martial Artist Rank. From now on, my lifespan wouldn''t matter much.''
''Unlike Junior Martial Artists, Senior Martial Artists have a unique presence and it is known as Aura. Channeling your internal energy outside your body in the form of a spiritual pressure is known as Aura.''
''So that means even if I increase my lifespan by hundreds of years, I wouldn''t be Senior Martial Artist without condensing Aura. Hush! That is quite out of my reach right now.''
''I should just focus on increasing my internal energy and lifespan. After all, even if you be Senior Martial Artist, it wouldn''t matter much if you just get exhausted all of your internal energy in the middle of a battle.''
''But, I can''t do anything right now. That herb was just an herb. If it was Five Years Old Pill, I could''ve increased my lifespan by five years but since it was just an herb, I could only increase my lifespan by two years.''
''Even so, it would be more than enough for now. Even if Yeosho hadn''t gotten that herb for me, it would''ve taken me at least ten hours of Breathing Training to increase my lifespan by one year.''
''I am not sure if Yeosho would be able to understand that technique properly. But even if she just followed the Breathing Technique, she would be able to increase her lifespan by one year within one day.''
Kim slowly stood up and took out his cloth. But, he remembered that he didn''t have any more clothes. One pair of his clothes had already been torn, another pair was still torn and he was already wearing one pair.
That''s all the clothes he had.
''Damn it! After I finished the next quest, I would need to earn money and buy some clothes. I also need to add some more things to this house. As a martial artist, I would go through various battles which means I need to buy more clothes.''
''Alright! First thing clothes, then other things. But first, I need to wash these clothes.''
He took the dirty clothes to the back of his house and went to hell. He washed his clothes, also took a bath, and returned back to his house. He put on that same smelly pants and a less smelly t-shirt.
Since he had taken off his t-shirt during practice, it wasn''t that smelly.
After that, he left his house and went to Neyol''s house.
"Kim, you finally came." As soon as he entered the house, Neyol jumped into his embrace. Her breasts pressed against his chest and his lust soared, breaking the limits of his lust meter.
He couldn''t wait to throw her into the bed.
"Sniff! Sniff! What''s this smell? It''s so gross." Suddenly, the pungent smell entered her nose. Neyol felt like puking. She immediately left his embrace and her eyes fell into his pants.
Kim didn''t react immediately. He closed the door and said.
"That''s what I was thinking. It smells so gross. I should throw it away."
Without thinking too much, he took off his pants. His six inches long rod stretched out of his underwear.
Neyol''s face burned red. She couldn''t believe Kim just took off his pants without giving her a chance to react. Suddenly, she realized that Kim came wearing these pants because he just wanted to take advantage of their smell.
He quickly moved forward and pulled her into his hands. Without waiting for her to react, he lifted her in his arms and walked toward the bed.
"Wait, wait, let''s eat first." Neyol tried to stop him but Kim didn''t care. His lust meter had already been broken. If he couldn''t release his lust soon, he would enter Lust Berserk Mode.
It was an absolute mode that he didn''t want to enter. Even though he wasn''t afraid of fucking Neyol anymore, he didn''t want her to go through extreme pain. Not to mention, be useless for twenty-four hours after the mode ends.
Yes, once he enters this mode, he wouldn''t stop until his body waspletely exhausted to the point where he wouldn''t be able to move the next day.
It would take him twenty-four hours just to move his body. And, another few hours and food to regain his stamina.
More importantly, there would be a chance that he would use his own life force to continue sex.
This mode was the most horrible punishment that he created for the main character. It was also created so that people would buy a subscription to those skills.
After all, the lust of this main character was simr to that of his own. Although it wasn''t extreme like his, it would still raise his lust slowly and once it hits 100, the game would''ve no choice but to choose between his reputation in the game or money.
So, even though Neyol wanted to stop, he couldn''t. He put her down on the bed and jumped above her.
Tonight, he might sleep without eating anything.
Chapter 20 Another Night With Neyol Part 2 R-18
"Mhmm"
As soon as he went above her, he put his lips on hers. He started frantically kissing her. He didn''t want to enter her pussy from the start but he had to cool down his lust as well.
As he began to kiss her even more, she eventually stopped resisting and started enjoying his kiss. Feeling his rough kiss, she felt her pussy twitching even more.
She was getting turned on.
Her hands moved to his back as she pressed him down. She could feel his dick pressing against her pussy but since he hadn''t taken off his underwear and she hadn''t taken off her clothes, her pussy couldn''t swallow it.
As her hands started to move around, her nails pierced his clothes. She didn''t realize that she wasn''t controlling her strength. It was only after her hands tore his t-shirt, she realized that.
"If you want to go wild, it''s okay. But, you have to remember I don''t have another pair of clothes."
Saying so, he pulled down her clothes as well. Her breasts appeared in front of him. Those milky round melons seemed juicy. He didn''t hesitate to put his mouth on the top of that melon.
His lips touched the nipples and her body started twitching.
"Hmm"
A moan escaped her mouth. He raised his hand and pressed her another breast. His hand couldn''t cover it entirely but he didn''t stop squeezing her breast.
While sucking her nipples with his mouth, he was constantly ying with her other nipple with his fingers.
"Kim¡. I can''t hold it¡. Put it in." Neyol''s body continued twitching as she spoke. She was constantly moaning while he was sucking and pinching her nipples.
"Is that so?" Kim couldn''t help but smirk. He removed his hand but he still kept sucking her nipple. He moved his fingers inside her pussy and started moving them.
He bent his fingers and tried to touch her G-spot.
"Ohhh¡. Yesss.... Kim¡. Your fingers are so good. I can''t resist it anymore."
"This is fucking good. Yess¡." Moans after moans came out of her mouth. Neyol''s body started feeling heavenly pleasure. But, this was just a start after all.
His fingers kept going in and out of her pussy. Her legs kept moving while her breast was being devoured by his mouth.
"Kim¡.. I''m cumming¡." Neyol moaned as her legs rose. Arge amount of juice escaped out of her pussy and made his fingers wet.
"Ohh! You came a lot this time and so early. It seems like I can finally enter it."
Kim''s lust hadn''t died down but it was still below the higher level. So, he wasn''t worried about entering the Lust Berserk Mode. After taking out his dick, he put it in front of her pussy.
The wet pussy was simply the best to pierce. So, he simply put his dick on top of it and without any hesitation, moved his ass forward.
"Ughh!!!"
His dick simply pierced too deep as it struck her womb. Neyol''s lower body rose. Her legs made M-shape and her eyes moved up. Her tongue came out of her mouth and her expression was wild.
After his dick entered her pussy, he started moving his ass. His dick went in and out of her pussy, creating sound upon collision each time.
Feeling his dick hitting her womb on every strike, Neyol was filled with nothing but lust. Her mouth kept releasing moans while her pussy kept epting his dick.
After ten minutes, he finally came but it didn''t end there. Without wasting any time, they tried new positions and kept fucking her for hours. During this time, he broke his limit a few times.
After all, it wasn''t easy to keep his speed the same while fucking her for hours.
Finally, both of them fell asleep.
Next Morning,
He woke up but didn''t find Neyol on the bed. He raised his head and saw her in the kitchen as usual. But, he didn''t move instead opened his Quest Panel.
[Quest- Save the Princess
Description- Two dayster the princess of Asura Race would be kidnapped by a group of Martial Masters. Save the princess to win over her heart and Asura Race''s support.
Quest Reward- 200 Harem Points, Emperor''s Eyes, Battle Spirit Awakening, and Heavenly Asura de
Quest Punishment- Death of Princess
Quest Time- Five Hours]
''It seems like this didn''t change a bit. That''s good. I want to increase my strength before putting my life on the line. Thankfully, I have earned enough Harem Points.''
"System, Level up!"
[Do you want to consume 200 Harem Points to level up?]
[Yes] [No]
Without any hesitation, he clicked on yes.
At this moment, a cool breeze flowed throughout his body. He could feel the immense Internal Energy gathering inside his meridians but the next moment, all of that disappeared.
As for where it went, the answer would be system space. It was a space created inside his sea of consciousness. It was also a space that holds everything rted to the system and his soul.
After leveling up, he immediately opened the status panel.
[Name- Kim Woo
Lvl- 3 (Average)
ss- None (Unlocked at Lvl.10)
Level Up- 400 Harem Points
Unique Talent- None
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Martial Technique- Dark Breathing Technique (Lv.1), Basic Dagger Technique(Lv.2), Basic Spear Technique (Lv.5)
Martial Art- Nightless sh, Paralyzing Stab
Body- Average Rank
STR: 12 / AGI: 13 / END: 13
DEX: 12 / STM: 20 / DEF: 11
SP: 7 / IE: 10
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Lust Meter- 5
Harem Member- Yong Yeosho, Neyol Woo
Harem Points- 5
Lust Berserk Mode- Deactivated]
''This is alright. Now, I should be able to fight them. But before fighting them, I need Neyol to teach me something. If I remember this correctly, I asked one of the developers to add a function for Junior Martial Artists.''
''Unlike Senior Martial Artists who can use Aura, Junior Martial Artists needed to rely on their internal energy. So, in order to make the game much more fun from the start, I asked him to add a function that Junior Martial Artists can use internal energy as an invisible armor to boost their physical capabilities without using martial techniques or martial arts.''
''I don''t know how I should do that since this isn''t perfectly a game world. So, I have to ask Neyol about this. Hopefully, she knows about the Body Armament Technique.''
Thinking so, he stood up and walked toward Neyol.
"Neyol, there is something that I wanted to ask you."
"Yes?" Neyol turned around and looked at him with surprise.
"Do you know how to practice the Body Armament Technique?"
Hearing his words, Neyol narrowed her eyes.
"How do you know about it? Although it ismon but only within high-ss families."
"I heard about it when I took the job of cleaning White Tiger Dojo. I was curious about it but I didn''t know how to practice it." Kim made a simple lie and answered.
After all, it wasn''t umon for people in Dojo to talk about Body Armament Technique. These Dojos are just sects but for normal people.
Simple because the Dojo master could only give insights and teach martial arts. They can''t provide resources to the people so those with high talent normally enter Sects.
"Ohh! Well, then you should just give up on Body Armament Technique. Although I might sound rude, you can''t practice this technique. Only those with a high reserve of internal energy have the spare internal energy to train this technique and use it during the battle."
"Of course, once you reach the higher level, I would definitely teach you this technique. If you use it now, you might empty your internal energy reserve in the middle of a battle." Neyol shook her head and exined.
But, Kim wasn''t simply going to back down. He immediately caught her hands and looked at her with puppy eyes.
"Please! I promise I won''t many mistakes. I know about my situation more than anyone else. So, you don''t have to worry about it. Just teach me this technique."
Neyol wanted to reject him once again but looking at his eyes, she couldn''t do it. Eventually, she nodded her.
"Alright but you have to promise that you won''t use it recklessly."
"I promise you. I will not use it recklessly."
Of course, he wasn''t nning on using it recklessly. After all, why would he use it recklessly when he had two sources for his internal energy? He was nning on using one of his sources to activate this technique and use the other source for his martial arts.
If normally using internal energy boost the martial arts or martial techniques, the Armament Technique simply condenses that internal energy into armor and boosts the raw physical strength to another level.
He still remembered the punches of First Butcher Brother. His fists were like metal. He was using martial arts of Metal Attribute. The Armament Technique would give him a simr power.
Of course, while using the Armament Technique, he could also use other techniques and arts. That''s where Armament Technique shines the most.
Chapter 21 Princess Quest Part 1
Three Hours Later,
"Alright Neyol, I need to leave for a few hours." Kim said as he walked out of the house. He didn''t hesitate to run toward the forest.
Neyol did ask him where he was nning on going. So, he simply made an excuse that he would train in the forest.
And, he also made sure that Neyol didn''t follow him. Although her strength would be a huge help, he didn''t want Neyol to find out that he was going to save the princess.
Besides, with her presence, he wouldn''t be able to flirt with the princess at all. It was a risky move but if it seeded, the risk would be worth it.
........
"Haa! Haa! Haa!"
''Damn those bastards! How did they know that I have left the kingdom? Father would never allow anyone to know about my escape.
Even if he wanted to capture me, he would never send Dark Blood Faction.''
''This is the faction created to kill, but it isn''t under father. So, why did they suddenly find out about my escape ande to capture me?''
A youngdy wearing a purple dress was running in the forest. Her speed was fast but it wasn''t fast enough.
Nearly five dark-clothes assassins were running behind her.
Their clothes were a bit weird. With a sign of the sun at the back, the cloth was extremely dark. All of them were wearing crow masks as well.
One of them raised his hand and swung. A sharp needle flew toward her, piercing the air. But, the youngdy''s ear was sharp.
She instantly heard the sharp sound and immediately jumped while swinging her body.
The needle passed from beneath her. She didn''t stop but rather her speed only increased.
"Thirteen, there is no need to use a sneak attack. She had increased the Heavenly Asura Body.
Her physical capabilities including senses her very high."
"Even though she hadn''t be a martial artist, she isparable to lower rank martial artists. That''s why we were sent.
There is no need to attack her now. After all, she isn''t a martial artist. Consume her stamina and we will get a chance to kill her."
Seeing one of his teammates using the attack, the assassin who was running in the middle spoke. His voice was extremely cold.
The assassin who attacked just now nodded his head.
The princess kept running but her speed slowly decreased. Her stamina wasn''t enough.
Because of her family tradition, she wasn''t allowed to be a martial artist until she was eighteen.
Hence, she decided to run away from home. Before she was fifteen, being or not being a martial artist didn''t matter much to her.
But after she reached the age of seventeen, her desire to be a martial artist became stronger.
So, she decided to leave the kingdom. Although she knew she was from a different race, it wouldn''t be trouble for her.
After all, there might be a conflict between different races, but there was no war.
Thus, she was sure that after she left her kingdom, she could join a small town, practice basic martial techniques, and be a martial artist.
With her talent, it wouldn''t be a problem for her to catch up to other people who have already trained.
But she didn''t expect to be chased by someone else right after she left the kingdom.
And, they weren''t there to take her back. They wereing after her to kill her.
She had been running for two days. Her stamina had started to reach its limit. Now, she was sure that she couldn''t continue anymore.
''Am I going to die here? I don''t want to die. I didn''t be a martial artist. Dad, please, save me.''
The princess''s strong Will was slowly broken. She knew no matter how hard she tried, she couldn''t run anymore.
She even had the urge to stop. But, she didn''t want to die.
She thought that she had just started her life. How could she die right now? No matter what, she didn''t want to die right now.
''Don''t stop, Hinata. This isn''t the time to give up. I must live. I am the one who inherited the Heavenly Asura Body. I am the one who will reach the peak of the world and bring everything to my foot.''
''How can I die here? No! I don''t ept my death. I reject it. Heavenly Asura Body, burst out!''
"GIVE ME YOUR DAMN STRENGTH, ASURA"
At this moment, her body suddenly released steam. Her blood started pumping faster than before.
If it was a normal body, she would''ve died by now.
But with Heavenly Asura Body, she was able to bear it. She didn''t even feel the pain. All she could feel was enormous power flowing through her veins.
Even so, she didn''t hesitate to run away. This was just a burst of strength. Her Heavenly Asura Body was one of the strongest constitutions.
But, it wasn''t Heaven Defying. It had its limit. The current burst of strength was due to her strong Will. But, it won''tst long.
So, when she got this strength, she didn''t hesitate even for a moment to run at a speed nearly five times faster than her full speed. In an instant, she disappeared from the eyes of others.
"Damn it! She managed to motivate her Heavenly Asura Body. We can''t lose sight of her. She can''t use it unconditionally. We must catch up." The assassin in the middle shouted.
Without any hesitation, they increased their speed but it was a lot slower than her. After nearly ten seconds, they crossed several meters but didn''t see any signs of her.
They continued to run.
Two Minutes Later,
"Stop! I am afraid we might be going in the wrong direction." The assassin in the middle paused everyone and spoke.
"What do you mean?" One of the assassins from the right side asked.
"It''s simple. She had been running for two days straight. Even with her Heavenly Asura Body, she had already reached the limit. She isn''t an idiot. She knew that burst of strength was only momentarily."
"She could''ve changed her direction when we didn''t see her. If we run straight, we might lose sight of her. Twenty minutes! That should be her limits now."
"She shouldn''t be able to run more than twenty minutes. So, four of us will run in four different directions. With her exhausted body, she won''t be able to kill any of us."
"Still, as soon as you see the shadow of her, don''t engage in battle instantly. Use the re to notify us and then engage in battle. I will stay in the middle so I can reach in all four directions instantly."
"And, don''t forget, we are still inside the forest. There would be many monsters." The main assassin exined.
Four of them nodded their heads and rushed in four different directions without any hesitation. The main assassin was their boss so his orders were absolute.
He stayed in the middle and waited for the signal. At the same time, he was thinking.
''How the hell Faction Master managed to hide our action? Even if we are the lowest level assassins, our movement would still be under the eyes of the Royal Minister.''
''If Royal Minister knew that we are hunting the princess, he should''ve sent a guard by now. But, the fact he didn''t make any move makes it even more suspicious.''
''They are trying to kill her but why? Even if the Royal Minister wants to covet the throne, he should target the king, not the princess. Is it because of Heavenly Asura Body?''
''Heavenly Asura Body, one of the strongest constitutions in the world also known as Divine Constitution. There are only ten divine constitutions and even among them, Heavenly Asura Body ranks third.''
''The only constitution that has the power to the rival divine constitution would be Cursed Constitution but unfortunately, the people born with cursed constitution rarely manage to live longer.''
''If I remember correctly, the previous owner of Dark Nightmare Constitution killed herself when her husband died. She didn''t follow the path of her predecessors.''
''Cursed Constitution Owner only has two choices. Follow the Will of their constitution or suffer from it. The previous owner of Dark Nightmare Constitution followed didn''t follow its Will and couldn''t bear the suffering so she killed herself.''
''Dark Nightmare Constitution allowed owners topletely pull anyone into their fantasy and torture there indefinitely. The space-time inside the fantasy that they create is under their control.''
''This is why it has Nightmare on its name. And, as long as the opponent didn''t have high Spiritual Power, it would be impossible toe out of it. Such power is simply ridiculous.''
''No wonder Royal Minister would want to kill the princess. Just imagine having such power without any side effects or consequences. That''s what Divine Constitution represents.''
''Absolute Talent and Power''
At this moment, a cold aura burst out of him.
''We must fulfill this task at any cost. The princess must die.''
Chapter 22 Princess Quest Part 2
"Haa! Haa! I can''t run anymore¡.."
''This is it.''
Hinata''s heartbeat soared. At this moment, she was constantly panting. Her legs were shaking as well. She couldn''t even more properly. Her speed was much slower than before.
"There you are."
Suddenly, a sharp voice came from behind.
This voice startled her.
''How? I obviously changed my direction. How did they guess it so perfectly? This is impossible.''
Hinata bit her lips.
She did run to the side but it was only for a short time. She didn''t hesitate to move back.
Yes, she went back instead of going left and right.
She chose this direction because even if they thought that she would go in a different direction, they wouldn''t think that she would go back.
After all, they were chasing her from the back.
But, unfortunately for her, the Boss of these assassins sent four of them in all four directions including the back.
She turned around and saw that there was only one assassin. She bit her lips. She wasn''t stupid to turn back and fight him.
But, she didn''t have the strength to run away.
At this moment, her eyes widened. She saw the assassin taking out a small red gun. And, the next moment, he shot a silver re at the sky.
''Damn it! This is it. I can''t fight. I can''t run. This is where I die.''
Her eyes turned red. No matter what she does, she couldn''t burst out any more strength. It was finally at this moment that she was ready to give up.
But, the me of determination from her eyes didn''t vanish. She clenched her fist.
''Even if I die, I am going to take one of you.''
Without any hesitation, she ran toward him.
"Hahaha! It seems like you want to die early." The assassin took out a sword andughed as he rushed toward her.
...¡.
''Signal from the back. That girl¡ She is really a tricky one.'' The main assassin''s instantly dashed toward the back.
But, when he was running, he sensed someone behind him.
"Who?"
Without any hesitation, he took out a sharp dagger and shed. But, the dagger only shed the air.
Of course, he didn''t stop there. He couldn''t see it but he could still sense it.
His feet kicked the ground. Without any hesitation, he retreated several steps. When he retreated, he noticed a sharp on his cloth.
''Even though I am invisible and I draw the dagger exactly at the moment when I was shing his stomach, he still reacted. This is going to be troublesome. I hope the princess won''t die so easily.''
Kim thought to himself as he put his dagger inside the inventory instantly. After all, he wanted to remain invisible.
"Making yourself invisible while also hiding your breath. Who are you?" The main assassin shouted.
Although he sensed something behind him, he was only able to die because Asuras have higher senses than normal people.
Not to mention, he was very close as well.
But right now, he couldn''t figure out where the enemy is. The enemy wasn''t just hiding his breath. He was also hiding himself. So, it was very tricky.
Kim wasn''t an idiot to reply to him.
Although he was confused by his enemy was able to sense him, he knew this wasn''t rted to his Dark Breathing Technique being defective.
It was still working.
So, he intended to use it properly. In an instant, he moved to the side. While he moved, he was also constantly watching his enemy''s reaction.
''He can''t feel me. I just need to strike fast. Alright then, I should use that.''
He extended his left hand and twisted the wrist of his right hand. At this moment, his internal energy flowed from his dantian and reached his hand.
"You rat!"
The moment he used his internal energy, the assassin instantly sensed him. Without any hesitation, he shed to his right side but it only cut the air.
At this moment though, a spear suddenly appeared out of nowhere and struck forward.
[One Strike- Dragon Death Strike]
Ssh!
His spear''s tip pierced the assassin''s chest. Behind the mask, his eyes were full of confusion and disbelief.
How did the spear appear out of nowhere? How did he manage to make himself invisible? Why didn''t his sword strike his opponent?
Although he was constantly being reminded of these questions, he knew he was dead. The moment his enemy managed to pierce his heart, he couldn''t live anymore.
Thud!
Kim instantly put the spear inside his inventory and caught the body of the assassin. Without any hesitation, he threw it to the side and rushed to the back.
Up until now, he wasn''t reminded of the failure of the quest which meant she was still alive.
As he started to move forward, he noticed a figure slowlying out of the left side.
And, it didn''t take long for the figure from the right side toe out as well.
He was invisible but he knew he couldn''t be careless. He let those figurese out from the forest and thought for a moment.
''If I n to kill them, I have to take them down at the same time, or at least, I have to make sure that I kill one of them. I can''t mess up like before.''
Thinking so, he took a deep breath and increased his speed. When his figure reached closer to them, he closed his eyes for a moment.
[Armament Technique]
[You have consumed 10 Internal Energy Points to activate Armament Technique]
[Your physical stats have been increased by 30 points]
A notification appeared on his mind but he didn''t care. He used the system''s Internal Energy for Armament Technique.
After all, the system can perfectly use the internal energy for his martial technique or arts.
Using his own Internal Energy might either lead to consuming too less internal energy and making the armament weaker or consuming all of it instantly.
Ayer of invisible energy appeared around his veins. It instantly boosted his physical capability to another level but it hadn''t be armor yet. After all, this was just the beginning.
As soon as he used internal energy, two of them sensed it instantly and turned around.
But, before both of them could react, a small hole appeared on the ground and a dagger appeared in front of one of the assassin''s chests.
Ssh!
It was Kim''s poison dagger. After using the Armament Technique, his physical strength was boosted to a whole new level, allowing him to move faster than these assassins.
"You bastard!"
The assassin next to him saw the purple dagger piercing his teammate and instantly attacked.
His sword thrust forward to the point where he figured Kim would be.
But, unfortunately, he missed it.
Ssh!
From the side, a sharp spear pierced his stomach. Kim twisted his hand and pushed him away.
At the same time, move his hand and plucked out the dagger from his enemy''s chest.
The assassin couldn''t even move. His heart was already infected by the poison and so, he was already dead the moment the dagger struck him.
He instantly threw their bodies away and rushed toward the princess. At this moment, he noticed small drops of blood on the ground.
His eyes shrunk.
He immediately opened the quest panel and find out that he hadn''t failed the quest.
''Hoo! I need to hurry.''
After releasing a deep breath, he instantly rushed forward.
"Now little princess, you die!"
His eyes fell in front of him. The Asura Princess was on the ground while the assassin holding the sword was standing next to her. His sword was just above her and at any moment, it would fall down.
[5]
Kim''s eyes fell on the screen next to him. His expression dropped.
[4]
He put an insane force on his foot and the next moment, his body dashed toward the assassin in a single strike.
[3]
A spear appeared on his right hand. The spear moved forward and struck the sword, throwing it away from the assassin''s hand.
[2]
The poison dagger appeared on his left hand. The moment his sword was pushed away, he reacted by turning to the side.
[1]
Ssh!
At this moment, the poison dagger pierced his neck. The blood spurted out of his neck and the poison entered his blood. The heart stopped and the cold body fell down.
Thud!
[Your Armament Technique has been deactivated]
A notification appeared in front of him.
"Hooo!"
Kim released a deep breath when his opponent''s body fell to the ground. He was naturally d that he made it in time.
If he was even a littlete, the Armament Technique would''ve been deactivated and his speed would''ve been slower.
But, suddenly, he sensed someone behind him. He instantly pulled his spear and swung it.
Ding!
The tip of the spear struck a sword. It was thest assassin. His face was distorted unfortunately, it was hidden by the mask. The madness and recklessness appeared in his eyes.
"Die with that bitch"
[Blood Explosion Art]
Boom!
Chapter 23 Princess Quest Part 3
The blood inside the assassin suddenly turned into mes. His veins started blocking the mes until a few secondster, he exploded.
The explosion burned his body from the inside.
He died.
But, more importantly, Kim and Hinata were still next to him. When the explosion urred, Kim instantly reacted.
He didn''t know why he reacted this way.
If it was before, he would''ve never reacted this way.
He valued his life more than anything else. But, at this moment, he used his own body to cover her.
If he could''ve jumped away, he could''ve escaped the explosion even if it was by a little.
But, a strange thing happened inside of him.
A strong sense of protecting this woman.
It wasn''t for the quest. The moment explosion urred, his mind literally gave up on the quest.
But, he still moved.
His body still moved to cover the princess. He didn''t understand why his body moved at first.
Only when the explosion struck him, he realized something.
Pride!
It was his pride.
This was a different kind of pride than before. Before his pride was stopping him from epting others'' help.
This kind of pride forced him to live alone.
He realized that no matter what happened, he would never depend on others. Because he had a problem. This problem would one day cause him trouble.
And, his rtionship would definitely shatter. So, he decided to leave on his own. After that, he never decided on going back.
Because his pride wouldn''t let him.
Aftering to this world, he found that this pride had shattered. He no longer had this kind of pride.
Instead, the reason why he protected this woman was because of his pride as a man.
He was a man.
How could he let a woman he was supposed to save die in front of his eyes?
In his inner mind, if he let her die in front of his eyes, his self-esteem, pride, and belief will shatter.
Although he had no idea why was this happening, he couldn''t stop it.
This pride was dangerous. Previously, he helped him form a proper mentality in front of the woman.
But right now, it dragged him down. The pride to protect the woman forced him to bear the entire explosion.
Before he could curse his pride, his eyes slowly closed and he lost his consciousness. At this moment, he didn''t see a system panel in front of him.
.......
Under the shadow of a rock, Kim slowly opened his eyes. He stared at the rock and suddenly, remembered his situation.
He instantly tried to raise his upper body.
"Ahh!"
Only then did he realize that his back hurts.
"Don''t move! You are injured." A girl''s voice rang next to him.
Kim slowly turned his head and saw the girl sitting next to him, in front of a fire. There was a small rabbit above the fire, slowly being roasted.
He looked at the girl. When he saw her, there was a strange expression on his face. Normally, Asura Race was known for its devil-like appearance.
The ck wings on their back, the horns on their heads, the scales on her body. It wouldn''t be the appearance that would actually attract humans.
So, the game made some changes. Instead of giving this kind of appearance to Asura, they were given a human-like appearance.
A normal skin, no horns or wings, no big feet or tongue longer than snakes.
So, the girl in front of him had quite a beautiful appearance. Her skin looked extremely smooth and dark. Her upper body and lower body were developed perfectly.
Her lips looked smooth and silky like cherry. Her eyes were extremely bright, especially with purple pupils.
Her hair was also purple and she wore a normal orange t-shirt and ck pants.
She deserved to have the appearance of the princess of the Asura Race. It wasn''t cute or pale like Yeosho or Neyol.
But, it was mature and extremely alluring.
Even though Kim had seen Neyol and Yeosho naked, he still couldn''t help but feel a bit overwhelmed by her.
She was wearing clothes but his mind had already made her naked appearance in his head. So, when he saw her body, his lust started developing.
So, he quickly looked away.
He still had no idea how to deal with his lust.
Originally, his Chad Energy would suppress his lust but because of her sexy and mature vibe, he couldn''t bring himself to suppress that lust.
Hinata was surprised when he looked away. She knew he was looking at her appearance and she didn''t mind that.
Instead, she felt proud.
She was a princess and her appearance could make a person shy away, it was good for her.
But, the reason why she felt proud was because of his identity.
He was her savior.
If he hadn''t arrived in time, she would''ve died.
She didn''t know why he helped her especially knowing that he was a human.
But, to protect her instead of running away from that explosion deeply moved her heart.
Of course, she still doubted his motives. She didn''t let her fall like a nympho. Instead, she took a deep breath and asked.
"Why did you save me? If you had run away, you could''ve saved yourself."
When she questioned him, Kim turned his head and looked at her. Suddenly, his lust was suppressed to its bottom.
His eyes turned serious, making her heart beat faster.
"Does a man need a reason to save a woman?"
When he asked that question, Hinata paused for a moment. She was shocked.
Her mind couldn''t handle his answer or rather a question for a moment.
Although women do have inherently less advantage over men in martial arts, it didn''t mean they were weak.
There were several women who were stronger than most men.
And, in the scene of danger, most of the men wouldn''t hesitate even a little to care about others, much less a person whom they didn''t even know.
That''s why her gaze slowly changed. From shock to pity. She couldn''t believe Kim saved her for such a stupid reason.
Of course, Kim didn''t care about her expression.
If he was given a choice, he wouldn''t have saved her in the situation. Although there would some kind of problem in the future, there was no need to put his life on the line.
But, he couldn''t me himself either. After all, he was a coward, a loser, and lonely before. He had changed now.
So, even though he put his life on the line, he didn''t feel too bad about it.
"Thank you for saving me! I will definitely return this favor one day." Although Hinata had pity in her eyes, she quickly changed her expression and bowed her head.
After all, if it wasn''t for him, she would''ve died.
Someone put his life on the line to save her. How could she simply ignore it?
"I do expect that from Asura Kingdom Princess." Kim nodded his head and answered.
"So, you knew about my identity?" Hinata looked at him with surprise.
"Of course! Do you think those two were the only ones who came after you? I killed the other three before meeting you."
"But, I am more surprised that the Princess of Asura Kingdom would run away from her home." Kim looked at her with a curious gaze.
Actually, he knew the reason behind her escape but he had to act curious about it.
"I have my problems." Hinata didn''t answer his curiosity but instead asked.
"Did you save me for the favor of the Princess of Asura Kingdom?"
When she asked that, there was some disappointment in her eyes.
"Of course not! I save a princess running away from the assassins. I did what a normal man would do. But, of course, I didn''t expect thest attack." Kim smiled and replied.
He tried to make sure that his answer would be as perfect as it should be. Not too perfect otherwise it would be suspicious.
"Ohh, yeah! You shouldn''t be familiar with Dark Blood Faction. After all, it normally operates inside the Asura Kingdom. Their final card, also known as a Blood Explosion is very famous in the Asura Kingdom."
"That''s why very few people try to get on their bad sides." Hinata nodded her head and answered.
"No wonder! Anyway, how long did I pass out?" Kim was worried about Yeosho and Neyol. After all, even if Yeosho didn''te searching for him, Neyol could.
"I had a Healing Paste when I ran away from the Asura Kingdom. So, you only passed out for Five Hours." Hinata replied.
Hearing her words, Kim was relieved. He slowly turned around and looked at his back.
He couldn''tpletely see it but most of the burn on his back had disappeared.
Except for some deep burn that reached his muscle, most of it was already healed.
"You are still injured. I have the remaining healing paste. Lie down, I will put it on your back." Hinata said as she took out a healing paste. At the same time, she rotated the meat over the fire.
Chapter 24 Princess Quest Part 4
"No, it''s okay. Since you are out of your kingdom, you should keep it for yourself. This much wound will slowly fade away."
"Besides, the scar left after a near-death experience isn''t a bad thing." Kim immediately shook his head and stopped her.
Hinata was surprised by his response. She didn''t argue with him. After all, what he said was true.
She had no intention of returning back to her kingdom any time soon.
So, she wanted to keep it to herself. But since Kim saved her life, she had no choice but to give it to him.
She would rather die than repay someone''s kindness with greed.
"By the way, I still don''t know your name. My name is Hinata Shura." She immediately changed the topic and asked.
Asura! It was the name of a race, not the name of a family. But in Asura Race, the most powerful and royal family was called Shura.
They embraced this surname because it not only represent their race but also their insane power.
"My name is Kim Woo. I just recently became a martial artist." Kim smiled and introduced himself.
"What? You just became a martial artist? How could this be possible? You took down those five assassins. Even though they were low-ranking martial artists, they were still assassins."
Hinata properly didn''t remember how he took down his enemy. So, when she heard that he was just a beginner, she was shocked.
"I have no reason to lie to you. The only reason why I won was sneak attacks. I can''t exin it in detail." Kim shook his head and answered.
Hearing his words, Hinata remained silent. She couldn''t believe Kim was able to take down assassins with a sneak attack.
She wasn''t an idiot. She knew just how powerful his sneak attack would need to be to take down assassins.
After all, assassins were the father of sneak attacks.
"Anyway, since you are not nning on returning back to your kingdom, where do you n to go? You should be aware of your situation, right?" Kim asked.
His n was simple. He wanted to get close to her but not try to be obsessive with her.
Rather, he wanted her to stay with him as a friend and slowly develop the rtionship.
He would be an idiot if he try to ignore this beauty. She was just seventeen and she had already developed her body.
He couldn''t imagine just how good she would be after a few more years.
Hearing his words, Hinata lowered her head for a moment. She had no idea where she want to go.
After all, she didn''t even know whether more assassins woulde after her or not.
"If you don''t have a ce to go, why note to my town? It is a small town near this mountain. If you have some money, then you can buy a small house and stay there."
"As long as you don''t actively reveal your identity, you would safe there. If you don''t have money, you can stay at my house for a while."
"Although it would be a little difficult for you, it is only for short time." Kim made his suggestion while looking into her eyes.
Hinata suddenly got flustered when she heard his suggestion. But, she was a strong girl. She instantly controlled her feelings and spoke.
"I did bring some money with me but I n to use it for martial arts training. If you don''t mind, can I stay in your house for a while?"
Actually, there were two reasons why she didn''t want to use her money. First, as she said she wanted to use it for martial art training. Second, she didn''t want to raise any suspicion about her identity.
After all, if she buynd and started living alone, there would be several interactions she would need to make with others.
So, her identity would eventually leak out.
She was a smart girl. She wouldn''t let her feelings bother her martial training.
Her desire was to be the strongest in this world. She even escaped from her kingdom just so that she could start her training one year early.
She loved martial art more than anything else in this world.
Kim was surprised by her straightforward answer. But, he didn''t think too much and nodded his head.
"Alright! Then, after we eat, let''s move out."
Hinata also nodded her head and focused on cooking the food.
On the other hand, Kim finally got a chance to focus on his quest.
[You havepleted the quest]
[You received 200 Harem Points, Emperor''s Eyes, Battle Spirit Awakening, and Heavenly Asura de]
[Would you like to merge with Emperor''s Eyes?]
[Yes] [No]
[Would you like to awaken Battle Spirit?]
[Yes] [No]
He thought for a moment and looked at Hinata.
"Hinata, can you go out for a moment?"
Hinata was surprised by his question but didn''t think too much. She stood up and walked out of the cave.
"System, how long will it take to merge with Emperor''s Eyes and awaken Battle Spirit?" As soon as she left, Kim asked.
[It would take three minutes to merge with Emperor''s Eyes and one minute to awaken Battle Spirit.]
"Can you do both at the same time?" Kim asked. Although he knew the system should be able to do it, he didn''t want to take any risk.
[Yes]
Looking at its reply, Kim smiled and clicked on both yes at the same time.
At this moment, a terrifying energy burst out of him. This energy was so powerful that the ground beneath him started to vibrate.
The awakening of battle spirit!
What was Battle Spirit?
It was the soul of a fighter. It was a courage of a human. And, it was a lifeline for martial artists.
Without awakening Battle Spirit, most martial artists would never be able to reach the top of the world.
Battle Spirit was the essence of a martial artist. Every Martial Artist wants to awaken their Battle Spirit.
But to do so, they need to go through hundreds of battles. Each battle would temper their Will and courage. Each battle increases their experience and wisdom.
Slowly, when those things merge together with his soul, it slowly forms Battle Spirit.
But for Kim, with the help of the Lust System, he was able to merge experience, wisdom, Will, courage, and his own soul together without going through different battles to awaken his Battle Spirit.
All the experience, wisdom, Will, and courage had already been stored inside the Lust System.
Now, it only needed it to merge with his soul.
And, when that happened, his Battle Spirit was finally awakened.
In the center of his dantian, a new life form was slowly awakening. It was in the shape of a human. But, it had the breath of Asura.
Its body was covered in mes and lightning. The pupils were yellow with three ck circles. These were the eyes of the Emperor.
At this moment, Kim suddenly entered a strange state.
His mind drifted into a space where there was a war. He was looking at the war between different races. The battle was filled with misery and loss.
Thousands, if not millions were dying each hour.
But, the battle wasn''t ending. Several powerful forces were constantly breaking the earth and the sky.
A p shattered the ground. A swing of a sword split the mountain. A small burst of me burned thousands of people. Dozens of lightning struck from the sky.
In the middle of all this, there was a man standing with yellow pupils. He was overlooking the entire battle with his sharp eyes, treating them as ants.
Kim was also looking at him. He knew those eyes were the eyes he inherited but there was no such thing as entering this state.
It was something that Kim never wrote in the game.
Of course, he didn''t care about that.
He wasn''t just looking at the battle. He was absorbing it.
The vast number of strategies, techniques, elemental powers, bloodlines, and constitutions. He was absorbing all of these into his mind.
He was a genius. The first thing a genius does is observe. So, when he observed the battle, his mind was constantly absorbing the things that he observed.
It was just an experience but it was quite a powerful experience.
Kim felt like he was staying in this state for a long time. He panicked. He didn''t want to stay in this state for long. But, he couldn''t simply leave either.
Although he was just watching and absorbing the experience, it was quite a huge help to him.
His greed wasn''t allowing him to leave.
But, after a while, he forcefully pushed himself out of this state. When his mind escaped that state, he suddenly realized that the process of merging his Emperor Eyes hadn''t beenpleted it.
Lust System never lies.
So, he entered that state and the time outside froze. Or, rather the time in that state went too fast.
His face turned green. He couldn''t believe that he missed such a great opportunity.
He wanted to p himself at this moment.
He wanted to cry but tears won''te out.
Chapter 25 Emperors Eyes Abilities Part 1
After three minutes ended, he finally moved his eyes.
At this moment, his eyes had changed. The yellow eyes with the three ck circles. These were the eyes of the Emperor.
But, he didn''t want to keep these eyes on forever.
When he moved his eyes, he realized that the world around him looked different.
He not only could see the walls but also things behind the walls. He saw a humanoid shape figure standing a bit far from the wall.
But when he activated these eyes, he also realized that his internal energy was being constantly consumed.
In less than a minute, his dantian had half of the internal energy.
He immediately turned off his Emperor Eyes and it returned to normal.
''Did something change? If I remember correctly, these eyes were simply for making the people loyal to the protagonist.''
''Don''t tell me it has changed?''
Suddenly, his eyes clenched. He felt an immense amount of information entering his brain. But, it onlysted a few seconds.
When this information was revealed, Kim was shocked for a moment.
He got three different abilities from these eyes.
[Kyosei Ishi- It allowed him to force his Will on others. Without enough Spiritual Power, they can''t go against his Will. Of course, to use this ability, his enemy must look into his eyes.]
[Zoka Yokubo- It allowed him to increase the Lust of other people. Just like the previous ability, if they don''t have enough Spiritual Power, they can''t go against this ability.]
[Zettai no Yuki- It allowed him to turn every kind of a person into a brave person. Just like the previous ability, they can''t go against this ability without enough Spiritual Power.]
When he found out the information about these three abilities, he was shocked.
Although these three abilities had one unique weakness to each of them.
Whenever Kyosei Ishi is used, it can only be used once on a single person. For example, if he wanted a person to be loyal to him, he can''t make them stop being jealous of others.
That means even if he used this ability on his women, they will still get jealous. They would still do some stupid stuff to each other but of course, they won''t do anything that will harm him.
Zoka Yukubo can increase one''s lust but it can''t choose the target for that person. That means when he uses this ability, he absolutely can''t leave the sight of the person he was using it against.
But, at the same time, if he uses this ability in the wrong person, then it would be troublesome for him.
Since he must make Eye contact to use this battle, he just needed to make sure that he doesn''t choose the wrong enemy or that someone doesn''te in front of him during the moment he uses this battle.
Zettai no Yuki had one problem. The bravery of a person would be absolute and also permanent. Sometimes that kind of bravery can be destructive to him.
So, he needed to make sure to use this kind of ability in perfect time.
All of these abilities were amazing.
But, Kim wasn''t sure if he could use it on others without knowing their Spiritual Power.
He turned his eyes at the entrance of the cave.
''Should I test it? If anything goes wrong, I might get into trouble. But then again, I need to test these abilities. And, she is a perfect test subject.''
''Even if something goes wrong, at worst, I will make an enemy of her. But then again, she hasn''t even started her martial training which means I can still kill her.''
''Alright then, let''s test it out.''
"Hinata, you cane in."
Kim shouted. He was a bit excited to test his new abilities.
After a while, Hinata entered the cave.
She looked at Kim who was still sitting down. Suddenly, a frown appeared on her face. She couldn''t help but feel that Kim had changed a bit.
Seeing her expression, Kim panicked a little. Although he didn''t know what happened, he didn''t want to be caught at this moment.
But, he quickly calmed down his heart. After all, he didn''t want to jump to a conclusion at once.
He smiled and asked.
"What? Is there something in my face?"
"Ahh! No¡. I just felt like you have changed. It might be just an illusion of hungry." Hinata shook her head and quickly rushed toward the meat.
She quickly put it away from the fire and started eating. She also passed a big chunk of meat to Kim.
"Here!"
Kim took the meat but his expression was quite serious at this moment.
Being the man who created this man, he knew what Battle Spirit means. Once it was activated, the person would no longer be the same.
But, for most people, it would be hard to perceive that change unless that person knows you for a long time.
Obviously, Hinata didn''t know anything about Kim.
So, for her to perceive the change in an instant made Kim shocked. He had made her talented.
But, the talent that was shown in the game and the talent in the real life had two different concepts.
For the game, it only meant an increase in her strength.
But in real life, her talent can be useful in different conditions.
He took a deep breath and devoured the food. He was also hungry. His body was constantly absorbing spiritual energy and transforming it into internal energy.
But, his stamina was still low.
After they finished their meal, Kim suddenly looked into her eyes.
Feeling his gaze, Hinata couldn''t help but feel something was off. At this moment, his eyes suddenly changed. The ck pupils turned yellow with three ck circles.
The moment he activated his Emperor''s Eyes, a massive amount of internal energy entered his eyes.
[Kyosei Ishi]
As soon as he activated the ability, her eyes changed as well. For a brief moment, her eyes changed and became something like his eyes.
At this moment, Kim spoke.
"Hinata Shura, from now on you will never leave or betray me."
Originally, he wanted to say that you will follow whatever I say. But, then he realized that even if she followed whatever he said, she still could betray him.
After all, this ability wouldn''t erase her personality or character. It will just change one thing in her mind.
So, if he asked her to follow whatever he says then she would quickly understand that she was under his control.
After that, she would definitely try to break out of it.
And, it''s not like he would notice that. After all, even if she didn''t want, she would still follow hismand so there would be no chance to find out until she eventually breaks out of his control and betrays him.
That''s why he chose this kind ofmand. He didn''t want her to follow hismand or do everything he said.
Because as long as she didn''t betray him, it would be the same as following hismand.
Except for the time when she openly wanted to betray or leave him, she wouldn''t notice it or try to break out of it. Because such feelings wouldn''t evene to her mind.
That was the power of Kyosei Ishi if it was used carefully.
After he said that, her eyes returned to normal. When her eyes returned to normal, she looked at him with confusion and asked.
"Why you are looking at me like that?"
She didn''t have any memories of anything that happened right now.
"Nothing! Anyway, since we have eaten meat, let''s return!"
Saying so, Kim stood up.
Hinata also nodded her head.
They came out of the cave. And, while they were returning, Kim checked the bodies of those assassins.
"It seems like your condition isn''t that good," Hinata spoke when she saw him taking these assassins'' belongings.
"I am not rich. So, it shouldn''t be surprising. Anyway, it seemed like they didn''t have anything interesting."
Except for the swords, he didn''t find anything. So, after picking up those swords, he walked away.
Hinata quickly followed him and eventually, they reached the bottom of the mountain.
There was a road ahead that took them to Pingyang Town.
After walking for a while, they eventually reached in front of his house. While they were on the road, Hinata decided to wear a veil. It''s not that she looked a bit different from them.
After all, there were different kinds of people in this town. The reason she wear a veil was to hide her face.
She looked too mature for seventeen years old.
"My house might not beparable to your bathroom but hopefully, you can adjust." Kim said as he opened the door.
The room was simple as before.
But for Hinata, it was the first time seeing a bed covered in dried grass. Normally, this kind of grass was used in the stable for horses.
Of course, she didn''tin. When she left her house, she was ready to bear any kind of hardship.
"It''s more than enough. Thank you for letting me stay here."
Chapter 26 Emperors Eyes Abilities Part 2
"I will return in a few minutes."
Kim said and walked out of the room.
Hinata nodded her head and looked around. The condition of the room wasn''t good. It was a hundred times worse than her room.
But, she couldn''tin. After all, he was letting her stay here. She bit her nails for a moment while thinking.
After a while, she finally gave up and closed her eyes.
At this moment, several things came out of her spatial ring.
Unlike normal spatial rings, this was a high-level spatial ring that only required her thoughts to be active.
"Since I am going to live here, it is my responsibility to make it a little better."
.........¡.
Kim went to Neyol''s house.
As soon as he entered the house, Neyol jumped into his embrace.
"Where did you go for so long? Do you know how worried I was? I even thought of searching for you but I didn''t want to break my promise so I held back."
Neyol started scolding him as soon as he entered the house.
Kim bitterly smiled and said.
"I identally had an amazing encounter. So, I got held back there."
"Amazing encounter? Did you find another inheritance?" Neyol looked at him with shock and asked.
Kim nodded his head and said.
"I didn''t find another inheritance rather found something that helped me digest my current inheritance to a whole new level."
"I was nning on testing its effect. Do you want me to try it?"
Hearing his words, Neyol''s eyes widened. She jumped and hugged him once again.
"Great! This is really good news. Of course, you can try it on me. What kind of ability is it? I also want to see it."
Kim was a bit overwhelmed by her enthusiasm. But, he still nodded his head and said.
"This is a powerful ability but I want to test its limit. So, I might say something that will offend you."
"If you don''t get offended then, it would work but if you do, then please forgive me."
Hearing his words, Neyol smiled and said.
"It''s okay. I don''t think there would be anything that would offend me."
Kim heavily sighed. The next moment, his eyes changed. They turned into Emperor Eyes.
[Kyosei Ishi]
As soon as he activated that ability, Neyol felt a powerful suppression. Her immense Spiritual Power was constantly trying to repel it.
Ssh!
The next moment, his eyes suddenly started bleeding. The moment he bleed, his ability was deactivated.
Neyol saw the blooding out of his eyes and panicked.
"Kim, what did you do? Oh my god! You are bleeding. Here, hurry up and take this pill right now."
Although she said that, she immediately put the pill in his mouth without waiting for his answer.
The next moment, a cool breeze flowed inside his body. His eyes slowly started recovering and the blood stoppeding out.
His vision also returned.
''Stupid! Stupid! I was fucking stupid. This is no longer a game. This is real life. In the game, Emperor''s Eyes could make people loyal to me and it could still do it.''
''But, I forgot about Neyol''s constitution. I was fucking greedy. If only I had thought about it before. Thankfully, she had a Healing Pill.''
"Kim, why didn''t you say you were using Spiritual Power against me? I would''ve disagreed a long time ago. I should''ve told you more about the Dark Nightmare Body."
"Because this ability is all about illusion, my spiritual power is inherently high. In fact, it should be the highest in the world."
Kim was speechless for a moment.
''I really want to kill myself. Why did I be so stupid all of a sudden? Damn it! Don''t tell me the IQ-QI equation also works on Murim.''
''No, no, I am just overreacting. I understand. I still regreting out of that state so early. And, this time, I made another mistake. Next time, it won''t be the same. I won''t make these kinds of foolish mistakes.''
"Sorry, I should''ve told you about this. Actually, I got special eyes that allowed me to cast illusions as well. I wanted to use the illusion on you but I almost forgot that your constitution already gives you the strongest illusion."
Kim was a bit embarrassed when he exined.
Originally, he wanted to make sure that Neyol fully epts him having other women in the future, but hepletely forgot about her constitution.
He was secretly shocked as well.
Although this was no longer a game world, his eyes were still Emperor''s Eyes. They were still more than enough to make any loyal to him.
Even though the way it worked changed, the ability was still there.
At this moment, Kim firmly believed that her constitution truly made her Spiritual Power strongest.
Dark Nightmare Constitution!
Truly deserved to be one of the Cursed Constitution!
"It''s good that you didn''t suffer much. But, since you are new to the murim, let me help you identify other''s spiritual power." Neyol smiled and said.
"Really? Is there a way to do that?"
Kim didn''t remember adding such a function to the game. In fact, he remembered most of the functions. So, it was surprising that something like that would go unnoticed.
''Or, is it the product of this world itself?''
Kim thought for a moment.
Neyol nodded her head and said.
"I have already taught you Armament Technique. This technique is rted to Armament Technique and unlike Armament Technique, this is rather a new technique."
"It was created by a man known as Divine Prophet. No one knows whether he is still alive or not but this man had trained his Spiritual Power to such a level where he could even see the future perfectly."
"Predicting someone''s fate was a miracle but it could still be done through some ancient methods. But, looking into the future was something extraordinary."
"Not many people can do it. In fact, even among geniuses, only a handful of people can truly peek into the future for split seconds. We call it Observation Technique."
"As you already know. Internal Energy is consumed to activate an invisible armor around one''s body. This is known as Armament Technique."
"But, since the human body had another kind of energy which can rarely be used, Divine Prophet developed a new martial technique known as Observation Technique."
"Future Sight is the most advanced power of the Observation Technique. The basic utility would be looking into someone''s Spiritual Power."
"If you use your spiritual power to sense other''s spiritual power, you could possibly offend other people."
"But, using the Observation Technique, you can determine their Spiritual Power without them finding out."
"If your Spiritual Power is higher, then you can use the Observation Technique to peek into his movements, but if it is lower, then it would be impossible to do so."
Hearing her words, Kim''s mouth couldn''t help but twitch.
''Isn''t that the power system of One Piece? I mean, I did include Armament Technique into the game to make a powerful difference betweenmoners and high-ss families.''
''Using Armament Technique requires a lot of Internal Energy hence only the people born in martial artist families can truly train Armament Technique.''
''That was its purpose. But now, you are telling me that you copied another power. Aren''t you afraid of getting sued?''
Suddenly, he realized something.
''Wait a minute¡. The only reason I know that those things exist is that I came from that world. But for the people of this world, it is something that only belongs to them.''
''Anyway, since I am already in this world, it wouldn''t matter if I train this technique.''
Kim nodded his head and asked.
"Alright then, can you teach me the Observation Technique?"
Neyol nodded and smiled.
"Of course, but how about tomorrow? Let''s do something else tonight."
Saying so, she couldn''t help but pull him into her embrace. Her breasts pressed against his chest, making his lust soar.
But, Kim quickly controlled himself and pushed her.
"Not tonight! Let''s do it tomorrow."
Saying so, Kim quickly left her room. He felt like if he stayed there longer, he would start fucking her.
"What the?" Neyol was dumbfounded when he left like that.
She stomped her foot in frustration and turned around. She jumped on her bed and pouted.
"Humph! How could he just leave me here after making me so excited about it? Did he forget about my problem?"
When she said that, her eyes suddenly narrowed. She immediately stood up and sat cross-legged in the bed.
"Kim is extremely talented. Even if he was born into Commoner''s Family, he would definitely be stronger."
"I don''t need to worry about that anymore. But, this will also create a problem for me."
"I had two choices. I made a choice and now I am willing to face anything for my choice. Since I don''t want to be someone like my grandmother, I can''t simply leave him."
"That bastard just went out and mingled with another girl. Looks like he isn''t going to be satisfied with me alone."
"But, that doesn''t matter. Since I will never leave him nor would I ever force him to stop chasing another girl, I will do what I can do. I am a jealous woman after all."
At this moment, her eyes glowed. Her white eyes started to turn purple. The darkness shrouded her as she muttered.
"I am a nightmare, bitches. I will hunt you down in your dreams."
Chapter 27 Asura Princess Part 1
In Kim''s house,
Kim quickly entered the house and when he stepped in, his eyes widened.
What did he see?
The entire house had changed. The bed no longer had dried grass as a mattress instead had a real mattress.
There was a small table on the side with two chairs around it. There were huge bags of rice on the corner.
Then, the entire house was also cleaned.
He stepped back and closed the door.
''Did Ie to the wrong house?''
He looked to the side and saw Neyol''s house. Then, he opened the door and stepped in once again.
''Fuck! How did you change so many things in just a few minutes?''
Kim''s jaws almost dropped to the ground. He looked speechless and dumbfounded.
When Hinata saw his expression, she couldn''t help but chuckle. She felt proud at this moment.
"I hope this isn''t a problem for you. I brought a few things with me when I left the house. Since these were the only things that could fit in your house, I didn''t take out a lot."
Hearing her words, Kim rolled his eyes.
''Fuck! Now, it is even harder to believe that you are a princess. What kind of princess brings a bag of rice and a mattress with her? But then again, I would get a good sleep in my own house tonight.''
Kim was hesitating to sleep in his house after he was reincarnated here.
After all, he slept in afortable bed all his life. How could he sleep on such a bed?
That''s why he had been sleeping in Neyol''s bed for two days straight. Although there were other circumstances as well, this was one of the main ones.
But, he didn''t want to go toward the bed but rather moved toward Hinata. He slightly bowed his head and said.
"Thank you for these things."
"No need to thank me! I am going to live here after all." Hinata shook her head and said.
Suddenly, she paused for a moment and frowned. She wanted to stay for a while as well but these words didn''te out of her mouth.
"No, I really need to thank you. Ahh! I know how to thank you."
Kim slowly smiled and raised his head. The next moment, he activated his Emperor''s Eyes.
[Zoka Yukubo]
As soon as he activated his ability, her eyes changed for a moment as well. But, the next moment both of their eyes returned to normal.
Unlike Kyosei Ishi, Zoka Yukubo didn''t require any kind ofmand. It would directly increase her lust.
When he used his ability, he started sweating. He didn''t forget the cost of using his Emperor Eyes continuously.
Previously, his Internal Energy had already been halved by the previous use. Now, his dantian had been emptied.
But, his work was also done.
"I will help you with your training from now on. That would be my way to thank you." Kim continued his words.
When Hinata heard his words, she felt like she missed something for a moment.
But, his kind words touched her heart. She smiled and nodded.
At this moment, for some reason when she saw his face, her heart started beating faster. Before she could think more about it, Kim spoke.
"Alright! I need to practice my Breathing Technique for a while. By the way, I don''t have an additional bed. So, if it doesn''t bother you, I will sleep next to you."
Hinata''s heartbeat only soared. She couldn''t believe he casually mentioned sleeping together. She didn''t understand him or rather, she didn''t understand her own feelings.
But, she couldn''t ask him to sleep on the ground as well.
After all, there was no extra bed or mattress. She nodded her head and walked toward the bed.
Kim sat down and closed his eyes.
He immediately activated his Breathing Technique and the speed of absorbing the spiritual energy increased by several folds.
He could easily fill up his dantian by just breathing. But, it would take a few hours to do so.
That''s simply because the amount of spiritual energy absorbed by normal breathing would be ten times lower than using the regr Breathing Technique.
While he was training, Hinata tried to look away but she couldn''t. Her eyes wouldn''t leave him at all.
No matter how much she tried. Slowly, she felt her body heating up. She could feel her pussy twitching a lot.
She had the urge to use her finger to satisfy her. But right now, Kim hadn''t turned off themp.
She bit her lips and walked out of the bed. She turned off themp and walked back to the bed. While walking to the bed, she started undressing.
She slowly put her clothes to the side andy down on the bed.
She put one of her fingers inside her panty and another one inside her bra. She pulled down both.
She felt like she couldn''t stop it anymore. She even had the urge to let Kim fuck her right now.
But, she didn''t have the courage to ask him to do so.
She could only use her finger to satisfy herself. It''s not like she hadn''t done this before.
In fact, she had done this a few times. But, right now, the urge wasn''t stopping at all.
It was only growing. The stronger this urge got, the hotter her body became.
She wanted to release the steam.
She wanted Kim to ravage her right now.
She wanted to do it. She couldn''t wait anymore.
Just when she thought she had no choice but to ask, a hand suddenly touched her hand and moved toward her pussy.
Hinata trembled for a moment.
Even if she was overflowing with lust, how could she not recognize his hand?
But, at this moment, a doubt sprouted in her heart.
''Why do I want to have sex with this man? This is not aphrodisiac. I just want to have sex with this man and this man alone. What''s going on?''
''His hand had already touched my pussy. And, I am not even resisting. No! I am going to be the strongest. How could I let my desires control me?''
''Resist, resist it all.''
She strongly pressed his hand with her legs. She didn''t let him move his hand but she also didn''t want him to remove his hand.
''I am a princess of Asura Kingdom. I am going to be the strongest martial artist in the world. How could I let this happen?''
''But, why can''t I force myself to remove his hand? No, I don''t want to remove his hand. What''s going on? Why do I want him to fuck me so badly?''
''I need to stop him. I must stop him.''
When these thoughts came to her mind, her eyes turned red. She moved her hand and held his hand. She wanted to pull his hand out of her pussy but her hand didn''t move at all.
''No¡. What if he gets mad about this and kicks me out of this house? That means I would be forced to leave him¡..''
Suddenly, she bit her lips.
''No, I don''t want to leave. When I was at my death door, he saved my life. When I had nowhere to go, he asked me to live here.''
Slowly, her mind once again stopped resisting and the lust forced its way in. She removed her hand and closed her eyes.
''Damn it, bastard! If you dare to have any girlfriend or lover, I absolutely will not forgive you. No¡ Damn, I will kill her....Damn it!''
She gritted her teeth. At this moment, she just wanted him to be her lover. She wasn''t sure if he had any lover.
But, her guts were telling her that she had a rival.
''Alright! You better not have any lover. I am the princess of the Asura Kingdom. You will be the next king. Fuck! I will destroy any bitches if they try to get closer to you.''
At this moment, her mind was filled with lust and killing intent.
She was the owner of Heavenly Asura Body.
She was the first genius of the entire Asura Kingdom.
She had the heart to be the strongest in this world.
Her Will and courage were so strong that she had used her Heavenly Asura Body without ever training.
All of this resulted in enormous pride. It wasn''t the pride of being better than others.
It was an absolute pride of ownership.
She was the best.
Nobody deserved to get what she want.
Nobody deserves tond their finger on what she wants.
Anyone that she wants must be her, and her alone.
At this moment, if Kim knew about her thoughts, he would be extremely shocked.
Not because she had such thoughts. In fact, the reason why he desperately wanted to get Emperor Eyes were to keep these women from leaving him after they find out about his other lovers.
He was shocked because even though her lust had soared to its peak, she could still hold killing intent in her mind.
At this moment, one thing was clear.
If Kim hadn''t used the first ability in the way that he used, she could''ve resisted the lust and left him.
Chapter 28 Asura Princess Part 2 R-18
"Hmm!"
When her killing intent slowly faded away, she started moaning. Her body was trembling when his finger entered her pussy.
No man had ever touched her since she was a princess. But now, not only she was being touched but also having her pussy fingered by a man.
Her moans only got louder when he pushed another finger inside her. Her legs trembled as she clenched his hand with her thighs.
At this moment, Kim''s other arm slowly moved up. He slid his hand inside her breast and pulled down her breast. After that, he started fondling her breast.
Her moans got louder and sexier as he continued teasing her body.
"Kim... are you just going to touch me?"
After being teased like that for a while, Hinata couldn''t help but speak.
Her words erupted the fire inside his heart. But, Kim didn''t hurry. He had a lot of time on his hand. So, he was much more interested in taking it slow.
He continued to finger her pussy and at the same time, he fondled her breast.
While doing so, he didn''t forget to kiss her. When his lips covered her lips, Hinata''s eyes widened.
She was letting him do whatever he wanted because she was under the influence of lust.
Only by having sex, she would be able to calm down her lust.
But, Kiss was something different. It didn''t just mean satisfying her. The kiss meant something even more important than losing her virginity to her.
So, when he kissed her lips, her heart started beating faster.
''Damn! His lips feel so good. Why am I trembling so much? My heart can''t calm down anymore.''
Hinata couldn''t help but feel extremely excited.
Although she was trembling, Kim didn''t feel much. Not because he was being indifferent to her, but rather since he was teasing her so much, it should be normal for her to tremble.
It''s just like watching porn for hours without masturbating.
He continued kissing her. His tongue slowly moved forward but only to be stopped by her teeth.
Of course, he didn''t stop. He continued to push his tongue inside her mouth. After a while, she finally gave up and let his tongue enter her mouth.
Their tongue touched each other for a moment. She was frightened. Her tongue moved back like a frightened bunny.
But obviously, he pushed his tongue further and touched it. Their tongue slowly started to y with each other.
As their tongue yed, her pussy tightened even more. At this moment, her G-spot was constantly being touched and moved by his fingers.
She felt like she couldn''t stop anymore.
Suddenly, she put her arms around his back. She raised her knees and squeezed out her juice.
"I''m cumming...."
Her voice rang in his ear. He quickly pulled out his hand and the next moment, her pussy squeezed out arge amount of juice.
The bed became wet.
It was clear that she had stored it for quite a while.
But, it didn''t mean everything had ended so soon.
Kim didn''t want to start fucking her immediately. He went near her ears and whispered.
"Shouldn''t it be my turn now?"
Hearing his words, Hinata didn''t understand at first. Although she knew a little bit about sex, she didn''t know a lot about it.
So, Kim exined it to her.
When she heard him, her face turned red.
She couldn''t believe women would do such a thing. There was a trace of disgust on her face.
But, she had to do it. She knew she shouldn''t be the only one to feel good.
Of course, using her mouth was still hard for her. If it wasn''t for him threatening her to leave like this, she would''ve thought of using her hands.
Kim actually didn''t think she would agree.
After seeing her eyes, Kim knew that despite being under the influence of Lust, she had extreme Willpower.
In fact, he was surprised that his Emperor''s Eyes actually worked on her.
But, then again, it must be because of spiritual power.
Although she had high Willpower, it didn''t mean her Spiritual Power would be ridiculous like Neyol.
Seeing her agree, a corner of his lips rose. Hey down while she slowly raised her upper body and moved to his legs.
He was only wearing underwear so she slowly pulled it down.
Despite not having any light, she was able to touch his underwear on her first try.
As her hand touched his dick, it started to twitch a little. Feeling that movement in her palm, Hinata became a bit curious.
She could feel it throbbing in excitement. She only touched it and now, it was twitching so much.
She couldn''t help but remember the worst.
''If you use your mouth or breasts, then I might just go to Heavens.''
She had a choice between mouth or breasts. The reason why she chose mouth was that she wasn''t experienced.
He told her that even though both will make him extremely excited, she wasn''t good at sex.
So, for now, only with her mouth, he could truly feel the excitement.
But looking at the reaction from his dick, she felt like even if she uses her hand, he would still feel excited.
''Was he lying to me?''
She couldn''t help but feel a trace of doubt.
Actually, Kim was lying to her. He wasn''t some experienced guy. He barely had sex a few times and it was only three days of experience.
From the core, he was still Tim, a loser who would get a boner just by looking at a girl. Even though it was due to his brain''s weird functioning, it was still true.
So, even if she used her hand, he would still feel satisfied.
The reason he wanted her to use her mouth was that he wanted to feel it.
Hinata doubted for a moment but still proceed to give him a blowjob. After all, she didn''t want to be left unsatisfied.
She was afraid that Kim would be disappointed and sleep without having sex with her.
She wasn''t a martial artist so she couldn''t force him either.
At this moment, she couldn''t help but think.
''Just wait for me to surpass you in strength. I will dominate you in the bed.''
If Kim could hear her thoughts, he would''ve chased this woman out of the room.
Although he knew that she was an extremely prideful woman because of her status and also her goal.
He didn''t think she would have such extreme thoughts.
If she had strength, she would force him to fuck her right now to relieve her lust. And, she wouldn''t even care if she would give him pleasure in return.
Kim didn''t think too much about her pride when he used his Emperor Eyes on her.
So what if you have pride? I have Lust System.
That was the thought in his mind when he prepared the firstmand.
He knew she would be prideful enough to hurt his other women.
Although he didn''t know just how prideful she would be, as long as she didn''t kill his other women, he still had a way to crush her pride.
Never let this woman surpass his strength.
Although he wasn''t a heaven-defying genius.
He had one main cheat.
It wasn''t the system.
Lust System was just a mechanism to help him grow.
His real cheat was his intellect plus knowledge of the game.
While he wasn''tpletely knowledgeable about this game since it had changed a lot, he still knew many things.
Some of these would be enough to push him to the peak of this world.
That''s why he was confident.
If this woman dares to be arrogant, just p her ass and remind her of her ce in his harem.
That''s why hemanded her not to leave.
As long as he could push her down with his strength, she would never be able to go against him.
Not because of forced control but rather because she can''t leave him.
Of course, it had another benefit as well. Since she was so prideful, she would never give up.
She would always try to surpass him in strength. So, if he didn''t want to get surpassed by her, he would need to push himself to the limit and continue to grow.
Motivation, Suppression, and Control. He was killing three birds with a singlemand.
But these thoughts weren''t the ones to excite him. The most exciting thing was happening in front of him.
His six inches long rod was towering up.
Hinata opened her mouth wide and slowly lowered her head.
This was the excitement. The moment her lips touched his dick''s skin, the moment his tip touched her tongue, the moment her mouth swallow his dick.
This was the peak of his excitement.
It was different than with Neyol.
Her blowjob despite being aplete amateur was dozen times better than Neyol.
He realized that he truly had an eye for people.
When her lips reached deep down and rubbed against his dick, the veins on his skin started popping out.
She wasn''t experienced. She never even knew about it.
But, her action was so natural that Kim felt like he was about to jerk off.
Chapter 29 Asura Princess Part 3 R-18
''Damn! This is fucking good.''
Kim felt like he would cum at any moment.
Her mouth waspletely swallowing his rod. There was no extra movement.
He couldn''t believe this was the same girl who was resistant to sucking his dick a few minutes ago.
Hinata was natural on this. Her mouth wrapped around his dick, and when she pulled up, she gave it every touch it needed.
With her tongue licking the tip of his dick, he could feel like flying into heaven.
As she continued her action, she couldn''t help but think.
''Am I doing this right? Well, he said it didn''t matter much since this was my first time. But, I still want to satisfy him since I am already doing it. After all, he still needs to fuck my pussy and satisfy me.''
''Damn! My pussy is itching so much just thinking about it. I really need to finish it quickly and make him cum.''
''I feel like I would end up fingering myself if I can''t make him cum soon.''
Her speed became faster. Although she got a lot faster, her lips were moving tightly.
She didn''t know if this would work but she was doing things as he told her. The more speed she gained, the more difficult it became to hold on.
After a few minutes, Kim suddenly moved his hand and caught her head.
The next moment, Kim grunted.
"I''m cumming."
Pi?ata''s eyes widened. She almost cursed him. She couldn''t believe that he was forcing her to swallow his waste.
She was angry and frustrated but she still drank it. She just closed her eyes and tried to swallow it entirely.
But when it entered her mouth, she didn''t feel any kind of disgust. Although it was sticky, her body didn''t feel disgusted.
Her tongue savored it entirely and after a while, she realized that she didn''t dislike it at all.
Instead, she enjoyed it.
She didn''t understand why but she didn''t care either.
Her pussy was on fire. At this moment, she instantly raised her head and stood up.
Without his instruction, she slowly moved above his waist and slowly sat down.
''Damn! Doesn''t she know that the first time hurts a lot? This position isn''t good for the first time.''
Kim couldn''t help but feel surprised by her courage. After all, a little mistake in this position and his dick will strike her womb.
This position didn''t require his movement, but it would be harder for her if she can''t control hers.
Of course, Hinata didn''t care about it. In her mind, she wanted his dick to enter her pussy as soon as possible.
She just chose the position randomly.
Holding his dick which had slightly decreased in size in her hand, she adjusted her position.
Kim didn''t care about it. He let her put it in.
After she position it in front of her pussy, she realized that his dick was slowly growing just by a touch.
She felt a little better.
So, she put it at the tip of her pussy and removed her hand, then she moved her hand to the side.
She slowly moved her ass down.
At this moment, his dick entered her pussy and slowly made it inside.
Normally, a woman would have asked him to slow down or stop at a certain point.
But, Hinata didn''t say a word. Instead, she just let his dick enter deep inside her pussy.
"Ohhhhhhh!"
She felt a burning pain in her pussy but her Will was so strong that she instantly ignored it.
She knew only by putting it in and moving her ass she would be able to extinguish the fire in her pussy.
So, she started moving her ass.
"Ahhh! Ahhhh! Ahhh!"
"Fuck! This is too deep. Ohhh! Yesss!"
Hinata realized that she was moving too hard. When his dick started hitting her womb, she slowed down the speed.
But, she still kept swallowing his entire dick.
She didn''t give him a chance to move. She was dominating the sex.
Kim realized it. But, he didn''t make a move.
After breaking her virginity, Kim understood one thing.
This girl''s Willpower was scary.
So, he knew she would be able to stick for a long time. So, instead of taking a lead, he decided to rest for a moment.
After all, he didn''t n to finish it after cumming once.
He was nning on breaking his limits today as well.
So, he just let her move her pussy up and down. His dick was hitting her womb and she constantly moaned out loud.
Her expression was drastically changing.
There was a smile on her face with her tongueing out of her mouth. Her eyes were up. Her ass was constantly hitting his thighs, releasing an intense sound.
She continued in that position for quite a while.
After all, she didn''t have the stamina to do it for a long time. So, after her speed slowed down, he grabbed her ass.
Hinata was surprised by his sudden movement.
And, the next moment, he pushed her up and then pulled her down.
"Ohhhh! Kim¡"
When his dick struck her womb, she couldn''t help but scream. Her voice didn''t get loud. As she felt the pain for a second, she started feeling pleasure in it.
His hands moved once again.
He pushed her up and then pulled her down. Each strike was making her ass and breasts jiggle.
Her mind was slowly breaking as she felt intense pleasure from his dick.
She was going crazy at this moment as she couldn''t even think of anything but just dive into the pond of pleasure.
"Yess! Yesss! Yesss!"
"Kim¡. Fuck it, fuck my pussy, make a mess¡"
"Fuck this princess like a whore¡.."
"Ahhh! Your dick¡. Every time it hits my womb, I feel like I entered Heaven."
"It feels so good."
Thud!
Suddenly, she fell forefront over his chest. She put her hands on his chest but she had no intention of stopping.
Kim also had no intention of stopping.
Finally, it was his time to move his ass. He started fucking her in that position.
She realized that his speed hadn''t decreased at all. She was still feeling the same pleasure. Although she felt a bit tired, she didn''t back down.
She raised her head and looked at his face.
Her hands moved and caught his face. The next moment, she kissed his lips.
But, unlike before she got wild. She started sucking his lips like a vampire. She couldn''t stop herself from feeling wild.
She felt like she was finally free.
It felt so different than living in a pce.
She was doing something that she was only supposed to do after marriage.
As a princess, her body must remain pure but now, it was just getting wild.
But soon, those memories faded as her eyes got filled with nothing but lust. She put her tongue inside his mouth and started kissing fiercely.
Her breast was constantly rubbing against his chest. Her nipples were getting hard as she was moving front and back over his chest.
After kissing his lips for a moment, she couldn''t help but raise her breast. She pulled it toward his lips and showed her intention to him.
Kim didn''t think twice before sucking her nipples. His tongue started ying around it as he kept sucking it hard.
"Yesss! This is so fucking great¡.."
"Kim¡. I have decided¡.."
"From now on, you belong to me and this body belongs to you."
"My heart belongs to martial arts but you can do whatever you want with this body."
"Fuck this pussy of mine. These breasts are for you to suck. Until I be the strongest in this world, these breasts are only for you to suck."
"Only then I will give birth to any children. You are not allowed to force me using any emotional tricks."
Hearing her words, Kim couldn''t help but feel dumbfounded. His speed increased even more.
He didn''t understand whether she was turning him on even more or simply making some conditions.
Of course, he didn''t care.
As long as she wholeheartedly epted him, he didn''t care about having a baby or anything.
He had just started his life. How could he let it end so soon?
While he fucked her pussy and sucked her breast, she wasn''t remaining still. She was getting even wild, kissing and licking his neck.
Even if it was sex, it was hard to imagine a princess doing such a thing. Kissing his lips was okay but now she was licking his neck.
He understood her heart.
She was fully wild at this moment.
He couldn''t help but smirk.
It was going to be one of the best nights of his life.
Although there was no watch in this world, he knew it had already been ten o''clock. So, he had to continue fucking her until at least two in the morning.
It was simple.
He couldn''t get Harem Points for fucking the same girl twice in a single day but once it crosses twelve at night, it would be the start of the new day.
So, if he fucks her until two or even one, then he could fuck Neyol the next night and earn a lot of points.
After all, he can''t invite two girls to the same bed yet.
Chapter 30 Kiro, The Princess Guard Part 1
Asura Kingdom,
"Ahhh! Run away¡.."
A man wearing a ck mask shouted while running away. It was inside a giant red building. The entire body was filled with dead bodies.
Blood covered the ground and walls. There was nothing but chaos inside. Several assassins were running away.
But, before they could leave the house, a sharp sword shed them. It was moving so fast that it was almost invisible.
There was a man holding that sword.
He was the one moving at a speed that was almost invisible to the eyes. His hand moved and stabbed.
When it stabbed once, it took one life.
When it stabbed ten times, it took ten lives.
The ughter didn''t end until there was no chaos in the entire building.
The ground was covered with dead bodies and in the middle of the ground, a man was wearing red armor.
He stood like a God of War.
His red sword was dripping blood on the ground. His face was pale. His eyes looked sharp like swords and his face had no expression at all.
He moved his sword and pulled the chin of a man up. Although his sword touched that chin with a sharp tip, it didn''t hurt him at all.
This level of control was insane.
He looked at the man whose mask was already removed. He was a middle-aged man.
"Now tell me, who gave you the task to kill the princess?"
Hearing his question, the middle-aged man nkly stared at him.
At this moment, he realized something.
The man standing in front of him was no ordinary man. He was the princess''s only guard.
Yes, the princess of the Asura Kingdom, the heart of the Asura Kingdom had only one guard.
But, no one dared to even trouble her.
Because this guard wasn''t an ordinary man.
At this moment, he couldn''t help but remember the incident that happened nearly thirteen years ago.
At that time, the princess was only four years old. She was kidnapped by a group of people who eyed the wealth of the Royal Family.
This group wasn''t a normal group. It was a group that was constantly trying to overthrow the Royal Family.
There were over one hundred thousand people in that group.
And, this man.... This man ughtered them all.
One Hundred Thousand People died in a single day.
It was even more devastating than most of the wars between races.
And, this happened before the princess was kidnapped.
Asura King didn''t want to kill them but he couldn''t keep this man from killing them.
There was one taboo in this kingdom.
And, that taboo was making the princess unhappy when this man was near her.
It wasn''t because he was stronger than the king.
It was said that Queen chose this man for her daughter. Not only he was the top talent of the Asura Kingdom but also received the guidance of the king and queen.
He wasn''t the strongest one but he was the deadliest one.
Nobody can offend the princess and live when this man is alive.
That''s why the middle-aged man knew that his fate was to die at the hands of this man.
? In fact, the entire Dark Blood Faction knew that. But, they still took on this task.
No, they didn''t take on this task. They were created for this task.
The man who raised them, the man who gave them everything and helped them grow. That man had one task.
And, they had a chance toplete this task a few days ago.
After all, this man wasn''t with the princess.
That was the golden moment so there was no way they would hesitate. It''s just that they didn''t want to gain the attention of the King.
After all, if the strong people from his faction move, then the King would immediately notice it and send people to stop them.
So, he chose the five most qualified but also weak assassins to kill the princess.
Now that the task had already failed, there was nothing they could do.
Knowing all this, the middle-aged man slowly raised his hand.
The man holding the sword noticed something and his eyes flinched.
At this moment, the middle-aged man raised his middle finger.
"Fuck you!"
Boom!
The next second, his body exploded.
The entire building was caught in mes.
Whoosh!
A figure suddenly appeared outside the building. There were some small burns on his clothes but except for that, there was nothing else.
"Sir Kiro! Are you alright?" A soldier wearing red armor rushed toward that man and asked.
Kiro nced at him but didn''t reply.
But the middle-aged man had already got the answer. He heavily sighed a breath of relief. Then, he looked at the burning building.
It was the Blood Explosion.
He didn''t expect that someone would use it inside the building. It''s like killing his own people.
Then suddenly he remembered something.
The man next to him would kill all of them. So, it wasn''t surprising that someone used Blood Explosion.
But, he noticed the Kiro turning around and leaving.
"Sir Kiro, do want us to search that building?" He quickly asked.
Kiro shook his head and his body slowly disappeared.
The man behind him sighed. But, the next moment his expression changed. He slowly took out a small red jade and infused his internal energy into it.
"Master, Dark Blood Faction has been eliminated. I am not sure if he learned about you."
After a while, a voice rang from the red jade.
"Is that so? Don''t worry about it. They won''t tell him anything. Right now, you go and ask White Blood Faction and Red Blood Faction to be ready."
"I have a feeling that the King would give us an opportunity to dethrone him. Jejejejeje! He is still one the most arrogant people in the world."
After that man received his orders, he put away the red jade and finally walked away.
......
Asura Pce,
In the hall of Asura Pce, several people were sitting on different chairs. At the farthest front, there were two massive golden thrones.
In the first seat, a middle-aged man was wearing a golden-red coat. He had sharp golden shoes and a long red sword on the side.
On the second seat, there was a beautifuldy. She looked just like Hinata, just a lot more mature. With those cheery lips and smooth dark skin, her sexy figure was revealed in front of others.
She wore a tight red dress to cover her body. Though her legs and hands were covered with transparent golden cloth.
They were the King and Queen of the Asura Kingdom.
On the right side of the hall, several men were wearing red robes. But, on the opposite side, other men were wearing blue robes.
Surprisingly, those who wore red robes had revealed their Asura Skin, which was the dark scales covering their bodies.
But, those with blue robes kept the human skin. To use human skin or asura skin depends upon the personality of the person.
Since there weren''t many wars between races, they quickly understood that human appearance was the mostfortable and also easy to use.
So, human appearance becamemon in different races. But still, several people love their race, so they would simply keep their own race''s appearance.
"Your Majesty, Kiro, the Princess Guard has arrived."
A man at the door kneeled down and spoke.
The next moment, Kiro slowly walked inside without even receiving confirmation from the King.
But, nobody said anything. This was Kiro, the Princess Guard after all.
After he reached in front of the King and Queen, he slowly lowered his knees and head.
"Please punish me for not being able to keep eye on princess!"
When others saw him kneeling in front of the King and the Queen, everyone was surprised.
Even King and the Queen were surprised especially, Queen. Because of his personality, she gave him the authority to not kneel or bow in front of them.
After all, it was hard to change his personality and most of his strength came from his personality.
So, when they saw him kneeling in front of them, she was shocked. But soon, she chuckled.
"Kiro, it seems like my daughter seeded in tricking you. Who would''ve thought that you, of all people, would be tricked by seventeen years old girl?"
When she said that, other people didn''t know what to say.
Tricked by the princess? For normal people, it wouldn''t anything extraordinary.
But nobody should be able to trick him. This man could even smell poison from the food.
It was almost impossible to trick him so they didn''t understand how the princess tricked him.
Kiro didn''t reply. It was indeed shameful to admit that he was tricked. The man who could even detect the poison fell asleep due to the sleeping pill.
And, was sealed by a powerful sealing array.
"Don''t say that, wife! In fact, Hinata might be the only one who can trick him. But, right now, we don''t have time to discuss about it."
"Kiro, if you want to apologize then keep protecting Hinata. I have a new task for you."
"You need to leave the kingdom and find her. But, don''te in front of her. Just keep an eye on her from the sides."
At this moment, a man from the red robe side stood up.
"But your majesty, we know that princess left the kingdom to be a martial artist. She hasn''t even reached eighteen. If we allow her to train, we would be breaking our ancestor''s rules."
At this moment, King turned his eyes to the man and opened his mouth.
"So what?"
Chapter 31 Kiro, The Princess Guard Part 2
For a moment, there was nothing but silence in the room. Queen looked at her husband and sighed.
The most arrogant person in the world doesn''t even give a shit about his ancestor.
King stood up and spoke.
"Those fuckers are already dead, even if they were alive, I would say the same thing. Rules are meant to be broken. But if you don''t have the courage, then you can never grow."
"My daughter has that courage. Imend her for that. She is my daughter. Not to mention they are dead, even if they were alive, I would kill them if they try to raise their voice against me."
Saying so, King turned his eyes at Kiro and said.
"Remember, unless someone tries to harm Hinata, don''t make a move. But once they do, kill them all. Nobody is allowed to touch my daughter."
"It doesn''t matter if she is in the Asura Kingdom or the Human Kingdom. She is my daughter. Nobody is allowed to hurt her. If they want war because of this."
"WE WILL GIVE THEM WAR."
Hearing his words, there was nothing but silence in the room.
They were speechless at their king.
He wasn''t just a king but also a true Warlord.
They still hadn''t forgotten the time when he fought the king of three races all by himself and still lived.
He was a man who would never give up.
They knew their king liked the people with the most courage. Now that his daughter dared to break the rules of their ancestor, he was happier.
That''s the reason why even though she was left alone, he didn''t immediately send someone to protect her.
Although courage was important, he also wanted to test her survival instincts.
Without a life-and-death situation, he knew her daughter wouldn''t be able to rise up.
Now that his daughter proved to him that she did have everything to break the rules, he would do everything to keep her safe.
After all, she was still his daughter and also the princess.
If he allowed her to be bullied by some random people, how would he be able to remain arrogant?
"And Kiro, remember one thing. You aren''t just Princess Guard." Queen looked at him with a serious expression and spoke.
Kiro nodded his head and stood up.
Although he was the princess''s guard, he was also her fiancee. It''s just that this thing was only between him, Queen, and the King.
Not even Hinata knew about this.
Although other people didn''t know about this, it wasn''t hard to guess.
It was normal for a princess to have a fiancee. And, who would be better than Kiro?
No one!
At least, no one in the Asura Kingdom.
After Kiro left the hall, a middle-aged man entered the room. He had a human appearance and wore a silver robe.
His presence made everyone except King and Queen stand.
"Greeting your majesty!"
The man walked in front of the King and Queen. He bowed his head and spoke.
"Royal Minister, why did you arrive sote?" King looked at him and asked with a dissatisfied tone.
Although Royal Minister was higher in position than others, he was still a minister only.
To bete for a meeting with King would be severe for anyone.
The Royal Minister however didn''t speak. He rather smiled and pped his hand.
A few secondster, two guards holding the body of a man wearing a dark robe walked in. This man had a bald head and blood covering his mouth.
"Your Majesty, let me present to you the man who initiated the Princess''s Assassination. I am sorry for arrivingte because I was trying to get the information from him."
"He is the head of Dark Blood Faction." Royal Minister kept his smile and spoke.
Hearing his words, everyone in the hall was shocked.
"This¡.. I thought Kiro, the Princess Guard took care of the head of the Dark Blood Faction."
"Yeah! I received the same news."
"Does that mean there was someone controlling everything from the dark?"
"Were we kept in dark about the head of Dark Blood Faction?"
"But, who is this person? Why don''t I recognize him?"
The other ministers started discussing.
But a few secondster, King raised his hand and everyone shut up. He looked at Royal Minister and asked.
"So, what did you learn?"
Royal Minister didn''t reply immediately but rather turned his head at the guard. The guard nodded his head and opened the mouth of that man.
That man had already lost consciousness so he didn''t feel anything. The guard took out his tongue and on the tongue, there was a strange ck mark of a star.
"Your Majesty, it seems like this man isn''t the one who wanted to kill the princess but rather he was tasked by someone."
"And, that someone must be the one who put this seal on him. I tried to get some information from him but whenever I tortured the information out of him, he loses his consciousness."
"But from this one thing is sure, someone wants to kill the princess and that person is the one who reared the Dark Blood Faction."
Hearing his words, the entire hall became silent for a moment.
"Damn it! Someone dared to kill our princess. Your Majesty, we must spare no effort in finding this person."
"Whether it is a person who helped the Dark Blood Faction or created it, we must find him and kill him."
A man from the side of the red robe stood up and shouted. He was one of the older generations of ministers.
He had seen many things but this was the first time he had seen someone from his own kingdom go to such lengths to kill the princess.
Hearing his words, King didn''t reply immediately. He was arrogant, not an idiot.
He looked at Royal Minister and asked.
"So, what do you think we should do right now?"
Royal Minister had already anticipated this so he smiled and replied.
"Your Majesty, if that person is really trying to kill the princess, he wouldn''t stop this easily. Since the princess has already left the kingdom, it would only make it easier."
"Even if you send Kiro to protect the princess, it might not be enough. That person created the Dark Blood Faction. How could he not know anything about Kiro?"
"So, he will definitely send forces that will not only kill the princess but also him. If we lose both, then it would be a catastrophe for us."
"That''s why we should send de Asura Troops to protect them."
Hearing his words, a man from the blue robe side stood up and spoke.
"No, we can''t do that. de Asura Troops are the strongest forces in our kingdom. Yes, the princess and Kiro are important to us but, the kingdom is as much as important."
"There might not be any war but sending them into a battle where we don''t even know about the enemy is too risky."
"Your Majesty, if you want the princess to be a martial artist from the age of seventeen, there is nothing we can do. So, why not call her back and protect her?"
Royal Minister turned his eyes at the man who spoke and narrowed his eyes. This man wasn''t a normal man either. Although his status was lower than Royal Minister, his poprity was higher.
But Royal Minister wasn''t angry. He had already set a n in motion.
Hearing his words, King thought for a moment and raised his hand.
"Everyone, the meeting ends right now. Tomorrow, I will give you my decision."
Although everyone was surprised, they still nodded their heads and left.
Only King and the Queen were left in the hall.
"Do you think Royal Minister is ying a trick?" Queen looked at him and asked.
"He is definitely ying a trick. My gut feeling has rarely given a wrong result. But, without enough proof, we can''t make any move." King nodded his head and sighed.
"Proof? When did you start caring about proof?" Queen looked at her husband with shock. She was genuinely shocked because her husband never cared about others'' feelings.
She still remembered the time when her husband left her alone on a cold night just because they had a disagreement.
Of course, then the next day, he took her to one of the most beautiful ces in the kingdom as an apology.
But, even so, it didn''t change the fact that her husband never cared about others'' feelings that much.
If he thinks he is right....
Then, everyone else is wrong.
There is no right and wrong.
Only he is right.
That kind of person her husband is.
King also saw his wife''s expression and shook his head.
"Might is right. Up until now, I never cared about others because I was the strongest. But, my gut feeling is telling me that Royal Minister has caught up to my strength."
"I might still win in life and death battle but I don''t want to disturb this peace. So, we need to find proper proof before we make a move."
Queen was surprised by his words. She remained silent for a moment and stood up.
"But before we do anything about him, we must find a way to keep our daughter safe."
"Of course, although the peace is something I want to keep."
King''s eyes turned red as he slowly stood up.
"If something happens to my daughter, I will destroy everyone and everything."
Chapter 32 God Of Harem- My Martial Path Part 1
Next Morning,
Hinata slowly opened her eyes and looked in front of her.
Suddenly, her eyes widened. The memories ofst night slowly came to her mind.
Her face turned red. She bit her lip and tried to remember everything. She didn''t make a move at Kim but rather covered her face in distress.
''Damn it! I did all that in lust but this is bad for Kim. I am pretty sure father would send Kiro once he removes that seal to protect me.''
''If Kiro finds out that I have such a rtionship with Kim, he would definitely kill him.''
''No, I can''t stay here now.''
Just when she thought of that, she immediately stood up and wore some clothes.
She hurriedly rushed toward the door but just when she touched the door, her hand paused.
Her heart was soaring. she didn''t realize that the tears wereing out of her eyes.
''Why? Why do I feel so bad for leaving him? If I don''t leave him right now, he will die. Isn''t it better for him if I just leave?''
She didn''t realize that her hands won''t move. It''s not that her hands were frozen but her mind couldn''t give amand to her hand to move.
She bit her lip and turned her head.
''Did I really fall in love with him? But then, I should leave. If I love him, I shouldn''t stay here and hurt him.''
At this moment, she didn''t realize it but she was simply finding excuses for herself.
She didn''t want to leave but she also didn''t want to hurt him. So, she wanted to find a proper excuse so that she didn''t have to leave.
''Damn it! I shouldn''t havee here in the first ce. It''s just that I never thought I would fall in love with him. If I knew that, I wouldn''t havee here.''
''What should I do?''
Hinata couldn''t help but fall to her knees. She felt like she had made a great mistake while she was influenced by lust.
But after she thought for a while, she finally stood up and clenched her fist.
''Let''s tell him about this. I hope that he will be afraid and ask me to leave. That''s the only thing that I can do.''
''Otherwise, I would just threaten Kira with my own life.''
She mustered her courage as she slowly raised her head. But when she raised her head, she saw Kim staring at her.
"Are you feeling bad because ofst night?" Kim couldn''t help but feel a bit guilty.
Originally, there was no rtionship between them. But using his Emperor Eyes, he created a new rtionship and even have sex with her.
Now that she was no longer under lust, it would be normal for her to feel bad and cry.
Hearing his words, Hinata was stunned. Last night, she was the one who was on fire.
Although he made a move, if she really wanted, she could''ve resisted him. And, the fact that she didn''t resist meant she really wanted him to do that.
For that reason, Kim wasn''t at fault.
That''s why when Kim made a guilty expression, she felt happy and sad. She had the feeling that Kim wouldn''t let her leave that easily.
It made her happy and sad because of her current situation.
She shook her head and said.
"There is something that I need to tell you."
Kim suddenly freaked out for a moment.
"W-w-what?"
"It''s not that you think." Seeing his reaction, Hinata chuckled a bit as she shook her head and continued.
"I might have gotten you into big trouble."
"Haa! You scared me for a second."
Trouble? Kim didn''t care about that at all. Why? Because he knew the trouble. His father-inw won''t ept him that easily.
But, it didn''t matter. There was a quest that would help him gain the favorability of his father-inw.
That Quest was the Civil War in the Asura Kingdom. As long as he helped his father-inw, he would be able to impress him and finally get Hinata.
"No, you should be more scared of this trouble. Don''t you think it was quite surprising for a princess to sessfully run away from the kingdom and then nobody tried to find her?" Hinata asked.
''That''s because your father doesn''t give a shit about ancestor''s rules. He wanted you to grow on your own.'' Kim rolled his eyes knowing the answer but he still shook his head.
"Actually, I have a guard. Unlike other princesses or princes, I only have one guard. And, that guard is stronger, ruthless, and extremely caring."
"He had been protecting him from my birth. My fatherpletely trusts him. I ran away after I tricked him and sealed him. But once he breaks out of the seal, he will definitely find me."
"My father let me run away because he wanted me to be a martial artist soon as well. But, it didn''t mean he wouldn''t care about me."
"So, in a few days, my guard will arrive and keep an eye on me from the dark. This is a problem for you."
"Because... that guard isn''t just a guard. Although he is a decade older than me, my mother has made him my fiancee. Obviously, I didn''t agree."
"But, right now, if he finds you with me, then he will definitely kill you. Even I might not be able to stop him... So, I was¡.."
"Nope!"
Just when she tried to say something more, he immediately made her stop. His face was expressionless.
But, his heart was shaking.
Who was he?
The guy with the Lust System.
He wanted to be the Harem God. He wanted to reach the peak of Harem.
But how could a person just give up on his woman when his goal was to be a Harem God?
Did Zeus care about what his wife thought when he fucked other women and goddesses?
No! Because he was the God of Gods.
Kim might not be a god. But his goal was to be the God of Harem. If he got scared by his woman''s fiancee, how could he ever be a God of Harem?
Of course, it didn''t mean Kim was confident to take down anyone.
It''s just that Kim couldn''t ask her to leave.
This wasn''t a sad romance story. It was never meant to be.
This was an adult-action-adventure game.
There was only one way to settle all this.
Fight!
He had only one way. That was to crush his enemy.
But, it didn''t mean he could do it now. So, Kim decided to calm down.
After he calmed down, he looked at Hinata and asked.
"Do you want to leave me?"
Hearing his words, Hinata shook her head.
"No! I don''t want to leave you."
"Then, we just have to face it together. Yes, I am a bit afraid of your so-called guard. But, it didn''t mean I am going to run away."
"For what I did yesterday, I am going to take responsibility. And, that responsibility includes keeping you together with me. So, how could a man run away from his responsibility?"
Kim proudly answered. At this moment, Hinata couldn''t help but feel hot.
Who was she? Princess!
What was her goal? To be the strongest!
Being the daughter of the Asura King, she was extremely prideful. That ran in her veins. So, when her man showed his arrogance and pride, she felt excited.
"But, we need to properly n this. After all, you said that guard is a decade older than you. Unlike Royal Families, others start training from an early age."
"That means he would be a lot stronger, at least ten or even twenty times stronger than me. I hate to say it. But, I don''t think I can defeat him so soon."
Kim''s words poured cold water into her excitement.
She couldn''t help but panic. She bit her lips and asked.
"So, what should we do?"
Kim took a deep breath and said.
"Actually, there is something that I haven''t told you yet. I was afraid of telling you because you might hate me for this."
"But since it hase to this, I can''t hide it anymore. There is actually another woman whom I love as well."
"She is older than me and has been taking care of me for three years. Actually, there are a lot of things that you don''t know about me."
"She is a powerful martial artist. Only she can help us in this situation."
When he said that, Kim stared into her eyes. He wanted to see her reaction.
Hinata didn''t say anything. She clenched her fist and a murderous aura emerged from her body.
"I am going to kill her. You belong to me, and me alone."
Hinata didn''t have any hatred against him. But rather, her hatred was toward Neyol.
p!
The next moment, Kim raised his hand and pped her cheek.
There was no anger or hatred in his eyes. He stared back into her eyes and said.
"I know I am a scumbag for this. You can hate me. You can strike me. You can even kill me if you can."
"But, the women I love are the women I absolutely love. I am not going to let anyone hurt them, even if they are my women."
"Just like I said. I will take the responsibility for what I did. I will love you as no man would ever do. But, I will do the same to her."
"That is my martial path."
.......
Readers, do you know there is Golden Ticket voting as well? Just reminding you to support this book.
Chapter 33 God Of Harem- My Martial Path Part 2
When Hinata got pped by Kim, she didn''t feel pain. She was just shocked. She didn''t expect him to p her.
But when she heard his words, her expression drowned even more. She clenched her teeth and shouted.
"Then, what about my Martial Path? I am going to be the strongest person in the world. I must get what I want. And, nobody is allowed to get what I want."
"You are the man that I want. You must be mine and mine alone. This is my Martial Path. Does my Martial Path means nothing to you?"
"Yes, in this world, you can have multiple wives but that is not my martial path. What belongs to me only belongs to me but no one else. So, either you kill me, or I will kill all of your lovers."
Her eyes changed. The white eyes and ck pupils turned red. At this moment, the shadow of a three-headed demonic figure appeared behind her.
With nine hands and three heads, it was the shadow of Asura. It was releasing immense pressure on Kim
But, Kim wasn''t intimidated by the pressure. A shadow of a man appeared behind him. Half of it was yellow while the other half was blue.
With the yellow eyes and intense pressureing out of it, this was none other than his Battle Soul.
Kim''s Battle Soul managed to destroy her Heavenly Asura Body''s pressure. It rose his confidence as well.
But instead of getting angry, Kim smiled this time. His smile made Hinata confused for a moment.
"As I said before, I will not let you kill my women. This is my Martial Path. You have your own Martial Path and I have my own Martial Path."
"If you want to kill them, then you have to break my Martial Path. That means you have to surpass me in strength and then suppress me and kill them."
"But, of course, I am not going to let you do that. My heart is set on my Martial Path. I will do anything to keep my women safe."
"So, if you want to follow your Martial Path, then you have to be stronger than me. Try if you can."
Talent? He didn''t have that. But, he could find it.
Resources? He wasn''t granted that. But, he could get it.
Background? He wasn''t born with that. But, he could create it.
Kim didn''t have absolute talent nor he had absolute strength.
But, he was confident. This wasn''ting from his Battle Soul but from himself. This was his confidence.
He created this game. He was a gamer before that. But, even more than that, he was finally thinking of someone else.
Beforeing to this world, he was a loner, miser, and pathetic introvert who spent his life in darkness and misery.
He had no friends to talk to. He had no one to share his sadness with. He had no one to rely on. He had nothing.
But, after he came to this world. The first person he met was the person who loved him. The second person he met was the one who adored him.
The people he met were bad but also good. There were some people he knew but hadn''t talked to.
There were many people who knew about him but he didn''t know about them.
This was a brand new life for him and a life that he couldn''t even dream of getting. Because he couldn''t get it, he created it.
This game was his inner desire.
Now that it was finally fulfilled, how could he just give up everything?
He wasn''t nning on bing the same loser and pathetic person as before.
That''s why he didn''t hide his desire anymore.
He didn''t want to hide it anymore but rather fully express it.
He wanted to find the result of his Martial Path.
The final throne that lies beyond this world. The hall was filled with countless chairs and a throne in the middle.
He wanted to sit on that throne and all of those chairs upied by his women.
That was his Endgoal.
Bing the God of Harem.
But, it was too far from him. It wasn''t a short journey and it wasn''t an easy journey either.
So, he must protect his women until hepletes his journey.
That was his Martial Path.
A Martial Path of a God of Harem.
Hinata didn''t speak. She waspletely calm and silent. She realized something.
Yes! She wasn''t wrong. But, Kim wasn''t right either. This world was determined by strength.
Only strength was supreme.
If she wanted to prove her Martial Path correct, then she had to surpass Kim in strength. Only then Kim would belong to her and her alone.
There was no need to sugarcoat it.
Just be stronger than him! That''s it.
When Hinata thought about it, she clenched her fist and said.
"I will prove my Martial Path correct. I will be stronger than you and kill them. I will be the strongest and what I desire is absolute. You must belong to me and me alone."
Hearing her words, Kim finally calmed down and nodded.
"Ohhh! Is that so? Then, how about I kill you right now?"
Suddenly, the door opened and a figure walked inside. It was none other than Neyol.
When Neyol walked in, her aura was fully released. This wasn''t a normal aura. The intense pressure of her Internal Energy burst out against Hinata.
Even though Hinata had a Heavenly Asura Body, she couldn''t resist the pressure. Her knees turned weak and she almost fell to the ground.
But the next moment, the pressure became lighter. Kim stood in front of her and released his Battle Soul.
"I''m sorry for being a scumbag, Neyol. But, this is my Martial Path. I won''t let you hurt her until you kill me."
Although Kim said that, his heart was still beating faster. He was afraid.
He wasn''t afraid of Neyol but rather afraid that he would die before bing sitting on that throne.
Kim had fully epted his Martial Path. That means even if he dies at the hands of his women, he didn''t care.
Because that''s his journey to be the God of Harem.
"Hush! I am not like this girl, Kim. I do have pride in a woman but I have also epted the fact that you are a true scumbag."
"You are right. We have our own Martial Path. Just like you two, I also have my own Martial Path. I will never let my cursed constitution control me. That''s my Martial Path."
"But, it didn''t mean I am just letting you get whoever you want."
At this moment, Neyol''s eyes slowly moved to the door and sneered.
"You are my man, Kim. I am one of the five cursed Constitution owners. Although I hate this girl''s attitude, I have to admit that she is worthy of you."
"But, others might not be the same. Not any cats and bitches are worthy of you. So, I will say this upfront. I won''t kill her or bully her."
"But I will never save her. She is not worthy of you."
For a few seconds, Kim didn''t realize a thing. But, he wasn''t an idiot. He immediately saw her gaze at the door. And, his mind instantly came to a conclusion.
Yeosho was outside.
He only had three women. Yeosho, Neyol, and Hinata. Among them, one was the owner of Heavenly Asura Body and another was the owner of Dark Nightmare Body.
Only Yeosho had no talent for bing a powerful martial artist. But, it didn''t mean Kim would ignore her.
She was the first woman who truly loved him. He was nning on helping her achieve that level of growth like Neyol and Hinata. So, he furiously shouted.
"Neyol, you can''t just¡.."
"Kim, stop it!"
Suddenly, a voice rang from outside. At this moment, Yeosho slowly walked inside.
She looked at Neyol and said.
"I don''t need you to save me nor do I need your pity. I have already epted the fact that I don''t have talent."
"But, I won''t lose to you. I will never lose to women who don''t even understand love."
Hearing her words, Neyol and Hinata immediately got furious and shouted.
"What did you say?"
Yeosho didn''t answer them. She looked at Kim and said.
"I love you not because of your talent nor because of your background or strength. I just love you and that''s it."
"But, my nightmare was indeed correct. If I can''t have the strength to keep up with you, I will surely lose you."
"That''s why I made up my mind. From this small Pingyang town to the top of the world, I will always be with you. This is my Martial Path."
When he heard her words, Kim was shocked for a moment. But, then he smiled but slowly that smile turned intoughter.
"Hahaha! This is amazing."
Three women looked at him with strange gazes.
Kim looked at Hinata and said, "I will never lose to you."
Kim looked at Neyol and said, "My women aren''t simple despite their talent or background."
Kim looked at Yeosho and said, "I will always apany you."
Then, he looked at all three at the same time and said.
"We have our differences, and we have our Martial Paths. But, one thing is always the same."
"We love each other. This is a bond between lovers and rivals. Let''s build the strongest bond¡
And
Reach the peak of this world"
Chapter 34 God Of Harem- My Martial Path Part 3
Hearing his words, three women were first shocked but then, all of them smiled. Although they smiled, they all had different thoughts.
Hinata would not agree to this bond. After all, her goal now was to surpass Kim and then kill his harem.
Neyol didn''t care much but she knew the weak would only drag him down. That''s why she would never let the women without talent be his women that easily.
As for Yeosho, she just wanted to be with Kim. In her eyes, there were only three people.
Kim, her father, and her mother.
But she also knew that she would one day leave her parents and from then on, only he would be in her eyes.
"But there is something that I need to do before that," Hinata said which brought everyone''s attention.
p!
The next moment, she moved her hand and pped Kim.
The crisp sound resounded inside the room. Neyol and Yeosho watched it with their eyes wide open.
Kim was also surprised but he didn''t get angry.
After all, he was the one who went physical first.
He deserved that.
He smiled and said.
"I deserved that. Sorry for that. I just didn''t want you to say those words in front of me."
Hearing his words, Hinata just snorted and looked away.
"Humph!"
Neyol and Yeosho decided to stay silent. After all, at this moment Kim was also at fault.
So, they could justify his action.
Even though she said some rough words, he was still the one who hit her.
"Now that is clear. Let''s talk about our problem." Kim said after he saw her reaction.
Hearing his words, everyone became serious. Although Neyol and Yeosho didn''t know much, they had a hunch that it would be something extremely serious.
"How much did you hear?" Kim looked at them and asked.
"Not much! This girl arrived a bit earlier than me but she didn''t enter the house. I waited for a perfect opportunity to enter." Neyol shook her head and answered.
"Then, let me introduce her to you. This is the princess of the Asura Kingdom. The Asura Kingdom doesn''t allow their royal families to Strat training until the age of eighteen."
"So, she ran away from her kingdom. It shouldn''t be surprising that someone woulde after her, right? Well, someone did and now, I am in a trouble."
"We only have two choices. Either I run away which is not much of a choice. So, we only have one option. Fight back!"
"There is one good news and one bad news. The good news is that he might be the only one to arrive. The bad news is that he should be super strong."
"So, before he arrives, we need to make a proper n to defeat him." Kim exined.
"Wait, how does nning works against a martial artist? If he is really strong, there is no way we can resist. But, I am also strong. Let me fight for you this time." Neyol said.
When the other two heard her words, they also nodded. Although Yeosho hadn''t faced any martial artists, she knew that tricks or nning don''t work against martial artists.
"That is not true. Of course, if you are the strongest person then it would be impossible to defeat you with any kind of nning. But, even that would be incorrect."
"Betrayals, backstab, poisoning, all of these can help a person to take down even the strongest people. So, there is a way to fight against this person. But."
Saying so, he looked at Hinata and said.
"I need you to tell me everything about his strength."
Hearing his words, Hinata still had doubts but she still nodded and answered.
"This person is on the top rank talent below only me. His training speed is naturally strong but not only that, his sword skills are extremely amazing."
"The reason why he was able to kill one hundred thousand people despite being young was due to his sword skills."
"Not only he can condense the sword energy in his sword but also condense it outside, through the means of Aura. He should be above Senior Martial Artist Rank."
"Oh yeah, he can smell poison, feel traps, and even illusions do not work on him. My mother told me that she trained him these things so that he can protect me all the time."
"He can fight for days. His control over his internal energy is so strong that he can use just the right amount for his martial arts to prevent himself from burning out."
Hearing her words, Neyol looked at Kim, showing her obvious ''Now, do you still think you can trick him?''
Kim understood her words but he didn''t care. The reason was simple. Although she mentioned all these, she forgot about something.
With his intellect, it didn''t take him more than a few seconds to find out n A to defeat him.
"Then, how about this? You said that poisoning, illusion, and traps do not work on him. But, if I remember correctly, you also said that you managed to trap him inside the array."
"It''s not like he doesn''t have any weakness. It''s just that his weakness is too obvious." Kim''s words were like thunder to her ears.
Hinata and Neyol instantly understood his weakness. Hinata couldn''t help but bite her lips. After all, using this against a person who protected her for so long was against her morals.
"But even so, he would realize that, wouldn''t he?" Neyol asked.
Kim nodded his head and said.
"That was just the first part of my n. You said illusions don''t work against him, right? But, you also said that he was trained for it, didn''t you?"
"Wait, are you saying what I think you are saying?" Neyol''s eyes couldn''t help but open wide.
Kim nodded his head and continued.
"Since he isn''t natural like Neyol, there would be a limit to how strong his spiritual sense would be. So, first, we have to distract."
"And, Hinata, I need to use you to threaten him for a moment. After all, that''s the only way we can distract him."
"Once he is distracted, I will use my Emperor Eyes'' and you will use your constitution."
"No, let me use my constitution. Did you forget what happened when you sue your Emperor Eyes against someone with a strong spiritual sense?" Neyol instantly shook her head and rejected his idea.
"Not this time. I need to use it. Although I said that he isn''t natural, he is still someone trained by the Queen. Your spiritual sense is natural but because of your condition, you haven''t trained for four years."
"We will only get one chance. We need to use that chance to its fullest otherwise we will die."
Hearing his words, two of them turned silent. At this moment, it was his life on the line.
He could run away but Kim knew running away would only break his Martial Path. Besides, the Path of a Harem God was never meant to be easy.
Conquering women left and right, fighting against their husbands and fiancee, and winning all the way to the top. That was the Path of a Harem God.
That was his Martial Path.
"Kim, what about me?" Yeosho who seemed to be excluded from this conversation couldn''t help but bite her lips and ask.
Neyol and Hinata raised their heads and turned at her with disdain in their eyes. Although Hinata wasn''t a martial artist, due to her Heavenly Asura Body, she was still stronger than Yeosho.
Not to mention, she still had a major role in the battle.
Unlike them, Kim had something else in his mind.
"You have the most important work in this battle which only you would be able to do."
Hearing his words, Neyol and Hinata looked at him with confusion. Yeosho looked at him with the same expression.
"Although you don''t have the strength and can''t help us to defeat him, you can do what I really want you to do."
"Hundreds of hearts can only be won through kindness, and thousands of bodies can only be controlled by authority."
"Yes, the strong can easily crush numbers but at the end of the day, they all end up controlling the weak. That''s the rule of this world."
"I don''t want to be a tyrant nor do I want to inflict pain on others. This battle is my battle. I don''t want to get others involved."
"So, you must take everyone away from this town as soon as that arrives. You won''t have a lot of time. So, you must convince others as fast as possible."
"Do you understand?"
Hearing his words, Yeosho couldn''t help but feel joy. Although she couldn''t help him directly, she was still a great help to him.
Neyol and Hinata instantly understood the reason behind his words.
Kim wanted to win over the hearts of the people living in this town.
That means he wanted to rule.
He wanted to be the King.
Knowing his desire, they were surprised but also motivated.
Of course, they didn''t know that his desire was above that.
Not King of Harem, he wanted to be a God of Harem.
Chapter 35 God Of Harem- My Martial Path Part 4
"So, what should we do till then?" Neyol asked.
She didn''t care if Yeosho ended up getting a great role in this battle. She just wanted to keep Kim safe.
In fact, she had already made a decision.
She would take him and run away if this n didn''t work. She didn''t care about Hinata, Yeosho, or this town.
Anyone can die but not him.
Hinata had simr thoughts. She would use her life to keep him safe if this n fails. That was herst resort.
Only Yeosho wasn''t thinking about that. Shepletely believed that Kim would be able to ovee this situation.
She was just thinking about how she would convince the people to leave the town as soon as possible.
She didn''t want anyone to die.
Hearing her words, Kim couldn''t help but smirk.
"Of course, since we have already introduced ourselves, let''s have some fun."
When he said that, he pulled all three women into his embrace. They were surprised at first but they didn''t resist.
Of course, they didn''t resist his embrace but stillined.
"I am not doing it in front of them."
All of them, even Yeosho said that at the same time.
Kim was speechless.
He wanted them to find out about each other because he wanted to do it with all of them at once.
After all, it would save him a lot of time.
But, he couldn''t force them either. After all, they need a little more time to ept each other.
Since he couldn''t convince them to have a foursome, he could only do it separately. But, then there was another problem. He had to choose whom to do it with first.
The girls didn''t show that much resistance to sex but they did show some level ofpetition to have sex with him first.
Of course, Kim didn''t let them choose.
He was the one who wanted to have sex with them. Of course, he should be the one to choose.
So, he chose Yeosho.
First, he sent Neyol and Hinata to Neyol''s house and then fucked Yeosho.
After having sex with her, he sent her back. He didn''t let her stay with the other two because he realized that there was great tension between her and the other two.
So, he asked her to return to her home. And, she also wanted to return home.
After talking with them, she realized one thing. She was too weak to evenpete.
Even the person who hasn''t started martial art training was already above her. So, she had no choice but to train harder.
After Yeosho, Kim decided to have sex with Neyol. Unlike with Yeosho, this sex was a bit intense.
And, itsted a few hours.
Finally, after fucking her, it was Hinata''s turn. And, it alsosted quite a long time.
After having sex with her, Kim realized that it was already the evening. He stood near the door and looked at the rays of red sun covering the sky.
At this moment, he realized that although he hade to this world, he hadn''t gone out much.
Basically, he had been spending his time training and training only.
He needed to spend his time going out.
But right now, he needed to train as well.
''This is really troublesome. One way or another, I need to start training. Without training, I won''t be able to fight for my women.''
''But, I also need to explore this new world. It might be just a game that I created but now, it is a whole new world for me.''
''Alright! I have decided. No matter how I will convince them to have sex with me at the same time.''
''I need to use my daytime for everything else. I can only use my nighttime to have sex with them. Currently, after having sex with them, I can get at least 100 Harem Points from each every day.''
''Currently, I have four hundred Harem Points. Now, there is one problem. If I use my Harem Points, I could buy some special martial arts but I need to strengthen myself right now.''
''I don''t know when that man will arrive. If I level up, I will be able to use the Armament Technique for four minutes constantly. Hmmm! That means I can try to at least fight him for four minutes.''
''Then, I will take her hostage and use Emperor''s Eyes on him. With Neyol''s Dark Nightmare Body, we should be able to dominate his spiritual power and break him mentally.''
''Then, let''s level up''
"System, Level up!"
[Do you want to consume 400 Harem Points to level up?]
[Yes] [No]
Without any hesitation, he clicked on yes. The next moment, his body began to evolve. His cells began to fill up with strength and arge amount of internal energy emerged inside of him.
But that internal energy disappeared and got stored inside System Space.
Kim opened his status window after leveling up.
[Name- Kim Woo
Lvl- 4 (Average)
ss- None (Unlocked at Lvl.10)
Level Up- 800 Harem Points
Unique Talent- None
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Martial Technique- Dark Breathing Technique (Lv.1), Basic Dagger Technique(Lv.2), Basic Spear Technique (Lv.5)
Martial Art- Nightless sh, Paralyzing Stab
Body- Average Rank
STR: 17 / AGI: 18 / END: 18
DEX: 17 / STM: 25 / DEF: 16
SP: 9 / IE: 15
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Lust Meter- 5
Harem Member- Yong Yeosho, Neyol Woo, Hinata
Harem Points- 0
Lust Berserk Mode- Deactivated]
[Ding! It has been detected that the Status Window hasn''t been updated]
[Would you like to upgrade the status window?]
Seeing this notification, Kim immediately realized something. Emperor Eyes'' hasn''t been added to Unique Talent and his Battle Spirit hasn''t appeared as well.
But, this confused him for a moment. Suddenly, he remembered something.
"System, activate Auto-Update for Status Window"
He suddenly remembered there was a mechanism to control the updates of the status window. Normally, it should be auto-updated.
But since this was no longer the game, it had been modified to neutral.
[System Authorization Required]
[System Authorized!]
[Ding! System''s Settings have been changed!]
[Name- Kim Woo
Lvl- 4 (Average)
ss- None (Unlocked at Lvl.10)
Level Up- 800 Harem Points
Unique Talent- Emperor''s Eyes
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Martial Technique- Dark Breathing Technique (Lv.1), Basic Dagger Technique(Lv.2), Basic Spear Technique (Lv.5)
Martial Art- Nightless sh, Paralyzing Stab
Body- Average Rank
STR: 17 / AGI: 18 / END: 18
DEX: 17 / STM: 25 / DEF: 16
SP: 9 / IE: 15
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Battle Soul Awakening- First Awakening
Innate Battle Abilities- Physical Enhancement, Spiritual Enhancement, Battle Awareness Increased
Innate Soul Abilities- Lightning Maniption, Fire Maniption, Soul Shock
Second Awakening Requirement- Unknown
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Lust Meter- 5
Harem Member- Yong Yeosho, Neyol Woo, Hinata
Harem Points- 0
Lust Berserk Mode- Deactivated]
''Wait, what the fuck? Isn''t Battle Soul something that can only be awakened once?''
Kim felt like his brain wasn''t enough to ept this information. He knew that Battle Soul was the power that can be awakened only once since he was the one who created it.
But, now it had been changed.
Battle Soul could awaken more than once. And, there was no clue how.
Suddenly, he narrowed his eyes.
''During my first awakening, my Battle Soul got Lightning and Fire attribute. I don''t why? Since it got my Emperor Eyes'' power and this Soul Shock seems to be rted to it, it means there must be something inside of me that holds the Lightning and Fire attribute.''
''The only problem is that I don''t know what it is. I clearly shouldn''t have any kind of talent. Wait, what if my situation had changed due to this being a new world.''
''After all, many things have changed including the System''s Settings. I really need to find out more about this. But for now, I shouldn''t focus too deeply on it.''
''There is no clue how to awaken my Battle Soul for the second time. So, I can only rely on the system. But thanks to my Battle Soul, I should be able to control lightning and fire.''
''But, it''s surprising that I didn''t know about it. Maybe it was because I never entered the Battle Soul Mode after awakening it.''
''Anyway, I should probably rest for now. If that man is the same as she described, then that man will arrive here by tomorrow.''
Kim clenched his fist and his eyes burned with determination.
He could run away. But he wasn''t going to.
He was nning on facing that man. He was nning on defeating him even if it costs him his life.
This was the path of Harem God.
Without using your powers and stealing another''s fiancee, how can you be a Harem God?
He didn''t care if he was wrong. If he was wrong in the eyes of others, then he was right in his own eyes.
So, he didn''t care. He didn''t care if he force girls to love him. He didn''t care if he had to steal from other''s lovers.
All he cared about was growing his harem.
That was the Harem God''s Path.
So, he must fight. Because he was a harem god. How could he let his enemy get his woman back?
Chapter 36 Walking Around The Town
The Next Morning,
Surprisingly, that man didn''t appear in front of them. Since he didn''t appear, Kim started his usual training.
? He knew his shorings but among them, Spear training was the only thing that he could rush.
His Internal Energy would only grow at a normal rate unless he finds some powerful resources.
He did have some ces to search for but until he resolves the problem in front of him, he won''t be able to leave.
So, Kim practiced his spear for a few hours. Then, he took Hinata outside and around the town.
This was his first time as well. But looking at the town that he made, Kim couldn''t help but feel proud.
The houses were built not too big, not too small. Most of them were made out of wood and iron. The road was paved with stones and there were fences around the house.
"This is such a small but nice town." Hinata couldn''t help but feel surprised seeing the well-maintained town. Then, she thought about her guard and the uing battle, her mood went down instantly.
"Don''t worry, we won''t let anything happen to this town." Kim noticed her tone going down slowly and decided to cheer her up.
Hinata nodded her head silently.
She was wearing a veil and hood to cover herself. Only her eyes weren''t covered.
"Ahh! Kim, what happened to you? Why haven''t youe for work these days?" Suddenly, a voice rang from the side.
Kim raised his head and saw a middle-aged man inside a shop. There were a lot of wood inside and also many beautiful wooden products.
Kim suddenly remembered this sequence of the game and walked toward the shop. He wasn''t the same as before. Now, he had a lot of confidence in talking in front of others.
And, even though he was walking with the beauty, he was also able to control his lust.
That''s why he came outside in the first ce.
"Mr. Kwan, I am sorry. I will not be working here from now on. I couldn''te out and tell you because of some small problems." Kim spoke with an apologetic expression.
"What? You found a new job?" Kwan looked at him with surprise and asked.
"Not exactly that. I became a martial artist." Kim smiled and answered.
Hearing his words, Kwan was stunned for a moment. Then, he walked in front of Kim and patted his shoulder.
"Hahaha! I knew it. I knew it. You kiddo has the potential to be a martial artist."
"Dal-Rae,e out!"
"Hey Chung, did you hear that? This kid has finally be a martial artist."
"Hey Ming, this kid is now a martial artist."
Seeing the bright and excited expression on Kwan''s face, Kim didn''t know what to say. The excitement and happiness on his face weren''t a lie.
"Hey Kim, did you finally be a martial artist?"
"No wonder, I didn''t see you these few days. You must be practicing really hard."
"Kid, although you really wanted to be a martial artist more than anything else, don''t forget about us."
"Yeah, we didn''t see you for days and we were worried about you."
The people started surrounding him. Some of them were people he had a close rtionship with while others were just some townspeople.
But no matter who they were, everyone seemed genuinely excited and happy.
Kim couldn''t process it for a moment. But suddenly, there was a new quest in front of him.
[New Quest Generated]
[Quest- Get Five Milfs
Description- There are several married women in the town. To earn Harem Points and be Harem God, attract five milfs and fuck them.
Quest Reward- 500 Harem Points, One Year Pill, Intermediate Spear Technique, and Tiger Spear
Quest Punishment- None
Quest Time Limit- One Month]
When Kim saw this quest, he was stunned for a moment. Only then, he realized the people around him.
Kwan''s wife Dal-Rae, and many other women were surrounding him. These were all categorized as milf from the system''s perspective.
Kim withdrew his attention from the status window and looked at Kwan with a smile.
"Mr. Kwan, I am sorry I won''t be to work with you anymore."
"It''s okay. It''s okay. You don''t need to think too much about it. By the way, who is this woman?" Kwan''s eyes fell on Hinata as he asked.
Only then, others noticed Hinata as well.
Kim smiled and said "Well, after bing a martial artist, I encountered her near the mountain. She is a visitor from afar. She gave me a task to show her around this town."
"Ohh! Then, you shouldn''t make her wait. After all, this must be your first job." Kwan immediately realized the aura around Hinata.
He had been getting the vibes but he wasn''t sure. Now, he was sure that Hinata was from a high-ss family. And, she was covering her face so that nobody would pester her.
He immediately encouraged Kim to leave because he didn''t want Kim to offend her because of them.
Seeing his reaction, Kim also realized it. He smiled and nodded his head.
"Please!" He turned at Hinata as he bowed his head. He was showing the attitude of a guide as he walked away with her.
"I can''t believe that brat finally be a martial artist. Well, god does listen to those who never waver." Kwan looked at the sky and sighed.
"Mr. Kwan, it seems like you would need to hire a new worker now. It would be hard to find someone as hard-working as him." Another man spoke.
"There is no denying that. Anyway, I need to start my work. Goodbye, everyone!" Kwan said as he walked toward his house.
Soon, those people slowly walked away and started doing their own jobs.
"System, abandon the Quest!"
When Kim reached a bit far from them, he immediately asked System to abandon the quest.
Although he was nning on stealing other''s women, only if there was no love between them or if it was someone''s fiancee, or if they are widows like Neyol.
He never nned to steal a woman from a man who dearly loves her.
Although he was a scumbag, he was still a person.
Lust System had made Kwan''s wife its target. Obviously, he won''t let that happen. If it was just a game, he wouldn''t have cared.
But, this wasn''t a game anymore. It was real life. He won''t go and steal others'' women especially when they aren''t just lovers but also married.
Now, with his Emperor''s Eyes, it wouldn''t be a surprise to get the woman he wanted.
So, he had made up his mind.
He will get women in his harem but only those who don''t have true love. If it was a rtionship like Kwan and Dal-Rae, then he will never break it.
He had a set bar.
[If there was love, then the bar was Marriage.
If there was no love, then there was no bar.]
"What happened Kim?" Hinata looked at him and asked. She saw him falling into deep thought.
"Nothing! I was just surprised by how much they cared about me." Kim shook his head as he came out of his thoughts and spoke.
"Yeah! I was surprised as well. They seemed to genuinely care about you. No wonder, you wanted to protect them so hard." Hinata spoke with a surprised expression on her face.
Kim bitterly smiled. Actually, that wasn''t the reason. He truly wanted to be someone respected. His goal was Harem God.
It wasn''t someone with just strength or women but also someone with influence.
"Anyway, let''s go around the town and return home. I need to start my Internal Energy Training." Kim spoke.
Hearing his words, Hinata nodded her head. But as they were walking around, she asked.
"Kim, do you get stronger by doing sex?"
Kim almost fell to the ground. He turned his head and asked.
"What made you say that?"
"I noticed your physical strength getting stronger after sex. I am someone from Asura Race. I have keen eyes at someone''s raw strength."
"Your raw strength has increased drastically after having sex with us. Among the Ten Divine Constitutions, there was a constitution known as Yin-Yang Divine Body which was Number Eight on the list."
"It was said to have the power to merge yin and yang energy from male and female for training. I am sure that you don''t have that constitution otherwise the result would''ve been drastically different."
"But I get the feeling that you have a simr constitution, not Divine Rank but simr." Hinata exined.
Hearing her exnation, Kim thought for a moment and said.
"It is simr. That constitution helps both males and females but mine only helps me. It is inferior to Yin-Yang Divine Constitution."
He didn''t tell her the truth but he didn''t hide itpletely either. After all, he couldn''t hide his physical progress. While his Internal Energy would enter System Space, his physical strength would change for real.
"Ohh! No wonder, you want to get more women rather than focusing on one."
Hinata couldn''t help but sigh. If his constitution was Yin-Yang Divine Body, he wouldn''t need more than one girl. Then, she raised her head and spoke with a sheer confidence on her face
"That being said, once I surpass you in strength, you will only belong to me and I will protect you for the rest of your life."
"Haha! We''ll see. It won''t be that easy to surpass me."
Kim grinned as they continued their tour around the town.
Chapter 37 Battle Of Promise Part 1
After Kim returned to his house with Hinata, he immediately started training. He sat down on the ground and ran Dark Breathing Technique in his mind.
His breathing became a pattern and the spiritual energy started gathering around him.
Slowly, he drowned himself in his cultivation but a few minutester, he noticed something. Enormous energy from outside.
His eyes instantly opened.
Bang!
The next moment, his door was kicked. Behind the door, there was a man. His face was extremely pale and there was a sword that was constantly dripping blood.
Seeing this, Kim''s eyes widened. He instantly stood up and asked.
"Who did you kill?"
Kiro didn''t reply. He raised his sword and without any second thoughts, he rushed toward Kim.
His speed was so fast that Kim couldn''t even dodge it. His eyes narrowed and his pupil shrunk. He didn''t even realize but the sword was already in front of him and he couldn''t even see iting.
It was so fast that Kim instantly realized the difference in strength between him and Kiro. The difference made him realize that he stood no chance against Kiro.
Ssh!
The sword pierced his stomach.
"Kim!"
Hinata who seemed to be in a state of shock roared. Her Heavenly Asura Body was activated and a massive strength gathered at her fist.
Her body instantly appeared in front of Kiro and the next moment, she punched forward. Seeing that punch, Kiro didn''t dodge it or block it.
He let the punch strike him.
Bang!
His body flew out of the house and hended on the ground.
"Kim, I''m sorry. I''m so sorry. I should''ve run away. I shouldn''t have stayed here. I''m sorry."
Seeing the sword piercing his stomach, Hinata''s body became weak instantly. Tears fell down her cheek and she started crying.
"You don''t need to me yourself." Kim put his hand on the hilt of the sword and tried to pull it out.
Ssh!
When he pulled the sword, blood gushed out of his stomach.
Thud!
Kim fell to the ground.
"Kim!"
Another voice rang from outside. It belonged to Neyol. When she walked in front of the door, she saw Kim on the ground with his stomach bleeding.
She instantly rushed in front of Kim and her eyes turned red. She looked at Hinata who was next to her crying.
At this moment, her anger soared.
"It''s all because of you. If it weren''t for you, none of this would''ve happened."
Kiro sensed a powerful killing intent toward Hinata and his body instantly stood. The next moment, he appeared behind Neyol.
He picked up the sword on in an instant and tried to sh forward.
Ding!
Suddenly, the tip of the spear collided with his sword.
[You are holding a spear]
[Your strength, agility, and dexterity have been increased by five]
"This time¡. I saw it."
Kim couldn''t help but smile. But, he felt his arm getting weaker. He was losing his blood constantly.
Neyol realized the man behind him and instantly kicked back. This time, Kiro used his sword to block the kick.
Ding!
Neyol was using Armament Technique so when her leg collided with his sword, she didn''t bleed.
At this moment, Hinata suddenly appeared next to Kiro and punched him once again. This time, Kiro was going to block it but he couldn''t do it.
His body flew out andnded several meters away.
Seeing this, Neyol''s killing intent didn''t fade away. She stared at Hinata and shouted.
"You bitch, if he is so vulnerable to you, why didn''t you use your body as a shield? I knew it. You just wanted Kim to die."
When Hinata heard those words, her eyes became red and tears fell down.
"No, no, no, I didn''t want this to happen. I really didn''t want this¡."
Thud!
She fell to her knees but when she was ming herself, Kim suddenly caught her hand. She turned her head at him and saw him bleeding even more.
Her tears didn''t stop seeing that.
Neyol immediately took out a few pills from her spatial ring and rushed near him.
"Eat these! These will recover your wound."
Kim didn''t eat them. Rather, his hand slowly left Hinata and held Neyol''s wrist.
"Don''t me her. This is a choice I made. A man never regrets the choice he makes. No matter what happens from now on, I just want you to do one thing."
Neyol looked at his face slowly turning pale. She bit her lips and tried to move her hand but he was holding her tightly.
"Die!"
Suddenly, a voice rang from behind. It brought chills down Neyol''s back. Before even she could turn around, the sword was already in front of her.
Ssh!
Suddenly, blood fell on her face. Neyol''s looked at the face in front of her with confusion. The blood that fell on her face belonged to Hinata.
Hinata blocked the sword for her.
She used her own body to block the sword for her.
Neyol didn''t understand what happened. At this moment, her mind had gone nk.
When Kiro realized what he had done, his hand left the hilt. He stumbled back a few steps and there was horror on his face.
"No, no, no, no, what did I do? Why? Why did you do it, princess?"
His scream was so powerful that it sted the walls of the house.
Hinata looked at Neyol''s face and said.
"I''m sorry¡.. I couldn''t protect him. I couldn''t even muster the courage to move... Please take him away. Kiro won''t move for a while."
"Hey, hey, why did you do this? Why? Bitch, I hate you. Why did you do this?" Neyol''s expression changed. There was anger and guilt in her heart.
She screamed like a child.
"What about your dream? What about being the strongest person in the world? What happened to that dream?"
"How could you take the sword for me? I am your rival. I am not Kim. Why?"
Hinata slowly smiled and said.
"Strongest... If I can''t even protect the person I love, what''s the point of being the strongest? I didn''t take the sword for you."
"I took it for Kim. Now, take him and leave. With my death, Kiro will enter a state of madness and kill everyone. Hurry up!"
When Neyol heard that, she didn''t know what to say. Her body couldn''t move but she forced it. Now, she must save Kim.
She didn''t want to lose anyone.
But, when she turned around, she noticed that the pills in her hands were gone. And, there was a man standing next to Hinata.
Kim only took one pill and he stuffed all the others into Hinata''s mouth. He pulled the sword and tore his cloth, wrapping it around her stomach and back.
"Neyol, I have one task for you. You mustplete it no matter what. Take her and Yeosho away."
"No! I won''t leave you. I will never leave you." Neyol didn''t take a second to stand up next to him and shouted.
Kim held Hinata in one hand and touched Neyol''s shoulder with the other.
He looked into Neyol''s hand and said.
"I''m sorry. Neyol, I am feeling guilty, incredibly guilty."
"Before this, I was just a sore loser, pathetic man who couldn''t even look into woman''s eyes."
"But after meeting you and Yeosho, I changed. I slowly started to feel the confidence and it led me to make Hinata fall in love with me."
"Do you think a girl will fall in love with a boy in just one day to point of sacrificing themselves? No! I was the one who made her do it."
"That''s why don''t let her die. After changing so much, I realized something. A man can''t love all of his women equally but he must love and protect them sincerely."
"I can''t leave you behind to die. I can''t leave her behind to die. But, I won''t die."
When she heard hisst words, Neyol''s eyes widened. She saw nothing but boundless confidence in his eyes. She bit her lips, still hesitating to leave.
After all, confidence doesn''t mean strength.
"I promise you. No matter what it takes, I wille back to you. So, please leave and survive. No matter what, all three of you must survive."
Kim''s continued to speak with incredibly sharp eyes.
Neyol finally couldn''t hold it. Kiro was slowly standing up on his feet. His eyes were filled with nothing but killing intent.
At this moment, she even tried her spiritual power but it didn''t even make him blink.
She gave him a hard look and said.
"You must return no matter what."
Kim smiled and nodded his head.
"I will."
Neyol bit her lips and rushed away from the broken wall while holding Hinata in her hand.
"Don''t take her away!"
Kiro roared as he rushed toward Neyol but suddenly, a spear appeared in front of him. His fist punched the tip of the spear and killed its momentum.
"Sorry, but I can''t let you leave."
Kim stood with the spear in his hand. He was standing in front of Kiro. At this moment, Kiro had nothing but madness in his eyes.
"You are the reason for all of this. I will kill you. I will kill you."
Kim slowly took a deep breath and applied the Armament Technique all around his body. The cloth that was covering his wound fell down.
He looked into Kiro''s red eyes and said.
"Sorry, I can''t die."
"I have the promise to keep."
Chapter 38 Battle Of Promise Part 2
Ssh! Ssh! Ssh!
Three strikes!
Kirounched three strikes and all three of them managed to pierce his Armament Technique. His body started bleeding once again.
Kim knew the difference in strength but he wasn''t going to give up that easily.
"I don''t have time to y with you. Since the princess is not dead, I must return her back to the kingdom. So, die for me!"
Kiro no longer wanted to just keep an eye on Hinata. His fiancee was robbed by someone else, so how he trust anyone anymore?
He instantly raised his sword, filling it up with internal energy. Kim was on the ground, supporting himself with his knees and forearms.
When Kim noticed the sword, he immediately opened his Emperor Eyes and Battle Soul.
"Soul Shock!"
"Ahhhhhh!"
When Kiro saw those eyes, he felt like his soul was ripped apart by the power of those eyes. He couldn''t contain the pain.
"Cough!"
The next moment, he coughed out blood. He realized that his spiritual power was silent for quite a while.
Kim took advantage of it and used soul art against him. Kiro couldn''t believe he fell for such a trick.
Or rather, he didn''t know that Kim had such a trick.
Whoosh!
Kim pressed his foot against the ground and his body flew toward Kiro. He raised his hand from below and struck Kiro''s chin with his fist.
Bang!
Kiro flew out like a cannonball and struck the ground. He felt like his jaws were breaking.
"Impossible! This power¡.. How could you have such a powerful Armament Technique?"
He couldn''t believe the impact of the punch because just a moment earlier, he struck Kim''s armament with his sword and managed to break it with ease.
Suddenly, he realized something.
''No! All of it was his n. He made me let down my guard by getting himself injured and using a weird soul art to decrease my power. If this is his n, then¡..''
He couldn''t even think more before Kim mmed his spear toward him. The thrust was so fast that Kiro instantly released his Armament Technique around his arm and blocked it.
Ding!
The powerful armament technique collided with the tip of the spear. Even though the sharpness of that spear wasn''t low, it still couldn''t pierce his skin.
This was the power of his Armament Technique but it didn''t take long before that power disappeared and the tip finally pierced his skin.
''Damn it! Because of that soul art, I can''t control my internal energy. He understood the difference in our strength and instantly made a n to counter it.''
''If this guy gets stronger then¡..''
No need to say anymore. Kiro''s killing intent was enough to show his decision. In his heart, he had already decided that Kim must die at any cost.
Although he didn''t know much about Kim, he managed to learn about Kim''s personality from a previous interaction.
He wasn''t afraid of the current Kim but if Kim grows up, he will definitely take revenge on his kingdom for killing the people of this town.
In his eyes, Kim was a passionate person. Such a person would have a good rtionship with everyone.
That''s why even for the Asura Kingdom, Kim must die here.
Kiro tried to shake the effects of Soul Shock and tried to control his Internal Energy. But while he was doing that, Kimunched another attack.
His spear struck Kiro''s shoulder from the side. But, it didn''t stop there. Kim realized that he couldn''tpletely pierce Kiro and kill him but he had a n.
Kim struck his spear on the different parts of Kiro''s body.
Each strike went underneath his skin and made him bleed.
''Damn it! If I only could use Armament Technique on the weapon.'' Kim gritted his teeth. Although this method had a chance to work, it wasn''t foolproof.
So, he was worried about Kiro''s vitality. Because he had already heard about it from Hinata.
Just like how he didn''t know the limit of his Spiritual Power, he couldn''t guess the limit of his vitality.
After striking him for three minutes, Kim started to realize that his Armament was fading away. The total internal energy in the system space had already disappeared.
It would take a while to recover that much internal energy.
Knowing this, Kim instantly put away his spear.
Kiro was surprised to see that. He didn''t expect Kim to back down at this moment. He couldn''t see that Kim no longer had Armament Technique.
That means once his control returns, it would be easy to kill him.
''Maybe he is going to run away. But, I won''t let you run away that easily.''
Kiro was sure that he would be able to control his internal energy in one minute. So, he was waiting. Even if Kim escapes, he would be able to find him.
Of course, Kim had no intention of running away. In fact, he had onest trick in his bag.
If it works, he would win and if it doesn''t he will die.
His life and death would be decided by this trick.
When he put the spear inside the inventory, two des appeared on his hand. When Kiro saw those des, his eyes widened. These des were identical to each other.
"Asura des. Heavenly Asura des. The legendary des that were once held by the Asura God. How could you have these des?"
"They were supposed to have faded with time."
For the first time in his life, he felt fear. Those des, the legendary des that were just legends in his mind were now in the hands of his enemy.
He recognized these des instantly because there was a portrait of those des.
Nearly six inches wide and a meter long de. With the hilt made out of the scales of a dragon, the de made out of the blood of the Asura God, the Strongest Metal of Hell, and the bone of a titan, this was the strongest de.
It was a single de but it can be separated into two des. Asura God used two des but since not a single de could bepared to the Asura de, he used his own blood to create a special function in it.
Originally, it was only made with the Strongest Metal of Hell and the bone of a titan. The blood was addedter which not only boosted its power but also gave it a powerful ability.
Holding two des in his hand, Kim closed his eyes for three seconds. At this moment, a strange symbol appeared on his forehead.
When this symbol appeared, all of his internal energy was sucked into the des.
[Heaven Severing Asura Art]
The mystical knowledge of the de entered his mind. At this moment, his dantian was already empty but the des were still trying to suck more internal energy.
Kim realized that his life force was slowly getting sucked by these des.
He was right. With his little internal energy, he couldn''t use these des without any sacrifice.
But, it didn''t matter at this moment. The moment he felt his des trembling, he opened his eyes.
''Run! I must avoid this strike.''
For the first time in his life, Kiro turned around. His body shook a bit. In shock and fear, his control over his internal energy returned.
And, the Armament Technique formed the visible red armor around his skin. Since Armament Technique was determined by internal energy, its color was also determined by the attribute of internal energy.
Since he was Asura, his internal energy was more like blood.
So, his Armament was also peculiar.
But, even with Armament around his body, he wasn''t confident enough to face this strike.
Kim calmly pressed his foot against the ground and his body jerked forward. The massive energy in his de reached out to every corner of his body.
[First Stance]
He bent his hands slightly and rotate with immense strength. His des turned into a sharp dark red glow as they moved toward Kiro.
[Slicing the Tower of Heaven]
Ssh! Ssh!
The spinning des shed Kiro from the back and his body started bleeding. In front of the overpowering dark red energy, the Armament Technique was cut apart.
When his de stopped moving, Kim''s body suddenly felt an intense weakness. His legs were shaking and his hands were trembling.
Thud!
With little of his strength, he put the des inside his inventory and fell on his knees. Although he was exhausted, he still kept his eyes open.
He was looking at Kiro, looking at his condition. Kiro was heavily shed and his armament was broken but he wasn''t dead.
He only fell to the ground.
When Kim saw that, he slowly smiled and also fell to the ground. But, a few secondster, he gritted his teeth and put his arms on the ground.
He must return to them.
He must stand up. He can''t lose consciousness right now. He shouted in his heart and slowly raised his upper body.
But, when he saw the person standing in front of him, he was stunned.
"You bastard, you thought I died. If I had taken that hit in my chest, I could''ve died but I blocked it with my back."
"Now, you no longer have any energy to fight. Tell me where those des are."
Kiro held Kim''s hair and shouted with rage in his eyes.
Kim couldn''t even speak a word.
Suddenly, a kick mmed on his chest.
Whoosh! Bang!
His body flew back and collided against the wall. He coughed out blood and fell to the ground.
"Forget it! You must have a high-level spatial ring. Once I kill you, it will be visible."
Chapter 39 Battle Of Promise Part 3
Ssh!
A sharp sword pierced his chest. Kim couldn''t believe that he died like this.
He just arrived in this world. It hasn''t even been a week and now he was dead.
Kiro didn''t even blink while killing him. He simply pulled his sword and looked around. He tried to find Kim''s spatial ring but even after stabbing him, it didn''te out.
''Could it be a soul treasure? Does that mean after his death, the soul treasure has stuck with him? Should I bring his body back to the kingdom?''
After thinking for a while, Kiro decided to leave his body for a while. After he captures the princess, he will take his body to the kingdom.
Thinking so, he turned around and left.
At this moment,
Somewhere far away from the town,
Three women were running away. They didn''t even stop to take a breath. They ran like hell but as they were running away, they suddenly felt powerful aurasing toward them.
Several people in white robes surrounded them.
"Kill the princess!" One of them ordered and several of them rushed toward three of them.
"Humph!"
[Nightmare Death Space]
Neyol walked in front of Hinata and her body released a dark aura. It spread out like a hurricane and surrounded everyone inside it.
When those people breathe that dark aura, their minds suddenly entered an illusionary space where there was nothing but darkness.
No light, no breath, no food, no water, no people, nothing. Even these people who were highly trained couldn''t stay there.
The time was so fast that it felt like years have passed. They didn''t feel hunger, they didn''t feel joy. They couldn''t feel anything at all.
The loneliness. It was so strong that they couldn''t resist it.
"No stop!"
Few of them managed toe out of it and when they saw the action of those who couldn''t, they tried to stop them.
Ssh! Ssh! Ssh! Ssh! Ssh!
But, they were toote. Those who couldn''te out pierced their hearts with their own dagger and killed themselves.
Thud! Thud! Thud! Thud! Thud!
"You have Dark Nightmare Body?" The man who previously ordered them to attack suddenly regretted it. If he was even a little prepared, he could''ve stopped it.
But now, nearly seventy percent of them were dead.
"Damn you!"
The remaining ones gritted their teeth and rushed toward Neyol without any hesitation. But on the other hand, Neyol was extremely tired.
That was one of the biggest moves. It allowed her to kill over fifty people at once.
Now, she had less than ten percent of her internal energy and also less than half of her original stamina.
She wasn''t even sure if she could fight.
"Die!"
The man reached in front of her and his dagger pierced forward. She tried to block it but her hands couldn''t even move.
Ding!
At this moment, Yeosho suddenly appeared in front of her and used a sword to block the dagger.
Her hands flinched. She couldn''t stop the strength of that man.
And, it didn''t take him more than a few seconds to recognize that.
"Humph!"
Bang!
Without any hesitation, he raised his foot and kicked her away. But, Yeosho had stuck her foot on the ground. Her upper body moved back but her lower body didn''t.
"I won''t let you kill her."
Yeosho gritted her teeth and used her newly refined internal energy into her sword.
"Humph! Then, I will kill you first."
"Yeosho, move away! You can''t block it." Neyol couldn''t believe Yeosho would be so foolish. She stuck her foot on the ground. Just this was enough to make her bleed.
Now, she was trying to block the opponent that was way out of her league.
But instead of running away, Yeosho turned around and shouted.
"Take her and run away. If you stay here, all of us will die. But, if you move, then at least two of you will survive."
Crack!
Although she said that, when her sword collided against the dagger, it cracked in an instant. Her internal energy wasn''t strong enough to reinforce her sword.
"You think too much. Don''t let them escape!"
The man shouted and the other men behind him suddenly surrounded them. He looked at Yeosho with the intention to kill but he still didn''t make a hasty move.
Neyol wasn''t even running away but seeing them surrounding her, she lost all of her hope.
She suddenly dropped Hinata on the ground and caught Yeosho''s waist. Without any hesitation, she pulled her out and threw her to the back.
"You don''t have the strength to cover two people. Take her and leave!"
At this moment, Neyol was ready to sacrifice herself. She didn''t know why she was doing this.
Nor, she understood why Yeosho was doing what she did. She just felt like if she didn''t do this, she would regret it for the rest of her life.
"No, remember our promise. All three of us must survive. I will never break my promise."
At this moment, Hinata clutched her back and slowly stood up. Although she wasn''t even a cultivator, she still had a Heavenly Asura Body.
She could still fight.
"Don''t be foolish! You and Yeosho don''t have the strength to even scratch them. Run away!" Neyol gritted her teeth when she saw the pride in Hinata.
Hinata was deeply stabbed and without the Armament Technique or proper rest, she wouldn''t heal even with those pills.
"Why should I listen to you?" Hinata gritted her teeth and her anger burst out. At this moment, the gloomy energy covered her body.
Her figure slowly started to transform.
"Don''t think just because you are powerful, you can order me around. I am not going to run away. I am not going to break the promise."
"I am going to be the strongest person in the world. I will not lose my life here."
Hinata roared and at this moment, her body started to cover in dark scales. But, unlike before, the intense pressure not to die on her mind waspletely awakening the power of her Heavenly Asura Body.
"No, don''t let her transform!"
The man immediately sensed the horror of Heavenly Asura Body and roared. Everyone surrounding them rushed toward Hinata with their daggers.
Their speed was so fast that Neyol had no energy to stop them all.
When they attacked, Yeosho who was on the ground realized something.
''Am I the only one pulling him down? Am I the only one unworthy of him? I can''t even block one attack. I can''t even save one person.''
At this moment, the dead bodies of her parents suddenly appeared in her mind. Her mind went nk for a second and a strong unwillingness to die emerged in her heart.
''Father, mother, you gave up your life for me. It was my fault that you died. It''s not his fault. If I am the one to me, then I must live with that guilt.''
''I must prove that you two didn''t give up your life for nothing. I must survive.''
"Back off!"
Yeosho screamed as her internal energy burst out of her. It wasn''t pure internal energy but rather arge amount of lightning.
Those lightning bolts started fluctuating on the dagger and suddenly, a powerful force pushed them away.
"Damn! What happened?"
The man in front of Neyol shouted. He didn''t understand what just happened. Neyol suddenly released lightning and threw away all of those men.
But, it didn''t seem like lightning pushed them. So, how did she manage to push those people away?
Neyol was also surprised and confused. Hinata who hadpletely transformed into a hideous Asura looked at Yeosho with surprise as well.
Even Yeosho was confused for a moment. All she could feel was a strange force field around her, created by her lightning.
But, at the same time, her dantian waspletely empty now. Although she didn''t understand what happened, she immediately stood up and walked next to Hinata and Neyol.
"Humph!" Hinata and Neyol snorted at the same time but they were d. If Yeosho hadn''t done what she did, Hinata might have died and Neyol would''ve also died.
"Since none of us are running away, let''s keep our promise and survive. Even if it is impossible, we must make it possible." Yeosho spoke as she clenched her fist.
"Humph! Don''t get ahead of yourself. I will be the strongest." Hinata snorted and her eyes fell on the man in front of her.
"Although you have transformed, it won''tst long. Everyone, attack them with all your might. Don''t die early!" The man saw her arrogance and roared.
At this moment, those men from the ground stood up and released their powerful internal energy.
Although they were thrown away for a moment, they weren''t weak. They were still able to survive under Nightmare Death Space.
"Die!"
All of them roared at the same time and rushed toward three girls. Three of them also got ready to fight them to death.
But, suddenly, the surroundings got gloomy. The ground beneath them shook.
Tap! Tap! Tap! Tap!
The battle that was supposed to start just stopped. All of them turned their heads and saw a man approaching them.
He wore a tattered grey cloth. His eyes were covered by his long hair and his beard was covering his face.
He looked like a prisoner that have escaped from prison but when he took a step, the ground beneath him shook.
Another step and the tree near him cracked. The intense aura was neither killing intent nor internal energy.
It was just spiritual pressure. It was so powerful that it was suffocating.
Those men who seemed to have been trained for death started trembling in front of that man.
"RUN"
The leader roared with terror emerging in his eyes. He didn''t hesitate even for a second to run away. But the three girls didn''t know what to do. There was no killing intent but the pressureing from him was suffocating.
It was so powerful that they wanted to bow. But, they had their own pride. How could they bow in front of a stranger?
Tap! Tap! Tap! Tap!
The man slowly closed the gap. He reached in front of them.
Gulp!
Three of them didn''t know what to do. They were shaking, and hesitating to look into his eyes.
But, they still couldn''t block his voice.
"Do you know where can I find something to eat?"
Chapter 40 Battle Of Promise Part 4
''Is this what death feels like? Stabbed by a sword and lost blood. I guess nothing can save me this time.''
Kim''s eyes were slowly closing. He had a hard time trying to keep his consciousness alive.
With a low amount of blood in his body, he had no idea how long he would be able to survive.
"You must return no matter what"
Suddenly, these words rang in his ears. He couldn''t believe he was going to give up that easily.
At this moment, a picture of Yeosho, Neyol, and Hinata emerged in his head.
One was silent and very polite.
Another was mature and kind.
And, thest one was arrogant and loyal.
Although he used his Eyes to make her not leave him, the feelings between them have already grown.
Yeosho might not have the talent for bing a martial artist. But, she had a pure heart and loved him more than anyone else.
Neyol might not be easy to convince or had a chance of changing her heart. But, she had a strong Will to suppress her own desire.
Hinata might be more arrogant and prideful than anyone else. But, she had the capital to be arrogant. She had the talent to deserve anything she desired.
But now, all three of them would die for him.
Hinata took the blow for Neyol. It was enough to tell him that there was a chance that the three of them will cooperate properly.
So, how can he give up?
Kim gritted his teeth. He realized this wasn''t the moment to give up. This wasn''t the moment to die.
''I just came to this world. I haven''t even be a Harem God. I am Kim Woo. I am no longer a pathetic loser who would give up on his life.''
''Even if I have to go through hell, I won''t die. Come on! Don''t give up. I will be a Harem God. I will keep my promise.''
''Rise''
Kim''s hands started shaking. He couldn''t feel most of his body. But, he was still trying to stand up.
Tap! Tap! Ta¡ª¡ª
Suddenly, the footstep stopped. Kiro slowly turned around and saw Kim struggling to stand up. His killing intent burst out when he saw those eyes, filled with nothing but mes of determination.
Kim must die.
He must die right now. This man can''t survive at any cost.
Kiro''s heart was shaken. At this moment, a few memories came to his mind.
"Child, the war is cruel. You have lost everything because of this war. I and My husband are trying to stop this war. Once this war is over, will you help me stabilize the peace in our kingdom?"
"Kiro, as the King of the Asura Kingdom, I approve of your talent and strength. From now on, you will be the personal guardian of Princess Hinata."
"Captain, you are so amazing. How did you get so strong? I don''t think anyone in this world can match your strength at your age."
"Captain, you ughtered one hundred thousand people... Don''t you have even a little empathy? I''m sorry, Captain. I can''t work for you anymore."
"Hey, did you hear? Everyone who was previously recruited by the Princess Guard Kiro has abandoned him."
"That was the to expected. Although we don''t fear war or blood, we don''t kill our own kind."
"Kiro, you don''t have to listen to others. What you did was correct. Nobody is allowed to harm the princess and it is your duty to protect her, for the rest of your life."
"As a Guard and as a husband."
When those memories shed in his mind, Kiro''s eyes suddenly changed. The horrible killing intent was getting stronger. The air was smelling pungent and suffocating to breathe.
At this moment, it was sure that Kiro would do anything to kill Kim.
''This breath¡. This smell¡.. It seems like he will slice my neck this time. Yes, he won''t let me live. He is the princess guard after all.''
Kim''s breath was slowly vanishing but the mes of determination didn''t vanish from his eyes.
At this moment, his heartbeat was sounding to him. He could feel his own breath. He could feel the internal energy restoring inside his dantian.
But, the breath of that swording towards him terrified Kim.
''No! This is not the time to give up. If I dodge it, I can fight back. I must live. I mustn''t break the promise.''
''Those who give up are trash and those who break their promise are worst than trash.''
''I am no longer trash. I am no longer a loser. I don''t want to be a loser.''
"Get up!" "Move" "Move"
"MOVE"
Kim roared as he pushed his hands against the ground. His body jerked away but when he was in the air, he saw the sword instantly moving above his head.
''Is this the sight of death?''
''No! This is the sight of Nirvana.''
''How can I give up? How can I think of breaking my promise? Dodge it. Must dodge it.''
Kim tried to shake his body in the mid-air but he found himself unable to do so. At this moment, his heartbeat suddenly sounded.
His heart was still beating. It wasn''t abnormal. But, the sound that changed was abnormal. It was getting stronger. With each second, it was getting stronger.
"No, I can''t let you continue."
Kiro realized that even a split second could keep Kim alive. He didn''t this man to survive. He must kill this man at any cost.
He instantly brought his sword down. When the sword slowly reached in front of his neck, a powerful breath burst out of him.
Boom!
The breath was so strong that it smashed Kiro away. Kim who was in mid-air fell to the ground. At this moment, a strange greenish energy shrouded him.
From the depth of his dantian, a figure slowly emerged. The me and lightning slowly changed. The eyes started spinning crazy. And the breathing out of him turned horrible.
[Rise from the Death]
[Push the Gates of Hell and call upon the bones of death]
[des of Hell made a cry, Eyes of Demon God gaze upon the mortalnd]
[Show the courage of the Undead, Rise from the Death]
These words resounded inside his mind. At this moment, Kim slowly regained consciousness. The horrible breath startedpressing inside of him.
"Ahhhhhhhh"
The next moment, Kim screamed. He felt like his bones were being broken into pieces and reattached. He felt like his muscles were torn apart and then healed.
He felt like someone was peeling off his skin. The mind was in chaos, the body was in pain, and his soul was in the midst of an awakening.
[Second Awakening Condition has been reached]
[Battle Soul had been Awakened]
[Three Innate Body Abilities have been disintegrated]
[Three New Innate Body Abilities have been learned]
[Undying Body] [Poison Resistance] [Perfect Martial Body]
[Three Innate Soul Abilities have been disingerated]
[Three New Innate Soul Abilities have been learned]
[Heretic Evil Seed] [Call for Undead] [Bone Creation Skill]
Kim didn''t get time to watch these updates. But, his mind was filling up new pieces of information. His Battle Soul had formed a thinyer of armor around him.
And, more importantly, this armor wasn''t visible or tangible, or temporary. It was now the perfect part of his body.
Kiro who stood up after colliding against the wall looked at Kim with an ugly expression. He had already been jealous of Kim able to awaken his Battle Soul.
Now, his battle soul had improved once again.
Second Awakening of Battle Soul!
Less than one percent in this world has ever achieved that.
He was very close to awakening his Battle Soul but now seeing someone who had just started his martial journey and had awakened his battle soul twice, he felt like he had eaten dog food.
His face was turning green and blue and finally red in anger. He felt like his previous life was a scam.
How could anyone awaken his battle soul twice without even years of battle experience?
At this moment, he felt like the whole world was scamming him.
But, he didn''t lose his confidence. There was still a massive gap between him and Kim. So, he was still confident enough to take Kim down.
Not to mention, he knew that Kim was injured due to the previous injury.
Just when he thought that he looked at Kim''s stomach.
What happened?
What did I see?
Why is there no wound?
Where are the excessive blood loss symptoms?
Why does it feel like he just had food from his brother''s marriage?
Once again, he felt like the world was scamming him.
When he did be so easy to scam?
Isn''t he Asian?
Why was he scammed so easily?
Is he fake?
Are his parents from the west?
Kiro felt like his view of the world had been shattered.
But before he could think of anything else, a long bone spear suddenly dashed toward him. And, it wasn''t all. That bone spear was followed by two more spears.
[Bone Creation Skill]
[Triple Death Strike]
Chapter 41 Battle Of Promise Part 5
"Damn! What kind of power is this? How can anyone produce bone?"
Kiro muttered with an ugly expression. He used his sword to block three long bone spears but the power shook him.
He knew this was the power of his second awakening but it was still shocking. He hasn''t seen any kind of power that can create bones from internal energy.
Kim didn''t answer his question but rather quickly charged forward. He produced a sharp bone structure around his foot and kicked.
When he swung his leg, the bone structure erged in size as it moved toward Kiro.
Seeing this, Kiro immediately raised his leg while blocking those bone spears with his sword.
Bang!
"Argh!"
Only when he collided against the bone leg, he realized the hardness of the bone. Even without Armament Technique, it had the hardness of steel.
He felt like his leg would fracture after the second collision. Kim had already withdrawn his foot but he was already to attack once again.
Seeing this, Kiro gritted his teeth.
''Alright! I was just using my usual strength to deal with him. But now, I must use my real power. It''s a shame that I am using it for someone who hasn''t even condensed Aura but I can''t let him live.''
Strong people have pride. Naturally, Kiro also had pride. Seeing that Kim wasn''t even a Senior Martial Artist, he was unwilling to use Aura.
But now, he didn''t care about it anymore. Killing Kim was much more important than preserving his pride.
So, the next moment, gloomy energy gushed out of him. It was like gas. It covered his body and suddenly, he swung his sword. With the Aura covering the entire sword, he managed to shatter those bone spears into pieces.
''Aura! It seems like even with my Undying Body and Perfect Martial Body, it would be a hard battle. I need to use the Bone Creation skill to its fullest.''
Thinking so, Kim instantly moved his hands and closed his palms together. The next moment, a crazy amount of spiritual energy surged toward him. With the spiritual energy entering his body from his skin, he continuously supplied the internal energy into his skin.
Perfect Martial Body- It was a unique constitution that allowed him to absorb spiritual energy from the surrounding with his skin and quickly refine it into internal energy.
It increased his refining speed by five times, giving him an immense supply of internal energy during the battle.
Perfect Martial Body wasn''t a natural constitution but rather something that was created out of his Battle Soul. So, once his spiritual power hits 0, it will vanish.
Of course, unlike internal energy, it would take a long time to consume spiritual power. And, it had grown a lot thanks to his constant growth in Willpower.
"Damn it! What kind of monster are you?"
Kiro roared when he saw what Kim was doing.
Applying the internal energy outside his skin, and producing the armor of bone with the help of internal energy. He was basically preparing powerful armor to fight him.
The Bone Armor covered his chest, arms, legs, and neck. Except for these, he wasn''t worried about other parts of him being cut apart. He could still heal with Undying Body.
"Tch! You, one of the Asura is calling me a monster?" Kim couldn''t help but sneer at him. He quickly raised his fist which was covered with a bone glove and punched forward.
Although his body was covered in Bone Armor, his size didn''t increase that much and his body was rtively fast.
But Kiro was still faster. His body vanished in front of Kim''s sight and instantly appeared behind.
Because the bone armor was around his chest, the sword in his hand only managed to cut his lower back.
Kim didn''t turn around but rather moved his elbow and swung. His elbow struck Kiro''s sword and stopped but managed to push Kiro away.
Kim narrowed his eyes for a moment.
He quickly turned around and rushed toward Kiro once again. His speed was fast but Kiro was faster. With the enhancement of his Aura, his speed was several times faster.
He vanished in front of Kim once again and attacked from the side. He was aiming at the body parts that weren''t covered in bones.
He constantly attacked from different sides but Kim constantly used his bones to push away Kiro.
''This time, I have to strike his head.''
Kiro thought to himself and suddenly vanished. His body appeared in front of Kim while hovering in mid-air. His speed was too fast but at this moment, a series of lightning shed out of him.
[Heretic Evil Seed- Thunder Step]
Kim felt like his body was electrocuted. He felt the series of lightning bolts around him and the power surging into his bones.
His speed suddenly increased and he moved back. His right arm rose at the speed of lightning and moved toward Kiro.
Kiro was shocked by the sudden appearance of lightning bolts. But, he didn''t care. He quickly covered himself in Aura while marching forward.
Bang! Crash!
But, Kiro was shocked when the punchnded on his face. A sharp sound of tearing emerged near his ears. The next moment, he noticed the sharp spikes on his bone glove.
Ssh! Crack!
But before he could dodge it, the bone spikes pierced his Aura and punched his cheek. The spikes pierced his skin and struck so hard that his cheekbones cracked.
Whoosh! Crash!
His body flew out like a cannonball and struck the wall beforending on the ground. But, due to his Aura, his body wasn''t damaged. He quickly got up and looked at Kim with confusion.
"How you can break my Aura Cloak?"
"Why can''t I break it?" Kim sneered and instantly rushed forward. His speed surprised Kiro for a moment but this time, Kiro was prepared.
He enhanced his Aura and his suddenly disappeared. His speed was even faster than Kim''s.
Although Kim was using the lightning power to move, it wasn''t truly the speed of lightning.
It wasn''t even the speed of sound.
It was just enhanced speed.
Compared to Kiro''s speed which has almost reached half of the speed of sound, it was too slow.
Kiro once again attacked his weak points. But thanks to his Undying Body, Kim was able to heal quickly.
Even so, using Undying Body continuously was taking a huge toll on his body.
It wasn''t his natural constitution so the consequences of using were his spiritual power and stamina.
Both were depleting constantly.
So, when Kiro continuously attacked, Kim also returned the favor with a few punches and kicks. Unfortunately, his punches and kicks couldn''t break the Aura Cloak around Kiro.
After attacking different parts of his body, Kiro once again decided to attack his head. But instead of going from the front, he decided to attack from the back.
He condensed arge amount of aura around his sword, also inserting arge amount of internal energy inside it.
Although Kim had a bone helmet, he was sure that this sword can pierce Kim. Unlike normal attacks, this was one of his martial art as well.
[Seven Hells Sword Art]
[First Hell- Tongue Devil]
Suddenly, his sword changed. It became ferocious, releasing an immense power on the tip of the sword.
Kiro emerged behind Kim and struck forward. It was fast. It was sharp but instead of piercing the bone, it only pierced the air.
Kim had suddenly ducked. But, the next moment, his body rose. His fist moved up and several spikes appeared on his fist.
At this moment, his right fist was covered in mes. The power of mes intensified at the spikes as he moved his fist up.
Bang!
His fistnded on Kiro''s chin, giving him a perfect uppercut. The intense Aura Cloak blocked the fist but the spikes covered in mes pierced the cloak.
Ssh! Crack! Bang!
Those spikes pierced his skin and struck his bone. His body flew up and struck the ceiling, breaking out of it.
The intense pain struck his mind. At this moment, Kiro''s eyes turned red and his blood started boiling.
Twice!
His Aura cloak was pierced twice. His attacks were dodged twice.
It felt like he was ying on Kim''s palm. And, even after strengthening his Aura Cloak, Kim''s fist still pierced it.
What does that mean?
Kim had been ying against him from the start. Using the same strategy to break him and until now, he didn''t even notice it.
y weak and strike strong.
Kim''s normal attacks were too normal. But, when ites to a moment where he had a chance to strike, his attack would surpass the previous attack power.
Roar!
The anger burst out of him and his body started to transform. At this moment, Kiro realized that he can''t hold back anymore.
His body transformed into Asura''s Body. With ck scales covering his body and two hornsing out of his head.
But, he was still in mid-air. He looked at Kim and his internal energy burst out alongside his Aura.
It covered his sword. Holding the sword with both of his hands, Kiro raised his sword and shed.
[Second Hell- Scissor Devil]
The dark and gloomy energy burst out of his sword. The aura transformed the energy into a sword as it moved toward the ground.
Seeing the massive sword sh that almost covered his house, cold sweat appeared on his forehead. At this moment, a new move suddenly emerged in his mind.
Kim clenched his teeth and raised both of his hands. The bones on his body disappeared and slowly formed the giant Pyramid.
[Bone Layered Imperial Pyramid Seal]
Chapter 42 [Bonus ] Battle Of Promise Part 6
Bang!
The massive sword sh collided against the Bone Pyramid. The power of that sword sh broke the bones and slowly pierced through the pyramid.
Crack! Crack!
Kim''s eyes fell on his pyramid. At this moment, he knew this pyramid won''t be able to block the sh.
He clenched his fist and released the bone spear. But, instead of directly attacking it.
He used Heretic Evil Seed.
It stored the power of Lightning and mes when his previous abilities disintegrated. Just like how Perfect Martial Body stored the previous Innate Body Abilities.
He covered his spear with me and lightning. The lightning rumbled at the shaft while the tip was covered in mes.
Bang!
The sword sh broke the pyramidpletely and shed it in half. The bones crumbled and disintegrated into dust but the sh continued to move toward him.
Kim took a deep breath and held the spear with both of his hands. The next moment, he pushed the spear with his left hand. His speed intensified as the tip got closer to the sh.
[One Strike- Dragon Death Strike]
Bang!
His spear pierced the sword sh from the middle. It sted into pieces but the bone spear also got cracked and turned to dust.
The immense impact from the collision pushed Kim away.
Whoosh!
At this moment, Kiro suddenly appeared in front of him. He didn''t attack. This time, he looked at Kim and asked.
"Although I am going to kill you, I will give you a swift death if you answer my question."
"How did you find my previous attack?"
He was talking about the thrust from the back. If Kim hadn''t noticed it, the sword would''ve pierced his bone helmet and his head.
But, it should be impossible to notice it. After all, he moved too fast.
"Three Seconds stop and ten seconds stop."
Kim opened his mouth and continued "The time duration between each of your attacks was three seconds. But that was only for normal attacks."
"For your front and back attack, you took ten seconds gap. Of course, if you hadn''t attacked me from the front during the first time, I wouldn''t have noticed it."
"I might not have the Eyes that can copy techniques or create illusions or summon the armor of god but these eyes were trained for thousands of hours to find errors during coding."
"Compared to that, your movement is much easier to find."
Kim wasn''t lying. He wasn''t using the Emperor Eyes and even if he was, it wouldn''t allow him to find other''s errors.
The only reason why he was good at it was due to his observation. He had to spend thousands of hours coding and while doing so, he got good at finding errors as well.
So, he used this method to find the time duration of his attacks and also the power of his Aura Cloak. Only by doing so, he was able to increase the output of his attacks by increasing the sharpness and number of spikes.
Kiro didn''t care about Kim insulting him. So, he immediately asked.
"Is that so? Then, how did you awaken your Battle Soul without even engaging in battle for a long time?"
"Isn''t that simple? I just awakened it." Kim looked at him with a confused expression and asked.
But hearing his words, Kiro''s expression turned ck and blue. He was scolding Kim in his heart.
The anger burst out and he instantly decided to chop Kim into pieces.
Without any hesitation, he rushed forward. His body disappeared and appeared next to him.
Kim quickly summoned the bone armor around him but the sword shed even faster.
Ssh!
Kim found his arm being chopped off. The power of the sh was so strong that his bones couldn''t even hold it.
"Damn it!"
[Bone Spike Prison]
The next moment, his body released a massive amount of internal energy and condensed a ball of bones. The outside was covered with sharp spikes that could even tear Kiro''s Aura Cloak.
"Ha! Ha! Ha!"
''This is not good. I am losing my strength. Due to awakening, I managed to gain some chance to battle against him but the difference is still too huge.''
''Damn it! Is there no way to ovee this? Am I destined to die here?''
Kim was unwilling to give up that easily. But, his stamina and spiritual power were slowly depleting. It had already reached its limit.
Now, he felt like he would pass out any time soon.
That''s why Kim was scared. He was more scared of breaking the promise than dying.
''Damn it! Till myst breath, I can''t give up. I must fight. I must survive.''
The mes that were slowly dying in his eyes once again red up. He clenched his fist and the next moment, two des appeared on his hand.
Even if he consumed his lifespan, he must survive.
Crack! Bang!
At this moment, a powerful sword strike broke the bone prison.
Without any hesitation, Kim changed two des into one, holding the hilt with both of his hands and shing forward.
[Nightless sh]
"Damn it!"
Kiro sensed the power of Heavenly Asura de. The sh that came out of it was almost as big as his previous sh.
But, he also knew that it had consumed Kim''s lifespan. Even so, if this attacknds him, he would definitely get seriously injured.
So, he must deflect it at all costs. There was no way he could avoid it.
Kiro''s eyes shed with determination as he quickly burst out his Aura and Internal Energy into his sword.
His sword suddenly cried in pain. The sharp sound burst out of it and the next moment, the aura of his sword changed from sharp and silent to ferocious and angry.
[Seven Hells Sword Art]
Kiro raised his sword and shed five times. Each sh struck the previous sh and merged with it.
[Third Hell- Knives Devil]
Bang!
Two massive and powerful sword shes collided. The sharp energy burst out of it and threw Kim away. Kiro managed to sustain the impact with his Aura.
But the collision didn''t end there. The impact was so strong that it was continuously growing. Two shes were constantly pushing each other.
A sharp sh that was covered in darkness.
On one hand, the dark internal energy amplified by the power of Heavenly Asura de was naturally strong to the point where it surpassed Kim''s One Strike attack.
On the other hand, five shes merged together to form a massive sh that was five times stronger than Kiro''s normal shes.
So, naturally, it was strong as well.
Kim who had fallen to the ground was struggling to get up. At this moment, a figure suddenly appeared behind Kim. It was none other than Kiro.
Because their strikes were strong, he didn''t want to wait until Kim struggled to get up.
He wanted to end Kim right now.
So, he instantly came from behind. The sword in his hand covered with Aura moved.
Bang!
But, suddenly the collision between those two shes burst out. Kiro''s sword didn''t move. Rather, Kiro himself didn''t move. At this moment, there was a man standing at the door.
Of course, it was now just a wooden rectangle. The entire house had already been damaged.
At this moment, Kim''s Battle soul was screaming. It was so horrible that Kim felt like he would pass out at any moment. But, his strong Will to survive kept him awake.
His Battle Soul instantly disappeared. It didn''t stay out any longer.
Kiro''s eyes slowly changed. The man slowly raised his head and stared at Kiro.
His body trembled. Kiro felt like his body was losing all of its strength. The hand also got weak and the sword dropped.
Itnded just next to Kim.
Tap!
Suddenly, the man took a step forward. Kiro''s body trembled even more. His hair suddenly straightened. His legs were trembling even more. He wanted to kill Kim at any cost.
But, now his body was screaming to leave. His heart was pounding and his mind was in chaos.
The spiritual pressureing out of the man was so strong that his entire body was on the verge of copsing.
"No, no, no, don''te near me."
Kiro''s voice trembled as he spoke. He wanted to kill Kim. He didn''t want to leave right now. Unfortunately, that man didn''t listen to him.
Tap!
He took another step and suddenly, Kiro''s soul almost came out. His Will to kill Kim collided with his Will to leave.
At this moment, Kiro didn''t even realize a strong power was awakening inside of him. Unfortunately, even if it was awakened, it didn''te out.
Tap!
The man took another step. He was almost in front of Kiro. And, at this moment, Kiro''s Will to kill Kim vanished like it wasn''t even there.
His body turned around as he ran away but his foot stumbled against the brick and fell down. But, he quickly stood up and ran away without even looking back.
At this moment, the man reached in front of Kim. He looked at Kiro and sighed. Then, he looked at Kim.
Although Kim was extremely weak at this moment, he didn''t pass out or run away. If Kim could run, then he would''ve run away.
Even so, it didn''t matter to him. The fact that Kim was still holding onto his Will to not pass out was astounding.
A trace of joy emerged in his heart. A gleam of a smile appeared on his face. The excitement that had disappeared for five years finally returned. He crouched down and looked at Kim, asking.
"Do you have something to eat?"
..........
Thank you for your Golden Tickets. If you are enjoying this story, you can support me with Golden Tickets, Gifts, and Powerstones. Comments and Reviews are also weed.
Chapter 43 Three Powers Of Human Part 1
Kim didn''t pass out but his body was trembling in fear. He realized that his Battle Soul didn''t even have the courage toe out.
He knew that the Battle Soul was formed from someone''s long battle experience, powerful Willpower, and spirit. So, it was hard to imagine that someone could suppress his Battle Soul with their aura alone.
Although he was on the verge of losing all of his spiritual power, he still had the power to use Battle Soul for a few more seconds. And, it''s not like its power will decrease because of his low spiritual power or stamina.
Realizing it, Kim slowly moved his mouth. It was hard. Not only he was forcing himself to stay conscious but also controlling his body.
"I¡.. can cook ¡.. for you after I recover."
The middle-aged man stared at Kim with surprise. He didn''t expect to find someone with such strong Willpower.
He knew the consequences of standing in front of him. Even most powerhouses can''t stand in front of it for long.
So, Kim''s words touched his heart. He nodded his head and looked to the side.
At this moment, Kim also followed his gaze and saw three girls standing outside. Their bodies were trembling in fear, not knowing whether they should go in or not.
"I will wait for you to recover."
Saying so, the man stood up and walked away. He didn''t walk too far but decided to get out of their sight.
Although his spiritual pressure was still there, not seeing him was enough for three girls to rush toward Kim.
"Kim!"
All three of them had returned to their normal appearance except Hinata who was keeping her human appearance. For her, normal means Asura.
Kim looked at them and at this moment, he finally let out a smile.
"I¡ kept¡. the promise."
As soon as he said that, his eyes closed and he finally lost consciousness.
"Kim!" Hinata and Yeosho shouted at the same time, showing their anxious expression. They tried to wake him up but Neyol stopped them.
"Are you two stupid? Can''t you see that he is extremely tired? Find a bed quickly. His injuries have recovered but his spiritual power and stamina had dried down."
"We must wait for him to wake him."
Although Hinata didn''t like taking orders from Neyol, she still showed no hesitation to help Kim.
Yeosho quickly found some torn parts of the mattress while Hinata brought the broken bed. They put him on the broken bed over the mattress and looked to the side.
It was exactly the ce where that middle-aged man was sitting.
They knew with that man here, they are temporarily safe. Although it was hard for them to walk near him.
Last time, if it wasn''t for their extreme Willpower to survive, they would pass out when he reached near them.
So, they didn''t go near them at all.
"Yeosho and I will go out into the forest and catch something to eat. While we do that, you keep an eye on him."
Neyol suggested as she stood up.
Yeosho and Hinata had no opinion about it. After all, Neyol was older than them.
After leaving Hinata to take care of Kim, Neyol and Yeosho went out to find some food.
As they walked around the town, they saw countless dead bodies. Seeing that many dead bodies, Yeosho trembled.
Among them, there were also her parent''s bodies. She held back her tears. Now that she had walked on this path, she can''t regret it.
But, it was still hard to ept it. Her parents died in front of her while she hide to keep herself alive.
If only she had the courage to face that man. She clenched her fist with anger at herself.
But, suddenly Neyol held her hand.
"Although I don''t ept you because of your talent, you are still his lover. Even though that was a cowardly move, Kim would be extremely happy that you made that move."
"When we decided to stay with him even though we knew the situation, we should''ve been prepared for such tragedy. The entire town was ughtered."
"It''s not that you hide but rather, he kept you alive. He probably wanted to kill you and me after killing him."
"Maybe he wanted to torture us rather than simply kill us. But, no matter the reason, it was clear that he wanted to kill us."
Hearing her words, Yeosho bit her lips. She didn''t feel cheerful hearing those words but she didn''t feel regret as well.
"Is he still here? Should we really go to that forest?" Yeosho asked. She was still afraid of him.
"No! I sensed his presence leaving this ce. If I am not wrong, he should''ve gone several kilometers away by now. But still, we shouldn''t lower our guard."
"You go back to your house and prepare the ingredients. I will hunt down some beast. Even if he hadn''t escaped, I can still run away." Neyol said.
Hearing her words, Yeosho hesitated before agreeing. She walked toward her home.
Neyol went toward the forest but she didn''t go too deep. She was still tired and afraid of those people.
She tried to find some animals nearby and lucky for her, she found three boars that seemed to have stuck on a vine.
She brought them back and while she was on the way, she also met Yeosho. At this moment, Yeosho was holding a bag filled with different ingredients.
As they walked toward Kim''s broken house, they found the spiritual pressure from that man getting stronger.
Even though they knew that the man wasn''t going to attack them, they still had a hard time calming themselves. It was so hard to breathe when they reach closer to him.
But, their Willpower was still strong. They didn''t interact with him but rather focused on cooking.
Hinata was still looking after Kim who hadn''t woken up.
They didn''t cook all of it but rather cooked some for themselves. They also wanted to cook for that man but they didn''t have the courage to walk near him.
Although the middle-aged man smelled the food, he didn''t do anything. He understood their intention and decided to wait.
After all, he had been living for five years without any food.
Wait for a few days wouldn''t be trouble for him.
He decided to wait for a few days but Kim surprised him. Just the next day, Kim woke up. He knew how exhausted Kim was after that battle.
So, he thought Kim would only wake up after a few days but didn''t expect him to wake up the next day.
Even so, he didn''t say anything just kept his mouth shut and waited.
At this moment, Kim was bombarded with anxious and concerned words from three girls. He didn''t answer them instantly but rather said.
"I am fine. Don''t worry about me. By the way, did you prepare any food for that man?"
Hearing his question, three girls looked at each other and told him the truth.
Kim sighed. He didn''t me them. If it wasn''t for the fact that he was saved by this man''s presence, he would''ve run away.
So, he asked them to prepare the meal for him and that man. Three girls were still a bit concerned but they didn''t hesitate much.
Since he just woke up, they prepared some warm soup with vegetables and meat. Taking two big bowls and a massive container with him, Kim walked toward that man.
Although he was still a bit tired, he didn''t want to keep that man hungry.
He will never return grace with disgrace.
Seeing his approach, the man slowly spoke.
"You can rest for more. I don''t mind eatingter."
"No! Senior''s presence saved my life. Because of you, I didn''t break my promise. I apologize for my lovers'' attitude." Kim walked in front of him and bowed down while putting the container and bowls on the ground.
At this moment, he realized that his legs were trembling. He gritted his teeth and immediately apologized once again.
"I''m sorry. These legs won''t listen to me."
"Hahahahaha!"
Suddenly, the middle-aged man burst intoughter. At this moment, the sky turned bright. The clouds that were scattered around disappeared and the sounds of birds rang throughout the sky.
Hisughter was resonating with the birds.
It was so amazing that Kim couldn''t even know how to describe it. The middle-aged man slowly lowered his head and smiled.
"You deserve to be someone who awakened his Battle Soul twice without even having decades of experience."
"Hahaha! I am so happy. Fifteen Years¡.. It has been fifteen years since I talked to someone. Boy, you don''t need to worry about your legs. Even if you pass out in front of me, it should be normal."
"But, I still want to say. Thank you for not passing out in front of me."
He even lowered his head when he thanked Kim.
Kim was stunned by this. He didn''t expect a person of such power would actually lower his head.
"No, no, I should be the one thanking you. Please, let''s have a meal before it gets cold."
Chapter 44 Three Powers Of Human Part 2
Kim prepared a bowl filled with soup and passed it to the middle-aged man. When he was moving his hand closer, he found his hand shaking. It was trembling.
He quickly put the bowl on the ground and apologized.
"I''m sorry, senior. I am afraid the bowl will fall from my hand."
"It''s okay. Thanks for the meal!"
The middle-aged man didn''t care. He picked up the bowl and held the spoon with his hand.
He scooped some soup, filled with vegetables and meat. He put it in his mouth and the sweet aroma took him by surprise.
As he took another spoon, he found his eyes getting wet. He didn''t cry but Kim could see that the man was on the verge of crying.
He continued to eat until he quickly finished it. Kim hadn''t even properly started but he still served the second serving to the man.
And, he also quickly started to finish his own bowl.
After half an hour, the entire container was emptied by two people. Kim was surprised by this middle-aged man''s consumption and also by his own.
After all, he almost ate one-third of the entire soup. It was more than fifteen bowls.
After finishing his meal, the middle-aged man suddenly fell into deep thought.
Kim didn''t disturb him and waited for him to speak.
After a long silence, the middle-aged man looked at him and asked.
"Boy, if I can make you stronger, will you keep feeding me?"
Kim was surprised by his question. But the next moment, he got excited.
Although he didn''t know how strong this man was, he knew that this man should be at the pinnacle of this world.
So, getting instruction from such a person wouldn''t be bad at all. But, he knew most of the power of this world. There was no need for an instructor at all.
So, he hesitated for a moment.
"Actually, I have been hungry for five years and I haven''t talked to anyone for ten years. Fifteen years ago, I decided to start a new kind of training."
"This training is rather unique and most people in this world don''t even know that this kind of training exists. Actually, the result of my spiritual pressure is due to my training."
"So, believe me. I can make you one of the strongest people in the world. My only condition is that you make food for me."
Hearing his words, Kim thought for a moment and asked.
"Senior, even if humans are afraid of you, with your strength, it wouldn''t be hard to hunt down animals and cook them, right? So, why do you need someone to cook for you?"
Kim didn''t understand it at all. Why would this man stay hungry for five years when he was so strong?
The middle-aged man smiled and asked.
"When you look at me, what kind of person do you think I am?"
Kim was stunned by this question. Because the answer was already in his mind.
Dangerous and Strong!
There were no other words to describe him.
"In your eyes, I am strong but do you know why I am strong? Or, why did I cultivate this kind of power?" The middle-aged man asked.
Kim shook his head.
"Actually, despite being a martial artist, I have never taken a life in my entire life. I never kill people. But, in the Murim World, many people court death constantly."
"So, fifteen years ago, I found a way to make people fear me instead of challenging me. I trained for ten years. I mastered this kind of power but when I came out, I realized that I had gone overboard."
"When I came out of the cave to meet my family, everyone was scared of me. They couldn''t even walk near me and fell conscious right in front of me."
"I realized that the power I cultivated had gotten so strong that I couldn''t even talk to anyone."
"I didn''t have any friends so I walked away, leaving my family. I strolled around the world trying to find someone to talk to and find food to eat."
"But, no matter where I go, people either pass out or run away. I couldn''t kill animals and even if I wanted to, they ran away before I could reach them."
"This power was more like a curse to me but since I had trained it, there was nothing I could say about it. That''s why I want you to cook for me."
"As long as I can eat, I can train you. I will help you unlock the full potential of the Three Powers of Humans."
"Three Powers of Humans? What''s that?" Kim narrowed his eyes and asked.
He was the creator of this game but he had never heard of this term. It was quite shocking to him.
"Three Powers of Humans are Spiritual Energy, Spiritual Power, and Spiritual Pressure. Once you understand the peak of these powers, you will be able to unlock massive potential."
"You have faced that man before, right? Even he had only cultivated one of the three powers. If you practice all three, then you will easily defeat him."
Hearing his words, Kim narrowed his eyes and asked.
"Are you talking about Armament and Observation Techniques?"
"Exactly! Except for these two, there is another power known as Spiritual Pressure. It is actually the power born out of the human soul."
"Human Body is divided into three parts. Energy, Mind, and Soul. Energy cultivates Armament, Mind cultivates Observation and Soul cultivates Pressure."
"Martial Artists have excluded three powers of humans from their training because they are more concerned about lifespan than strength."
"But at the top of the world, you don''t care about lifespan. You only care about strength. If you want to reach the peak of the world, you must master all three powers."
"If martial arts are the essence of cultivation, the three powers are the body and soul. Even the internal energy is refined out of spiritual energy."
"If you practice Armament Technique to perfection, you don''t even need to refine internal energy and rely on it during battle. But of course, it can be a major power source for you during the battles."
"So, what do you think? Do you want to worship me as your teacher?"
Hearing his words, Kim was slightly confused.
He created this world and tried not to include thest power but in the end, it still appeared in this world.
What the hell?
He was the one from Earth, not them.
How the hell did they learn about it?
But, Kim calmed down. He didn''t care about this power system. He knew it was the result of this world changing from a game to a real world.
He slowly put his hands down and kneeled in front of the middle-aged man.
"Disciple greets his master! Thank you for taking me as your disciple!"
Actually, his master wasn''t just for training. He was also a great deterrent for powerful forces that could try to destroy him.
Although his master said that he won''t kill, he will stay fight for his disciple, right?
"Since you have decided to ept me as your master, then I will teach you everything I know. I will definitely make you one of the strongest people in this world."
"But, you have to understand one thing. Unless old people attack you, I will never help you fight someone else. Even if it is an army or a single person, you must face them yourself."
Kim was dumbfounded when he heard that. His happiness onlysted a few seconds before it disappeared. He wanted to cry but tears won''te out.
"Don''t worry! When the timees, you will be strong enough to face your enemies. Of course, if it is urgent trouble, I will help you solve it."
"Thank you, master! Then, I will tell Yeosho and others."
Kim sighed a breath of relief and stood up.
"And, can you ask them to cook something more for me?" His master asked without any shame on his face.
"Yes, master." Kim nodded his head and walked away. But just when he was walking away, he turned around and asked.
"Master, I still don''t know your name."
"My name is Tengu." His master nodded his head and answered.
Kim thought for a moment but none of the names that he knew matched it. Kim turned around and walked away but while walking toward them, he spoke.
"System, show my status panel"
[Name- Kim Woo
Lvl- 4 (Average)
ss- None (Unlocked at Lvl.10)
Level Up- 800 Harem Points
Unique Talent- Emperor''s Eyes
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
? Martial Technique- Dark Breathing Technique (Lv.1), Basic Dagger Technique(Lv.2), Basic Spear Technique (Lv.5),
Martial Art- Nightless sh, Paralyzing Stab, One Strike Art
Three Powers System- Armament Technique (Lv.2)
Body- Average Rank
STR: 25 / AGI: 25 / END: 25
DEX: 25 / STM: 30 / DEF: 20
SP: 15 / IE: 15
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Battle Soul Awakening- Second Awakening
Innate Body Abilities- Undying Body, Poison Resistance, and Perfect Martial Body
Innate Soul Abilities- Heretic Evil Seed, Call for Undead, and Bone Creation Skill
Third Awakening Requirement- Unknown
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Lust Meter- 5
Harem Member- Yong Yeosho, Neyol Woo, Hinata
Harem Points- 0
Lust Berserk Mode- Deactivated]
''Ohh! Three Powers System and One Strike Art have been added to the system panel. I thought the system wouldn''t recognize my own creation for now. That being said, my powers have increased a lot. Anyway, that''s good for me.''
''But, right now, these Battle Soul Abilities. I need to learn more about them.''
"System, show me the status panel for all Innate Soul and Body Abilities!"
Chapter 45 Plans For The Future Part 1
[Innate Body Ability- Undying Body
Effect- Using stamina and spiritual power to speed up a person''s healing ability. As long as the soul remains, any injuries can be recovered.
Side Effect- Constant use of this ability decreases lifespan]
[Innate Body Ability- Poison Resistance
Effect- It allows the owner topletely resist any form of poison. The identification of the poison is based on how it disturbs regr body functioning.
Side Effect- It also makes a person unable to feel any effects of wine.]
[Innate Body Ability- Perfect Martial Body
Effect- During the battle, it can constantly attract, absorb, and refine spiritual energy into internal energy faster than normal meditation. It also increases one''s battle awareness and battle strength as the fight continues.
Side Effect- No Side Effects.]
[Innate Soul Ability- Heretic Evil Seed
Effect- It can store the elemental abilities awakened by the Battle Soul. The Lightning and me abilities have been merged with it.
Side Effect- Too much use might harm the soul.]
[Innate Soul Ability- Call of Undead
Effect- Using the dead bodies of people, you can call their souls back from the underworld and merge them with the bones to create undead
Side Effect- No Side Effect.]
[Innate Soul Ability- Bone Creation Skill
Effect- Using internal energy, you can create bones and manipte them with your imagination. The density and strength of bones are dependent on the amount of internal energy used on them.
Side Effect- No Side Effects]
''Hmm! There isn''t much to know about them except for the side effects. But, these side effects aren''t truly troublesome. What''s more troublesome is the awakening of the Battle Soul.''
''I have never created my game''s second awakening of the battle soul. So, where does ites from? What kind of power and effects it holds?''
''Unknown is the enemy of the n. The variable shouldn''t exist. I must find out more about this.''
''But for now, let''s not think more about it. After all, this variable did save my life.''
Kim was grateful that he managed to awaken his Battle Soul for the second time. If he hadn''t done it. God knows what would happen to him.
He quickly rushed toward Yeosho and the others. There was no table or chair. So, after cooking the meal, they sat on the ground, made a circle, and started eating.
"Kim, what are we going to do now?" Neyol asked.
Hearing her question, Kim hesitated for a moment and asked.
"How many people survived?"
He knew many people would''ve died at his hand. After all, his sword was dripping blood when he came to his house.
Neyol was stunned for a moment. Then, she realized that Kim didn''t know anything at all. She mustered some courage and finally spoke.
"Everyone except for three of us is dead."
When Kim heard that, his eyes shrunk. He instantly turned his head at Yeosho. Hinata had no one except him here. Neyol was simr.
Only Yeosho had her parents. But now, she had lost them. And, it was because of him.
He clenched his fist and bowed his head.
"I''m sorry, Yeosho."
Yeosho shook her head and said.
"Don''t be sorry for me. Sister Neyol is right. He would''ve killed me first if it wasn''t for humiliating you. This thing happened because we were weak. We were just normal people."
When she said that, she couldn''t help but bit her lips.
"You are not a normal person anymore." Neyol was the first one to speak.
Kim looked at her with confusion and guilt. The guilt in his eyes hadn''t disappeared.
Seeing his concussion, Neyol said.
"During ourst battle, she awakened a strange power rted to lightning. She could control all kinds of metal around her when she released that power."
When she said that, Kim''s eyes almost burst out.
"Electromaism!"
"Electro- what? What''s that?" Neyol looked at him with confusion. She has never heard of this term before and knowing the fact that she should know more about the world than Kim, she was surprised.
Hinata had a simr situation. She was trained to be the princess. She knew a lot about this world but even she hadn''t heard anything about it.
As for yeosho, she had no idea at all.
Kim took a deep breath and excitement appeared in his eyes.
"Electromaism is the phenomenon of the interaction of electric currents or maic fields. Basically, electricity is the refined form of lightning."
"And, using the electricity, there is a possibility to form the maic charge and control maic objects such as metal."
"I didn''t expect you to actually awaken such ability. This ability is extraordinary if you put your effort into developing."
"Do you know if you increase the output of maic charge, you can increase the kic energy of any object? That means if you throw a small metallic coin with electromaic power, you can assassinate people from miles away."
"Not only that, if electromaism is developed to its fullest extent, you can even control repulsion and gravitation powers. But, these are just too powerful for you."
"So, right now, you only need to focus on developing your internal energy and then slowly move toward developing electromaism. I will guide you in that partter."
When she heard that, Yeosho''s eyes brightened. The sadness of losing her parents slowly faded as she spoke.
"Thank you, Kim."
Kim rolled his eyes and said.
"You are my lover. Of course, I will help you. There is no need to say thank you to me."
Hearing his words, Yeosho felt like eating honey. She lowered her head with a little bit of shame.
"So, are we your wives or just lovers?" Neyol asked.
Hearing her question, Yeosho and Hinata were startled. Yeosho was excited but Hinata was a bit down. If Kim married all three of them, then she would have to share Kim with others.
Kim was also surprised by her question. But, he didn''t think too much. He simply nodded his head and said.
"I will marry three of you when I finally have the strength to confront Hinata''s father."
"And, that would take you a decade. Don''t think just because your talent is strong you can get stronger in a few days. Asura King is still one of the strongest people in the world."
Neyol showed an annoyed expression when she said that. She didn''t want to wait a decade to marry him.
Now that she had epted other girls, she wanted to get married as soon as possible to secure her ce in his harem.
Unlike Yeosho and Hinata, Neyol had the hunch that Kim will keep hunting more girls. Even if he used some guilty method, it was required to get stronger.
And, for that, she didn''t want to oppose Kim. After all, in this world strength is everything.
"Haha! Don''t worry about it. I know the difference between my strength and Asura King''s, but we don''t need to wait that long. Although I need some level of strength, I don''t need to be equally or even stronger than him."
"I know some secrets of the Asura Kingdom and it is rted to the life and death of the kingdom itself so we will soon visit them."
At this moment, Kim clenched his fist and his eyes turned red.
"And, I will soon have my revenge."
"No, you can''t kill him and go there. You must either kill him and forget about the Asura Kingdom until you get stronger than my father or cooperate with him."
"He is loved by my parents and with his talent, if you kill him, my father will never agree with you."
Hearing her words, Kim smiled.
"As I said, don''t worry about that. The secret I know is extremely important for your family. As for how I knew it, I can''t tell you. But, believe me. For this secret, they will definitely marry you to me."
"But before that, we need to gather some strength. I need to make sure that we find a fight against your kingdom if necessary. Originally, I had a little different n but due to my Battle Soul Second Awakening, it has been altered."
"Wait, did you just say Battle Soul Second Awakening?" Just when he was going to talk about his n, Neyol interrupted him and asked.
Her eyes were wide open with confusion shing on her face.
Even she hasn''t awakened her Battle Soul once. How could Kim who had just started his Martial Journey awaken his Battle Soul twice?
This shouldn''t be even possible.
Kim nodded his head and said.
"Indeed! it sounds like a lie but I did awaken my Battle Soul. In fact, I awakened my Battle Soul for the first time after I saved Hinata. And then, when fighting against that man, I awakened my Battle Soul for the second."
"In fact, I should thank you. If it wasn''t for that promise, I wouldn''t have been able to awaken my Battle Soul twice."
Chapter 46 Plans For The Future Part 2
"There is nothing to be thankful for. We just kept our promises. As for awakening your Battle Soul for the second time, it was all thanks to your willpower and luck."
Neyol shook her head and spoke. She didn''t include talent in her sentence because talent can no longer measure his feat.
It would be impossible to awaken the Battle Soul twice so fast after starting their martial journey. So, she had already put Kim into a new category.
Monster!
It was a new category that only those with the strongest feat can enter. Of course, she had seen some people who could rival Kim in such feats, so she put him on this list.
It''s just that she never expected her own lover to be on that list. Her heart was beaming with joy.
"Anyway, what do you want to show us?" Hinata changed the topic before Kim could speak and asked.
"Yes, I almost forgot about it. But before I can show you that thing, let''s bring the dead people and burn them." Kim said.
Hearing his words, their expression changed.
"Isn''t that improper? Shouldn''t we bury them?" Neyol couldn''t help but speak.
Kim shook his head and said.
"Different people have different kinds of culture. From where I came, burning the dead is the way to end someone''s life. Their soul will be purified from the mes and go to Heaven."
"Of course, this is not exactly the reason why I want to burn them. Since we are martial artists, we aren''t bound by superstition. And, what I am going to the next will be a bit hard to ept as well."
"So, let''s start with burning their bodies."
Hearing his words, the three girls didn''t know how to respond. Eventually, they gave up and decided to help him gather those corpses.
Tengu was also curious. He was sitting far away from them but his eyes could easily see every movement around him.
After they gathered those dead bodies in the middle, Kim put them on the dried wood and finally started burning those woods.
Looking at the mes, Kim clenched his fist.
Although it was only short, he still liked this town very much. Not only he spent so much time creating these NPCs but he also spent some time with them aftering to this world.
So, he had a deep connection with them. Now, this connection was making him angry. Because they died for him.
It was his choice.
Suddenly, Neyol and Yeosho held his hands. Hinata also felt extremely guilty so at this moment, Yeosho extended her hand and caught her.
They held each other''s hand for a moment and stared at the me slowly rising toward the sky.
After nearly two hours, the fire finally died. Everyone nervously stared at Kim as he prepared a strange symbol on his palm.
This symbol was created out of his internal energy. After creating this internal energy, he mmed his hand on the ground.
Everyone''s eyes were focused on him except Tengu. His eyes were on the ground. With his Observation Technique, he could see the bones slowlying out of the ground.
He didn''t know how to describe this situation,
He had seen Kim controlling Bones but never expected him to call the bones from the ground.
And, it seemed like these bones were created out of the ashes of those dead bodies.
[Call of Undead]
His Battle Soul suddenly burst out of his body. The shadow of his Battle Soul appeared behind him and a strange cry released from his mouth.
Crack! Crack! Crack!
Slowly, the ground beneath them started to shake. At this moment, the sun was already going down.
The three girls felt creepy for a moment. They nervously stared at the ground and suddenly, a hand with no skin or muscles crawled out.
It freaked them out for a moment.
The next moment, dozens of arms appeared on the surface.
"Ahhhh!"
Three girls screamed at the same. Even Neyol couldn''t calm down. It wasn''t something that has ever happened in this world.
The undead slowlying out of the ground was a sight to behold. It was gloomy and disgusting. The skeletonsing out of the ground were covered in dirt.
Their bodies were rather strange.
It was nothing but a skeleton but they were standing as if they were alive. They walked toward Kim and slowly fell on one knee.
The girls were scared and shocked by the fifteen skeletons kneeling in front of Kim.
Even Tengu wasn''t calm. He couldn''t believe that the first disciple he ever took could control the skeleton.
And, it didn''t seem like normal puppetry.
He didn''te forward though. He was afraid that girls will pass out. He was very curious about the Skeletons.
Kim nodded his head in satisfaction when he saw them. He had already got the proper introduction of these skeletons in his mind.
They were basically created out of bones like any normal skeleton. And, they also have souls.
And just like the human soul, their soul is also a container. But, unlike humans, they think with their souls.
And, this soul derives information from Kim. Basically, Kim can transmit what he wanted them to do with his mind and also how to do it.
But, Kim was very excited to test it. He thought for a moment and created mental images of things that he needed to do.
Then, he transfers these images to their minds. At the same time, he also transferred somemands to them.
Right now, they are basically empty open-source software. He could easily insert any kind ofmand and make them do it.
Although Kim could still ask them with his mind, he decided to talk rather than think.
"Alright, all of you clean up this entire town."
Hearing his words, three girls looked at him in surprise.
"Are these skeletons really conscious?" Neyol couldn''t help but ask when she saw those skeletons nodding their heads and walking away.
Kim nodded his head and said.
"I can transfer part of my intelligence to their brain. Although they also grow their intelligence by themselves as long as they don''t die."
Hearing his words, Neyol was confused as she asked.
"Aren''t they already dead?"
"They did die but when their soul enters Hell, I can summon it but their soul gets purified during the process. The soul that has been purified once can''t be purified twice."
"So, once it dies, it will die. It''s like getting one extra life but nothing more. Of course, it is far less advantageous than actually getting one more life." Kim shook his head and answered.
"So, what exactly is your n?" Hinata came forward and asked.
Kim took a deep breath and sat down on the ground.
He looked at them and said.
"I n to create my own power that can rival the other kingdoms. Before, I n to acquire more resources and train these towns and slowly increase my people."
"But, now I have changed my mind."
"Because of them?" Neyol looked at him and interrupted.
Kim nodded his head.
"Not just because of them but also because of him. Although I said that everyone person has his own weakness, I overestimated myself. Just because others have weakness doesn''t mean we can exploit them easily."
"That''s why I changed my n. Normally, there would be nearly fifty to a hundred million people in one kingdom. Human Kingdom itself has over One Hundred Million poption."
"But, not all of them are martial artists. In fact, only twenty of them are actually proper martial artists. And, most of theme from major families and sects."
"So, I n to create my own organization. Instead of hiring more people, I will look for powerful and interesting people with simr ideologies as mine."
"I don''t have that many ideologies nor something noble. My martial path is fixed. But, my view towards the world might change or I might even walk on the dark side."
"That''s why, from today, I will select three of you as my Strength, Wisdom, and Wealth. And, also I want you to promise me one thing."
When he said that, he looked into their eyes with a serious expression.
"Since I am going to be the leader, if I ever make an unwanted selfish choice because of rtionships, stop me and punish me. I know, if the three of youbine together, you will have the strength to suppress me."
"This is the task only you three can do because you three will hold my Strength, Wisdom, and Wealth."
Saying so, Kim slowly stood up. He clenched his fist and his Battle Soul burst out. His eyes changed at the same time and became the Emperor''s Eyes. He looked into their eyes and spoke.
"So, on this very day of March 10, I, Kim Woo, dere the opening of my own organization known as ''Eyes of Fate''. We will only recruit people whose fate is connected with us."
At this moment, Neyol rolled her eyes and said.
"So, you just want to recruit more harem members."
Kim opened his mouth but the words didn''te.
Chapter 47 New Training Part 1
Kim was speechless. He didn''t know what to say. After all, it was true that he was trying to recruit more harem members.
But, if he finds any extraordinary person with a loyal mindset, he would definitely recruit them.
That was his n.
"Ahem! I will choose only those who are suitable for the organization. Don''t forget, our organization''s name is Eyes of Fate. Only those who have fate with us can join us."
"And, also those with the strong fate. Because I don''t want the member of my organization to die so quickly." Kim coughed out and answered.
Hearing his words, Neyol looked at him with a strange look and said.
"Is that why you survived this battle?"
"It could be. After all, my chances to win against that guy were zero. My chances to escape were probably ten percent. In other words, I was lucky that master arrived at the correct time."
"This is a game of fate. It has a strange rule that nobody can understand. People can''t go against fate. Because if you say that you want to against your destiny, the path that you choose bes your destiny."
"In other words, there is no way one can escape from fate. So, we need to let fate y its role." Kim sighed and spoke.
"Is that why you didn''t run away but rather fought against him?" Neyol couldn''t help but deeply stare at him and ask.
"I can''t defy fate but I can fight for myself. As for whether I die or live, it depends upon my fate. I have left my life and death into the hands of fate."
"Man''s dream never ends. The dream that I have might not be the end of my journey nor it would be the beginning. In other words, I have no idea when I will die. So, what''s the point of trying to deny your fate?"
At this moment, Tengu suddenly spoke.
"Correct! That''s what my disciple should say. Fate isn''t determined by you. Only the journey can be determined by you. To walk on this journey, you have to struggle and keep struggling until you reach the end."
"But, who knows where your end actually is. So, just keep on walking, just keep on moving. I didn''t expect my disciple to be this capable. Hahaha! It truly is a magic of fate that we met."
? Only he spoke with a low voice, it sounded like thunder to their ears. Only Kim was able to stay calm. It was also due to his Battle Soul. As for the girls, they were shaking in fear.
Just the voice was enough to make them fear. Even Neyol who had the strongest innate spiritual power couldn''t resist it.
"Boy, since you have finished your stuff. Come to me! We can start training. You don''t have the luxury to waste time." Tengu spoke.
Kim nodded his head and looked at the girls.
"I will tell the Skeltons to ept yourmands. While I train with him, you can try to rebuild this town."
Hearing his words, three girls nodded their heads.
Kim turned around and walked toward Tengu. He quickly reached there but upon reaching closer, he felt his body shaking. He bit his lips and forced his Battle Soul.
Bringing out his Battle Soul in front of Tengu was harder than fighting Kiro.
"I can''t hide my spiritual pressure so you have to do your best to adjust quickly. For now, let''s start with your martial arts."
"Three Powers can be merged with martial arts to fight efficiently. So before we start the Three Powers training, let''s talk about your martial arts."
"Show me everything you know."
Hearing his words, Kim nodded his head and a spear appeared in his hand. He walked several steps away from Tengu. After reaching a certain distance, he stopped.
He stood calm and collected after maintaining the distance. He held the end of the spear and the middle with his hands.
Infusing his Internal Energy into his spear, he thrusts the spear with both of his hands. But, on the way, he removed his left and twisted his right wrist, to make a forced rotation.
[One Strike- Dragon Death Strike]
The air in front of me was pierced with extreme power. At the same time, a sharp wind followed his spear.
After he withdrew his spear, he quickly infused his internal energy. But, this time, he used his dark internal energy.
Covering his spear in dark internal energy, he thrusts his spear forward.
[Paralyzing Stab]
The power was weaker than before but it had its own unique power.
After that, he put the spear inside his inventory and prepared his Heavenly Asura de.
When this de appeared in Kim''s hand, Tengu''s eyes narrowed. He quickly asked.
"Boy, where did you get this de?"
At this moment, three girls were also watching it. When Kim took out that de, Hinata''s eyes narrowed.
"Why does he has that de?"
She couldn''t help but feel curious and also strange. After all, this de shouldn''t appear in this world.
Kim turned around and said.
"I found an inheritance. It was part of that inheritance. Before, I didn''t know what it was. It seemed to be in a sealed state. A few days ago, it vibrated heavily when I was training on the mountain."
"Later, I found that it was vibrating because it found a person who had inherited Heavenly Asura Body. During the previous battle, that man finally revealed the name of this battle and its origin."
"I was shocked when I found out about it."
Hearing his words, Hinata felt surprised.
''No wonder, he saved me. He should''ve felt curious about the de vibrating too much and saved me because of his curiosity.''
On the hand, Tengu was surprised that Kim had received such a powerful inheritance.
"Can you tell me whose inheritance it is?"
Hearing his words, Kim froze for a moment. Suddenly, an embarrassment appeared on his face.
He didn''t know how to respond. Or, rather he knew but he had yed well otherwise this man would definitely be suspicious of him.
"Is it ufortable to reveal the name?"
After a while, Kim finally sighed and spoke.
"Actually, I don''t know the name of the person. I only know his alias. He is known as ''Harem God''. The inheritance that I received was sealed so there are only limited things that I received."
"But, the most important thing that I received was a unique constitution. It wasn''t Divine or Cursed or even a normal constitution. In fact, I don''t even know whether to call it constitution."
"But, its'' main effect is to increase my strength through sex. But, unlike Yin-Yang Divine Body, it has several restrictions. For example, I can only increase my strength by a little bit in a single day from a single woman."
"If we have sex more than once in a sing day, it won''t work. It also has..."
"Alright! Alright! You don''t need to exin your sex life to me. Are you trying to make me, a single dog, jealous?" Tengu looked at him and rolled his eyes.
He couldn''t bear to hear more. Even eating dog food would be better than listening to his nonsense.
Kim was embarrassed hearing his master''s words. On the side, the girls covered their mouths and giggled. They didn''t expect the person who looked so frightening would make a joke like that.
"Anyway, you can show me your move now." Tengu didn''t care about theirughter. In fact, he felt a lot better. After all, he was all alone for so long.
"Yes, master!" Kim nodded his head and took a deep breath.
He put his dark internal energy into his de and held it with both of his hands. He raised the de high and released his Battle Soul.
This strike was one of his strongest strikes especially after getting Heavenly Asura de. He took a deep breath and pulled the de down.
The power released out of the de was a de energy that curved into the shape of a moon and marched forward.
[Nightless sh]
Its speed wasn''t fast but when it moved, it cut through the air. The immense force was bringing more wind toward it. And, because the sh was near the ground, it was tearing the soil.
Seeing this strike, Tengu nodded his head with satisfaction. After releasing this strike, Kim put his de inside the inventory and turned around.
"Is that all?"
Tengu looked at him with surprise and asked.
"I do have some basic moves from Basic Spear Technique but it isn''t anything fancy." Kim rubbed his head and answered.
"You must show me everything. Don''t leave anything at all." Tengu made a serious face and spoke.
Kim nodded his head and took out the spear. He didn''t use internal energy instead relied on his physical strength to y different strikes and poses.
But, none of them were powerful enough to make any scene. Only when Kim used his Armament Technique, this got interesting for Tengu.
Chapter 48 New Training Part 2
After using Armament Technique, his spear strikes became much faster and stronger. Not only that, but he also used his dagger constantly.
It took him a few more minutes to perform every technique and martial art in his arsenal. He also used his Battle Soul moves.
After a long time, Tengu finally stood up. Just standing up made Kim tremble for a moment but he quickly control himself and stared at his master.
Tengu didn''t hold anything. But, he started performing every martial art and technique that Kim showed.
Paralyzing Stab! Nightless sh! Basic Dagger Technique! Basic Spear Technique! One Strike Art!
He only didn''t show the Battle Soul arts.
Looking at his master performing those tricks as if they were nothing, Kim was having a hard time suppressing his excitement.
He didn''t care if his master copied his moves.
In fact, he was d that his master copied his move. Because he didn''t just copy but also improved them. There was a huge distinction between copying and improving something you copied.
At this moment, he couldn''t help but remember the times during exams.
His handwriting wasn''t that good. And, he always wrote fast. So, there were a lot of mistakes.
During the exams, his friends used to copy his work. But unlike his, their papers would always remain clean. It wasn''t because their handwriting matters.
It was because he had a hard time thinking of answers while they were just waiting for him to finish the answer to copy it.
But unlike those times, he found that he finally had a chance to improve. After performing his martial arts and technique, Tengu stared at Kim and asked.
"So, what did you learn from it?"
"Clean!"
Kim replied.
Hearing his words, Tengu was stunned for a moment.
He thought his disciple would shake his head. Even if that wasn''t the case, he never expected to hear clean.
Even he didn''t understand what his disciple meant. So, he smiled and asked.
"Why do you think so?"
"Because I don''t think I should have the ability to perfect those martial arts and techniques this quickly. But, there was always one thing that I could''ve done better."
"Whenever I use my martial arts and techniques, they are meant to be used in a perfect situation. Except for those situations, I never use them."
"But when I did use them, I found that they were quite messy. There was no flow, no reason, no intention, nothing but just internal energy and movements."
"So, my answer is Clean. Because unlike mine, your performance not only had strength but also the intent behind every move. It wasn''t like I was watching internal energy and movements."
"It was more like I was watching you. And, when watching you, I found that every move has been used smoothly and perfectly."
Hearing his words, Tengu was stunned for a moment. But, the next moment, he burst intoughter.
"Hahaha! This is the first time I have heard of something like that. Not looking at internal energy or movements but myself. Yes, I can feel it."
"Looking at me, you can see my own movements and predict the flow of internal energy. The way I perform those techniques and arts have a bnce between them."
"For example, when I use Spear, I only focused on strength and uracy. But, while using a dagger, I focused on speed and uracy."
"Of course, I wasn''t using any weapons but because I was using those arts smoothly, you will feel the effects of those weapons."
"In fact, this isn''t something great. What''s great is the Essence between your Martial Arts and Technique. Before I give you my exnation. I want to ask you something."
Hearing his words, Kim nodded his head.
"What would be the rtionship between Essence and Clean you mentioned?"
"If you want to ask my own opinion then I would say. Clean has a direct rtionship with Essence. Although their meaning might be different."
Tengu raised his eyebrows and asked.
"Oh, why do you think so?"
"Because the Essence of Martial Arts or Technique means using them with one intention. It has to be something that reflects the core of that martial art or technique."
"Which means essence basically is the representation of one thought. On the other hand, Clean means no dirt or dust. But, if we link it with Martial arts, then we could say it means one aspect."
"Whenever a martial art has more than one aspect on it, that bes messier. For example, Spear is used for thrust."
"Whenever I use a spear, the main action would be thrust. That should be the cleanest performance. But since my strength isn''t enough, I merge dark internal energy with it."
"That means, I am not using a spear, but rather a martial art. That martial art only has one aspect and that is to paralyze my enemy. Whether it is by using spear or sword."
"What I am trying to say is that Essence means perfection. When it is perfected, it doesn''t need any more than one aspect of power which is also the cleanest power."
"Of course, these are my thoughts. They might not be necessarily true." Kim exined as he shrugged his shoulder at the end.
Hearing his words, Tengu thought for a moment and asked.
"So, you are saying that a spear is used only for thrust? And, because we are not strong enough, we add other powers, slowly losing their true essence."
"Actually, we might not lose its true essence. We just get distracted by something new. For example, while using Paralyzing Stab, I shouldn''t be thinking of whether to use a spear or poison dagger."
"Poison Dagger can also paralyze people and if I use dark internal energy with the spear, it can produce a simr result."
"But when I first got this art, it was bybining the speed and poison of a dagger. It was onlyter I used spear with Dark Internal Energy."
"So, for me, Paralyzing Stab isn''t about the weapon, it''s about an effect. That means I am not losing its true essence. I am not changing the process."
Hearing his words, Tengu sighed.
"I don''t understand how a kid like you can think like that. But then again, you were able to awaken the Battle Soul twice, you should be this talented."
"By hearing your words, I came up to my own conclusion. Clean and Essence are two branches of the same tree."
"For me, clean represents my movements and my performance while essence represents the power of those movements."
"Of course, I am not saying you are wrong. After all, it is true that only essence can represent the cleanest power."
"So, we will focus on two things now. First, improve your performance. Second, understanding the essence behind each art."
Hearing his words, Kim''s eyes brightened. He was excited about the next training.
"So, to improve your performance, we must start with the basics."
"First training would be Patience."
When he said that, Tengu raised his hand and a powerful pressure burst out of him. This pressure was so strong that the ground beneath them started to crack.
Thud!
Kim suddenly fell to his knees. His eyes opened wide as the ground started pulling him.
"Your task is to stay like that for the entire night. I will keep this pressure and slowly increase it. You are not allowed to move even a little nor you are allowed to speak."
"Let your body rx and adapt to this pressure. Only then you will be patience enough to use martial art."
Hearing his words, Kim didn''t know what to say. He just sat still. He was sitting on his knees so it was getting ufortable with each second.
But, he didn''t have any choice. He must remain persistent.
Three girls who were watching it from the sides felt ufortable. They bit their lips in distress but they couldn''t do anything.
After all, Kim needed to train on his own.
At this moment, Yeosho suddenly stepped forward. When she walked forward, they felt an immense pressure on her shoulder.
She was hundreds of meters away from them but she could still feel the pressure like a mountain.
But, she didn''t give up. This was one in a lifetime chance to improve her strength.
Looking at her, the two girls felt a bit inferior. Hinata also took a step forward and tried to bear the pressure. Unlike Yeosho, she was a bit morefortable.
So, she gritted her teeth and moved ahead of Yeosho.
Seeing her, Yeosho bit her lips. She didn''t want to lose to Hinata but she had no way to move forward. This was already pressing her down.
On the other than, Neyol just watched and walked away.
''Although improving strength is important, I also need to take care of them. Hah! I guess, being older always makes you responsible.''
''Hmm! I should probably make a proper n for the organization. Yeah, that''s right. I should be the Wisdom that he talked about.''
Chapter 49 New Training Part 3
In the middle of the town, Kim was sitting with his eyes closed. With the overbearing pressure surrounding him, Kim gritted his teeth and insisted on keeping his consciousness.
The overbearing pressure was not just affecting his soul but also his body. At this moment, Kim could feel his bones shaking.
''Damn! If it continues like this, I won''t be able to keep my consciousness. I need toe up with a solution otherwise I will definitely lose.''
''There must be a way, right?''
Just when he thought about it, he suddenly realized something.
''No! This isn''t a battle but my training. I can afford to lose consciousness but I can''t afford to find a shortcut. Only after giving my hundred percent, I can find a shortcut to progress further.''
''Until then, I need to keep on bearing this pressure.''
Thinking so, Kim gritted his teeth and just stopped thinking. Not a single thought came to his mind.
It was empty as ake.
Seeing this state, Tengu nodded his head in satisfaction.
In fact, he had already seen the wisdom of Kim. He was able to fight against Kiro for so long despite having such a low strength was enough to give the example of his intelligence.
Otherwise, it was naturally impossible.
But, during this training, he didn''t want Kim to use any kind of tactics. He just wanted Kim to persist. Because that was the only way to grow stronger.
As time passed, Kim was able to adjust more to that pressure.
On the other hand, Neyol had been writing things.
''Currently, there are only four of us. From the looks of it, his teacher won''t make any move. In other words, we need to develop fast.''
''I don''t want to wait longer to marry him. Only then my position will be secure. Also, I need to make them recognize my position.''
''I am not sure if I am the one who he loves the most but I am pretty sure he wasn''t attracted toward me for love but rather for sex. Even so, he didn''t hesitate to sacrifice himself for me.''
''I don''t care what kind of method he uses to get more girls. I just need to make sure that they all respect me. I need to change a little.''
When she said that, she couldn''t help but smile. At this moment, the darkness shrouded her.
''Let them see the smile that brightens the world while hiding the darkness inside your heart.''
''No matter how much I hate them, I need to have a proper rtionship with them. I will be the big sister of his harem.''
''Hmm! Wait, if Kim is going to use some methods to gain more women, he doesn''t need to choose, right? As long as they are pretty, he would agree.''
''Hehe! I just got a beautiful idea. If I get some women for him, wouldn''t it be killing two birds with one stone? If I am not wrong, his n is to have sex during the night and train during the day.''
''Until this training is finished, I need to call some of them. They were willing to give up their lives for me. Would they hesitate to give up their body for me?''
''Anyway, I need to call them. Only by helping him grow this organization, I can stay with him forever.''
Neyol giggled and stopped writing. After she finished it, she took out a scroll and started writing once again.
But, the content was different. In that previous book, she was writing about the ns for the organization.
But in this scroll, she was some messages to call her sisters. After finishing this scroll, she used her internal energy.
Forming a strange seal on her palm, she mmed her palm on the ground.
[Summoning Contract]
Suddenly, her internal energy formed a massive ck hole on the ground.
Whoosh!
A small crow flew out of the hole.
Caw! Caw!
The crow flew around and then went to her shoulder.
"Miss Neyol, it has been a long time since you called me."
"Sorry Mili, I thought I would give up my martial journey but it seems like I still have something to cling to." Neyol smiled and patted her small head as she spoke.
"Then, do you have any job for me?" The crow pecked at her cheek and asked.
Neyol raised her hand and gave her the scroll.
"Pass this scroll to my three sisters."
"Yes, Miss Neyol!"
Caw! Caw!
The next moment, the crow pped her wings and flew out of the house. But just when she flew out of the house, her body froze for a moment.
Thud!
"Mili!" Neyol eximed and rushed toward her. She suddenly felt a huge pressureing from afar.
They were almost five hundred meters away from Tengu. This made her speechless.
"Just how powerful that man is? Why was he so unknown despite being so powerful? It seems like I need to ask Kim when I get the chance."
She muttered and picked up Mili. She walked away and after she finally reached somewhere far, the crow on her hand moved.
"Miss, what was that?" Mili got frightened as she remembered that spiritual pressure. She turned her head and asked in a frightened tone.
"Someone who is teaching a person dear to me. I will give you the detailster." Neyol said with a hint of shyness on her face.
Mili gave her a deep look and finally flew away.
Neyol slowly returned to the house and raised her head. The sun was almost down. But, it seemed like the training as just begun.
Indeed, for Kim, this training was just the beginning.
Next Morning,
Kim slowly opened his eyes when he realized that the pressure had already disappeared.
"Good! Good! You managed to stick like a block of wood for an entire night under that pressure. I thought it would take you a few more tries but it seems like I underestimated your Willpower."
"Take some rest and eat something. We will start a new training during the day."
Tengu spoke with a big smile on his face.
Kim nodded his head and walked away. But, he could feel the soreness through his body. He could feel like he couldn''t even more properly.
"Are you alright?" Neyol walked up to him and asked. But, seeing his expression, she instantly realized that he wasn''t in a good condition.
"Don''t worry, this soreness will disappear soon. Have you made the lunch for today?" Kim smiled and asked.
Neyol still looked worried but after seeing his smile, she finally gave up and sighed.
"Yes, the food is ready. By the way, can you eat with us today? I want to talk about the organization''s n with you."
"Alright!" Kim nodded his head. After he picked up a lot of food, he went to Tengu.
"Master, Neyol wants to talk to me about something. So, I can''t apany you for this lunch."
"Alright, you can spend time with them." Tengu wasn''t bothered by it. Just being able to eat some food was good enough for him.
Kim turned around and walked away.
At this moment, Hinata and Yeosho were just waking up. He was surprised by their mood and asked why they were tired.
It turned out they were training the entire night. Although they couldn''t even reach hundreds of meters near Tengu, it was still harsh training.
After learning that, they started to eat their meal. While eating, Neyol turned her head at him and asked.
"Kim, although you said that we will only recruit those with fate, I havee up with a different solution. Would you like to hear?"
Kim nodded his head without hesitation. He wasn''t an idiot. He might know a lot about the game, but this was a new world to him.
Even with that knowledge, he would be inferior to Neyol in information scope.
"I thought about it thest night. How about we create two factions in Eyes of Fate? The outer faction that anyone can join and the inner faction which only those with fate can join."
"Doing this, we can recruit arge number of people for the wars or wealth. After all, there are several ways to earn money."
Hearing her words, Kim narrowed his eyes and asked.
"Can you exin it in detail?"
Neyol nodded her head and spoke.
"First, let''s talk about our world. You should know that in our world, martial arts are everything. Everyone wants to be a martial art but only a few can do it."
"So, Martial Arts are basically the warriors for every kingdom. In a kingdom, there will be more than dozens of different powers like sects. They all have different interests and goals."
"But, in the end, all of them are the martial arts of the kingdom. If we want to make our organization strong as a kingdom, we need to make sure that we have both."
"Only with Numbers and Strength. So, I want to create two factions, one representing numbers and the other representing strength."
"So, what do you think?
Chapter 50 Seven Kingdoms, Six Paths, One Goal
"Currently, there are seven kingdoms ruling the entire Murim. Human Kingdom is ruled by the ancestors and their bloodlines. It has been over ten thousand years but rulers haven''t been changed."
"From this alone, we can conclude that their background is strong. Even if there are a lot of different factions and sects. All of them provide martial artists to the kingdom."
"The Royal Family always keeps their bloodline pure and never allows anyone to marry outside of their families. Six Paths- Human Bloodline flows in the veins of Royal Family."
"Although only a handful of them can truly master their bloodline powers, their overallbat is the strongest in the entire kingdom."
"Then, the sects and factions are divided into three ranks. Low-Rank, Middle-Rank, and High-Rank. Low-Rank sects or factions must provide over a hundred Junior and Senior Martial Artists to the kingdom each year."
"On the other hand, Middle-Rank and High-Rank need to provide Martial Master and Martial Grandmaster to the kingdom. The number varies from fifty Martial Masters to ten Martial Grandmasters."
"That man from before was at least a Martial Master. If not his battle power could''ve been at the level of Martial Grandmaster. Currently, your strength is only at around Senior Martial Artist."
"And, that''s only because of your Battle Soul. If you fight with your internal energy alone, you can barely win in the circle of Junior Martial Artists."
"In such a situation, if we don''t ept arge number of people into our organization, we can never match the power of those kingdoms."
Hearing her words, Kim turned silent. He knows the power of the human kingdom royal family.
The horrible bloodline awakened by the ancestors of humans. This bloodline allows them to summon the power of the Human Path of Six Paths of Reincarnation.
The Six Paths are Heaven Path, Hell Path Asura Path, Monster Path, Ghost Path, and Human Path. This bloodline has the power to rival the top ten Divine Constitution.
Constitutions are specific to a person while bloodlines are specific to a race or a family. Royal Family had preserved their Human Bloodline for thousands of years.
While others have lost their bloodlines.
Of course, Asuras still have their Asura Bloodline.
The six kingdoms who held the power of six paths of reincarnation have preserved their six different kinds of bloodlines.
Human Kingdom has Human Bloodline, Asura Kingdom has Asura Bloodline, and Monster Kingdom has Monster Bloodline. Ghost Kingdom has Ghost Bloodline, Hell Kingdom has Hell Bloodline.
And, finally, Heavenly Kingdom has Heaven''s Bloodline.
But there is another kingdom that exists. This kingdom is rather mysterious but it ranks at the top of the power scale.
Divine Kingdom.
Unlike other kingdoms, this kingdom truly has the power of gods. They can not only summon the power of gods but also use it based on the amount of faith they have gathered.
This is why the Divine Kingdom is the strongest among all seven kingdoms.
Heaven Kingdom ranks second while Hell Kingdom ranks third. The Asura Kingdom ranks fourth. Monster Kingdom ranks fifth. Human Kingdom ranks sixth. And, finally, Ghost Kingdom ranks seventh.
After thinking for a while, Kim sighed.
"You are right. I was being too arrogant. If someday my strength reaches its peak, I might be able to do it on my own but until then, we need support.
"Normally, a kingdom''s strength is based on its total army. That being said, we might not be able to gather such a number."
Hearing his words, Neyol smiled and said.
"You might be a little wrong about it. Although we might not match the strength of the kingdom by numbers, as long as we keep numbers close enough, we can easily match them."
"And, the Human Kingdom already has a lot of people who are dissatisfied with the ruling of the Royal Family. Not only this kingdom but there are also a lot of rebels from different kingdoms."
"We can start finding them and inviting them to join our organization. We can categorize them into a different ranking as well."
Yeosho suddenly interrupted her and asked.
"But, why would they join us? Just for money?"
Neyol shook her head and said.
"Of course not! There would be different kinds of reasons. So, instead of just creating a fixed organization for doing something. We can expand in different directions."
"For example, there are people who just want to get better techniques and martial arts. We can use technique and martial arts to lure them."
"Then, there are people who want money. We can use the money to lure them. Then, there are people who just want chaos. Then, we will use our fists and suppress them."
"All in all, our main goal is to be a power that can rival the kingdom. So, we don''t need to be specific about our goal. We just need to expand and grow."
"If we encounter any kind of problem, we will just try our best to find a solution for it."
Hearing her words, Yeosho, Hinata, and Kim nodded their heads. Finally, Kim smiled and said.
"Then, what I said before wasn''t wrong. You three will be my Strength, Wealth, and Wisdom. Hinata will be my strength. Yeosho will be my Wealth and Neyol will be my Wisdom."
"I know it is going to be hard but I believe that you find a way to do it. If there is anyone to suppress, just sent Hinata."
"Every technical and intellectual work of the organization including information gathering, assassination, and nning, will be handed over to Neyol."
"Finally, I want Yeosho to find a way to earn money. Neyol will help you with ideas. And, I want you to be the lead face of this section."
"I n to train for one year without going anywhere. Until then, do everything to establish this origination to the initial stage. After that, we will finally move forward."
"What do you think about it?"
Saying so, he looked at Neyol and asked.
"It''s good. But, will one year of training be enough? We are not in any kind of hurry. You should try to get as strong as possible." Neyol looked at him with a bit of hesitation and asked.
"Don''t worry. Just because I said one year doesn''t mean I can reach the top within one year. I just nned to take one year off without doing anything at all and just focus on training."
"Well, I might do that two or three times a week but that''s it. I willpletely dive into the training and master the basics. After all, the improvement that I can make through battles is far ahead of training."
Hearing his exnation, Neyol thought for a moment and nodded her head.
"Indeed, you did make arge improvement during that battle. Life and Death situation does bring a lot of changes in one''s strength."
Kim also nodded his head.
But, at this moment, Yeosho suddenly felt like she was enlightened.
''If I go out alone for training and try to survive in Murim World for a year, can I truly get stronger faster? My goal is to surpass them in strength. But, I also need to do my job here.''
''I need to find a way toplete the task that Kim gave me and then focus on getting stronger.''
"Yeosho, Yeosho!"
Suddenly, Kim''s voice rang in her ears and woke her up from her thoughts.
"Is something botching you?" Kim asked
Yeosho shook her head.
After that, they continued their meal. After finishing his meal, Kim didn''t immediately go for the training. He found that his body needed rest before he could start training once again.
So, he went to the small house that was built by his skeletons and took some rest on the bed.
While resting on the bed, he opened his status window.
[Name- Kim Woo
Lvl- 4 (Average)
ss- None (Unlocked at Lvl.10)
Level Up- 800 Harem Points
Unique Talent- Emperor''s Eyes
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Martial Technique- Dark Breathing Technique (Lv.1), Basic Dagger Technique(Lv.2), Basic Spear Technique (Lv.5),
Martial Art- Nightless sh, Paralyzing Stab, One Strike Art
Three Power System- Armament Technique (Lv.2)
Body- Average Rank
STR: 27 / AGI: 25 / END: 35
DEX: 25 / STM: 35 / DEF: 25
SP: 20 / IE: 15
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Battle Soul Awakening- Second Awakening
Innate Body Abilities- Undying Body, Poison Resistance, and Perfect Martial Body
Innate Soul Abilities- Heretic Evil Seed, Call for Undead, and Bone Creation Skill
Third Awakening Requirement- Unknown
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Lust Meter- 5
Harem Member- Yeosho Nomu, Neyol Woo, Hinata Shura
Harem Points- 0
Lust Berserk Mode- Deactivated]
''I didn''t even notice that my spiritual power has increased by five points. Not only that, my endurance has taken a huge leap as well. If this continues, I might be able to increase my strength by a lot after one year of training.''
''I wonder just how hard the future training would be. Seven Kingdoms, countless factions, and sects, my journey has just begun.''
''One day, I will stand at the peak of this world.''
At this moment, a cold glint appeared in his eyes as he raised his right hand and clenched his fist.
Chapter 51 One Year Later, Yeosho Nomu Part 1
"Finally arrived!"
A young girl wearing tight blue pants and a grey robe stood in front of a gigantic pir and sighed.
Her beautiful ck eyes scanned the ground while her glowing skin was hidden by the robe. She looked at the entrance of the pir which was upied by several people.
As she walked toward it, she noticed more and more people trying to enter the pir. But before they could enter the pir, they had to register.
The same goes for her.
She walked up to the side of the entrance where there was an old man sitting on a chair while holding a pen over a note.
After a few minutes, it was finally her turn.
She walked up to the old man as he asked without even looking at her.
"Name?"
"Yeosho Nomu." The young girl coldly replied. Her voice was frighteningly cold.
"Drop your blood on it." The old man didn''t care about her voice. He just raised a small ck stone and asked.
Yeosho shed her finger with a knife and dropped her blood on it. A few secondster, the wound on her finger started to heal.
The internal energy was slowly reaching her finger but it was hard to trace it.
After dropping her blood, she walked away but the old man''s gaze changed a bit. He had been sitting in this ce for years but only a few times he would actually change his expression.
''Interesting! Internal energy that can hasten the regeneration by several times. I wonder how she cultivated her internal energy. What kind of Martial Technique did she use?''
''Forget it! Whatever happens to her is none of my business. I just need to keep registering the young people who want to challenge the pir. But, it won''t be that easy.''
Unfortunately, Yeosho was unaware of his thoughts. She just walked toward the entrance. Some people started to notice her.
Although she was keeping her breath hidden, she was still visible in the eyes of others. So, when they saw her, they got curious.
After all, not everyone cane to this ce to challenge this pir. Only a few people selected from sects can enter this ce.
And, if you don''t belong to the sect, you need to find it yourself.
This ce existed at the unknown ne of existence that can only be entered through a portal.
The majority of the portals are controlled by sects. Only some can be found in dangerous ces. Yeosho did enter one of those ces to find this ce.
City of Sin!
It was an extremely violent ce where breathing kills you. Just stepping on that city means only the strong can survive. No rules, no governing body, and no boundaries.
But, also extremely useful resources and background. It was said that anyone who survives in this city can transform from an ordinary person to a genius.
That''s why many people take risks and march toward that ce. If sessful, they will no longer be constrained by the gap in talent.
Yeosho went to this ce, survived for three months, and finally gathered enough contributions to enter the portal.
Now, she had only one goal. Conquer this Pir!
She took a step forward and finally entered the portal. When she entered, she felt a strange power scanning her body.
''It must be for those who try to enter without entry.''
After going out in this world for six months, she learned a lot, especially how dark people''s hearts can be.
A few times, she almost died.
But, with her strong willpower, she managed to survive.
Now that she has seen the world''s face, she could perceive other''s thoughts through their conversation alone.
Whether they are good for her or not.
She was no longer a girl from a small town.
Though she also understood her gap with Neyol.
Just how far she was from reaching Neyol''s wisdom. She understood why Kim chose her to be the head of an intelligent department and be his Wisdom.
In fact, it was one of the reasons why she came to this ce. She was known for his Wealth. After all, that was her responsibility but she couldn''t earn a lot.
She couldn''t find or sustain the wealth. So, she decided to enter this pir.
The wealth of an entire generation of a great family was hidden in this pir.
It''s just that it would take a lot to get that wealth.
After all, thousands of people have failed. And, all of them were geniuses.
But, she had confidence in herself. She knew without any confidence she can''t get that wealth.
As she walked forward, her body suddenly vanished and appeared inside a strange room.
A few secondster, a blue box with several words written on it appeared.
[Power, Wealth, Talent! Martial Emperor Sung Ming had it all. He was approved by Heaven as the most talented person in the world. He had the wealth that could rival the kingdom and the power that was unshakable.]
[Before his death, he hid power, wealth, and talent inside the Pir of Heaven. Only those who have the heart to challenge his Will can get his Power, Wealth, and Talent]
Reading the introduction, Yeosho was slightly surprised. A talented recognized by Heaven to be the strongest. Even Kim''s talent wasn''t that good.
Power that was unshakable. Although he died, she heard of the stories that even several top powerhouses in this world couldn''t defeat him together.
Finally, the thing that made her most excited. Wealth that canpete with the kingdom. After living with Neyol for a long time, she understood the terrifying wealth of the kingdom.
There are over a hundred million people in the Human Kingdom. And, twenty percent of them are martial artists.
Just being a martial artist even if they are low can change their fate. The wealth that martial artists could bring can easily satisfy ten ordinary families.
But, even if youbine the wealth of all one hundred million people, they can barely reach half of the Royal Family''s wealth.
That much wealth the family that rules the kingdom holds. Not to mention, they could also use the people''s money.
But now, the wealth of Emperor Sung Ming could counter that wealth. It means if she could get this much wealth, she wouldn''t have to worry about anything at all.
As she looked up, the blue box disappeared and a new blue box appeared.
[Test 1- Fight a phantom that has your strength
Reward- Summoning Contract Scroll, Next Test
Punishment- Kicked out for a month]
Looking at the box, her eyes flinched. She clenched her hands and stared at the front.
Soon, small dots of blue light appeared and started to merge until a figure of herself appeared in front of her. But unlike her skin, it was blue. And, it didn''t look much like a human.
"Hoo"
Yeosho released a deep breath and her fist opened. Suddenly, her body started to vibrate and a series of lightning bolts gathered at her palm.
She threw away her robe and it suddenly changed. The grey turned into golden color and the texture became more like liquid.
The lightning bolts revolved around the golden liquid and formed a long spear.
As soon as the spear was formed, the phantom in front of her released the lightning bolts.
These lightning bolts transformed into a long spear on her hand. And, the next moment both of them charged toward each other.
[Electromaic Field- Activate]
Suddenly, the aura around her changed. A strange blueyer of lightning covered her and the golden spear started vibrating.
When they reached near each other, the phantom thrust the spear toward Yeosho but suddenly, a golden light pierced through its chest.
[Sonic Burst]
Bang!
The golden spear appeared several meters away and struck the wall. It stabbed the wall but it didn''t manage to pierce itpletely.
The blue phantom stood in front of her without moving. There was a big hole in her chest. Soon, the blue phantom reverted back to blue dots and disappeared.
And, a new blue box appeared in front of her. At the same time, a small golden scroll appeared in mid-air.
[Congrattion on crossing the first test]
[Your performance has been ranked]
At this moment, a new list appeared in front of her. In that list, only five people''s names were recorded.
After a few seconds, a new name appears on that list.
[Yeosho Nomu]
Seeing her name on the list, Yeosho couldn''t help but smile. She raised her hand the golden spear changed back to a golden liquid and returned to her hand.
She picked up the golden scroll and thought.
''Neyol said that there are various types of summoning animals. I wonder what kind of animal would I be able to summon. But I should leave that forter.''
''Right now, I might be able to cross a few more tests with the Maic Field alone. Kim was right. That encounter really changed my fate. But, I won''t be restrained by this ability alone.''
''When I reach the top of this test, I will finally get a chance to show it.''
''Golden sh''
Chapter 52 One Year Later, Yeosho Nomu Part 2
[Test 2- Fight a phantom that has two times your strength
Reward- 10000 Gold Coins, Next Test
Punishment- Kicked out for a month]
Looking at the new box, Yeosho took a deep breath and prepared herself. Her palm was releasing lightning bolts, conducting an electromaic field around her.
Using it, she was manipting the golden liquid in her palm.
Soon, the blue dots appeared and merged into a phantom. Seeing it, Yeosho instantly gathered her golden liquid into a spear and thrust forward.
[Sonic Burst]
The same move, the same power. But when it moved, the phantom quickly reacted and mmed the thunder spear against her golden spear.
Bang!
The sparks of lightning and gold burst out everywhere.
Yeosho was surprised by it but she didn''t stop. She instantly called half of the spear and spread out her hands.
[Tri-Golden Spears]
The golden liquid separated into three small spears and moved toward the phantom at an insane speed.
The increased speed caused the phantom to lose its focus from the main spear. It condensed a giant lightning guard in front of the spears.
These guards were just like humans but made out of lightning. When they appeared, they instantly moved their hands to block those spears.
Bang!
Although the phantom had twice the power of Yeosho, it didn''t have a brain. When it loosened the power against the main spear, it instantly pierced her chest.
Electromaic Field - Using the lightning, she could create a maic field around her and manipte it unconditionally. Inside this field, she could increase the kic energy of a metal, thus enhancing its speed.
Sonic Burst was the result of this mechanism. It was Kim who taught her this. And, after using it for months, she had be quite proficient in it.
That''s why she only used half of the spear to create those three mini spears. Because she could still control that main spear and use the maic field to increase its speed.
[Congrattion on passing the test]
Seeing it, Yeosho smiled. At this moment, there was a huge bag filled with gold coins. She quickly put the gold coins inside her spatial ring and thought.
''Should I summon the beast before starting the next test? It seems like I get a ten-minute break so I could use it to summon a beast and make a contract with it.''
''Or, should I just wait? Although this phantom didn''t have knowledge about my electromaic powers, it could record anything and learn from it.''
''That would make my opponent dangerous. I should summon a beast right now. Let''s hope it can help me.''
Yeosho nodded her head and took out the golden scroll. She opened the scroll and her eyes widened.
One Name!
There was only one name on the scroll.
Unlike most martial arts, Summoning Scrolls are key to making the contract with a summoned beast. To do so, you must have the summoning scroll.
Once you have it, you use your blood to write your name on it and use internal energy to call the summoned beast from a certain ce.
Once called, either you directly make them your contract beast or pass their tests to make them your contract beasts. That was the rule of Summoning Scroll.
Yeosho knew most of the summoning beasts were either birds or powerful beasts. So, even if summoning scrolls are rare, it didn''t mean there would be only one summoner per summoning scroll.
In fact, one summoning scroll could have several names.
So, seeing just one name, shocked her.
And, this name was actually Sung Ming, Martial Emperor. Her heartbeat couldn''t stop at this moment.
She felt like it would jump out at any second.
Martial Emperor summoning beast?
Although she didn''t know what exactly it was, she knew it must be awesome to be Martial Emperor summoning beast.
But, it also made her extremely serious. Because one of the main reasons there would be only one name was the test''s difficulty.
If it was too difficult and nobody could pass it, then their names wouldn''t be recorded on the scroll.
''No matter what, I must pass the test. I must seed in summoning a powerful beast.''
She only thought for a moment and immediately bit her finger. After that, she wrote her name on the scroll, and it suddenly glowed.
The golden scroll illuminated golden light and it was so bright that Yeosho couldn''t see anything for a moment.
Suddenly, her body vanished and appeared in a forest.
She didn''t react immediately. Rather, she calmly looked around and saw a creature standing in front of her.
"Human, it seems like you have alsoe here for the contract."
When its voice reached her ears, she was frightened. The beast in front of her was none other than the legendary nine tails fox.
Suddenly, she remembered a legend about Emperor Sung Ming.
He once fought nearly thirty people with a strength simr to his for a whole month without getting exhausted. It was said that his internal energy was infinite.
She instantly became nervous. Although she hadn''t heard about Nine Tails being Sung Ming''s summoned beast, she knew about Legendary Nine Tails.
It was said that heaven gave birth to five eggs. From those five eggs, five Divine Beasts came to Murim World.
Legendary Nine Tails Fox! Divine Fire Dragon! Soaring Heaven Blue Phoenix! Celestial Ruler Elemental Lion! Death Brewing Viper!
These five beasts once ruled the Murim World. Their power was so strong that no one could ever subdue them.
But, a long time ago, a war between these five beasts and human creatures broke out. This war was so devastating that half of the human race was extinguished in a single day.
But, at that moment, one of them betrayed the other beasts. Legendary Nine Tails Fox betrayed his fellow monsters and helped humans to fight against them.
And, in that war, Emperor Sung Ming finally took the throne of the strongest man in the world.
''It all makes sense.''
Yeosho''s eyes widened as she thought about it.
''It truly makes sense. The summoning beast of the emperor must be the Legendary Nine Tails Fox. That might be the reason why humanity survived against them.''
"Tch! I thought it was someone strong this time but it turned out to be a weakling once again."
Suddenly, she heard the arrogant voice of the nine tails and came out of her thoughts.
She quickly gathered her courage. Suddenly, she realized that although nine tails were legendary, they didn''t have the pressure like Tengu.
When she realized it, she found that there was no pressure at all.
Seeing this, Nine Tails was surprised. It didn''t expect the human to adjust so fast.
"Interesting! Then, show me what you can do. If you survived against my clone which has one-thousandth of my internal energy, I will be your contract summoning beast."
Hearing his condition, Yeosho was surprised. She thought she would have to fight against the nine tails himself.
She couldn''t help but look at him suspiciously. Only when he created the clone of himself with his internal energy, she calmed down.
She looked at him and asked.
"Are you sure that you won''t regret it?"
"Kakaka! What an amusing human you are. Do you know how many people have tried to make the contract with me? But none of them seeded."
"Do you know why? Because even one-thousandth of my power is not something you can fight."
Nine Tails sneered at her andughed. His arrogance wasn''t wrong. After all, he was one of the five divine beasts.
"Alright, have it your way then."
Yeosho didn''t hesitate to agree. After all, she knew this was probably an opportunity for her. No matter how strong the legendary nine tails might be, its one-thousandth power won''t be strong enough to defeat her, right?
She instantly clenched her fist and spread out her spiritual power. But, suddenly she was dumbfounded.
"Where is my internal energy?"
She couldn''t believe that her internal energy was just gone. There was no internal energy in her dantian at all.
"Tch! I forgot to tell you. This ce directly seals your internal energy. So, you can''t sense it even if it is inside your dantian."
"That''s why you need to defeat my clone using your physical strength. If you don''t have that strength, then I suggest you go back."
Nine Tails sneered andid down. He wasn''t interested in the battle because, from his perspective, this girl has no chance of winning at all.
After all, she didn''t look like someone with physical strength.
Yeosho''s expression turned ugly. She didn''t expect this. She thought fighting one-thousandth of the nine-tails power was an opportunity for her, but she didn''t expect it to end like this.
No wonder, nobody could make a contract with this beast even if they are geniuses from different sects. But, she wasn''t devastated by it. Her fighting intent rose from her beast.
She looked at the small nine-tails with a strong desire to win. And, at this moment, the gust of spiritual energy suddenly moved toward her.
"It seems like training with Kim''s master was a good choice. At least, I can put off a fight."
Chapter 53 One Year Later, Yeosho Nomu Part 3
Bang!
One fist and one tail struck each other. The impact sent Yeosho back while the nine-tail remained stable in his position.
Compared to it, the real nine tails had a stunned expression on his face.
''How is this possible? How could she use Armament Technique without using internal energy? That should be impossible.''
While it was still in shock, Yeosho rushed toward the nine tails'' clone. She clenched her fist and the spiritual energy merged with her physical energy to form the Armament around her arm.
[Spiritualization Armament Technique]
This technique was developed by Tengu and he was only the person in this world who could use it. But now, there were more people using this technique.
Kim, Yeosho, Neyol, and Hinata. All four of them learned this technique from Tengu.
But,pared to Kim, Yeosho wasn''t nning on using this power alone. Because, unlike Kim whose physical strength was at an amazing level, she was weak.
Spiritualization Armament Technique consumed a lot of physical energy so she couldn''t use it continuously. That''s why even though she had an advantage over previous contractors, she couldn''t spare even a second.
Her body moved toward the Nine Tails clone at an incredible speed butpared to nine tails, it was nothing. It instantly raised five of its tails and mmed them toward Yeosho.
Seeing this, Yeosho narrowed her eyes and spiritual power erupted out of her.
Bang! Bang! Bang! Bang! Bang!
Five tails struck the ground. Each tail struck at a different time but none of them could hit Yeosho. She dodged all of it gracefully and clenched her fist.
When she reached in front of the nine tails clone, she jumped and concentrated her mind on her fist.
The Armament flowed through her veins and reached to her bones. It condensed into armor as well as strengthened her arm.
Boom!
The next second, she smashed her fist against nine tails'' head. The power stunned nine tails'' clone as it flew back. The power almost broke its head.
Thud!
Yeoshonded on the ground but she didn''t stop. She continued to move toward nine tails clone. Her speed was enhanced with armament and when she reached near.
The nine tails clone suddenly opened its mouth. Yeosho who sensed a powerful attacking instantly stopped and dodged to the side.
But, the nine tails clone was smart. It quickly turned its head and shot a powerful beam of energy toward her.
[Battle Soul- Activate]
Boom!
The beam of energy moved so fast that it was almost hard to dodge. But, it couldn''t reach Yeosho as it struck the golden shield in front of her and scattered around.
[Golden Shield]
''I never thought I would have to use my Battle Soul in the fight against the nine tails but then again, it is nine tails after all. So, let''s go all out.''
[Golden Burial]
She raised her hand and pushed it forward. The golden shield scattered into golden dust and moved toward nine tails. It moved underneath nine tails and slowly started sucking it in.
But, the nine tails struggled. It shot another beam of energy at the ground but it only weakened the power of Golden Burial for a moment. Of course, for nine tails, it was more than enough.
So, it jumped and tried to escape from it.
"Now, let''s end this."
Suddenly, a voice rang from above. Nine tails turned its head but before it could look up, a fist struck his head and mmed him on the ground. The golden dust started to suck the nine tails inside the ground.
It was like a swamp.
"It seems like you won. But, I don''t understand. How did you use Armament Technique without internal energy?"
Nine Tails'' voice rang. The clone in the golden dust turned into internal energy and returned to its body.
When Yeosho saw this, she didn''t answer immediately. Her legs shook a bit as she fell to her knees.
"Haa! Haa! I never thought I would have to use Battle Soul while using Spiritualization Armament Technique. It consumed all of my energy."
Yeosho panted for a moment. At this moment, she couldn''t help but remember a memory.
......
''What should I do? What should I do? My internal energy is used up. Even if I use Spiritualization Armament Technique, I won''t be able to defeat them.''
"Tch! I never thought I would kill a woman like you. But, it''s your fault foring to this city."
A young man snorted as he raised his palm. The immense internal energy burst out of his palm and condensed into a giant palm of energy.
Looking at the giant palm, Yeosho had a nk expression on her face.
''I left the training because I thought I couldn''t make a progress there. I left my home to find opportunities. Now, the opportunity is right in front of me.''
''But, I can''t even take it. Weakness¡ Damn! Why am I so weak?''
Bang!
The palm struck her body and she coughed out blood. She didn''t die because she used Armament Technique around her body but she was on the verge of death.
"Oh! You managed to survive. But, it doesn''t matter. Without internal energy, you can''t do anything at all."
The young man spoke and condensed another giant palm with his internal energy.
''Is that it? Am I going to die like this? No! No! Even if it is the end of the road, I will be a worker and forge ahead. I can''t stop here.''
The spiritual energy burst toward her and merged with her physical energy to form a massive armament around her.
She clenched her fist and slowly stood up.
"Damn it! How can you stand up? Die for me."
The young man''s eyes narrowed and anger appeared in his eyes. He had already seen her abilities. If she recovers her internal energy, he would die.
The only reason why he tried to kill her was that she was foolish enough to exhaust herself while still living inside Sin City.
It was truly ack of wisdom. But, it wasn''t her fault. After all, she didn''t know that someone would attack her in that state.
After all, martial artists have their own pride.
Knowing this, the young man condensed the palm with his internal energy and made it even stronger.
"Die!"
Hearing that word, Yeosho''s eyes closed. At this moment, she could feel a strange power bursting out of her.
''If I die here, how can I marry him? If I die here, how I can live with him? Death is my worst enemy of mine. I must defeat it at any cost.''
''Kim said that Battle Soul is the manifestation of our Will. My Will is to survive. Even if I lose all of my power, my Battle Soul must support me in the battle.''
"Awaken!"
Yeosho screamed and a powerful energy burst out of her. She had sensed it before and now, it wasing out of her.
The horrifying aura condensed into a phantom behind her. It was herself. She was behind herself but her body was made out of gold. It was strange yet amazing.
At this moment, a new memory came to her mind.
Without any hesitation, she raised her hand and the gold transformed into golden dust.
[Piercing Heaven Spear]
Bang!
Her golden spear moved forward and pierced the giant palm. The energy of the giant palm scattered and turned into dust while the golden spear also turned into dust.
"How? How can you still use your power? How can you awaken your battle soul?"
A dreadful look appeared in the young man''s eyes. He muttered with a nk expression on his face but before he could ask anything, he saw a giant spear moving toward him.
"Stop! Stop! I am the son of¡.."
Ssh!
Before he could continue, the spear pierced through his chest. The golden spear changed into golden dust and fell to the ground. The next moment, it started to pull the dead body.
[Golden Burial]
After a few seconds, the golden dust returned behind her and entered her body. It reached inside her dantian and burst out an amazing amount of internal energy.
''It''s his internal energy.'' Yeosho was shocked when she saw that. Her Battle Soul truly became an extension of her abilities.
Even if she didn''t have any internal energy left, she could still use her Battle Soul and absorb the opponent''s internal energy with her Golden Dust.
But, before she could check anything, her head started to ache. She instantly gritted her teeth and released the electromaic field. Using it, she flew in the air and moved toward her house.
When she reached there, an extreme pain struck her head. It was so painful that she couldn''t stand it and lost consciousness.
.......
When she thought about that time, Yeosho couldn''t help but smile. At first, she thought it was the side effect of using her Battle Soul. But, it turned out that it was only the side effect of awakening her Battle Soul like that.
Battle Soul required three things; experience, will, and soul. When all of them reach a certain level, you can awaken the Battle Soul.
But, Yeosho instead reced nearly ten to twenty percent of her soul with her Will and condensed her Battle Soul.
So, when it was formed, it almost absorbed a lot of her soul, causing her to lose consciousness.
But, she was happy for awakening it. Because this was her strongest trump card.
Even if her internal energy was exhausted¡.
She could still put off a fight.
Chapter 54 One Year Later, Yeosho Nomu Part 4
"It seems like you are not willing to tell me. Anyway, it doesn''t matter. Although I don''t think it is good for you to make a contract with me, if you still insist, I will fulfill my promise."
Nine Tails spoke upon seeing her silent for a long time.
Hearing his words, Yeosho smiled and said.
"Of course, I want to form a contract with you. If I have you as my summoning beast, my sess will be even more prominent."
Nine tails narrowed his eyes and said.
"But I have to warn you. Unlike other summoning beasts, I don''t fight by myself. Instead, I act as a support. I can provide you with infinite internal energy during the battle."
"But, it alsoes with a cost. If your body isn''t strong enough to hold my internal energy, you will burst into pieces. That''s why my test doesn''t include internal energy."
"Originally, I thought only someone with a strong body could defeat my clone. But, I didn''t expect you to use Armament Technique without using internal energy."
"Even so, I won''t go back on my words. If you still insist, I will form the contract with you."
Hearing his words, Yeosho slowly stood up. She clenched her fist and said.
"Right now, my physical body isn''t strong enough but I have suffered a lot in that training. Even if it was strong enough to defeat you, I believe I can withstand your internal energy."
"After all, I withstand that man''s Spiritual pressure."
Even though it has been a year, she still couldn''t forget the horror of his spiritual pressure.
? Nine Tails saw her strong Will and sighed.
"Alright then."
Saying so, it raised its paw and a golden scroll appeared. His internal energy burst out on its paw as it smashed on Yeosho''s name.
The next moment, arge amount of internal energy poured into her name and a few secondster, a strange chain appeared between them.
"This is the Chain of Contract. Since it is an equal contract, you can''t force me to do things that I don''t want to do. Of course, I will do my best to support you."
"And, when you die, I won''t die but return to this ce. Of course, if I die, you will die."
When she heard that, Yeosho was confused so she asked.
"Wait, how does that make it equal contract?"
"Isn''t it simple? During your whole lifetime, what can you possibly give me?" Nine Tails snorted.
Only then Yeosho realized it. After all, she made nine tails her summoning beast but she wasn''t helping it. Rather, she was asking for its help without doing anything in return.
So, it was obvious that her death wouldn''t affect it but its death would affect her.
Thinking so, she nodded and held the chain just like nine tails. The next moment, the nine tails body started to shrink until it became a red ball. It flew toward her and entered her dantian.
When it happened, the chain slowly disappeared from her hand and her body also disappeared from this ce.
She returned to the pir.
"Nine Tail, do you have any name?" After she found out that she had returned, Yeosho curiously asked.
"Humph! Of course, I have a name. My name is Tojo." Nine Tails snorted as it replied to Yeosho.
"Tojo! That''s such a nice name. So, I will call you Tojo from now on." Yeosho beautifully smiled as she looked around.
She was confused for a moment. A lot of time passed but there was no phantom to fight.
"Time in that ce is different from the time in this ce. So, from the moment you went there and passed my test, only one or two minutes should pass here." Tojo spoke when he saw her confusion.
"Oh! That means I can prepare myself. By the way, Tojo, you said that I can''t handle your Internal energy but I don''t feel anything at all." Yeosho looked confused as she asked.
"That''s because I haven''t released my Internal Energy. Let me show you my internal energy." When Tojo said that, red internal energy burst out of her dantian and covered her body in ayer of red internal energy.
"Hiss! So much internal energy. It''s almost five times my total internal energy." Yeosho sucked cold breath when she felt the internal energy around her.
She felt like this energy was so heavy and strong that she could even fight Kim right now.
"Wait, what is going on? Aren''t you feeling any kind of pressure from my internal energy? Like the pressure that would break your bones. What''s going on? You clearly do not have the physical strength to bear my internal energy."
"How are you doing this?" Tojo looked confused. He couldn''t believe what he was seeing. His immense internal energy from him could even crush Senior Martial Artists to death.
But Yeosho was simply standing without feeling any kind of pressure at all.
Yeosho was also surprised upon hearing his question. She thought for a moment and said.
"Maybe it''s because I have withstood pressure many times greater than this."
"Don''t brag. Your physical strength is so weak. How could you withstand more pressure than this." Tojo snorted from inside. He was truly confused.
"If you don''t believe me, put out more internal energy." Yeosho stuck out her tongue and smiled.
"Are you sure?" Tojo didn''t send his internal energy immediately but rather asked to confirm.
"Yes" Yeosho nodded her head with a serious expression.
Tojo hesitated for a moment and said.
"Alright, I will send ten times your internal energy into your body. I won''t send more than that because even if you withstood the pressure, your blood veins and meridians will burst open because of the quantity of internal energy."
"Only after you got stronger, you can borrow more internal energy from me."
Saying so, Tojo released the same amount of internal energy he released before. The red internal energy cloak around him got bigger. The intense power came out an intense pressure but Yeosho didn''t even flinch.
When she felt this much power in her body, Yeosho clenched her fist and smiled.
"Yes, I can finally cross these trials. With this much internal energy, I can use my Electromaic Field for much longer. I mustplete this trial."
Tojo was shocked. It was living inside her dantian but it could see everything outside. So, when he found that she wasn''t even feeling a little bit of pressure, he stumbled back.
"You really withstood the pressure. How is this possible?"
"Hehe! Tojo, once I clear this trial, I will take you to meet someone. He is an incredibly strong person." Yeosho giggled as she spoke.
"Humph! I would like to see this so-called strong person." Tojo snorted and went back to sleep.
It didn''t take back the internal energy that it gave Yeosho.
Yeosho smiled and turned around. Her eyes fell on the new blue box that appeared in front of her.
[Test 3- Fight a phantom that has four times your strength
Reward- 10000000 Gold Coins, Next Test
Punishment- Kicked out for a month]
Seeing the new reward, Yeosho couldn''t help but swallow her saliva down.
Ten million gold coins! This number shocked her. Even though she already knew that the total wealth of Sung Ming waspared to a whole kingdom, she expected to gain such a rewardter on.
But this also made her suspicious. From ten thousand to ten million. It was quite a big jump. If it continued like this, it would surely reach billions.
And, she had no idea how many tests she would need to aplish.
Yeosho took a deep breath and released. The blue dotsbined and formed the phantom once again.
This time, she didn''t use Electromaic Field. But, using the internal energy of the nine tails, she rushed toward to the phantom.
She could the new level of strength flowing in her body. She clenched her fist and her body instantly appeared in front of the phantom before it could even react.
Although it had four times her strength, she now had ten times the strength. Basically, her physical strength wasn''t high. It was only her endurance that had been increased to a certain level.
But from the previous battle, she learned that these phantoms do not have the same level of endurance and defense as her.
So, she immediately used her physical strength instead of relying on other tricks. When she appeared in front of the phantom, it couldn''t react to it.
The lightning bolts erupted out of her body and struck Yeosho. But, at the same time, Yeosho''s fist struck the phantom''s face. And, she pushed him to the ground, striking his head and bursting it into pieces.
Bang!
One strike!
All it took was one strike!
The test was over.
[Congrattion on crossing the first test]
[Your performance has been ranked]
[Being only one to finish the third test with a single strike, you have been rewarded with Emperor Sung Ming Breathing Technique]
When Yeosho saw it, her eyes widened and her mind went nk for a moment.
??????
Chapter 55 One Year Later, Yeosho Nomu Part 5
"Ohhh! You actually got his Breathing Technique. Unfortunately, it might not suit you. You have a different kind of lightning ability that I have never seen in this world."
"On the other hand, his Breathing Technique was quite unique as well. Hmm¡ Now that I think about it, you could practice his Breathing Technique and merge it with yours."
Tojo voice''s rang in her head but Yeosho didn''t care about that.
She quickly put the gold inside her spatial ring and took the book floating in the air.
When she held it, she could feel a strange aura on it. She didn''t open it immediately but rather stared at the title of the book.
[Sun and Moon Breathing Technique]
"What kind of breathing technique is this? Is it rted to the actual sun and moon?" Yeosho couldn''t help but feel curious.
"Yes and no. Sun and Moon represent two extremes of the world such as; Fire and Water, Lightning and Wind, Dark and Light. Cultivating this technique, you will be able to cultivate two extremes of this world."
"You have already cultivated lightning. As long as you can cultivate wind, you will be able to use the power of wind and lightning together. As you already know, the wind is the counter to lightning just like water is the counter to fire."
"Of course, that being said, when you practice two different kinds of technique, you can use this breathing method toplement their powers and use it at once." Tojo exined.
Hearing his words, Yeosho thought for a moment and shook her head.
"I don''t need it right now. Someone else does. He had already practiced Lightning, Metal, and Dark Breathing Techniques. So, only in his hand, this technique can show its true potential."
"Ohhhh! Who is this person? It isn''t that scary person you told me about, right?" Tojo was surprised to hear her words. He didn''t expect that she couldpletely ignore the breathing technique of Sung Ming.
If this technique was to be presented in front of the mass, countless people will try to rob it. Unfortunately, Yeosho didn''t care about it.
She just smiled and said.
"He is the dearest person to me. It has been six months since I haven''t seen him. I can''t wait toplete this trail and bring this pir to him."
Tojo narrowed his eyes and smirked.
"Alright, I would like to see if you can."
He didn''t pull his internal energy and let her use it. After all, as her summoning beast, he would unquestionably help her.
Soon after, Yeosho faced another challenge. This time, the phantom had eight times her strength. Not only the physical strength but also the internal energy.
That means its strength was catching up to Yeosho. But once again, Yeosho managed to beat her opponent with one punch. Using the Armament Technique with the internal energy of the Tojo, she was able to smash the phantom''s head in a single strike.
And, unlike before, her main reward was a spatial ring. And, this spatial ring held a massive number of weapons from spears to swords, to daggers, to armor.
And, her second reward for ending this trial with a single strike was another spatial ring filled with pills. There were several kinds of pills ranging from Energy Pills to Recovery Pills to Body Tempering Pills.
While she was resting and waiting for her opponent, Tojo suddenly spoke.
"Little girl, do you want to cheat in this trial?"
Yeosho was stunned for a moment as she asked.
"What do you mean?"
"Normally, I wouldn''t have told this trick to anyone but since I am already your summoning beast, you are already half inheritor of Sung Ming."
"So, I have a suggestion for you. With your current strength, even if you use the Body Tempering Pills, it would be extremely hard to conquer this pir."
"But, I have a method that can help you conquer this pir with ease. Of course, you still need to fight." Tojo spoke.
Hearing his words, Yeosho remained silent for a moment and asked.
"If what you said is correct, then can I leave early?"
Tojo was stunned for a moment. After a while, he asked.
"Why do you want to leave early?"
"I want to meet Kim." Yeosho answered without hesitation.
Tojo was speechless hearing her answer. He sighed.
"Anyway, yes, you can finish it quickly."
"Then, tell me! Hurry up!" Yeosho got excited as she quickly stood up and spoke.
Tojo was speechless once again. He suddenly regretted making the contract with her. But, after a while, he sighed and exined.
"Actually, there are fifteen rewards in this pir. That means there are fifteen tests. As you already know, each test is twice as difficult as the previous test."
"Not only it is longer but it is also hard. For example, just now you fought someone with eight times your strength. And, it was just the fourth test. Just imagine how difficult the fifteenth test would be."
"But there is actually one hidden secret behind it."
Suddenly, at this moment Yeosho interrupted.
"You mean, if I one-shot the test, I will be able toplete all the tests without actuallypleting all the tests?"
Tojo paused for a moment and spoke.
"Yes. As long as you can finish your opponent with a single strike, you will gain all fifteen rewards. And, thest reward is the pir itself. So, what do you think?"
"Do you have the confidence to one-shot all of your uing opponents?"
Hearing his words, Yeosho remained silent for a moment.
"Currently, you have earned seven rewards which means there are still four tests that you need to pass. The next will have sixteenth times your strength. Then, the next will have thirty-two times your strength."
"Then, the next will have sixty-four and the final will have one hundred and twenty-eight times your strength. Are you confident on defeat them?"
Suddenly, Yeosho smirked.
"Of course, I am. My intention from the beginning was toplete all the tests. Even if the way I finish it has changed, my motivation hasn''t changed at all."
"But, I need your help. Currently, I can only use 10x internal energy from you. But, I need to push beyond it. There is only one way to do so. I will use my own internal energy to activate Armament Technique and strengthen my body from inside to bear the impact of your internal energy."
Hearing her words, Tojo suddenly reacted.
"Wait, wait, you can do that? I thought Armament Technique can only be applied outside the skin like armor."
"That''s what most people think. But, Armament Technique can be used as internal energy to strengthen the body but it is many times better than using internal energy." Yeosho rolled her eyes and answered.
"Alright then, once the battle starts. You activate your Armament Technique and I will deliver 20x internal energy to your body. If you can''t handle it, you scream, okay?" Tojo didn''t want the person who had a contract with him to die so easily.
So, he was still a bit worried.
"Don''t worry, I won''t put my life on the line so easily." Yeosho took a deep breath and decided to wait.
Soon after, the battle started.
As soon as it started, she released her internal energy and activated the Armament Technique. Finishing that, she signaled Tojo to release 20x internal energy.
As soon as he did it, her body burst out an immense strength. The red internal energy formed a cloak around her. She pushed her foot against the ground and her body instantly appeared above the phantom.
She closed her eyes and slowly a martial art appeared in her mind. It was a martial art that she learned while training with Kim.
Releasing the Electromaic field around her arm, she pushed forward. The speed that her muscles reacted was so insane. In an instant, her fist touched the phantom''s head and all of the energy flowed out at the same sound.
[Super Sonic Punch]
Bam! Boom!
The phantom suddenly exploded. Its body couldn''t bear the impact of that strike and it exploded.
The next second, shended on the ground and the internal energy was drawn back to her dantian.
Tojo who pulled back the internal energy widened his eyes and asked with a stunned expression on his face.
"How did you do that?"
Yeosho didn''t answer immediately. She felt a sting on her arm. She found that she couldn''t move her arm for a moment.
After two minutes, her arm finally returned to normal. Only then, she exined.
"It was a move that I learned when I was training with Kim. At that time, not only I injured my arm but also killed Kim. If it wasn''t for his Undying Body, I would''ve killed myself."
"Later his master told me not to use this move until my internal energy is thirty times stronger than that time. Since that day, my internal energy has grown by ten times. And, using the Armament Technique, I already increase its effect to twenty times."
"And, I also had your twenty times internal energy. So, I decided to use that move and it worked."
"I believe I can still one-shot my next opponent with my ''Super Sonic Punch''."
Hearing her words, Tojo remained silent for a long time.
"That''s one hell of a weird name."
Chapter 56 One Year Later, Yeosho Nomu Part 6
[Test 6- Fight a phantom that has thirty-two times your strength
Reward- Martial Techniques Ring, Next Test
Punishment- Kicked out for a month]
Looking at the panel, she prepared herself for the battle.
One-Shot
That was her n but her opponent was going to be at least thirty-two times stronger. Although she was sure that she could win, her confidence was low.
"Tojo, if I train my body constantly, can I bear more of your internal energy?" Yeosho thought for a moment and asked. If she couldn''t win in a single strike, she could use Body Tempering Pill to increase her strength.
"Yes but I know what you are thinking. It won''t work. Your body needs a lot of time to properly digest those Body Tempering Pills. So, even if you want to use it to increase your strength in a short time, you can''t do it." Tojo shook his head and answered.
"Then, it''s going to be difficult. Although I could defeat my next opponent with one punch, the opponents after that would be harder to beat. So, what do you think I should do?" Yeosho murmured and eventually decided to ask for help.
"Hmm! You are right. Defeating the uing two opponents in a single strike would be hard. If you fail, then it wouldn''t work. Well, there is one more thing you can do."
"Have you ever heard about my innate abilities?" Tojo smirked and asked.
Yeosho shook her head.
"No, I don''t know anything about your powers. The only thing that I heard is that you helped Martial Emperor fight his enemies for thirty days straight."
Tojo almost fell down hearing that.
"That''s not my innate ability. Well, you could call it innate ability. Anyway, Five Divine Beasts including me were born with five different innate abilities."
"My first ability is ''Energy Sharing''. This is the ability that I can use with you without any burden. It allows me to transfer my internal energy to your body and let you keep it."
"My second ability is ''Energy st''. This ability is probably a dozen times stronger than your current ''Super Sonic Punch''. Gathering the internal energy in your palm, you can form an energy ball."
"By spinning it constantly, the energy ball would be in a state of constant movement which would result in an explosion when it strikes anything. So, what do you think?"
Hearing his words, Yeosho''s eyes widened and a big smile appeared on her face.
"Really? Can you do that? Why didn''t you tell me before?"
Tojo inside her dantian rolled his eyes and said.
"Do you really think it would be that easy? Don''t forget, I am living inside you. I can''t control the Energy Ball by myself. You need to do that. And, don''t forget, you need to constantly rotate the energy ball otherwise, it wouldn''t explode upon collision."
Yeosho froze upon hearing that. But, she quickly regained her confidence and said.
"Then, why are we wasting time? Teach me that trick. I can start practicing right now."
As soon as she said that, the internal energy from Tojo moved to her brain and transited a piece of new information.
[Exploding Heaven Bead]
It was the name of this ability. To be fair, this name was really domineering. Yeosho liked it as soon as she found out.
She immediately consumed the knowledge about Exploding Heaven Bead and started practicing.
This ability wasn''t easy but it wasn''t hard either. The only thing that she needed to do was release the internal energy in her palm, shape it into a ball and start rotating it violently.
"Yeosho, be careful while rotating it. If you make a mistake, it will explode and you will be in the middle of the explosion."
"If possible, before you use my internal energy, why not try with your own? Just keep rotating it at an incredible pace and try not to destroy it. If you seed within five minutes, then you can start training with my internal energy." Tojo thought for a moment and suggested.
She didn''t want her to suffer because of his innate ability. After all, she was his second summoner.
In this world, he had been living alone for centuries. Now that he had a chance to finally go out and experience the world with another person, he wouldn''t lose this chance that easily.
Yeosho thought for a moment and agreed. Although she wasn''t sure if she could do it with her own internal energy, she had confidence in her control over her internal energy.
She closed her eyes and focused on her internal energy. Unlike the red internal energy from Nine Tails, hers was blue because of the lightning attribute effects.
It gathered at her palm but it was in Because she had already the entire model in her mind, the internal energy in her palm started to take shape of a ball.
After a while, it finally formed into a size of a tennis ball. Condensing the energy ball, she decided to start the next practice.
Because it took her two minutes to form the ball of internal energy, she was hoping toplete it within five minutes.
''Spin! Spin! Spin! Spin''
Hoping for it to work perfectly, she concentrated her mind on spinning it. When it finally moved a bit, her expression changed and a smile appeared.
Bang!
But, the next moment, the energy ball exploded into dust.
Yeosho sighed in disappointment. But, she didn''t give up. She once again tried and unlike before, she seeded in condensing the energy in just one minute and thirty seconds.
After condensing it, she continued to spin it. Just like before, it was close to spinning perfectly but mid-way, it would explode.
"What''s going on, Tojo? I don''t have much time. Tell me quickly." Yeosho realized that her energy ball was exploding for an exact reason but she didn''t know what the reason was.
But, Tojo who was watching it from inside suddenly smirked.
"Hehe! Little girl, don''t worry about it. Just focus on your next opponent. After that, you can continue with my internal energy."
Yeosho was confused for a moment but she still nodded her head. After a minute, the blue dots appeared and transformed into a phantom.
When standing in front of it, Yeosho was feeling the pressure. The immense internal energy from the phantom was scary but she immediately asked Tojo to release his internal energy.
She concentrated her internal energy into her Armament Technique and Tojo released his internal energy.
When a red energy cloak appeared around her, she immediately released the Electromaic Field.
Her body instantly shed forward but at the same time, the phantom also moved, catching up to her speed. Seeing this, her pupil shrunk.
She didn''t take this matter into concentration at all.
"Don''t panic. Just keep dodging and wait for an opportunity. As long as you can finish it with a single strike, you will still earn the reward." Tojo''s voice rang inside her mind and calmed her down.
She nodded her head and instantly moved away. At this moment, a sharp thunder spear pierced the ce where she was standing.
Yeosho closed her eyes for a moment and pped her hands together. Suddenly, a strange power burst out of her body.
[EMI Shockwave]
This power strikes the phantom and the thunder spear on its hand suddenly vanishes. At this moment, the phantom couldn''t use its thunder internal energy and falls to a disadvantage.
Using this chance, Yeosho rushes toward the phantom and spread out her right arm. At this moment, arge amount of internal energy burst out into her palm.
It was a mixture of her internal energy and Tojo''s internal energy. Originally, she could''ve used her Super Sonic Punch but since she released EMI shockwave, she couldn''t use her own lightning powers.
Thankfully, it was only temporary.
Forming the energy ball in her hand, she started spinning it instantly. The phantom tried to react but it was toote. Before it could leave, her right hand was already in front of it.
Bang!
The massive energy ball exploded at her hand but the impact was enough to send the phantom flying. It didn''t explode but because of its rotation, it managed to pierce through the phantom''s body.
"Little girl, why didn''t you use that punch of yours? This move should''ve hurt you." Tojo''s angry voice rang in her mind. But inside that anger, there was a trace of worry.
"Sorry, Tojo! EMI Shockwave was a move that Kim taught me. When I use this move, the lightning around me or within me disappears. So, without lightning, I couldn''t use Electromaic Field or Super Sonic Punch."
"I had no choice but to use that move. Fortunately, it worked."
Yeosho looked at her arm. There was a trace of scratches on her palm. If it wasn''t for the energy cloak, her hand would''ve turned to dust just like the phantom''s chest.
With the chest gone, the phantom turned into blue dots and disappeared.
Once again, she sessfully one-shot her enemy.
Chapter 57 One Year Later, Yeosho Nomu Part 7
"Well..... then, you can start practicing right now. If you are sessful, then you can take down the uing two opponents with a single strike. But, I still can''t believe that you manage to take down some with thirty-two strength of yours with that iplete move." Tojo sighed in her dantian.
Yeosho shook her head upon hearing that.
"You are wrong, Tojo. Do you think really that person had thirty-two times my strength? Not to mention, arge part of my strength is dependent on Electromaic Field. Even my durability and endurance are several times higher than it."
"The only difference would be internal energy. But, with you, I can stillpete with it in terms of internal energy. In other words, I only fighting someone who is equal to me in strength."
"Of course, the next opponent won''t be the same. After all, the difference between internal energy would be immense. So, I do toplete that move otherwise, I wouldn''t seed."
Hearing her words, Tojo thought for a moment and nodded.
"You are right. I forgot about your Electromaic Powers. They are quite unique. But, why do I feel like you don''t have confidence in your strength? Even though, you clearly show confidence when facing these phantoms."
Yeosho froze upon hearing that. She rubbed the back of her head and chuckled.
"Because I feel like I have seen the strongest genius in the world. One Year Ago, he managed to push a Martial Master to use Aura while just being a Junior Martial Artist."
"Not only that, if it wasn''t for the difference in internal energy, he would''ve probably won against Martial Master. Now, it has been a year since he trained with that man."
"Currently, I am not even sure if I can survive a single attack from him unless I use Super Sonic Punch."
Hearing her words, Tojo stayed frozen in disbelief.
"You are kidding, right? Although you don''t seem to have any kind of bloodline or constitution, you are a rare genius. Just being able to bear my 10x internal energy without Armament Technique and 20x with Armament Technique puts you at the level of top geniuses."
"Not to mention, you have that Electromaic Field. You should be able to fight him for a while. As for fighting Martial Master while being a Junior Martial Artist, you are doing it right now."
"The only difference is that the person in front of you can''t use Aura."
Hearing his words, Yeosho shook her head.
"That was a year ago. Tojo, you can believe me on this one. In front of him, geniuses are scum. And, this is my own view after practicing with him for six months."
"Now, that another six months have passed, I don''t even know how much his strength has grown. Perhaps, he has already learned Aura. No, he must have learned Aura by now."
"By the way, Tojo I remember something. You have a bad rtionship with the Monster Kingdom, right?"
Hearing that name, Tojo''s eyes turned red.
"Don''t mention that name in front of me. Those bastards betrayed the trust of our creator and wreck havoc in this world. If it wasn''t for that, I would be living with my own kins instead of being alone."
Yeosho turned silent upon hearing those words. The anger in his tone was so strong that she could feel her body trembling.
But, she quickly calmed down and smiled.
"I am afraid this name will be mentioned quite a lot in the future. After all, a part of that kingdom is also our target."
Hearing her words, Tojo suddenly changed his mood and asked.
"Little girl, what are you talking about?"
Yeosho chuckled and said.
"Let''s finish these tests quickly and return to him."
"Eyes of Fate will soon re upon this world. Seven Kingdoms will shake and Fate will draw us toward our newpanions."
Tojo felt a bit of conspiracy and danger in her words. He had lived for thousands of years but for the first time, he had a hunch that something big would happen soon.
After that, Tojo didn''t disturb her practice.
Using her own internal energy to create the form of the Energy Ball, she started spinning it. But while spinning it, she started to put more and more of Tojo''s internal energy outside of it.
As she put more internal energy, the ball didn''t explode and kept spinning. But, while it spun, the internal energy at the outer part started to vanish.
She quickly realized the problem and threw the ball away.
Boom!
The mes burst out and moved toward Yeosho. The explosion was so powerful that she started sweating from the temperature of the me alone.
But, she was using her Electromaic Field to create a force field around her. This force field blocked the mes but the intensity and amount of the me were so high that her force field started to melt.
The entire air inside the room was turning into a hot gas.
But, suddenly, the entire room shook. A powerful force burst out from the ceiling and suppressed the fire. It wasn''t water but the force managed to easily extinguish the me.
"Wow! That was too scary. Tojo, why didn''t you tell me that explosion was going to be this scary?" Yeosho sighed a breath of relief and immediately exploded on Tojo.
She couldn''t believe that she was almost burned by her own attack.
"Tch! Little girl, I said that power can help you win against someone with one hundred and twenty-eight times your internal energy, didn''t I? It''s just that you took my words too lightly or maybe you underestimated my internal energy."
"Little girl, I am the Divine Beast. Don''t forget, my whole existence is about Internal Energy. Not to mention this room, my original Energy Ball can even destroy the entire city."
Tojo snorted and spoke with an arrogant tone.
"Yes, yes!" Yeosho didn''t care about his arrogance. She just chuckled and nodded.
After that, she didn''t continue training. She wasn''t sure if she could hold on to another explosion. So, she decided to use the rest for a while.
After ten minutes, the sixth test was finally in front of her. But, this time, it was even more disturbing.
Before even the phantom could be formed, she had already started creating the Energy Ball in her hand.
And, the moment that phantom appeared, her eyes shrunk.
Aura!
At this moment, a powerful aura burst out of the phantom. It was so strong that she didn''t know what to say.
But, she didn''t give up that easily. Condensing the Energy Ball in her hand, she decided to put more spin on the innermost part of the Energy Ball.
She had lived six months with Kim and had learned a lot of scientific stuff. Because her electromaic field had a lot to do with gravitation and repulsion, she learned that if she increases the mass of something, you can increase its gravity.
And while spinning her internal energy, she learned that it actually forces Tojo''s internal energy to press inside thus, asking for more internal energy.
The more she increases the speed, the more internal energy she could add to the external part of the Energy Ball.
And, she did exactly that. Condensing more and more internal energy into her Energy Ball, she created a ball that was nearly the size of two basketballs.
[Red Spiral Shuriken st]
Boom!
As soon as the phantom moved, she threw the energy ball toward it. Even though it chose to dodge it, the moment the energy ball collided with the wall, it exploded.
And, the explosion covered the entire room. This time, even Tojo''s internal energy couldn''t block the me. It was so powerful that even her own body started to burn.
But, since she was still far away from the explosion, she didn''t burn to death. After a minute, the powerful force reappeared and extinguished the me.
"You, how could you change the name of my ability that casually? It''s called Exploding Heaven Bead." After the me was extinguished, Tojo took the burnt internal energy inside and released a fresh wave of internal energy to heal her still whileining about the name.
Feeling the cool internal energy, she could feel her small burns slowly healing. She chuckled at Tojo''s anger and said.
"Your naming sense is too bad. Exploding Heaven Bead, while with you, it might be good enough to call that. But, with me, the name must be changed."
"Red represents the color of the energy ball. Spiral represents the motion of the energy ball. Shuriken is just an effect that I decided to add. As for st, it simply exists because it must be there."
"Besides, Red Spiral Shuriken st sounds awesome. Personally, I would''ve called it Dark Shuriken st but unfortunately, the color isn''t dark."
Hearing her words, Tojo didn''t get angry. Instead, he thought for a moment and said.
"Does color truly matters? Just call it Dark Spiral Shuriken st. It does sounds awesome."
Yeosho was surprised to hear his suggestion. She giggled and nodded.
"Alright then, let''s st ourst opponent with Dark Spiral Shuriken st and leave this ce."
Chapter 58 Plans For The Monster Kingdom Part 1
Pat! Pat! Pat!
"Ahh! Yess! Kim, pound me harder."
"Argh! I miss it so much. Yes, keep hitting my pussy."
Neyol screamed while lying on the bed on her knees and palms. Her white boobs were hanging down from her chest. She moved front and back while her boobs followed.
Her body waspletely naked and behind her, there was a man striking her pussy with his dick.
Kim was holding her hair and mming his dick inside her pussy. As his dick went in, she screamed in pleasure. Her eyes rolled up in pleasure.
"Neyol, even though I fuck you most, you never get satisfied, do you?" Kim chuckled as he pounced his dick faster.
"Of course not! Your dick¡. It''s amazing. No matter how many times you pound me, the pleasure doesn''t diminish at all."
"Kim¡ Let''splete our goal faster. Then, we can have sex all the time." Neyol screamed as she felt her womb being hit by his dick. There was no sense of pain, only pleasure.
It has been a year since she had been together with Kim. She had been fucked by him over a hundred times but she never get satisfied.
Originally, she thought it was due to her constitution. But,ter she realized that his dick was too addicting. Even if she wanted to masturbate, she couldn''t even make herself cum after hours of masturbation.
She realized that only Kim could make her cum and that''s why she had been making a lot of effort to keep Hinata busy so that Kim will just focus on her.
Hearing her words, Kim just smiled. He continued to fuck her, not caring about her words. It wasn''t the first time she said that.
And, it wasn''t just her who said that. Even her three sisters that she brought always kept saying that while having sex. Even Hinata was the same.
''I really need to create a clone technique. But, I can''t create a normal clone that will disappear after a few minutes. I need a tangible clone that can have sex for hours.''
''If I remember correctly, there is a way to do so. That manga clearly has shown the idea but the problem is that I don''t have massive Internal Energy nor enough vitality.''
''Without these two, I can''t create enough clones to satisfy all of my women.''
"Kim, why did you slow down?" Suddenly Neyol''s voice woke him up. Kim shook his head and said.
"I was just thinking how fast I should go this time."
Saying so, a smirk appeared on his lips. The next moment, he started moving his hips faster. His dick was rubbing against her vagina, creating mes of pleasure.
The friction was so high that Neyol''s mind went nk for a moment. She couldn''t process the pleasure she was getting from her pussy.
After three minutes, Kim took out his dick and put it in front of her face.
Neyol didn''t say a word. She simply opened her mouth and took the entire dick inside her mouth.
Even though it was covered with her own cum, she didn''t care. She just focused on moving her lips and tongue to pleasure him.
Her head moved forward and the tip of his dick hit her throat. She couldn''t hold it but Kim simply pressed her head.
At this moment, Kim could feel his cuming out of his dick. Soon, it filled her entire mouth. It kept moving down from her throat.
After he filled her, he slowly removed his dick from her mouth but didn''t put it away.
Neyol started licking it. Using her tongue, she perfectly cleaned his dick and finally, he started wearing his clothes.
After a while, he walked out of the room and entered a massive hall. It was massive but only with a few chairs.
There was no one in the hall. Soon, Neyol caught up to him and pouted.
"Can''t you wait for me even for a moment?"
Kim smiled and ignored her question.
"Go and call everyone!"
Neyol stomped her foot on the ground angrily and left. After a while, she returned with four people.
Hinata who had grown into a mature woman walked gracefully like a queen. She was wearing a tight ck dress thatpletely hides her upper and lower body. Her shelves were transparent and she was wearing lipstick.
Her hair was open behind her back.
Next to her, there were three women. Two of them were tall while one was short, like a child.
But, she wasn''t a child. She was nearly thirty-five years old. Due to a martial technique that she practices, she has kept her body in her youth.
But, it had one downside. She was too young. She looked like a loli at the age of ten. And, so, her body didn''t grow properly.
That''s why the two girls next to her didn''t practice this technique. Although all women wanted to keep a glowing and beautiful appearance, they didn''t want to remain t-chested for the rest of their lives.
As for the two girls, they were beautiful just like Neyol. But unlike Neyol, they were a bit less mature. They wore a green and blue robes and covered their bodypletely.
But, their faces were pretty open in front of him.
The beautiful appearance captured his heart the moment he saw them. Then, it wasn''t long before he conquered them with his dick.
Instead of using his Emperor Eyes'' to increase their lust, he used the old trick from Xianxia novels that he used to read.
Conquer their body first then settle their heartster.
Of course, he still used his Emperor Eyes to make them loyal to him. Afterward, he just continued to have sex with them and train.
"Master Kim!" Except for Hinata, three girls upon reaching closer to him kneeled on one knee and bowed their heads.
Although they were part of his harem, Neyol suggested having a hierarchy in his harem. Otherwise, there would be a huge conflict.
Except for Neyol, Hinata, and Yeosho, all who join Eyes of Fate must dress him as Master.
Only after getting a certain rank, they can start calling him by his name.
"Get up! So, how is your practice?" Kim moved his hand and asked.
Three of them stood up and answered.
"We have sessfully reached Martial Grandmaster Realm."
p! p! p!
"Good! Good! Good! Now, with Neyol, we finally have four people who have reached Martial Grandmaster Realm. It has been a year since we started our organization."
"Yeosho will join us soon and I believe, she will surprise us with her strength. Hinata has already reached Martial Master Realm and herbat power is also at Martial Grandmaster Realm."
"With five Grandmasters, we can finally push our n to action. Our first conquest would be the Rebels of Monster Kingdom. Neyol, please exin your n!"
Kim pped his hands with a smile on his face and asked politely while looking at Neyol.
"Shouldn''t we wait for Yeosho?" Neyol asked with a confused expression.
"Yeosho will definitely seed. We don''t have to worry about money." Kim shook his head and answered.
Hearing his words, Neyol and Hinata''s expressions turned sour.
"You are definitely partial to her."
"What are you talking about? You and I both know her strength before she left home. She might be ignorant but she isn''t weak. I have taught her every move I could think of. She will definitely seed in wealth. So, let''s start."
Neyol helplessly sighed and nodded her head. She took out a map from her spatial ring and a desk.
Putting the map on the desk, she looked at Kim.
"Our next n is Monster Kingdom. I have already told you before but now, I have even more information about this kingdom. After four divine beasts captured this kingdom, they divided the kingdom into four parts."
"After that, they started rolling their own part of the kingdom os unlike other kingdoms, it has four different rules and four different ideals, creating four regions. Thus, this kingdom has been at war for centuries."
"Four parts of the kingdom constantly fight each other, thus creating a majority of people who are dissatisfied with how the kingdom is. But since they are monsters, they can''t leave the kingdom either."
"So, they have turned their back on their own regions. These people have beenbeled as Rebels and they mostly hide in dark. I have already told you this before."
"But, the new information that I learned during this year was that these rebels are trying to forge their own alliance and fight against the four regions."
"But they are short in money. Without enough resources, their ns have been stagnant for years. From the information that I have gathered, they have four Grandmasters, fifty Masters, Hundreds of Junior and Senior Monsters, and One Lord Realm monster"
"We can try to win them but their leader might not agree that easily."
Saying so, Neyol turned her eyes to Kim, waiting for his response.
Kim raised his eyebrows and his expression turned gloomy.
"We have to find a way to keep those masters, juniors, and senior monsters out of the battle. As for Lord Realm Monster."
A cold glint appeared in his eyes as he continued.
"Leave it to me."
Chapter 59 Plans For The Monster Kingdom Part 2
Hearing his words, Neyol nodded her head.
Martial Lord Realm Martial Artist would be one of the very few strong people in the entire world.
But so what? In her eyes, even if it is Martial King, Kim dared to fight.
Seeing her agree, Kim smiled and spoke.
"Right now, we don''t have the advantage in numbers so how about we make a journey to the Ghost Kingdom before we enter the Monster Kingdom?"
Hearing his words, five of them were confused for a moment.
Why would they need to go to the Ghost Kingdom?
Suddenly, Neyol''s pupils'' shrunk as she said.
"Do you want to raise an undead army?"
Kim nodded his head and said.
"Right now, we don''t have an advantage in numbers. The Ghost Kingdom holds the highest number of dead people. The entire kingdom is a graveyard. If we go there, I can use my ''Call of Undead'' skill to create the army of undead."
Neyol thought for a moment and spoke.
"Your idea is good but wouldn''t it be hard for us to offend two different kingdoms at the same time."
Who didn''t know the taboo of the Ghost Kingdom? If you were a martial artist, you would not think of stealing the grave from the Ghost Kingdom even if it was your ancestor''s grave.
It would be impossible to do unless you have a power like Royal Family.
Kim sighed and spoke.
"I know, but the Ghost Kingdom is the weakest among all kingdoms, isn''t it? If we aren''t even afraid of offending the Monster Kingdom, why would we need to be afraid of the Ghost Kingdom."
"Besides, having the army of the Ghost Kingdompletely offsets the loss of not having any rebels in that kingdom. Unlike other kingdoms, we can''t find any support from the ghost kingdom except for the dead bodies."
Neyol didn''t answer immediately.
Instead, Hinata spoke.
"Then, what are we waiting for? Let''s go to the Ghost Kingdom and steal some graves."
Kim didn''t answer her immediately but rather looked at three girls and said.
"Seo-Yoon, Seo-Jun, Seo-Yeon, what do you think about this?"
Seo-Yoon was the tall girl wearing a green robe. She raised her head and looked at Neyol.
"I think Sister Neyol''s opinion would be much better than ours."
"Yeah, I think too." Seo-Yeon was another tall girl wearing a blue robe. She nodded her head and supported her sister''s thought.
"Humph! Why do we need to think? If we are going to attack, let''s just attack." On the other hand, the little girl, Seo-Jun snorted loudly and spoke.
Unlike her sisters, she liked Hinata''s ideals more.
Be the strongest and suppress everyone under your palm.
Hearing their answers, Kim smiled and said.
"Of course, we will go and attack them."
Hearing that, Hinata and Seo-Jun suddenly became excited. They didn''t expect Kim to support their idea. After all, most of the time, Kim always supports Neyol''s idea.
For them, this moment felt like a big win.
But, the next moment, Kim continued.
"But, we will follow Neyol''s n. I believe she is more than capable ofing up with a proper n. Once Yeosho returns, Neyol will exin her n and then, we will start our operation."
"For now, let me go out and meet Master Tengu."
When Kim said thest word, their expression suddenly changed and be serious.
One Year!
It has been one year since that man arrived in this town but even till now, only Kim could walk closer to him.
Three Seo sisters were shocked when they first met him. After that, they have been living here for over nine months but even so, they couldn''t bring the courage to go near him.
They came from the Royal Capital of the Human Kingdom. What kind of powerhouses they haven''t seen? But even for them, just standing in front of him was more difficult than crossing to the next realm.
Slowly, they began to understand why he couldn''t eat any food. As long as he wasn''t willing to kill, nobody had the guts to closer to him.
Only Kim who had awakened his Battle Soul twice can walk next to him.
"You don''t have to be that serious. You will get used to it one day." Kim smiled and shook his head when he saw their expression change.
At first, they were serious but then, a trace of guilt appeared on their faces, especially on Hinata and Neyol''s faces.
"But¡. It has been over a year. Your master saved us but even till now, we don''t have enough courage to walk next to him." Neyol bit her lips and lowered her head.
Kim walked closer to her and patted her head. Now, he was a bit taller than him so he developed the same habit as hers.
"Don''t worry, Master won''t feel bad about it. Just yesterday, he was happy that you cooked such a huge meal for him."
Hearing his words, Neyol sighed and nodded her head. There was nothing she could do. Even though after one year of practice she managed to awaken her Battle Soul, she still couldn''t stand in front of him without passing out.
Only Hinata could stand thanks to her Heavenly Asura Body, even she couldn''t stop shaking.
"Don''t worry too much. Anyway, today is thest day of my training. From today, my one-year training will end. So, let''s give him an extravagant meal." Kim said.
Hearing his words, everyone nodded their heads and Kim walked out of the hall.
The outside was simply empty. There weren''t many houses. The main house where he stayed and another house where his master lived.
But, the distance between them was too far. He had to walk for ten minutes just to reach his master''s house.
As he got closer to his master''s house, he started to feel the pressure. The immense strength that his master possessed was slowly getting revealed to him.
"System, show me the ''system'' status window"
[Name- Kim Woo
Lvl- 19 (Elite)
ss- Dark Martial Artist
Level Up- 510 Harem Coins
Unique Talent- Emperor''s Eyes, Titan Madness, Spear Soul
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Martial Technique- Dark Breathing Technique (Lv.10), True Martial Technique (Lv.4), Metal Breathing Technique (Lv.10), Lightning Breathing Technique (Lv.10)
Martial Art- Nightless sh, Paralyzing Stab, One Strike Art, Thunder Spear Art, Iron Pagoda Art, Dark Moon,
Three Power System- Armament Technique (Lv.10), Observation Technique (Lv.10), Spiritual Technique (Lv.10)
Body- Gold
STR: 200 / AGI: 200 / END: 300
DEX: 200 / STM: 500 / DEF: 200
SP: 200 / IE: 95
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Battle Soul Awakening- Second Awakening
Innate Body Abilities- Undying Body, Poison Resistance, and Perfect Martial Body
Innate Soul Abilities- Heretic Evil Seed, Call for Undead, and Bone Creation Skill
Third Awakening Requirement- Unknown
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Lust Meter- 5
Harem Member- Yeosho Nomu, Neyol Woo, Hinata Shura, Seo-Yoon, Seo-Jun, Seo-Yeon
Harem Points-
Lust Berserk Mode- Deactivated]
''It seems like my strength has grown a lot. How long has it been since I opened the status window? Probably been over a month. But, I still couldn''t trigger the Third Awakening of my Battle Soul.''
''Also, Harem Points have changed into Harem Coins. One Harem Coin would be equivalent to One Hundred Harem Points. But, then why did the Level Up Requirement reset to 100 Harem Points after reaching level 10.''
''I didn''t make it like that. So, what exactly changed?''
Kim was confused about it. But, he also knew that he couldn''t make any changes now. Anyway, for him, it was good news that the level-up requirement got reset.
After all, he only had six women and one of them left after six months. So, it was getting harder to level up. If it wasn''t for reset, he wouldn''t have reached level neen with just six women.
After thinking about it, he shrugged his shoulders and thought.
''Anyway, how about my personal status window.''
"System, show me the ''personal'' status window"
[Name- Kim Woo
Realm- Martial Master
Combat Strength- Martial Lord (Peak)
Body Strength- Martial Grandmaster
Internal Energy- S-Rank
Three Powers- Armament Technique (Advanced), Observation Technique (Advanced), Spiritual Technique (Advanced)
Abilities- Spear Soul, Aura, Dark Element, Bone Maniption, and Lightning Element]
''Hmm! This is much better than the system''s status window. If it wasn''t for the fact that I needed the system''s level up, I wouldn''t have checked it.''
''Now, I am finally confident to face this world. Although I hope there aren''t many monsters like my master in this world. Even with my strength, I couldn''t see the peak of my strength. I barely managed to scratch the surface.''
''But, one day, I will definitely see the peak of my master'' strength. Not only that, I will defeat him one day. But, that day is still too far away.''
''First, gather the rebels andplete the organization. Second, threaten the seven kingdoms, and finally make a ce for yourself. And, finally, fight the peak existence in this world except for my master.''
Thinking so, Kim''s clenched his fist and looked at the door in front of him.
''Only then, I will be qualified to challenge this man.''
Chapter 60 Masters Task, Disciples Tears, Yeoshos Arrival
"Master!" Kim walked inside the house and spoke. He looked at the middle-aged man sitting on the ground with his eyes closed and legs crossed.
"Today is thest day. How are you feeling?" Tengu slowly opened his eyes and asked with a gentle smile on his face.
"I still can''t feel your strength. Master, just how powerful are you?" Although Kim didn''t want to ask this, he still couldn''t stop himself. After all, who wouldn''t be curious about it?
Tengu didn''t answer immediately but rather looked toward the ceiling.
"I don''t understand why people kill each other just to show off their strength."
When Kim heard this question, his heart was shaken for a moment. But, he quickly calmed down. He knew his master was the most gentle person in the world.
He wouldn''t even kill the animals to eat even if he was hungry.
Kim didn''t reply and let his master continue.
"When I was born in this world, the first thing that I saw was an attack on my family. At that time, I was barely able to understand something. At that time, my parents got heavily injured and almost died."
"When I was young, I swore revenge. I wanted to kill them and take revenge for my parents. But, when I grow up, I realized that the man who injured my parents was also taking revenge."
"It turned out my father had taken that man''s wife as a servant against her Will. I didn''t understand why my father would do such a thing. But as I met more people, I understood one thing."
"Strength was the root of it all."
"Kim, from the very beginning, you had always asked me, why I took you as my disciple, right?"
Kim nodded his head and spoke.
"Master, no matter the reason, I will never forget your kindness. I will do whatever you ask me to do."
These words truly came from his heart. Kim was the kind of person who knew how to distinguish kindness and revenge. If someone helps him, he would return the favor.
If someone messes with him, he will kill them.
Hearing his words, Tengu smiled and slowly lowered his head.
"Right now, you aren''t strong enough. But, I never actually thought of handing this task to you. Only when you decided to create an organization that could threaten the world, I decided to leave this task to you."
"Although you have a goal, it isn''t exactly a goal, is it? The reason behind creating this organization is because you are afraid that one day you might have to face the entire world."
"And, in that situation, you need someone''s help. Originally, you just wanted to include females in this organization but you realized that it wouldn''t be enough."
"But, let me tell you something. You haven''t told me your martial path but I know it has nothing to do withpeting with the kingdoms. In that regard, you actually don''t have a goal."
"Earning money, gathering allies, fighting against kingdoms is just the journey. So, you actually don''t have any goal here. That''s why I decided to give you this task."
Hearing his words, Kim''s expression got serious as he lowered his head and bowed in front of him.
"Master, please give me a goal!"
Tengu slowly stood up and kept his smile as he spoke.
"My disciple, I have given you everything I learned. I have trained you to the peak of my capabilities. Although you still haven''t reached the strength that you need to aplish this goal, I believe one day you will surpass me."
"Originally, I said that I will help you against old people. But now, I have changed my mind. You no longer need my help in that regard."
"If you die, then it''s your fate. But, if you leave then you can fulfill this task."
"Kim Woo, as your master, I, Tengu grant you the goal of creating order in this world. Create a world where the strong can''t bully the weak. Create a world where people adjust themselves withws."
"Create a world where themon people won''t have to die in the hands of a martial artist like the people from this town."
"This is my only request. I hope you will aplish this goal. Until then, you aren''t allowed to return to this town. I will wait for you in this Pingyang Town, waiting for you to aplish this task."
When Kim finally understood the task, he clenched his fists.
One Year - Five Years - Ten Years
He didn''t know how long that will take or if he could even finish this task. Not meeting his master for that long truly made his heart tremble.
Thud!
He fell to his knees and smashed his head on the ground.
"Master, you are very kind. Because of your kindness, I survived that day."
At this moment, his voice turned hoarse and his eyes blurred. Tears fell on the ground as he continued.
"Master, I won''t keep you hungry for long. Today won''t be thest meal of your life either. Master, I will definitelyplete this task."
Looking at Kim, Tengu''s eyes blurred a bit. He couldn''t help but remember the days when he trained Kim.
Whether it was a sunny day or a rainy day, he apanied Kim in his training. He never let his disciple rest but also never overdid the training.
Kim never disappointed him. Whether it was on adjusting to his spiritual pressure or learning Three Powers, Kim was the strongest and smartest person he has ever seen.
The power that it took him five years was mastered by Kim in just one year. Even though it was him figuring out everything on his own, the time gap was still huge.
He believed that if Kim was given one more year, he would definitely reach his own level.
But, he also didn''t want to iste Kim. He wanted Kim to go out and understand this world. He wanted Kim toplete his own dream.
Although Kim didn''t tell him, he knew that his disciple wanted to get more women and create a giant harem.
Whenever he remembered that he couldn''t help butugh. He might never have a person who would stay by his side. But, his disciple would have countless beauties surrounding him.
Tengu slowly crouched down and patted Kim''s head.
"After gaining this power, I lost everything, my family, my friends, and my identity. But, after meeting you, I earned them back."
"You are my family and I am your master. That is my identity. I might have lost my friends but I got beautiful daughters-inw who are desperately trying to talk to me."
"I am d that I came here. I am d that I met you. If I hadn''t met you, maybe I would''ve been alone for the rest of my life. My disciple, go out in this world and spread your wings."
"Good and Bad are defined by the person. The journey is important but results are determined by your mindset. Never change your mindset. Don''t forget your task. Let''s have ast meal before you leave."
Hearing his words, Kim didn''t stand up immediately. He turned his head and silently wiped his tears. When he stood up, there was a wound on his forehead.
He didn''t care about it. But, he couldn''t show his face to his master. He was feeling embarrassed.
He couldn''t believe that he cried in front of his master. Although it was a sad parting, he still felt ashamed for crying.
"Hahaha! I never thought my disciple would be this shy. Go out. Thest person has finally arrived and brought you a big support."
Tengu burst intougher as he patted Kim.
Hearing his words, Kim''s eyes widened. He immediately released his spiritual power and sensed the surroundings. After a few seconds, he understood what his master meant.
"Master, don''t forget about the dinner!"
Saying so, Kim left the house instantly.
"Tsk! Tsk! This disciple still cares more about his lovers than his master. But, this girl definitely surprised me. I never thought she would be able to make the contract with that legendary beast."
"Hehe! It seems like my disciple is truly fated with extraordinary people. Eyes of Fate, huh! Yes, my disciple, you are definitely fated with the most extraordinary people in this world."
Tengu chuckled and finally sat. He closed his eyes and started the meditation as usual.
.....
On the outskirt of Pingyang Town,
"Little girl, leave this ce right now. Don''t step forward. I don''t know who this person is but you will definitely die if you move ahead.
"Hey, didn''t you hear me? Don''t move forward. Wait, someone ising toward you. His aura¡.. Damn it! Another monster ising toward you."
Tojo was screaming in her head. When he came to the outskirt of this town, he felt an oppressive aura from the town.
It was so strong that Tojo was shivering in fear.
He, the legendary Nine Tails Fox was shivering in fear. Even the most powerful Sung Ming couldn''t achieve this feat.
"Hehe! I knew it would surprise you. Don''t worry, he is my husband''s master. He will not hurt you."
Yeosho chuckled as she slowly walked toward the town. But, her eyes suddenly sparkled. She could feel another aura dashing toward her.
This speed was incredible. A burst out of joy appeared on her face. She also dashed forward.
"Damn it! What kind of horrible pressure is this?" Hearing her words, Tojo didn''t know whether to trust her or not. He gritted his teeth and moved a bit back in her dantian.
At this moment, Yeosho and Kim finally reached in front of each other. As soon as they got closer, they embraced each other tightly.
"Kim/Yeosho, I missed you so much."
Chapter 61 Battle Between Harem Sisters Part 1
After Kim and Yeosho hugged each other for a long time, they eventually felt the aura of othersing toward them.
"Sister Yeosho, it seems like you are finally back." Neyol''s expression beamed with joy as she walked closer to her and embraced her.
After spending six months with her, she realized that her previous recognition of her was wrong.
Yeosho wasn''t only a hard-working person but also talented based on her wisdom. Things that even she couldn''t understand were practiced by her.
Kim taught them science and different ways to increase theirbat experience but Yeosho was the one who understood the most.
Even Kim was surprised by that.
Unlike her though, Hinata still didn''t recognize her as a sister. Seeing Neyol and Yeosho embracing each other, she just looked away.
Of course, Yeosho didn''t care about that. In her eyes, Hinata was just a bit tsundere.
As for the Seo Sisters, they were all smiling but they didn''t show goodwill like Neyol. In their eyes, Yeosho was just taking advantage of being Kim''s first lover.
No matter how hard she worked, eventually, she wouldn''t seed like Hinata or Neyol.
Unlike them, Neyol suddenly realized a huge change in Yeosho. Although she knew that Yeosho would change, only after getting closer to her, she realized the real change.
After she separated from Yeosho, she looked at her with wide eyes.
"You.... Just how powerful did you get?"
Yeosho was surprised by her question. She knew that Tojo''s internal energy was inside her dantian so it would be difficult to feel it. But, seeing her extreme reaction, she felt like Yeosho had already found out her true strength.
"Hehe! I still can''t hide it from you. I just encountered something extraordinary." Yeosho giggled and answered.
Hearing her words, Neyol''s rolled her eyes.
"If you could increase such strength just by traveling, I would have left this town a long time ago. But, I still don''t understand."
She turned her eyes to Kim and asked "Are my senses off or is she really that strong now?"
"Sister Neyol, what are you talking about? She has gone out to gain some strength. What''s so surprising about it?" Hinata couldn''t help but interrupt after seeing Neyol''s reaction.
She didn''t like or hate Yeosho now but it didn''t mean she wouldn''t get jealous. Seeing such reactions from them, she felt like something was off.
"No Hinata, this reaction is correct."
Kim answered as he looked at Yeosho''s stomach. The immense internal energy that was a million times bigger than he was lying inside her dantian.
Seeing that, he continued.
"Right now, unless I use all of my strength to kill her, I am afraid that I can''t defeat her that easily."
"What?"
Hinata and Sea sisters screamed at the same time. They all looked at Yeosho with stunned and disbelieving on their faces.
"Impossible! This is impossible. How could she get that strong just after six months?" Hinata didn''t ept it. She frantically shook her head as she rejected that idea.
She was the strongest talent in the entire Asura Kingdom. But even with her strength, she couldn''t force Kim to disy all of his strength.
But now, Kim was telling her that a girl who had no talent for martial arts, a girl whom she always looked at with disdain and jealousy was stronger than her.
How could she possibly ept it? Especially with her goal to be the strongest person in the world. Without that, she wouldn''t be able to make Kim hers.
It was like crushing her dream before even she could walk on it.
Seeing her reaction, Kim frowned. He already knew that except for Neyol, others still didn''t ept Yeosho as his woman and it was only because she had no talent.
Before he could speak, Neyol''s voice rang.
"How about this? Yeosho, you y with the Seo sisters and Hinata. After all, only seeing is believing."
She didn''t say much but her idea was simply to solve the problem in Kim''s harem. At first, she didn''t recognize Yeosho because of her talent.
Butter on, she slowly started to show her talent, and also because of her hard work, she understood that Yeosho deserved to be his woman.
Now that she knew that Yeosho was the strongest below Kim, she wanted others to ept it as well.
She had no grievance against Yeosho but she still hated Hinata''s arrogance. Because of her talent, it was hard to suppress her. At first, she was too weak.
But now, she had be strong as her.
So, she wanted Yeosho to suppress her. Only that way, they can keep Kim''s harem stable. After living with him for a year, she understood that Kim must grow his harem to get stronger.
And, she also wanted him to grow stronger because she didn''t want to lose him. So, she fully epted the idea of his harem and even helped him by calling her sisters.
They weren''t blood sisters but rather friends who became extremely close to her like blood-rted sisters.
Hearing her proposal, Kim didn''t speak a word. Instead, Yeosho spoke with a bit of hesitation.
"Sister Neyol, our n would start tomorrow, right? It would be bad if they are injured today."
When Hinata and Seo''s sisters heard her words, anger burst inside their hearts.
"Yeosho, don''t be so arrogant. Humph! Who is afraid of you?" If it wasn''t for Kim and Neyol, Hinata would have charged at Yeosho.
Seo sisters had a simr attitude.
Neyol turned her eyes and looked at Yeosho with surprise. Not only she gained strength but she also gained wisdom. Without showing any arrogance in her expression, she perfectly made Hinata and others angry.
"Ahem! I also think this proposal is good. I already know Hinata and Seo sisters'' strengths. So, this battle would help me understand yours."
Kim interrupted them as he nodded his head.
"Humph! Then, show me your strength." Hinata clenched her fist with envy. Although she was arrogant, she wasn''t dumb. She could feel the truth in Neyol''s words and also the intention behind this battle.
But, she was the proud daughter of the Asura King while Yeosho was just a daughter of normal people who weren''t even martial artists.
She received the biggest talent in her kingdom while Yeosho had no talent at the beginning.
She also worked hard just like Yeosho so how could she ept the truth so easily?
"Alright then, you must calm down now. In normal situations, your strength is weaker than Seo sisters but because of your Heavenly Asura Body, you are stronger than them."
"So, how about we let Yeosho fight three sisters individually and then fight you?" Kim spoke as he pulled Hinata into his arms. He was afraid to break her spirit but also he didn''t want her to remain arrogant.
"But, that way it would be too long and you guys will also be injured. So, instead of that how about we determine the battle with three strikes? All of you have the killing moves so except that, you are allowed to use all means."
"The one who is injured the most will be dered the loser."
Neyol interrupted him and presented her idea.
Everyone nodded and walked toward the middle of the town.
"Little girl, that pressure is still going strong. Are you sure it will be alright?" As they walked toward the town, Tojo got nervous as he asked.
Yeosho smiled and replied.
"Don''t worry, he is Kim''s master. He will not hurt us."
"Huh? Who are you talking to?" Neyol asked when she heard Yeosho speaking alone.
"Someone who lives inside my body. I will exin the detailster." Yeosho smiled and replied.
Hearing her words, Kim and Neyol looked at each other and understood immediately. She nodded at her and they eventually reached the open space.
It was in front of Kim''s house.
"Alright, who will go first?" Neyol looked at Seo''s sisters and asked.
Three of them looked at each other and Seo Jun walked forward. She looked at Yeosho with strong fighting intent.
"Since you are already a Martial Grandmaster, I feel like without using all of my strength, I won''t be able to perform well. So, I will go all out from the start."
Saying so, Yeosho burst out of Tojo''s internal energy. The red energy cloak formed around her as she released her Electromaic Field.
Seeing the immense internal energy bursting out of her, everyone was surprised. Even Kim and Neyol who had felt her internal energy were surprised.
"Such an amount" Seo Jun narrowed her eyes and immediately burst out her internal energy. The vortex of internal energy appeared on her palm like a cyclone.
She mmed the cyclone toward Yeosho. It was a massive cyclone and it grew bigger as it devoured the dust from the ground.
At this moment, arge amount of gold dust flew toward the cyclone. It turned into a giant ball and entered the cyclone.
Yeosho narrowed her eyes and released the lightning bolts from her body. The lighting bolts traveled into the cyclone as well and merged with the golden ball.
"Overheat"
The next moment, the golden ball started to heat up. The temperature rose and it began to affect the surroundings.
? "What is going on?"
See Jun saw a red ball inside the cyclone and a bad feeling emerged in her heart. The extreme heat of the ball started to change the temperate of the cyclone.
Before she could think about the change in a cyclone, the cyclone suddenly exploded.
Boom!
Chapter 62 Battle Between Harem Sisters Part 2
The hot air that exploded pushed away both of them. The massive aura burst out of Seo Jun and covered her body preventing the hot air to harm her while the energy cloak did the same.
Both of them retreated several steps but Seo Jun suddenly realized something. The gold ball had transformed into a gold spear and was rushing towards her.
The speed was marvelous but thanks to her Aura, her senses had be sharper. She could easily sense the golden spear.
Using her aura and internal energy, she condensed another vortex in front of her. But unlike the previous vortex, it didn''t change into a cyclone.
When the golden spear reached near it, the vortex started devouring itpletely. The golden spear wasn''t made out of Yeosho''s internal energy so losing it would be detrimental to her.
Knowing that she didn''t hesitate to call back her spear. Her maic field was influencing the spear to return but the vortex kept sucking it in.
"Hehe! No matter how powerful your internal energy is, you will lose this battle once you lose this weapon." Seeing her spear slowly entering the vortex, Seo Jun chuckled.
There was a trace of disdain in her eyes. No matter how hard Yeosho tried, she was still a person without any talent for martial arts in her eyes.
She quickly released her wind element and increased the power of the vortex. Inside that vortex, there was a huge collision of sharp wind des which could easily shatter the golden spear into dust.
And, that''s exactly what she intended to do.
But, at this moment, the maic field released several bolts of lightning toward the vortex. The golden spear got struck by lightning and the next moment, it started to heat up again.
"Humph! No matter what you do, you can''t pull away your spear." Seo Jun didn''t know what the lightning did to the golden spear. In her eyes, it was just another attempt to pull back the golden spear.
So, it was destined to fail.
But, at this moment, instead of seeing a negative expression on her face, a sneer appeared on her lips. Yeosho looked at Seo Jun and shook her head.
"It seems like you lose this battle. If you can''t even see through your opponent''s ability, there is no need to fight against them."
Hearing her words, Seo Jun''s anger burst out. She couldn''t believe a talentless person like Yeosho was looking at her with pity.
"What did you say?"
Her anger burst out powerful wind and the vortex only got stronger, sucking the golden spear into it.
"She lost." Neyol sighed seeing this. She turned her head at Yeosho and saw her raising her hand.
"It seems like she had grown a lot."
[Overheat]
Boom!
The moment Yeosho used her ability, the golden spear that had entered the vortex released all of its heat. The vortex instantly got hot and the next moment, it exploded.
The impact released by its explosion made Seo Jun scream in pain.
"Ahhhh!"
The vortex released powerful hot wind des. These wind des shed Seo Jun and Yeosho at the same time.
But, suddenly, ayer of golden robe appeared around Seo Jun. Those hot wind des couldn''t even touch her.
The dust rose and clouded their views but Neyol and Kim confirmed the winner at this moment.
"Damn it! Take away your gold." When the dust faded, Seo Jun''s voice rang. Everyone turned their heads at her and saw the golden robe strangling her.
Yeosho turned her head at Neyol and said.
"Is this my win?"
"Damn it!" Seo Jun gritted her teeth and cursed. She didn''t expect not only to lose but also to get help from Yeosho, the person she despised the most.
Seeing her expression, Neyol suddenly frowned. She knew her sister was hard-headed but didn''t expect her to be this low.
"Jun, not only have you lost but you are also disgracing yourself. If Yeosho hadn''t used her Gold on time, you would''ve been seriously injured. Not only you arrogantly ignored others'' powers, but also failed to understand your own."
Neyol couldn''t help but scold her.
Then, she turned her head at Yeosho and slightly lowered her head.
"Yeosho, thanks for protecting her!"
Seeing her sister whom she admired the most lowering her head to the person she despised the most, Seo Jun burst into tears.
"Sister, how could you? I hate you."
Seo Jun screamed and ran away while crying.
Seeing this extreme reaction, everyone was surprised for a moment. Neyol sighed and spoke.
"Although she is over thirty, her mentality is still like a child''s due to her martial technique. Please, don''t get offended by her!"
"It''s okay. Arrogance is always the downfall for most people." Kim shook his head and spoke. He knew that she was just like a child but he didn''t know her limits.
Now that he knew, he didn''t care much.
"So, who will go next?" Kim looked remaining Seo sisters and asked.
Seo Sisters looked at each other and asked.
"Sister Yeosho, how much strength did you use in this battle?"
Yeosho was surprised by their question. But, she still answered.
"Actually, I went all out with my internal energy. If there is something that I didn''t show, that would my other martial arts."
Hearing her answer, the Seo sisters hesitated before answering.
"Actually, our strength is fairly close to Jun''s strength. If you still have something powerful that isn''t your killing move, then we will admit defeat."
"There is no need." Suddenly, Hinata spoke and walked toward Yeosho.
"Fight me directly."
She had no intention of admitting defeat to Yeosho. Although she understood the strength that Yeosho possess, she wouldn''t admit her defeat that easily.
Seeing Hinata''s action, the Seo sisters didn''tin. They decided to watch the battle.
"Since that''s the case, let''s start." Yeosho didn''t speak more words and instantly released her internal energybined with Tojo''s internal energy.
Her strength boosted to another level despite her martial realm which was just Junior Martial Artist just because she hadn''tprehended the Aura.
"Come on!"
Hinata instantly activated her Heavenly Asura Body and changed her form. The grim ck wings appeared behind her back, two long ck horns appeared on her head and her body got covered with dark snake-like scales.
She took out a long de from her spatial ring and rushed toward Yeosho.
She managed to instantly catch up to Yeosho with her speed but when she shed her de, a powerful Armament Technique burst out inside Yeosho.
Using Tojo''s internal energy, her Armament Technique got several times stronger. She pressed her electromaic field into her fist and with massive internal energy from Tojo, her arm strength suddenly increased.
Bang!
The next moment, she mmed her fist toward the de at an extreme speed, creating an astounding air cannon that knocked away the de and struck Hinata.
[Super Sonic Air Punch]
Bang! Thud!
The air cannon struck her face and flew her toward the sky. Shended on the ground several meters away from Yeosho and coughed out blood.
"Kim, is that the same move she used against you six months ago?" Neyol''s eyes widened when she saw that simr move.
She was almost going to make her move to prevent Yeosho from killing Hinata with that move. But when she saw that Yeosho''s hand didn''t even reach Hinata, she calmed down.
But, when the air cannon struck Hinata, she was stunned.
Kim was also stunned. He didn''t expect Yeosho could create such a move. Because this wasn''t just creating a new move, but also perfecting her Super Sonic Punch.
Thud!
Suddenly, Yeosho mmed her foot on the ground. Her body went up in the air. Everyone followed her movement as she appeared above Hinata.
Both of her hands clenched their fists as she moved her hands to punch down. Both hands not only condensed a massive amount of internal energy but also released an electromaic field at the same time.
[Super Sonic Air Punch Version Two]
The next moment, she threw punches at an extreme speed. Each punch threw a powerful air cannon toward Hinata at an extreme pace.
[Air Cannon Gattling]
Bang! Bang! Bang! Bang! Bang! Bang!
She was throwing punches so fast that both Kim and Neyol couldn''t react. The air cannons kept striking Hinata mercilessly. Her scales were slowly breaking apart and her skin was slowly bleeding.
The horn on her head also got broken. When her transformation disappeared, the air cannons also stopped.
Thud!
At this moment, Yeoshonded next to Hinata who was bleeding heavily but wasn''t near death. She looked at Hinata and spoke.
"You have every bit of right to despise my talent but you do not have the right to despise my hard work and luck. You have your own martial path and your own journey."
"But, you have one home and that home doesn''t belong to you alone. So, I hope you can learn to share it with others."
Saying so, Yeosho turned around and walked toward Kim and Neyol while Hinata who heard everything suddenly released tears from her eyes.
She didn''t understand.
Why she, the most talented person in the entire kingdom lost to a human with no talent for martial arts?
Why?
Chapter 63 Martial Realms
"You girl, didn''t we agree not to use our killing moves in this kind of battle?" Kim couldn''t help but lower his eyes and ask. Even though Yeosho kept her hand and didn''t use her full strength during that attack, it was still her killing move.
Yeosho shook her head and said.
"That is no longer my killing move. And more importantly, I didn''t use the full strength of that attack either. So, I didn''t break any rules."
Hearing her words, the Seo sisters, Neyol, and Kim were stunned.
They all knew about Super Sonic Punch. It was the move that she used to almost kill Kim. If it wasn''t for his undying body, he would''ve been dead.
No matter how powerful her internal energy would get, this attack would still remain as her strongest attack. Kim had already told them about it.
But, what they didn''t expect was hering with another attack that would be stronger than Super Sonic Punch.
"You mean, you have something even more powerful than Super Sonic Punch?" Seo Yoon couldn''t believe it and asked.
Although it was unbelievable, they still had to believe it. After all, Yeosho was no longer the same Yeosho from six months ago.
Now, she could even defeat Hinata. And, ording to Neyol, it seemed like she didn''t stand a chance against Yeosho as well.
That means she would be the strongest below Kim.
But even Kim was a bit skeptical about winning against Yeosho especially now that she mentioned her killing move that was stronger than Super Sonic Punch.
Although he had an undying body, it didn''t mean that he was immortal. He could still die especially if his opponent is too stronger.
More importantly, there would be a huge gap between losing and dying.
"Yeosho, have you already reached Senior Martial Artist Realm?" Kim couldn''t help but ask.
Hearing his words, a trace of sadness appeared on her face. Yeosho shook her head and spoke.
"I don''t have talent like you all. It was only due to my luck, hard work, and your ideas that I was able to grow this strong. Awakening Electromaic Powers and making a contract with Tojo was a part of luck."
"Tojo?" Although four of them understood her, they were confused by this name.
"Ahh! It''s the name of my contract beast. But, you should know him as Legendary Nine Tails Fox."
When she said this name, their eyes widened.
"Wait, wait, you mean that Legendary Nine Tails Fox." Kim''s eyes widened.
He knew about five divine beasts. They were basically the main forces of the Monster Kingdoms and also has a huge rtionship with the main quest.
Snake Queen Medusa! Celestial Lion Queen Ember! Fire Dragon Diana! Blue Heaven Maiden Elsa!
These four women were part of the main quest. Kim must acquire. In the game, it would be easy because there were a lot of quests that would lead to those circumstances.
But right now, there was only one way and that was to conquer the Monster Kingdom. That''s why he wanted to start with this kingdom.
Now hearing that Yeosho had made a summoning contract with the Nine-Tails Fox, Kim didn''t know what to say.
The fact never changed.
Yeosho was undoubtedly the luckiest female protagonist in this game. Even if the world has changed, she still carried a lot of luck.
"Since you have made a contract with Nine Tails, you don''t have to worry about the realm for now. Just focus on increasing your physical endurance to borrow internal energy from him." Kim sighed at her luck.
"Oh! I didn''t expect your lover to know me so well. He is indeed correct. You must improve your physical endurance to bear my internal energy. Although realm would help you increase your lifespan, it seemed like strength mattered more to you."
Tojo proudly spoke inside her dantian. Normally, people would focus on their realm too much, and hence, even if they increase they really, their fighting power wouldn''t be that great.
But, Yeosho was a bit different. She had developed her internal energy and electromaic powers to such a height that she could easily cross several realms in the battle.
And now with him, she didn''t even need Aura to fight against Martial Lord Realm martial artist.
"Although what you said is correct, I still need Aura to fight people above Martial Lord Realm. Don''t forget the reason why martial artist crosses these realms isn''t just to increase lifespan."
"Junior Martial Artists allows a person to condense internal energy and transform it into elemental powers through breathing techniques. Then, Senior Martial Artists can condense Aura."
"Unlike Internal Energy, Aura is purely condensed out of their own spiritual power and stamina. Aura allows people to transform the shape and size of the internal energy without using a martial artist."
"Not only that but Aura can also be used for defensive purposes. By applying Aura with Internal Energy, one can increase the defensive powers by a lot."
"Then, Martial Master is the realm where people can master their bodies to an extreme level. For example, utilizing more than one hundred billion cells in their bodies to create superhuman strength, speed, reaction, and more."
"Not only that, but they can also perfectly synchronize the physical strength with internal energy to further enhances the martial arts."
"Then, Martial Grandmaster takes this to another level byprehending thews of nature. For example; a person can only be a grandmaster by mastering a certainw such as fire, water, earth, lightning."
"By mastering one of thesews, people can easily alter human perception toward nature. To utilize thesews, one doesn''t even need internal energy which means in the future if I don''t have internal energy, I can still fight."
"Only after mastering the power ofw, one can step into Martial Grandmaster but then, there are few more realms above that."
"Unlike Martial Grandmaster, Martial Lord requires two main powers. Aura and Element! To reach this realm, one needs to master their elemental power and merge it with their Aura."
"Only then, they can finally step into Martial Lord Realm. This realm boosts the Aura by ten times no matter what element it is. That means the defense that was ten times stronger due to Aura alone would be a hundred times stronger now."
"And, that''s just for normal martial artists. Some martial artists can even merge more than one element into their Aura which sharpens the power of their Aura to a whole new level."
"Of course, in this realm, I can still fight with the help of Tojo''s internal energy. But, what about the realm after this? The realm is also known as Martial King or people often call it ''Catastrophe or Natural Disaster''."
"To reach this realm, Martial Lord would require to change their Aura permanently into a domain. Condensing domain is so hard that there are only a few Martial Artists that can reach this realm."
"But a single Martial King can take down half of the entire kingdom''s battle force by himself. Against such powers, my internal energy would be useless even if it is Tojo''s internal energy."
"The only way to counter it would be utilizing Aura. So, no matter what I must master Aura. Not to mention, after mastering Aura, my strength would grow to another level as well."
Hearing her exnation, Kim rubbed his nose in embarrassment. Tojo had the same reaction. Although what they said was true, they didn''t think about Martial King.
This realm indeed can ignore the amount of internal energy. If you don''t have Aura, you can''t resist the power of Domain. So, one must master Aura.
That''s why mastering Aura is in the second realm. Only by mastering Aura, you can merge elements into it and then spread out the Aura into a domain."
Of course, it is still too far for now but that didn''t mean it was impossible to reach.
The only reason why Yeosho didn''t focus too much on Aura was because of her Electromaic Powers and also the Three Powers. It took her nearly a whole year to properly adjust to it and use it phenomenally.
Her strength has indeed risen to a whole different dimension but it didn''t mean she could easily ignore other things. But, it wasn''tpletely her fault. Her talent for martial arts is too low.
And, to master Aura, she would require topletely focus on it for months. Obviously, she didn''t have time to do so. So, even if she tried during her free time, she only understood the fur and couldn''t practice Aura within a year.
Hearing her words, Kim nodded his head and said.
"Okay, you should return back to the house and rest for a moment. I will look after Hinata. Today is thest day of training so I have decided to cook a huge meal for the master."
"Didn''t we do that yesterday?" Neyol looked at him with confusion and asked.
"No, this time, I will cook this meal myself."
"What?" Suddenly, five girls, including Hinata who was on the ground shouted at the same time.
Chapter 64 Darkness In Good
After Kim finished cooking a massive meal, he invited everyone for the dinner. He cooked a variety of foods from meat to vegetables to soups to rice to fish.
And, he made them in different ways. While others started eating, Kim took arge portion of the food and walked toward his master''s house.
At this moment, he wasn''t alone. Yeosho decided to apany him. Although Tojo was still rejecting her idea, she insisted on meeting him once before leaving the town.
She used the internal energy from Tojo to bear the Spiritual Pressure. At the same time, she was using her own strength to bear it as well.
As they got closer, the pressure became huge. And, Tojo was so scared that he almost took back the internal energy.
"Tojo, he won''t hurt us. So, don''t be scared. I can only meet him with your internal energy. So, please! I must meet him." Yeosho begged Tojo as she gritted her teeth and bear all the impact of the spiritual pressure with Tojo''s internal energy.
"Damn it! What kind of monster is he? Girl, you don''t understand. It''s not that I don''t want to but I can''t. Even humans are ruled by their instinct, not to mention beasts like us."
"My instincts are forcing me to stay away from him. Even if I want to, my body won''t move." Tojo felt shameful. His eyes were burning red and there was madness in his tone.
For the first time in his life, he was tortured like this. Even his dignity as a Divine Beast had fallen.
But, Yeosho wasn''t willing to go down that easily. She gritted her teeth and spoke.
"Tojo, I am really sorry but I must go and meet him. A year ago, I and Kim finally got together. But, after a few days, we faced a difficult situation. My parents died that day."
"And, Kim almost died. Whether it was luck or a coincidence or fate, we met him. He saved Kim and us. Therefore, I want to thank him onest time before leaving this town."
Not only Tojo but Kim was also able to hear her words. After all, she was speaking out loud. But, he didn''t interfere. It wasn''t just Yeosho who wanted to meet him.
Even Neyol and Hinata wanted to meet him. But, they couldn''t do it. No matter how much they try, they couldn''t meet him.
At first, they thought after they grow stronger, they would be able to meet him. But, as they grew stronger, they more him even more horrible.
And, as the Divine Beast whose strength is at the peak of this world, it was even less surprising that Tojo could feel more danger from him.
Kim clenched his fist. Now, he was even more motivated to get stronger and bear pressure from his master without flinching. Even now, he had to rely on his Battle Soul and unbeatable Will along with his Spiritual Pressure to stand in front of him.
One day, he wanted to stand in front of his master without releasing any kind of pressure or using his Battle Soul. Just with his strength.
That kind of strength he hoped to achieve.
On the other hand, Tojo was extremely confused. For the first time, he found a girl whose Will was so strong.
''No wonder she was able to awaken her Battle Soul so early. Damn it! I am the Legendary Nine Tails Fox, the Divine Beast. How could I lose to a little girl?''
Tojo''s eyes turned red as he started to reject his own instinct. He forced himself to believe that the person with such Spiritual Pressure won''t attack him.
He forced himself to continue. His internal energy once again bloomed and covered her body.
Yeosho once again gained the strength to move forward. As they walked forward, the pressure got stronger.
But this time, both Yeosho and Tojo gritted their teeth and reached in front of the house.
Kim opened the door with the massive container in his hand and walked inside.
His master was sitting in a lotus position as usual.
Tojo''s eyes shrunk when he saw Tengu. Now, there was confusion instead of horror in his eyes.
"Why? Why don''t you have any evil in your heart?"
Tojo''s voice didn''t ring in Yeosho''s head but rather outside her body. Both Kim and Tengu heard it. Yeosho was surprised by this question.
She didn''t understand it for a moment.
"Even this little girl whose mind is extremely pure has a little bit of evil. It was probably caused by the death of her parents. But, you have none of it. Such a powerful strength and you don''t even have a little bit of evil in your heart."
"How? How can you be so good?"
The more Kim heard, the more he understood. He suddenly remembered the task that his master gave him.
Bring order to this world!
Because of the death of the people in this town, he thought it was a necessary action. But now hearing Tojo''s words, he realized why his master gave such a necessary task to him.
After all, his master had no evil or malicious in his heart. That means his master can''t bear to hurt or attack anyone.
But such a big change can''t happen without revolution.
And revolution would always be followed by countless blood. It might be the blood of your opponent or your people.
It depends upon you.
He didn''t want his people to die in this kind of revolution so he must get stronger like his master and fight them.
Unknown of his disciple''s thoughts, Tengu smiled and said.
"Why must we be evil?"
Tojo who heard that sentence couldn''t speak anymore. Yes, why must they be evil? Of course, it was impossible not to be evil. There would always be a little bit of darkness inside one''s heart.
So, this sentence was naturally neglected by him. But right now, he couldn''t refute it.
Because this was the truth. The man sitting in front of him had no evil in his heart. Finally, he decided not to speak.
Kim took out the food as Yeosho kneeled in front of him and spoke.
"Master Tengu, thank you for everything!"
Seeing the little girl like that, Tengu felt pain in his heart. This was the same thing that Kim did.
He didn''t stop her though. It was true that their lives changed because of him. Even Yeosho became stronger because of him. And, more importantly, he protected them till now.
After all, the Asura Kingdom wouldn''t stay silent for this long. It had tried to attack the town a long time ago but with his presence alone, he forced them to retreat.
Even the Asura King and Queen appeared but they couldn''t force him.
Tengu was their guardian for a whole year. Even when she left, it was he who protected her until she went far away.
Thinking so, he suddenly turned his eyes to Kim and asked.
"Are you sure to leave tomorrow?"
Kim was surprised. He put down the small containers that contained meat and rice. He nodded his head and said.
"Although we don''t have the advantage in number, we are still strong. Besides, as long as the whole army or king doesn''te to chase us, they won''t be able to kill us."
Hearing his words, Tengu smiled and said.
"How can you say that word so easily? But anyway, today is thest day. From tomorrow, until you achieve your goal, I won''t interfere in your life."
"Your strength has reached a high level but it is nowhere enough to face those people. So, be sure to gather more people around you."
"Alone, you can''t break the army but with people around you, even the kingdom can be broken. But, I don''t want to talk more about these things."
"Let''s eat!"
Saying so, he touched Yeosho''s head and said.
"You are my disciple''s daughter. So, it is my duty to protect you. But, now, you have to protect yourself. Be confident! Even if you don''t have talent, as long you work hard, you can achieve sess in your life."
Yeosho slowly raised her head and nodded with a charming smile on her face.
Soon, Kim put down the meals and they started to eat. Three of them enjoyed the food that Kim cooked and after half an hour, Kim and Yeosho finally left.
As they leave, Tengu slowly closed his eyes and consciousness suddenly disappeared from his body. It appeared in a strange space.
There was a majestic throne above the clouds and there were several people next to the throne.
But, there was one surprising thing about these people. All of them had pairs of white wings behind their back and their skin was extremely pale.
When his consciousness appeared in that ce, he appeared in his human form. As he walked, those people with wings started to fall to their knees.
Their bodies were shaking as they felt horrible pressure pushing them to their knees.
Tengu slowly reached toward the throne and sat down. Suddenly, his body changed a bit. There were two dark pairs of wings behind his back. When these pairs of wings appeared, the sky turned gloomy.
Tengu looked at the clouds and his eyes pierced through the clouds, reaching a big hall. A smile appeared on his face as he spoke.
"Evil always betrays Good. Light can never escape from Darkness. I became the darkness to change myself but now, I find myself lonely."
"Come on, my little disciple, grow up and bring excitement into my life."
Chapter 65 Private Night With Yeosho Part 1 R-18
Inside Kim''s house,
Kim and Yeosho were staying in his room. Tonight, others decided to give them some time. After all, Yeosho was away for six months.
Kim pulled Yeosho in his arms and pulled her to the bed.
"So, what happened to you in these six months?"
Kim softly asked.
Yeosho''s eyes brightened hearing that question. She also wanted to tell everything to him. So, she nodded and answered everything she went through in these six months.
But, as they went on and when she was at the end of the discussion, Kim finally made his move.
When she said thest sentence, he pressed her lips hard.
Yeosho got flustered. Her heartbeat soared and her face turned red. It has been six months since they separated. For six months, she didn''t even get to kiss him.
And, right now, he kissed her in such a way that she was not just ashamed but also excited.
She pushed her hands around his neck and enjoyed the kiss. As his lips covered hers, their minds went nk for a moment. The sweet lips that he hasn''t tasted for six months blew his mind.
Her lips'' softness made him realize how much he missed these lips.
At the same time, she also realized just much she missed his lips. That masculine smell entered her nostril and the domineering lips sucked the juice out of her lips.
She missed it all.
But now, she was going to thoroughly enjoy it. Both of them didn''t make any hasty move but rather continued to kiss each other.
Currently, Yeosho was wearing a soft nightdress that spreads from her shoulders to her thighs. It was extremely soft and light. Underneath that, she wasn''t wearing anything at all.
As for him, he was wearing a t-shirt and trousers but it didn''t hide his solid rod pressing against her stomach.
Although she felt the heat through her clothes, she didn''t hurry to touch them. She had the whole night to enjoy it.
Instead, she pressed her hands inside his t-shirt and rubbed his back. She pulled him against her tightly as her breasts pressed against his chest.
He could feel her hard nipples pressing against him and the softness of her breast made his rod grow even more.
It has been a year and his rod has grown a lot. Now, it was eight inches long but of course, thanks to his sex mastery, he could make any woman beg for his dick.
Of course, he wasn''t going to start right now. He pushed her lips apart and then stick out his tongue. Slowly pushing his tongue inside her her mouth, he started feeling the softness of her tongue.
After all, her tongue was not just soft but also juicy. He rubbed his tongue against her and then wrapped it around her tongue. Then, he started ying with her tongue.
Of course, Yeosho didn''t back down and yed with his tongue as well. They started making weird shapes with their tongues and slowly pushed each other mouths away.
When their tongue came out, it made the shape of a heart. This shape smiled both of them happy. They could show their happiness just through their eyes.
But of course, they didn''t continue in that position rather, he moved above her and put his mouth back into hers.
They continued to kiss but this time, he wasn''t just kissing her. This time, he decided to put his hands on her body, specifically her breasts.
Those soft breasts without bra were quite easy to hold through her soft nightdress. And, the nipples were also making shapes out of her clothes.
His hand covered her breast but couldn''t reach the end. He couldn''t help but feel the growth of her body.
In one year, she had grown quite a lot. Of course, he was enjoying this. After all, when his hands couldn''t cover itpletely, he resorted to his fingers.
Since he couldn''t cover her breast, he decided to press her nipples. And, he did so. His finger pressed her hard nipples and it made her electrocuted for a moment.
"Ummm"
A soft moan escaped her mouth. She could feel her entire body turning on. She could feel the pleasure that she missed for six months hitting her head. At this moment, she knew she was desperate for it.
And, Kim didn''t let her wait too much. He finally decided to y more. He moved his head and then tore her dress with his hands. He could see the soft and bouncy pale breasts.
Her nipples were hard like stone but also soft like her breast. It was a weird feeling.
He moved his head and put it above her breast. He opened his mouth and put his lips over it, and rubbed his lips together.
"Ohhhhh¡. Kim... Oh Kim!"
Her moans got much more erotic as she put her hands on his head and pressed it down.
Kim was surprised by her reaction but he didn''t do what she wanted. Rather, he raised his head and stuck out his tongue.
Slurp!
He licked her nipples once. Her body felt a jolt of pleasure. Her nipples twitched and her pussy became wet.
He put his tongue on the side of the nipple and started licking around it. His tongue was giving her extreme pleasure as she was moaning on his name.
At the same time, he moved his right hand toward her face. Yeosho was surprised as she didn''t know what he was trying to do.
Only when his hand reached her mouth, she felt a bit skeptical about his move.
He put his finger in her mouth and slowly opened them. He put his fingers inside her mouth and started rubbing her tongue.
She was confused but she let him do whatever he wanted. And, Kim continued to rub her tongue for a while. Eventually, he removed his hand from her mouth and put it on her nipples.
At this moment, his fingers became slippery against her nipple, and taking advantage of it, he started pressing it harder.
"Ohhh! What is this? Kim¡ I am feeling so good."
She didn''t understand why she was feeling so good when he put more force into his fingers.
But, she quickly realized something. Whenever he rubbed his fingers against her nipple, she would feel friction and it would make her feel a bit painful at the start.
But now, he was using her saliva to make his hand sticky thus forcing her to feel nothing but pleasure.
''Did he get so much better in just six months? What else did he learn?''
Yeosho couldn''t help but ask herself. At the same time, she gulped down her saliva. Having sex with him was already heaven for her. But now, having even better sex with him would make her fly above heaven.
She could feel double pleasure. One with his mouth and one with his finger. But, Kim didn''t end it there. He slowly moved his leg up.
He raised his toe and push it between her legs.
When she felt his toe between her legs, Yeosho''s mind went nk.
''Can he do even that now? This is scary. But, I like it.''
She could just feel an amazing pleasureing from the third position. She was waiting for it and she didn''t have to wait too long.
His toe reached out to her pussy and rubbed it around. She didn''t understand why he was putting in. But, he continues to rub her pussy from outside.
At the same time, he licked every corner of her breast and then started biting her nipple with his tongue.
"Ahhhhh!"
A loud moan came out of her mouth. She could feel the pain in her breast but at the same time, his hand rubbed her breast. She felt pleasure from another breast.
Pain and pleasure struck her mind at the same time, making her even more excited than before.
She didn''t know what to do but at this moment, a lot of juice leaked out of her pussy. And, it covered his toe. Finally, he pushed his toe inside her pussy.
"Ohhhh!"
Her eyes rolled back. Her back arched and she could feel her mind going nk. At first, she didn''t know how big would it be but when it entered, she realized that her pussy was stretching out.
But, strangely enough, she wasn''t feeling any kind of pain from his toe. But, she was feeling the pleasure of her pussy stretching wide.
"God! What''s happening"
She moaned out loud as her voice even reached other rooms. At this moment, everyone was putting their ears on the wall. None of them had their clothes on.
And, their hands were on their pussy. Their fingers kept moving in and out as they kept listening to her moans.
One finger wasn''t enough, two was barely enough, and for Neyol, three fingers were perfect.
At this moment, everyone had the same thought in their minds.
''Kim, your dick must be inside my pussy.''
Chapter 66 Private Night With Yeosho Part 2 R-18
"Oh god, Kim¡. Ohh Fuck!"
Feeling the slippery yet massive toe entering her pussy, Yeosho felt a steaming heat. Her body jerked up in response and her mind went nk for a moment.
All she could feel was a pleasure. The intense pleasure that she hadn''t felt for six months. It hits her nerves once again, making her go nk in ecstasy.
But of course, Kim didn''t stop there. His toe started rotating. He was fully touching every single muscle inside her pussy with his toe, making her even more excited.
"God! I missed it so much."
Yeosho''s moan only got louder. Her breasts were being devoured by the hungry wolf. The right side breast was being swallowed by a mouth and the left side breast was pinched by the hands.
At the same time, her body was twitching because of the all pleasure she was feeling. Her moans kept getting louder as he yed with her body for a few minutes.
"Kim, why do you keep ying like this? Put it in. I can''t wait."
Yeosho finally felt her pussy itching for more. It couldn''t be satisfied until her womb was pounded by his dick. She was begging for it.
"Oh yeah, I also want to put it in now." Kim smirked and slowly pulled down his trouser. He also lifted his t-shirt and got naked.
His eight inches long rod appeared in her sight. She couldn''t help but swallow her saliva. Although it wasn''t too big, she knew it would be more than enough to feel like heaven.
She quickly fell on her back and raised her lower body. She looked at Kim with excitement on her face as she pointed her pussy toward him and shouted.
"Kim put it in! Pound me with your dick. I want to feel it. I want to feel that pleasure again."
"Hehehe! It seems like you don''t want to leave me anymore." Kim smirked as he put the tip of his dick on the corner of her pussy. He didn''t push it in but rather hold it with his hand and yed around her pussy.
"I won''t. Damn it! I have got what I wanted. Now, I just want to be filled with your cum every single day. So, just put it in." Yeosho shouted as she tried to move her body toward his dick.
But, his dick wasn''t positioned straight so it didn''t go in.
Kim smirked. He finally put it on the position of her pussy and held her waist.
He moved his head closer to her face and said.
"Today, I am going to fuck you so hard that you won''t be able to move tomorrow."
Saying so, he pushed his hips forward and his dick entered her pussy, and struck her womb.
"Ohh god!"
Yeosho screamed as her eyes rolled back and her expression drowned. Her mouth openedpletely. The intense dose of pleasure hit her head as if she had a headache.
But, this headache didn''t make her feel pain but rather made her go nk for a moment.
Only when he pulled his dick out by a little and then once again pushed it in, hitting her womb, she finally reacted.
"Ohhh¡. Yessss This is it."
Yeosho screamed as she felt her womb being pounded by his dick. The eight inches long dick wasn''t just long but also thick. It was stretching her pussy at the same time, hitting the womb with an intense force.
She felt like it was tearing her pussy. But, she couldn''t feel any pain. Her mind only went nk for a few seconds then, all she could feel was a pleasure.
Her expression drowned in pleasure as her face distorted and became lustful. Her eyes were showing lust as she was slowly getting pounded by him.
Normally, she would''ve med herself for acting like a slut. But with Kim, she didn''t care. Because she belonged to him. So, no matter what kind of expression she makes, it didn''t matter.
He continued to fuck her like it for quite a long time and eventually, she felt like she wasn''t satisfied with this position.
"Fuck! Fuck! Kim¡.. I want to change my position. Pound me like how a dog pounds a bitch."
As she said, she pulled her pussy and his dick hung out. She turned her body and got to her knees. She stayed like this as she moved her hand and touched his dick.
But, Kim quickly pushed his dick inside her without even letting her move. He was on his knees as well. When his dick entered her pussy, her hand involuntarily moved forward and held the bedsheet.
Her body jerked forward as her tongue moved out. Although it was just like before, she could feel more pressure on her pussy and the pleasure was also amazing.
Her boobs were jiggling as she felt like if she didn''t hold the bed sheet, she will fly out.
At this moment, Kim suddenly raised his hand and pped her ass.
Pat!
"Ohhh!"
Yeosho moaned and then realized what Kim did. She couldn''t help but clenched her teeth. She didn''t stop him from doing it again but rather enjoyed it.
But, she was extremely ashamed to ept it.
Pat! Pat! Pat! Pat!
His dick hit her womb while his hand hit her ass. It was intense as they continued for quite a while. Only when her ass turned red, he stopped but at this moment, he raised her directly.
Without removing his dick, he made her turn and then put her ass in his hands.
He lifted her by her ass and then kept pounding her. Her lustful expression was just in front of his face. The eyes that rolled out and the tongue that was releasing saliva.
She couldn''t stop it. And, he didn''t want her to stop it. He licked this expression. It was perfect and also made him proud.
After all, Yeosho wasn''t a slut. She was instead a reserved woman. So, to make a reserved woman like her show that kind of expression felt like an achievement.
"Ohhh! Kim, this is fucking amazing. I couldn''t believe I missed it for so long." When she saw his face, Yeosho couldn''t help but show a trace of regret in her lustful expression.
"Oh then, do you like getting pounded like this?" Kim said as he moved his hand faster. His hands forced her to lift and go down at the rate where his dick was hitting her womb more than second times in a just minute.
"Fuck! Fuck! Fuck! Fuck!"
"YES! I LOVE THIS. I LOVE GETTING POUNDED BY YOUR DICK."
"KIM, I WANT TO SPEND THE REST OF MY LIFE GETTING POUNDED LIKE THIS."
"OHHH! YESSS. THIS IS CRAZY. YOUR DICK IS HITTING MY WOMB AND TEARING MY PUSSY BUT I CAN''T FEEL A TRACE OF PAIN."
"IT''S GREAT. THIS FEELS SO GOOOOOODD."
Yeosho screamed as if she had never talked before. Feeling her womb getting pounded like this, she was feeling so good that she continued to speak.
Kim''s expression changed. A smile formed on his face and it only got bigger. Soon, he removed his hands and then, pressed her boobs as he spoke.
"Move your ass as fast as you can."
When he stopped all of a sudden, Yeosho was expecting him to change position but never did she expect him to ask her to move on her own.
She knew just how difficult it was to move in this position. But, at this moment, she didn''t care much.
She could feel a strange yet powerful passing burning inside her. She wanted to move. She wanted to move faster.
She pushed her hips up and then throw herself down. Unlike before when Kim was pushing her down, she felt like falling into his dick.
It hit her womb so hard that tears burst out of her eyes. But, she didn''t care. The pain was only for a moment. It was only a pleasure after it.
She raised her hips once more and then, fell down. Her body kept doing it and she slowly realized the pleasure of it.
The pleasure that struck her brain was a dozen times stronger than before. Each time she drops herself, she could find her brain going nk for a moment.
At first, she forced herself to move up but soon, she realized that her body would move on its own. Then, she stopped focusing on it and started getting the pleasure of hitting his dick directly into her womb.
This move surprised Kim. He could feel his dick throbbing. He gritted his teeth to stop himself. But, he felt like he would cum soon.
He forced himself to dy as he pressed her breasts and started sucking her nipples. She felt an extra pleasure from her breast. She also felt like her pussy started twitching a lot.
She realized that she was ready to release her juice. After a few minutes, both of them screamed at the same time.
"I''m cumming."
Grugggle!
Chapter 67 Yeon, Yoon, And Jun Abilities
Next Morning,
Kim who was sleeping soundly heard some noise and woke up. He turned his head to the side and saw Yeosho sleeping on his arms naked.
He couldn''t help but curl his lips and smile. He was quite surprised by her lust but he enjoyed it a lot. In fact, he didn''t even count how many times he came inside her.
Fortunately, it wasn''t a hard thing for a martial artist to control the birth otherwise he would be in deep trouble.
After the battlest night, she was extremely exhausted. If he hadn''t increased his stamina and strength by a lot, he would''ve been in a simr situation.
Kim thought for a moment and walked out of the bed without disturbing her. He wore some clothes and walked out of the door.
As he walked toward the hall, he saw five girls standing there. Among them, Neyol walked closer to him and asked.
"Can she even move now?"
Hearing her words, Kim didn''t know how to respond. It was true that she had been exhausted. So, it would be difficult to move.
And since they might face the Asura army once they leave this town, it will be difficult for her to engage in battle.
"Well, if there is nothing then, I will help." Seo Yen sighed and walked forward. She left the hall and entered his room. After she reached the room, she ced her hand on Yeosho.
This made Yeosho woke up. She instantly sat down and saw looked at Seo Yeon with a little bit of vignce. She still didn''t have that much of a good rtionship with her.
"Don''t worry, since we are going to leave, I decided to heal your body. After all, you can''t walk, can you?" Seo Yeon didn''t get angry at her expression. Instead, she gently put her hand on Yeosho''s hand.
At this moment, green internal energy burst out of her hand and entered Yeosho''s body.
[Wood Breathing Technique]
[Cells Restoration]
At this moment, her body slowly started to change. Yeosho could feel her fatigue slowly fading away and she could feel the same energy as before sex.
At this moment, Seo Yeon decided to talk.
She looked at Yeosho and asked, "So, were you always that wild?"
Hearing her question, Yeosho suddenly turned red. She remembered just how wild she went yesterday. She almost believed that she was a bitch.
"But, it seemed like you enjoyed it a lot." Seo Yeon smirked upon seeing her face. She didn''t expect the girl who was so wild yesterday to be so shy.
Yeosho bit her lips and slowly nodded her head her face turning crimson. The steam came out of her head as she felt like she would pass out any moment if she continue to talk like this.
"I can''t believe you can be so shy. I wonder if you who is so shy is true or the one who was so wild is true." Seo Yeon got speechless upon seeing her shy expression.
Yeosho calmed down and took a deep breath. Slowly, she controlled her shyness and replied.
"I am sorry. I am not veryfortable with talking about sex with another woman."
Even though she had lived with him for six months, she never had the guts to engage in a threesome. Except for her, Neyol, Hinata, and Seo sisters have already experienced orgy.
"It doesn''t matter. I was just teasing you. I know how shy you are." Seo Yeon shook her head. She knew that this girl would not agree to have sex when more than one woman is added.
"Anyway, it is the first time you have used this power on me, right? If I remember correctly you and your sister possess the same powers. And, that other sister of yours also possesses simr yet different power?" Yeosho asked.
Hearing her words, Seo Yeon nodded her head.
"You should know about the constitution and bloodline, right? These two kinds of talents are famous all over the world. I and Yoon possess bloodline while our third sister possesses constitution."
"Our bloodline is known as Spirit Bloodline. This bloodline is unique because it allows one to master all kinds of elements in the world. My Wood Internal Energy is abination of Earth and Water elements."
"And, Jun possess Five Element Eternal Body. It is one of the ten Divine Constitutions that ranks ninth in the Divine Constitution Ranking. Because its power is rted to five elements, she can only use five elements."
"But unlike us, she has the eternal body. Of course, it didn''t mean eternal lifespan or immortality. It''s just that once this constitution is activated, her body can''t grow."
"To activate such constitution, she had practiced Five Element Breathing Technique, one of the ancient breathing techniques that epass five elements of the universe."
"Unlike her though, we practice normal breathing techniques. I have merged Earth and Water to create Wood Breathing Technique but on other hand, my sister Yoon has merged Fire and Earth to create Lava Breathing Technique."
Hearing her words, Yeosho was shocked. Although she knew they were strong, she didn''t expect them to have such a powerful ability. She knew how powerful and destructiveva can be.
She looked at Yeon with a frowning expression and asked.
"Then, why did you admit defeat during that battle? If you had fought together with your sister or even alone, you could had have the chance to defeat me."
Unexpectedly Seo Yeon shook her head and said.
"No, although we have a unique element, it didn''t mean we are powerful. Lava Breathing Technique allows her to turn her internal energy intova but she needs to control the temperature of herva otherwise it would even burn her."
"As for me, although my Wood Element seems power, in actuality, it is really weak inbat. If I want to use its true power inbat, it would consume my vitality."
"So, even if I have such a unique element, I can''t use its power to its fullest extent."
Hearing her words, Yeosho finally understood the reason. Although their elements seem powerful, if it isn''t utilized properly, they would harm them. It was like a double-edged sword except with a sheath.
Unless it was drawn out of the sheath, it could act as normal staff. Even if it was normal, it would still be counted as a weapon,
"But, during my battle with your sister, why did she only use one element? If she had used all five elements together, she could''ve won against me." Yeosho looked at her suspiciously and asked.
Hearing her words, Yeon couldn''t help but roll her eyes.
"Let me ask you, do you really think anyone can create such powerful martial arts with few years of experience?"
Yeosho suddenly realized something. Although she had developed her lightning ability into such a powerful weapon, she had to put all of her mind into it.
She didn''t even have the opportunity to practice Aura for an entire year. And, even so, most of her abilities are thanks to Kim. Most of them were his ideas.
If it wasn''t for him, she wouldn''t be able to develop her lightning abilities to such an extent. Even if she could, it would at least take her a decade.
Then, she suddenly realized that Jun''s utilization of Wind Element wasn''t bad at all. In fact, it was amazing. And, she did it on her own.
There was no Kim to teach her. Not to mention, she had even reached Martial Grandmaster Realm.
That meant she had to focus on her realm as well. Thinking of this, she couldn''t help but feel ashamed for asking such a question.
She lowered her head and said.
"I''m sorry for being inconsiderate."
Seo Yeon didn''t get angry. She just smiled and said.
"It''s okay. It''s just like the battle between you and her. If she hadn''t fought you and lost like that, she would never admit that your strength is above her."
"In fact, I want to apologize for my sister''s behavior. She didn''t like admitting her shorings. And, she is also very proud of her talent."
Hearing her words, Yeosho couldn''t help but feel warm. It''s just like talking to Neyol. Even though she had a nasty experience with Neyol at first. Both of them started to ept each other slowly.
And, now they are best sisters just Neyol and Seo sisters.
Yeosho tightened her head and took a breath. She looked at Yeon and said.
"I know you have your own pride and wouldn''t ept others'' help that easily. But, if you are in any kind of problem, then please, don''t hesitate to ask for help."
"Before I wouldn''t have the confidence to say such a thing but now, I do. So, no matter how hard the situation might be, I will do my best to help you."
Hearing her words, Yeon was surprised for a moment but then she shook her head and said.
"We are sisters. Although I am prideful, if it harms our family, I will never hesitate to ask for help. At the same time, I will never hesitate to help you."
Her response made Yeosho smile as both of them understood each other deeply.
Chapter 68 Rematch Against Kiro Part 1
"So, everyone is ready?" Kim turned around and asked.
Hearing his words, Neyol rolled her eyes and said.
"Everyone is ready. The question is, are you ready?" She said as she turned her head at looked at the house far away.
Kim also noticed her gaze and took a breath.
"We will meet soon. I will definitely reach the peak of this world, establish the order, and then, we will meet."
Neyol and others couldn''t help but smile. After all, seeing their beloved so confident also made them confident.
"Let''s go then!" Neyol nodded her head and finally, seven of them walked out of the town. They had to choose from the four directions. Three out of four were connected by a forest while one was connected by a small road that led them to a bigger city.
They chose one of the forest routes because it was a shortcut to the Purple Desert. This dessert was connected with the Monster Kingdom and the Ghost Kingdom.
So, they had to reach the Purple Desert first.
In the Murim, there were different kinds of danger. From powerful monsters to powerful Asuras, there was no limit to the powerful people.
But another thing was even more disturbing than these powerful people. They can''t be approached by normal people. They were ces scattered throughout the world.
They were called Disaster Zones.
Originally, they were called dungeons. But since this was no longer a game, it had changed a bit and now, they were called Disaster Zones.
Each Disaster Zone has an extreme condition that made it harder to survive.
They slowed down a bit as they continued their journey toward the Purple Desert through the forest.
"It seems like we can''t escape from them no matter how much we try," Neyol spoke with a low voice.
"Then, let''s just end this and move forward." Kim finally stopped. Although he had slowed down, he was still moving before. But now, he hadpletely stopped.
Sixdies also stopped as they covered him.
Soon, hundreds of people wearing ck robes appeared one by one. They started surrounding Kim and others.
Among them, there was a young man. He slowly walked forward while holding the silver sword in his hand. He raised his robe and his peerless face appeared in their sight.
"Kiro!" Hinata narrowed her eyes and blurted.
"Princess, you truly have fallen so low. It would be a shame for you to return to the kingdom now so¡."
Kiro raised his hand and continued.
"Kill everyone!"
Without further ado, all of them rushed toward the seven people. They weren''t even going to keep the princess alive.
Hinata''s eyes widened. She couldn''t believe one day Kiro would give such an order. No, more than that she couldn''t believe that her parents would give such an order.
"Oh! It seems like you have finally betrayed King and Queen. Well, it was to be expected. From the start, you just wanted to get power, prestige, and the princess of the Asura Kingdom."
"You were never loyal to the King and Queen. So, when you lost her, you finally decided to join someone who wants to take down the Royal Family of Asura Kingdom."
"So, you have finally be Royal Minster''s dog. No, no, you don''t n to be his dog. You have another n, don''t you?"
Suddenly, Kim decided to drop a huge information in front of Hinata and Kiro. Both of their eyes widened but forpletely different reasons.
"You? Why do you know all that? No, I can''t let you survive today. Everyone, you must kill him. Kill him quickly!"
Kiro realized that the threat of Kim had risen to a whole new level. He never expected someone to understand his ambition. Not to mention, that person just had to be his main enemy.
Kiro had already regarded Kim as a greater enemy than the Shura Family from the Asura Kingdom.
Those who had already rushed forward started releasing different kinds of attacks. But, one thing wasmon. All of them used a de to attack.
[Electromaic Field]
[Golden Barrier]
But, the second before their weapon could touch them, a massive wall made out of gold appeared. These walls easily blocked all of their attacks. But, it didn''t end that easily.
[Golden Spikes]
Suddenly, dozens of sharp spikes emerged from the golden barrier they pierced some of them. Others managed to retreat in time.
And, the golden barrier fell down. It changed back to golden dust and hovered above Yeosho.
"Damn! That girl haspletely mastered that power. But, why does she have so much internal energy?"
Looking at the red cloak formed out of internal energy, Kiro gritted his teeth and cursed. He didn''t expect this at all. But, he quickly calmed down.
"Everyone, release the Asura Bloodline and strike."
With Kiro''s order, all of the remaining people released their Asura Bloodline. Their robes got torn into pieces and dark scales covered their bodies.
At this moment, Kim slowly unsheathed his spear and whispered.
"I will leave these to you."
Whoosh!
Suddenly, his body disappeared and reappeared in front of Kiro. This speed caught Kiro off guard but he still managed to use his sword to block Kim''s spear.
But, the power behind that strike shook Kiro and pushed him away from others.
Kiro''s soldiers reacted immediately but before they could rush toward Kim and Kiro, they were blocked by six people.
"How about we y for a while?" Neyol stood in the middle and the darkness shrouded her as she spoke with a gentle yet scary smile on her face.
.....
On the other hand, Kiro used the ground to block himself from flying away. Using his sword to pierce the ground, he managed to slow down. After that, he quickly adjusted himself and stared at Kim.
"Damn it, I should''ve killed you at that time. But¡.. how could you grow this strong in just one year?"
There was regret in his tone. He was full of regret. He not only regretted running away that time but also regret not killing him as soon as he arrived in that vige.
Kim raised his head and asked.
"Do you expect this to be the shonen genre? I am not going to wait till thest to burst out exponential strength with the power of love and friendship. This is not shonen nor I am going to y weak."
"One year ago, you were strong. But, with all that strength, instead of killing me, you killed all those innocent people. I am not going to kill you but make you live in hell."
Boom!
Kim fully released his Spiritual Pressure. It was so strong that Kiro was shaken for a moment. This was the same feeling that he had from Tengu.
He gritted his teeth and suddenly a powerful soul power burst out of him.
"Don''t get ahead of yourself! I am not the same as a year ago."
[Battle Soul- Activate]
Without any hesitation, he activated his battle soul. A shadow of a devil appeared behind him. This shadow had a simr appearance to those of Asuras.
But, its face, or rather the entire body was just a shadow. When it appeared, Kim could easily feel Kiro''sbat power soaring through the roof.
If hisbat power was around Grandmaster Realm before, now it had reached Martial Lord Realm.
Of course, Kim didn''t care about it at all. He took a deep breath and the next moment, an immense amount of internal energy burst out of his dantian. Alongside the red aura emitting from his spear, he slightly lowered his lower body and held the spear tightly in his hand.
[One Spear Art]
When the momentum of his spear burst out, Kiro realized the power of the attack. He instantly infused his sword with internal energy and his aura.
The immense strength of the sword soared as its momentum also reached its peak. The aura emitting out of it alone changed the surrounding as it turned darker and darker.
[Hell Splitting Sword Art]
There was no extra moment. There was no extra strength. He simply shed his sword and released the sword energy. But, this sword energy was so massive and strong that it pierced through the space and moved forward.
The ground beneath it was torn apart.
Facing such a sh, Kim calmly stepped against the ground. The massive momentum burst to the tip of his spear and his entire body got covered with Armament Technique, pushing his strength to a whole new level.
[Death Dragon Strike]
Bang!
His spear moved forward. It was so fast that before even the sh could reach him, his spear had already pierced through it.
Crack! Crack! Boom!
The entire sh shattered into pieces and the spear moved forward. The sword energy exploded and covered everything in dust. But in the middle of the dust, Kim moved forward with his spear.
As he reached in front of Kiro, he suddenly stopped his spear. The dust slowly settled down. Kiro was just standing in front of Kim with a frozen look on his face.
He couldn''t believe that his strongest attack was broken just like that. But, Kim''s spear didn''t pierce. It reached him. It pierced his Aura, cloth, and even skin.
But, he stopped just at that moment.
"System, buy Internal Energy Destruction Palm"
Kim''s words resounded in Kiro''s ears. Although he didn''t know much about this martial art, just hearing the name scared him. He tried to retreat but Kim had already thrown his palm toward his chest.
[Internal Energy Destruction Palm]
Bang!
His palm struck Kiro''s chest and he flew out like a cannonball, striking the tree.
"First Meridian!"
"I told you. I won''t kill you but make you live in hell."
Chapter 69 Rematch Against Kiro Part 2
Cough!
Kiro suddenly coughed out blood when the impact of Kim''s palm almost destroyed his chest. At this moment, Kim was using Armament Technique to its fullest.
So, when he used it, Kiro could no longer defend against it. His Armament Technique was weaker than Kim''s. His Aura wasn''t stronger than Kim''s.
Only his internal energy was greater than Kim''s. But, he couldn''t defend himself with the internal energy alone.
Kim didn''t stop. He condensed a massive amount of internal energy into his palm and smashed his stomach.
"Gah"
[Second Meridian]
Kim''s palm once again moved and struck his shoulders.
[Third Meridian] [Fourth Meridian]
After that, he instantly kicked him in the stomach. Kiro''s body flew out and struck the tree. He fell on the ground while coughing out blood.
Kiro''s situation was extremely hard. Not only four out of his nine meridians were blocked, but he also couldn''t use his internal energy to its fullest extent. And, using veins as a way to transport his internal energy would harm his body.
But, his mind was filled with confusion. He didn''t understand why Kim got so strong in just one year.
He still remembered himself being praised as the top genius in the entire kingdom. He still remembered getting gifts and congrattion on each realm breakthrough.
But right now, all of those images were crashing like ss breaking into pieces. Because he found that the gap between him and Kim was so great that he couldn''t even get close to it.
Suddenly, he remembered the man who came that day. When he arrived, Kiro felt like his death was standing beside him. His death was looking at him and asking ''Do you want to go to hell now?''
That was the moment he gave up his decision to kill Kim and ran like a beast. He ran as if he would be caught at any moment.
If only he had stayed there. If only he had used his sword to kill Kim there. If only he had awakened his Battle Soul there.
Unfortunately, it all remained as if only. It could nevere true.
Bang!
Suddenly, Kim''s foot struck his shoulder.
Crack!
The next moment, his shoulder bone broke apart and he screamed in pain. He looked at Kim with a distorted expression.
But, Kim didn''t stop. He raised his palm and internal energy formed a strange force in his palm. He moved his palm toward his legs.
[Fifth Meridian] [Sixth Meridian]
Only after destroying his sixth meridian, Kim calmed down. He crouched in front of Kiro and looked into his eyes as he asked.
"Does it feel so good to kill people? Do you never consider that they have done nothing wrong?"
Hearing his question, Kiro felt like he had no chance of surviving. He understood that he would die at any cost.
At this moment, hatred was born inside his heart. He hated Kim for stealing his wife. He hated Kim for stealing his goal. He hated Kim for getting stronger than him.
So, heughed.
"It feels great. Yes, I never considered anything before ....."
Bang!
Before he could say more, Kim punched his face. But the smile didn''t disappear. Kim took out his poison dagger and cut his lips. Blood flow out of his body but before he could die, Kim took out a healing pill and fed him.
Without lips, his face waspletely distorted.
At this moment, Kim looked at him and said.
"Do you really think I am a kind person? I will let youugh to make me feel bad. You are wrong. Yes, I do feel bad that those people I lived with are dead."
"But, I never said that they were my rtive. Do you think I will let you make me feel sad? No, I have already lived through that. I have been sad my entire life."
"A year ago, I finally decided that I no longer be sad. So, I am not going to be sad. But, it didn''t mean I won''t get angry."
Kim raised his hands and the internal energy flowed into his palm. He pped his palm on his chest.
[Seventh Meridian] [Eighth Meridian]
"Do you know when you kill someone, you will be apanied by bad karma? But, if you kill someone who has been bathed in bad karma, you will only receive good karma?"
"Although I believe killing you will be much easier, I won''t kill you. You didn''t even blink when you kill those ordinary people, right? Now, I will let you know how it feels to be an ordinary person who can''t even speak."
Kim raised his final palm and mmed his stomach once more but in a different position.
[Ninth Palm]
At this moment, inside his stomach, the dantian started to crack. His internal energy started leaking out of his dantian and spreading throughout his body.
Suddenly, Kim jumped back. He retreated several meters and at this moment, Kiro''s body exploded.
Ssh!
The blood sttered everywhere.
Kim saw it and used his internal energy to block that blood. He found the entire body had been crushed into bone, and meat paste and blood were everywhere. Looking at it, Kim realized his mistake.
Originally, he nned to let him live like an ordinary person and let him feel the pain of being an ordinary person where there was now.
But, he didn''t know that once dantian was destroyed, the internal energy would burst out through his veins and muscles. Obviously, his internal energy was massive so it easily crushed his muscles and skin.
Only bone remained in the middle with meat paste around it and the blood sttered everywhere.
[Congrattion on killing Story One Main Boss]
When he saw the new panel appears in front of him, he was surprised. Kim stared at the panel without even blinking his eyes.
"Is this a new change that happened because of this man''s introduction? Story One Main Boss? Wait, if I remember correctly, the main boss of story one was the martial artist that was hired by the town chief."
"Ahh! Since this town was literally destroyed by this man, the system recognized it as a Story One Main Boss. After all, there was no Kiro in the original story."
"Looks like the system has already adjusted to the new environment and characters. Well, that''s good. At least, I can earn some bloody rewards."
"System, what are the rewards of killing Story One Main Boss?" Kim asked.
When he asked that question, the system reced the congrattory panel and showed him the reward panel.
[You received 1000 Harem Coins, Chaos Lamp, Fire Breathing Technique, Water Breathing Technique, Earth Breathing Technique, Wind Breathing Technique, Soul Capturing Gaze, and Mini Land Arc.]
''Wait, wait, 1000 Harem Coins, Four Breathing Techniques, Sex Skill, and two fucking items that I don''t even know about.''
"System, what are Chaos Lamp and Mini Land Arc?"
As soon as hemanded, the system released panels that revealed the information about Chaos Lamp and Mini Land Arc.
[Item- Chaos Lamp
Lvl. 1
Restriction- Requires Soul Power to operate
Description- Chaos Lamp is an ancient artifact forged out of Chaos Energy. It has the ability to evolve by consuming souls.
Effect- Can consume and absorb souls of simr strength
Time Limit- None
Weakness- It can easily be destroyed by high-level souls or physical strength.]
[Mini Land Arc
Lvl. 1
Restriction- Requires yers'' authority to enter
Description- An artifact that can store life and light. It has a massivend that has everything that is required for life to survive.
Effect- It can store life and improves after providing Vitality
Time Limit- None
Weakness- Vitality Consumption is huge]
"Are you freaking kidding me?" Kim''s eyes opened so wide that he didn''t know what to do. He couldn''t believe the rewards that he earned.
What does owning an independent space that you can enter and live mean?
It means you can hide inside it for as long as you want. It also means that he can keep anyone inside it in case he needed to move alone.
It was a treasure with no way to measure its value.
Kim took a deep breath and stopped thinking about it. Instead, he decided to level up.
"System, level up!"
[Name- Kim Woo
Lvl- 20 (Elite)
ss- Dark Martial Artist
Level Up- 1020 Harem Coins
Unique Talent- Emperor''s Eyes, Titan Madness, Spear Soul
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Martial Technique- Dark Breathing Technique (Lv.10), True Martial Technique (Lv.4), Metal Breathing Technique (Lv.10), Lightning Breathing Technique (Lv.10)
Martial Art- Nightless sh, Paralyzing Stab, One Strike Art, Thunder Spear Art, Iron Pagoda Art, Dark Moon,
Three Power System- Armament Technique (Lv.10), Observation Technique (Lv.10), Spiritual Technique (Lv.10)
Body- Gold
STR: 205 / AGI: 205 / END: 305
DEX: 205 / STM: 505 / DEF: 205
SP: 205 / IE: 100
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Battle Soul Awakening- Second Awakening
Innate Body Abilities- Undying Body, Poison Resistance, and Perfect Martial Body
Innate Soul Abilities- Heretic Evil Seed, Call for Undead, and Bone Creation Skill
Third Awakening Requirement- Unknown
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Lust Meter- 5
Harem Member- Yeosho Nomu, Neyol Woo, Hinata Shura, Seo-Yoon, Seo-Jun, Seo-Yeon
Harem Coins- 490
Lust Berserk Mode- Deactivated]
[Congrattion, you have unlocked a new ss ....]
Chapter 70 Crazy Naming Sense
[ss- Elemental Monk
Description- This ss can only be activated by those who can use the power of mage and martial artist at the same time. Elemental Monk uses the elemental powers with physical strength.
Effect- 2x Physical Strength, 3x Elemental Energy, 50+ AGI]
Looking at the panel in front of him, Kim was surprised. This was a new ss that he hadn''t added to the game.
After he came out of the town, not only the main boss of the first story was changed but also got some powerful reward alongside a new ss.
But, he didn''t think too much. After all, he would openly wee any kind of strength.
He took a deep breath and closed his eyes. At this moment, the dark internal energy flowed into his hand. He took a deep breath and thrust his fist forward.
But, it didn''t stop there. He constantly released five thrust from both of his fists. Each strike released a flow of ck energy that would hit air like shockwave.
The air in front of him trembled and the dark internal energy left the sparks of dark particles in the air.
Looking at it, this attack didn''t seem that powerful. Kim also understood it so he walked in front of the tree.
Then, he repeated the same movements. He punched the tree five times. Although he controlled his power, the dark particles that were left on the tree started eating it.
The tree was literally devoured in front of his eyes and turned to dust.
Seeing this, Kim finally understood the power of Dark Internal Energy. His punch broke the exterior of the tree and the dark particles released by dark internal energy devoured the interior of the tree.
"It seems like I can use Dark Internal Energy in a different way now. But, is it just the dark internal energy?"
Kim muttered and released his another burst out of internal energy. This time, his internal energy has the lightning in it.
He walked up to the next tree. He was curious about the effects brought by the lightning element with his physical strength.
Up until now, he couldn''t merge two of them perfectly. He could only rely on Armament Technique but now it seemed like he could use the power of element together with his physical strength to create the effect greater than Armament Technique.
He took a deep breath and threw a punch. His fist pierced the air like a lightning bolt and the sound of a drum rang. His fist collided against the tree and suddenly, the tree burst into pieces of woods.
If Kim hadn''t had the good Observation Technique, he would have missed out on what actually happened in this attack.
From his Observation Technique, he could see the small bolts of lightning entering the tree from his fist and the impact of his fist suddenly increases the intensity and power of those small lightning bolts causing them to explode.
When the lightning bolts of higher intensity and power exploded, anything covering it would explode as well. And, these bolts of lightning are so small that it could even live in a hallow space to that of a needle.
That kind of power it possesses.
Kim was extremely excited by this new ss''s power. But, he was even more excited to check other elements. Currently, he had only practiced Lightning, Dark, and Metal Elements.
So, thest one would be the Metal Element.
Once again, Kim released his Internal Energy. This time, it was metal internal energy and it was a bit different. Unlike lightning or dark, it was in a solid shape or rather it had already merged with his fist.
In an instant, his fist turned dark silver. It had a little bit of slivery look but the color was dark.
Kim could feel the power without even punching. Unlike the previous two attacks, he could feel the increase in power just by using it.
He instantly understood this kind of power. He raised his fist once more and instead of punching the tree, he mmed his fist on the ground.
Bang!
The ground beneath him suddenly got split in half. The sand and dust started pouring into gap created by that split.
Looking at such destructive power, Kim couldn''t'' help but feel amazed.
You know, he hasn''t even used his Armament Technique. If he had used Armament Technique, he felt like he could even destroy the mountain with a punch
He took a deep breath and thought.
''It seems like practicing those breathing techniques are necessary. After all, this ss allows me to different kinds of attack more proficiently without evenprehending a martial art.''
''But then again, the power of these attacks are no less than any martial art in my possession. Maybe One Spear Art could be powerful than these but then again, that''s my strongest attack.''
''Then, how about I give name to these attacks?''
Kim rubbed his chin and looked at the side.
"So, what name do you think would be suitable for these attacks."
His gaze was toward six girls who were standing a bit far from him and watching his attacks. With his Observation Technique, he had already found them a long time ago.
Few minutes after he finished Kiro, they also finished their enemies and came to him but seeing him busy, they silently waited.
When he asked this question, Yeosho excitedly raised her hand and said.
"I know. Let''s call that first attack ''Dark Howling Dragon Roar''. Let''s call the second attack ''Lightning Style- Crazy Lightning Burst''. As for the third attack, let''s just call it ''Invincible Style- World Breaking Punch''."
Hearing her naming sense, five girls couldn''t help but twitch their lips. Although these names sound domineering, isn''t it too much to say Invincible Style- World Breaking Punch. At most, this can destroy a mountain ifbined with Armament, not the world.
But, Kim was excited hearing these names. He immediately gave her a thumbs up and said.
"Indeed, Let''s call them that. But, I would like to make a change in the first name. How about we call it ''Particle Style- Dark Howling Dragon Roar''."
Yeosho''s eyes lit up as she said.
"Yes, I almost forgot when you use that attack, those dark particles devours the enemy you hit. It sounds amazing as well."
"Alright then!"
Kim nodded his head and whisper in a low voice.
"System, resister three attacks into my status window."
"Particle Style- Dark Howling Dragon Roar! Lightning Style- Crazy Lightning Burst! Invincible Style- World Breaking Punch."
[.... Host, are you sure you want to use these name?]
Seeing such ag response from the system, Kim couldn''t help but frown.
"Are you doubting my naming sense? These names are perfect for these attacks."
He was a bit unhappy because of system''s reply. Although these names are bit long, they also sound domineering.
Just think about calling these names during the battle.
Particile Style- Dark Howling Dragon Roarrrrrrrr!
He couldn''t help but imagine the scene where his body will suddenly change into lightning and he will appear behind his enemy in an instant. Then, he will thrust his fist toward his enemy.
Lightning Style- Crazy Lightning Burst
Then, when many people would surround him, trying to use numbers to kill him, he would directly punch the ground.
Invincible Style- World Breaking Punch.
At this moment, he suddenly got drowned into his world of imagination where he would perfectly use these attacks.
Suddenly, he came out of his thoughts and remembered.
''Wait, all of my previous martial arts do not sound that domineering. I need to change their name as well.''
''Let''s call Paralysis Stab ''Shadow Style- Venomous Strike''. Let''s call Nightless sh ''One Flow- Lightless sh''. Hmmm! Well, let''s just call it that.''
''As for other three arts, I don''t think I need to change.''
"System, change the name of Paralysis Stab into Shadow Style- Venomous Strike and Nightless sh into One Flow- Lightless sh. Also, show me the new status window."
After few seconds, a new status window appeared in front of him.
[Name- Kim Woo
Lvl- 20 (Elite)
ss- Dark Martial Artist, Elemental Monk
Level Up- 1020 Harem Coins
Unique Talent- Emperor''s Eyes, Titan Madness, Spear Soul
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Martial Technique- Dark Breathing Technique (Lv.10), True Martial Technique (Lv.4), Metal Breathing Technique (Lv.10), Lightning Breathing Technique (Lv.10)
Martial Art- Shadow Style- Venomous Strike, One Flow- Lightless Strike, One Strike Art, Thunder Spear Art, Iron Pagoda Art, Dark Moon, Particle Style- Dark Howling Dragon Roar, Lighting Style- Crazy Lightning Burst, Invincible Style- World Breaking Punch
Three Power System- Armament Technique (Lv.10), Observation Technique (Lv.10), Spiritual Technique (Lv.10)
Body- Gold
STR: 205 / AGI: 205 / END: 305
DEX: 205 / STM: 505 / DEF: 205
SP: 205 / IE: 100
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Battle Soul Awakening- Second Awakening
Innate Body Abilities- Undying Body, Poison Resistance, and Perfect Martial Body
Innate Soul Abilities- Heretic Evil Seed, Call for Undead, and Bone Creation Skill
Third Awakening Requirement- Unknown
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Lust Meter- 5
Harem Member- Yeosho Nomu, Neyol Woo, Hinata Shura, Seo-Yoon, Seo-Jun, Seo-Yeon
Harem Coins- 490
Lust Berserk Mode- Deactivated]
Chapter 71 Six Paths Immortal, The Ghost Kingdom
Kim smiled and turned his head.
"Since we have already cleared the enemy here, let''s leave this ce and resume our journey. We need to reach the Ghost Kingdom as soon as possible."
Hearing his words, the six girls nodded their heads together and seven finally continued their journey toward the Ghost Kingdom.
"By the way, Kim, do you know anything about the Ghost Kingdom?" Yeosho turned her head at him and asked.
"Oh, I forgot that you didn''t get a chance to receive the information about the Ghost Kingdom. Well, then let Neyol exin it." Kim nodded his head and turned toward Neyol.
Hearing his words, Neyol spoke.
"It would be hard to exin from the middle so let me start from the beginning. A long time ago, there was nothing butnd with no Monsters, Ghosts, and Asuras. There were only humans."
"In that age, humans have lived in harmony. But, during that time, ournd was invaded by a group of people who called themselves Gods. They invaded ournd and started massacring our people."
"In less than a few days, our human poption was said to have gone down by half. It was the most catastrophic event in the memories of ournd."
"But during that period, a man got blessed by Heaven and acquired awakened a strange yet powerful bloodline. During that time, there were still martial artists but they were too weakpared to those Gods."
"Only by awakening his bloodline, that man had the power to counter those gods. But, the number of enemies was so huge that he couldn''t fight them alone."
"So, he married six women and passed down the respective part of his bloodline to his children from those six women. Soon, they started passing down their bloodline to their children and the poption grew slowly."
"And, during this time, Six Paths Immortal used his life to banish them out of ournd. He used his own body to protect thisnd and thend that was almost destroyed by them once again grew with his blood."
"That''s why the spiritual energy in ournd is so thick. It was blessed by the Blood of Six Paths Immortal. They started calling him immortal because of this very reason."
"Even if he is dead, he is still alive in thisnd. Those people children with six different bloodlines formed six different kingdoms. Among them is the Ghost Kingdom."
"This kingdom is rather unique and also extremely powerful but only its ownnd especially those with higher purity in their bloodline. It is said that those with higher purity in blood will never be low in Internal Energy."
"Wait, wait, wait" Suddenly, Yeosho interrupted her and asked.
"You said blood and internal energy but aren''t these ghosts? How do they have blood and internal energy?"
Neyol wasn''t offended by her interruption. She calmly answered.
"Although they are mostly in soul form, their bodies have transformed in a way that their blood and internal energy have taken the form of the soul itself. So, they are still normal but also abnormal."
"Because they are only souls, it is extremely hard to inflict damage on them. Only Armament Technique works on them since Armament is rted to the spiritual energy."
"Of course, if you use Aura, you can still inflict damage on them. But unfortunately, normal martial arts simply can''t inflict any kind of damage on them."
"Most importantly, people of other kingdoms rarely try to invade or even cause problems to this kingdom. Even when their ancestor''s graves are dug by these people, other kingdoms would just watch it."
"They won''t do anything simply because they are afraid of invading their kingdom."
Hearing her words, Seo Yeon couldn''t help but blink her eyes and ask.
"So, are we just too good or too crazy?"
Hearing her question, Kim chuckled and said.
"Don''t worry, even if they are powerful, it didn''t mean nobody would offend them. In fact, they have been invaded many times because of their actions."
"After all, anyone would be pissed if your parent''s dead body is stolen by a ghost. Not many people coulde out of the kingdom alive but it didn''t mean there were none."
"In fact, some people have seeded in taking back their parents'' or ancestor''s grave especially people from Royal Family."
"Umm.... So, why are we going there?" Yeosho turned her head and asked.
Suddenly, Kim paused for a moment and looked at Neyol.
"Did we not discuss anything yesterday?"
Neyol chucked and said.
"You and she went to meet your master so when did we get the time to talk especially since you two instantly went inside your room aftering back."
Hearing her answer, Kim chuckled and rubbed the back of his head.
"Is that so? Then, let me answer you. A year ago, you should''ve seen my ability to manipte bones, right?"
Yeosho nodded her head. She still remembered that creepy ability of his. Although there weren''t a lot of skeletons when she came back, it didn''t mean she had forgotten about his ability.
"So, what does this have anything to do with the Ghost Kingdom? Don''t tell me your ability also works on ghosts."
Kim shook his head and said.
"No, but they have something that can work. Did you forget what I just said before? They steal the graves of other people. But, they don''t have any use for the dead body."
"They simply use their own ritual to call for souls from the underworld. Once the soul is summoned, they just put back the dead body. There should be a lot of dead bodies in that kingdom."
"That means there should be a lot of bones left inside those graves. Using my ability, I can summon those graves and since those graves belong to powerful people, these undead skeletons would be powerful as well."
"Our first target is the rebels from the Monster Kingdom. But, we don''t have the strength to counter them head-on. At least, we don''t want to use all of our trump cards just to gain some cannon fodders."
"So, I thought about countering the cannon fodders with cannon fodders."
Hearing his exnation, Yeosho understood his approach. Even with her ability, she would be able to count them but that would mean revealing her trump card.
The ability to destroy the city shouldn''t be used so casually.
At least, she believes that.
"But, before reaching the Ghost Kingdom, we have to travel through the Purple Desert. ording to what we know, this ce is extremely dangerous. So, we have to be careful."
"If the situation arises, don''t hesitate to use your strongest technique. But, also try not to use your strongest technique. Instead, try to use each other''s strength."
Hearing his words, the six girls were startled. They looked at each other and felt a bit conflicted.
There was a bit of conflict between them. Hinata and Seo Jun had a conflict with Yeosho but Yeosho had no conflict with them other than these two. So, it would be extremely hard for them to cooperate.
Even Kim was aware of that. But, he didn''t want them to have any kind of infighting instead he was trying to get them into a group who can trust their backs to others.
Sensing their emotions, Kim suddenly had an idea.
"Although it would be hard for you to cooperate with each other, if you seed, you can take down more enemies than me. So, I have a proposal."
"In the next battle, only those girls who have more kills than me will get a chance to have sex with me."
At this moment, Kim was extremely proud. Because he had absolutely made them fall in love with his dick. They would do anything to have sex with him.
So, as soon as he mentioned that, their expressions changed. Although they wouldn''t agree to work with others, they didn''t want to lose the opportunity to have sex with him.
With Kim''s strength, wouldn''t it be simple to kill all of them? And, knowing Kim, he didn''t care about having sex with them. Because Kim had said this before, if he didn''t want to have sex with them, he will get other girls.
Of course, he didn''t do it before but it didn''t mean he won''t do it.
At this moment, even Hinata and Seo Jun had the idea to work together with Yeosho. After all, her strength was the strongest among all. If they work together, they will definitely be able to have sex with Kim.
Unlike others, Neyol was looking at Kim with strange eyes. Although she knew Kim wasn''t a fool, she didn''t think Kim woulde up with such a strategy to make them work with each other.
Simply because in the next battle, everyone would get more kills than Kim. Even before the battle started, Kim had already said that he will deal with the strongest.
Although Kim''s strength is strong, it would still take a long time to deal with the strongest person in a group.
That means, even if they don''t work in a group, they would still have more kills than him.
Of course, knowing this, she didn''t n to reveal it.
After all, making peace in his harem was her job.
Chapter 72 Tojo Style- Red Spiral Shuriken Blast
As they continued to move forward, they eventually came out of the forest and reached the Purple Desert.
The name was literally derived from the desert. It was purple, unlike most deserts. And, there was a strange environment in this desert. It felt like the temperature had grown to a point where it was impossible to walk.
Just as they step forward, they could feel the sand of the desert burning their foot. It was so hot that the girls instantly felt ufortable walking on it. Their slippers were already burned by the sand.
Seeing this, Kim thought for a moment and decided to test his new item. After all, what good of an item would be if it can''t be used?
Kim activated the Mini Land Arc and suddenly his consciousness entered the arc.
He found himself in the form of a soul. But, he also saw his real body walking as normal.
''Did it spilt my consciousness into two? Then, how does this work? Although both of them are my own consciousness, I obviously can''tmand my real body to stop.''
''Hmm.... Is it like that? Then, there are a lot of ways to utilize this.''
Kim quickly deactivated the arc with his thoughts and when his consciousness merged once again, he found a lot of new memories in his mind.
These memories were the thoughts from the consciousness that remained inside this body.
Receiving all these memories, Kim suddenly got an idea.
''Wait, if this works then why can''t I develop a clone technique? Separate the consciousness and body to create a clone but obviously, I can''t separate myself.''
''In that case, I need to use the internal energy to create a clone thatpletely resembles me. Naturally, it shouldn''t be impossible now but I don''t understand how.''
''Right now, I am only a Martial Master. If I want to reach Martial Grandmaster, I need to understand the forces of nature. Only if Iprehend thews of nature, I will be able to reach Martial Grandmaster Realm.''
''Once I reach that realm, I can finally take a step to fight against Martial King but of course, it''s just a futile idea for now. After all, Martial King is currently the highest sealing of this world.''
''At least, from what I know. There could be some hidden dangers since this is no longer a game world.''
"What happened Kim?" Suddenly, a voice rang from behind and woke him up from his thoughts.
Kim only remained startled for a moment. He looked at his women and asked.
"Do you think it is possible to create things out of nothing?"
Hearing his words, his women looked at each other and then looked at him as if they were looking at an idiot.
"Kim, normally you are a smart man. How did you be so dumb?" Neyol couldn''t help herself from asking.
Everyone had simr thoughts but Tojo who lived inside Yeosho had different thoughts. Because of thest night''s incident, Yeosho hadpletely covered his vision and senses.
Only when she fought against those people, she removed that limitation. Because she forgot to do that sooner, Tojo was quite pissed with her. But hearing Kim''s question, his interest was suddenly drawn.
"Little girl, did you forget the gift that you wanted to give him?" Tojo''s voice rang in Yeosho''s head and made her stunned for a moment.
Her eyes widened as she hurriedly took out that book and passed it to him.
"Kim, this is a martial technique that I kept for you. Sorry, I forgot to give it to you earlier."
Kim was surprised. He shook his head and said.
"It''s okay. But, I am curious what kind of technique did you keep for me."
Kim turned over the page and started reading. Just by reading the first page, his expression drastically changed. This made the girls confused. Even Yeosho had simr confusion.
Only Kim was clear. He didn''t know whether it was a coincidence or fate. But, he got exactly what he needed.
Sun and Moon Breathing Technique!
This technique is all about two extreme forces of nature. In nature, there are all kinds of extreme forces. But, all of these forces have one thing inmon.
They all belong to either of the two extremes.
Yin and Yang!
Yin was the representation of forces that have no physical body. They live in energy and condensed out of their thoughts. They are nothing but illusions of the world.
But, these illusions or the power of Yin can be drastically stronger than normal kinds of power. For example, Wind and Lightning belong to different categories of elements.
But, if they are merged with Yin, they can change their nature. Wind can be hot and cold wind. It could also be violent and have mild wind.
But, if they are merged with Yang, they can change shape and size. Wind can be a tornado and storm.
But, it wasn''t easy to merge these powers. After all, they belong to separate elemental sections.
This breathing technique allows him to slowly merge the power of Yin and Yang into his elements, giving him supreme control over his elements while maintaining their stability.
For example, he could use lightning and wind, not to suppress lightning but to increase its power of lightning. That could only be possible with this breathing technique.
Of course, that''s just the fur of this technique. The main power of this technique lies within thest lines of the first page.
[Yin and Yang represent creations. The power to create beings out of mere thoughts is the ultimate representation of Yin and Yang.]
This line shook his inner thoughts. Because, if he could find the ultimate representation of Yin and Yang, he could use the internal energy to create physical clones.
Maybe he would not even need to go that far. After all, it wasn''t creating life but rather spitting himself in half. That was his idea. So, he might not have to reach that far.
And, if he does, then he will be able to create life out of pure internal energy.
Reading this page alone helped him focus on his goal. Although it was a small goal, it was a goal nheless. Kim couldn''t help but raise the side of his lips.
''This is interesting. This is not any game world that I know. This haspletely changed my view of internal energy. It might be just leftover energy after sucking out vitality but it still contains the mysteries of this world.''
''Sun and Moon Breathing Technique, Wood Breathing Technique, Lava Breathing Technique. This world is full of interesting techniques. The farther you go, the more you see.''
''The purple desert that was previously known as a dungeon site has now turned into a forbidden zone that is almost impossible to cross. This world now has my interest to its fullest.''
''My main goal to create order in this world can only be fulfilled after suppressing every single powerhouse in this world. I wonder what kind of weird yet interesting powers I woulde across.''
''No matter what, I mustplete my goal, defeat my master, take control of this world and create the biggest harem, bing the God of Harem.''
? Slowly, the smile on his face got bigger.
Pat!
Suddenly, a p came out of nowhere. It was Neyol who pped him on the cheek.
"Are you out of your mind? We are facing a dangerous monster while you arepletely soaked inside your own thoughts. Come out and help us!"
Roar!
At this moment, he waspletely awakened. The roar resounded in his ears and he turned his head. At this moment, he saw massive lizards. They were the size of a giant bus with extremely thick skin.
Although their size was big, it wasn''t that which made Neyol worried. It was a number. The sheer number of the lizards that were running towards them was more than a hundred.
"Sister Neyol, I told you. I can handle this. You don''t need to wake him up." Yeosho helplessly spoke as she released Tojo''s internal energy.
"No matter what, how can he just forget about his surroundings and stop all of a sudden?" Neyol shouted at both of them.
Kim felt strange because he didn''t even get angry when she pped him but rather felt a bit guilty. He quickly realized that he should split his consciousness while thinking.
In that case, he would be able to think and do others at the same time. Obviously, he still didn''t have the clone technique so he could only do that.
But, soon, his interest was drawn by Yeosho. At this moment, he saw a massive red spinning ball of energy on her hand. She was condensing more and more internal energy in it and increasing its speed.
When she finally saw that the lizards had reached a certain distance, she raised her hand and threw it toward those lizards.
[Tojo Style- Red Spiral Shuriken st]
Boom!
Chapter 73 Mini Land Arc, Falling From The Quicksand
Hearing her shout and the sound of the explosion, Kim opened his mouth and his jaw almost dropped to the ground.
In his eyes, that name was fucking amazing.
And, the power was even more amazing. Just a single attack took the lives of nearly a hundred master realm monsters. It was more than just amazing.
Kim was just going to walk toward Yeosho to congratte her for having such a powerful ability when he sensed a powerful shing from behind.
He covered his hand on Armament Technique and turned around, punching forward.
Boom!
His fist struck the wind de and the wind scattered. But when Kim withdrew his fist, he realized that there was a trace of bleeding in his fist.
Although he only used Armament Technique, it was a level ten Armament Technique.
Just level one was able to help him fight against several opponents, this was ten times stronger than that.
So, this level of wind de surprised him. He looked straight and found no one.
"It was a wind de condensed out of the heat of this Desert. While moving around, we need to be cautious." Neyol''s voice rang from behind and only then he understood why there was no one behind him.
This wind de was created by the desert itself so it waspletely random.
But this also made him a bit serious. Previously, he thought letting the girls enter the Arc to avoid the heat was a good idea.
Now, he believed that without putting them inside the Arc, it would be really hard to cross this desert.
Even his level ten Armament Technique was notpletely effective against it.
He might be able to fight alone and protect himself. But, if he had to protect others, it would be really hard. It''s not that he underestimated their powers, it''s just that their defense isn''t good enough.
Kim turned around and said.
"Don''t resist. I will take you to a ce."
Hearing his words, the six girls looked at each other unknown of his meaning. But, they still nodded their heads.
Kim smiled and activated Mini Land Arc. He walked near them and touched them. As soon as he touched them, they started to disappear. Although they panicked a bit, they didn''t keep their guard at all.
Kim finally transmitted himself inside the Arc. This time, it wasn''t just his consciousness that entered the Arc but himself.
So, when he arrived inside, he was in the garden. This garden was big, almost as big as Pingyang town.
"Kim, where is this ce?" Everyone looked at him with confusion as Neyol asked.
"This is one of the inheritances that I received. When I got stronger during the battle with that person, I finally awakened this treasure. It is a space where you can live."
"From now on, all of us will hear but I won''t stay here for long since we still need to cross the desert." Kim said.
Hearing his words, Neyol and others were shocked. They couldn''t believe that such a treasure could exist.
"Impossible! How could such treasure exist? Even Sung Ming didn''t have such treasure. A spatial treasure of this level is impossible to exist." Tojo''s voice rang out of Yeosho''s body.
This time, everyone was able to hear it. Although they couldn''t see Tojo, they knew about the nine tails that exist inside her dantian.
Kim smiled and said.
"Just because you don''t know doesn''t mean it doesn''t exist. Before meeting my master, you never expected someone to be that strong, right? Just treat this treasure the same."
When he said that, not only Tojo felt eptable even others felt the same way.
Too horrible!
Tengu was too horrible in their memories. They couldn''t even stand in front of him. They have no idea why he was so strong or how strong he was.
Now, hearing Kim''s words, it felt like this kind of treasure isn''t impossible to appear.
"Anyway, we don''t have anything else except nature in thisnd. So, let''s make some changes. While I cross the desert, all you focus on preparing the house and all necessary items."
Hearing his words, everyone nodded but Neyol suddenly asked.
"Wait, how can we contact you?"
This made Kim pause for a moment and he said.
"I am not sure about talking to me from this space would work but you can look out through this space. Just focus on the ground."
They were a bit confused as they looked at the ground. But eventually, the ground beneath them became transparent and they could see the purple sand beneath them.
Bang!
Suddenly, a powerful collision urred and the entire space trembled.
Kim''s eyes suddenly closed and his body was withdrawn from space. Only half of his consciousness remained inside the space.
"What happened?" Everyone stabilized themselves and asked
Kim turned his head and said.
"Probably a wind de struck this treasure. I am not sure if it remains invisible but one thing is sure it floats on the air when Ie in. It doesn''t move at all."
"That''s why I have to go outside."
After exining, Kim returned his consciousness to his body and both merged. Only then, he learned about the ident and once again entered the Arc.
"It seems like it was really hit by a Wind de. Fortunately, it wasn''t damaged severely but it seemed like once it is damaged, it absorbs my vitality to recover itself."
"And, it doesn''t remain visible when I enter this space but it didn''t mean it can''t be hit."
Hearing his words, all of them understood and panicked a bit especially Yeosho as she hurriedly asked.
"Wait, how much vitality did it cost? Are you alright?"
Hearing her shaky and concerned voice, Kim smiled and said.
"Don''t worry, it only cost a few months of vitality. But since I have returned outside, it won''t get hit. So, there is nothing to worry about. After all, my lifespan has increased by a lot."
Kim continued to talk with them while he also continued to walk.
In the desert, he encountered some powerful monsters but these weren''t at the level to make him desperate. But, this dessert was quite disturbing.
During the day, it would be hotter than the me. But at the night, it would be colder than the ice.
So, it was really hard to survive outside but Kim wasn''t going to let the Arc float in the mid-air all by itself. He still prefers keeping the Arc inside his inventory.
It seemed like when he enters the arc, it escapes from his inventory.
After all, the inventory is inside him, so how can he live inside something that was already him?
After a long day and night, Kim finally felt like he was reaching the middle of the desert. The temperature was only getting hotter during the day and colder at the night.
Bang! Bang! Bang!
Suddenly, the ground beneath him started to shake. He almost lost his bnce and fell down. If it wasn''t for his quick adaptability, he would''ve fallen to the ground.
Soon, he noticed a strange change. The next moment, his eyes widened.
"Damn it, it''s Quicksand."
Kim gritted his teeth as he tried to rush forward but he found that his legs were stuck in the sand. He couldn''t even move properly.
Being in such a situation, he had no choice but to rely on his Battle Soul. Releasing his Battle Soul, he condensed the bones out of his internal energy and used push him above the sand.
He was releasing the bones under his feet. But, these bones kept releasing and moving down but it didn''t seem to have stopped. No matter how much it extend, it didn''t stop.
Finally, Kim understood one thing.
He can''t escape this Quicksand.
The next moment, all of the sand fell down together with his body.
"Ahhhhhhhh"
Maybe it was just body instinct, but when he fell down Kim couldn''t help but scream.
Suddenly, he couldn''t help but stop screaming and his face turned red with embarrassment.
Why?
He was a martial artist. How could he scream like that?
He couldn''t believe it but that was reality. He fell and continued to fall. Soon, he got the feeling that there was no bottom to it.
"Am I going to fall to another side of the world? Wait, this world has magma in the core like the earth which means if I fell down, I will be burned to a crisp."
"But, this also doesn''t look like a natural world."
Only at this moment, Kim noticed the surrounding. He found that he was falling into a tunnel. And, it seemed to be man-made. He wasn''t truly sure if it was man-made.
But, it was artificial nheless.
Ssh!
Suddenly, he found that he was out of the tunnel and he directly fall on the pond. The height from where he fell was so high that at this moment, he felt like his entire body was screaming in pain.
Slowly, he swim up to the surface of the pond and looked around.
"Where am I?"
As he looked around, he saw a giant golden statue of a dragon staring at him. And, the moment his eyes fell on that dragon statue, the eyelid of the statue blinked.
"What the fuck?"
Chapter 74 Dragon History, Power Of Elements
"Where the hell am I?" Kim looked around and only found that statue in front of him. He slowly came out of the water and changed his clothes.
He used the internal energy to dry himself first. After that, he slowly moved toward the dragon statue.
He was curious.
Why did he fall here? And, why there was a giant dragon statue underground?
He looked around but saw nothing impressive about the statue. But, his eyes quickly fell on a red ruby at the top of the dragon''s nose.
When he saw that, he quickly realized that it must be something that will exin more about this ce. After all, he has no idea what kind of ce this is nor he has any idea how to escape from here.
He climbed the statue and upon reaching the top, he stared at the red ruby for a moment. He put his hand on it and tried to press it.
Thud! Thud! Thud! Thud! Thud!
Suddenly, he could hear the voice ofrge footsteps. At this moment, a massive hologram appeared in front of him above the pond.
That hologram revealed massive dragons werending on the ground. The sound was from it.
"Roar"
The dragon in the middle roared and it was followed by the others. But, he could only the voice of that dragon.
Before he could hear the voice from the other dragons, the hologram suddenly disappeared.
But, the new image appeared. It was the image of a dragon on the ground, dead, and several humans surrounding it.
Crack! Crack! Crack! Crack! Crack!
Soon, the surrounding began to change. The walls began to be filled with several texts and several images appeared on the ground.
These images were all about dead dragons and the humans surrounding them.
It was like a dragon massacre.
Seeing this, Kim was shaken for a moment. He quickly called everyone out and exined everything to them. They separate and started reading all the information from different parts of the wall.
After three hours, they finally gathered at one point and all had serious expressions on their faces.
"I never thought the history of humans began like that."
Neyol heavily spoke. Her voice was quite hoarse as she said.
Everyone nodded their heads heavily. Even Kim was no exception. After all, it was quite strange that the world he created on theputer had such a rich history.
Because, from his perspective, although the world has changed, history shouldn''t have changed, right?
But, he didn''t think too much. He nodded his head and said.
"I thought humans were the ones to live in this ce from the beginning of time. But, it turned out that this world was upied by the dragons."
"Yeah! I never thought humans would use dragons'' power to kill other dragons. But then why did the bloodline of dragons in humans disappear?" It was Yeosho who asked that question.
"Maybe that''s because it has been one hundred thousand years since that war. Don''t forget, it has only been a few thousand years since the death of Six Paths Immortal but now, only a few humans from the Royal Family have a Human Bloodline when everyone should have the Human Bloodline."
"Even in other races, there are huge differences despite inheriting the bloodline from the same ancestor. It simply means that the bloodline will dilute as time passes."
"But, there is something important that you must understand. Humans didn''t use dragon powers as dragons. Dragons are known as the master of elements but instead of using such power, they developed Three Powers."
"They were the ones who created Armament Technique, Observation Technique, and Spiritual Pressure Technique. But, it seemed like as time passed, these powers slowly got lost."
"It was only recently that people discovered these powers once again and developed them." It was Neyol who exined it.
Kim nodded his head and said.
"Exactly! It seems like my master must have gotten a human inheritance that lived thousands of years ago. Otherwise, he wouldn''t be able to develop Three Powers to such a level."
"No wonder, your master is so perverted. It seemed like he seeded in practicing Three Powers to the pinnacle." Hinata spoke with a little shock on her face.
Not just her, everyone was shocked.
"But, this cave doesn''t have any kind of inheritance rted to that. But, it does seem to have a lot of information about dragons. Like how their power works, and how they transform. How do they control the elements?"
"Dragon Power seems to be rted to the Law of Nature. If I couldprehend it, I might be able to reach Grandmaster Realm. But, the question is should we spend our time here or leave?"
Kim spoke.
He seriously stared at all of them, hoping to get a proper answer. After all, he truly didn''t have an idea of what to do.
On one hand, he didn''t want to give up this opportunity. On other hand, he didn''t want to ...
Suddenly, he turned his head at them, and looking at their eyes, he instantly understood.
"Exactly! We don''t have to worry about time. Although I want to finish my task as soon as possible, I also want to get stronger before I can finish my task."
"After all, without proper strength, I won''t be able to finish my task. So, let''s increase our strength first."
Kim turned his head to them and said.
"But, let''s try to finish it as soon as possible. The more we spend time here, the less likely we will have a chance to keep those Rebels."
Hearing his words, everyone nodded their heads. Although Neyol and Seo''s sisters have already reached Grandmaster Realm, theirprehension of Law wasn''t perfectly strong.
So, having a chance to learn more would always be good for them.
Especially now that they had a chance to do so.
Kim quickly hastened his pace to the wall that recorded more about the elements. He found the wall that had recorded the element but as he started reading, his expression drastically changed.
He had read a lot of novels and had also yed a lot go games in his previous life. Normally, elements for mages are to restrict the power level of those mages.
For example, a person with the fire element can be restricted by the water element but if that person has all of the elements, with enough mana, he could do anything he wants.
Of course, there are certain novels where that would be possible but then, there would be different sses to restrict that kind of power.
Even in this world, most people only master one kind of element. Because it would be really hard to master more than one and if they spent too much time on it, they will get nothing out of it.
So, people mostly learn one element. As long as their internal energy is higher, they have a high chance of winning the battle. So, they don''t care most of the time.
But, it didn''t mean that they would not try. Many people try to earn more than one element and to seed in learning more than one element is really hard.
Kim took a deep breath and kept reading about the dragon''s powers with the element.
Because in the eyes of the dragon, mastering more than one element was quite easy. Because they knew the core practice method of elements.
For example, learning the fire element on the side of a volcano is much easier because they could let their internal energy get used to the element, thus slowly understanding the power of the element.
Once their understanding reaches a certain realm, it will be enough to call it Law. Without practice in these kinds of supernatural ces, it would be extremely hard toprehend the Law.
After all, the power of Law can''t be taught. That needed to be felt.
Kim understood it. He was a bit conflicted about it. He should be happy that he didn''t need to stay here and learn the power ofw. But, he realized that he needed to find supernatural ces to properly understand thosews.
Kim took a deep breath and continued reading.
There was one more piece of information about the dragon. Unlike humans, they refine internal energy with their vitality hence their internal energy is much stronger.
Most of the time, they merge their internal energy with their blood, thus creating the Blood Essence. This blood essence holds their ability to manipte the element.
Unfortunately, it had been over one hundred thousand years so it would be impossible to find the Dragon Essence otherwise this would be a shortcut to learning Nature''s Law.
''Should this ce have some Dragon Essence? It might be possible but I haven''t properly explored this ce. Let''s search more. Maybe, just maybe they had kept some Dragon Essence in this ce.''
Kim''s heart had a little of bit hope.
He wanted to find the Dragon Essence so that he could easily use the power of Law.
Chapter 75 Creating New Moves
''It seems like we have to work on finding the Dragon Essence. This ce looks like an inheritance ce. So, why wouldn''t there be any inheritance? Just these writings on the wall shouldn''t be enough, right?''
After finishing reading, Kim decided to search for the dragon''s essence. As someone who had read countless novels, he believed that there would be an inheritance like that in this ce.
Unfortunately, he couldn''t find one. No matter how hard he searched, he couldn''t find a single drop of dragon essence.
Eventually, he gave up and decided to wait for others. While he had already finished reading, they hadn''t. So, while they were reading, he decided to study four breathing techniques that he received from that hidden quest alongside Sun and Moon Breathing Technique.
For those four breathing techniques, it was easy to get started. He just had to ept the system''s introduction.
After nearly five minutes, his mind was full of four breathing techniques.
Fire Breathing Technique! Water Breathing Technique! Wind Breathing Technique! Earth Breathing Technique!
Fire Breathing Technique would be one of the mostmon breathing techniques. In fact, all five elemental breathing techniques aremon but only in bigger cities.
In a ce like Pingyang town, even Basic Martial Techniques would be hard to get.
Each Breathing Technique has its own advantage and disadvantage. Each breathing technique could be counter by another, but once a person learns more than one breathing technique, it would be really hard to defeat him inbat.
But, just like Laws or Armament Techniques, only geniuses can learn more than one. And, even they don''t dare to spend too much time learning more than one element.
In most cases, they keep one element as their root and develop other elements to a certain degree.
But for Kim, it was quite different. Just in terms of talent, Kim had the highest rank. Even though he might not have the bloodline or constitution, his high intelligence allows him to learn anything faster than others.
So, it only took him five minutes to digest four breathing techniques. After understanding them, he started practicing them.
The Asura de appeared on his right hand as he closed his eyes. Using the Breathing Technique means transforming internal energy into a certain element while refining internal energy from spiritual energy.
But, the Breathing Technique could be used in a different method as well. That method would bebing breathing techniques with certain movements to create martial arts.
He created Shadow Style- Venomous Strike, One Flow- Lightless sh are derived from the power of element, especially dark element.
And, same goes for Iron Pagoda Art which is derived from Metal Elements.
So, he was nning on creating martial arts right now. He took a deep breath and let his body get to its proper condition.
First, Fire Breathing Technique!
The internal energy burst out of his de and the light shone inside the underground. His eyes focused on the empty space in front of him as he tried to imagine the enemy in front of him.
Soon, his mind perceived a perfect figure of an enemy. This enemy was holding a sword and waiting for him to strike.
This was the ability of his cursed power. At least, previously he believed it was a cursed power. Being able to imagine any female naked in his mind just after seeing them made his life isted.
But after a year of hard work and training, he finally managed to change himself. Now, he could use this ability to create a mental image and it would be so real that he could treat it as a training dummy.
He could even make the move. After all, it was just in his mind.
After creating the mental image, his foot stepped forward. The fire burst out like the mes of a phoenix''s wings. As he saw his enemy in his mind, he instantly created hundreds of scenarios and hundreds of attacks.
But among them, only seven of them actually worked. His right foot struck the ground and his left foot suddenly rose, holding him on his toes.
He held the de in a way that he could extend his hand and spun. His body spun so fast that the girls who got distracted by his training couldn''t even see his face.
All they could see was a swirl made out of the me.
But, just a few secondster, they saw the mes wildly soaring toward the sky and changing into the phoenix itself.
Suddenly, Kim stopped and the de on his hand reached under his left arm. The next moment, his foot stepped forward as he dashed toward the imaginary enemy.
The fiery phoenix followed and as he shed his sword, the fiery phoenix pounced forward.
[Fire Style- zing Phoenix sh]
Caw!
The Phoenix burst into mes but these mes didn''t even touch Kim. Instead, they let his de pass as he shed his imaginary enemy. The intense heat from the mes and the sharp sh injured his imaginary enemy.
Kim put his de toward the ground and retreated several meters.
"Umm.... Why is he retreating as if he was running away from his enemy?" Looking at a huge space that could be used for attack, Yeosho spoke. She didn''t understand why Kim needed to retreat instead of continuing from that position.
Because she left nearly six months ago, she waspletely unaware of his ability.
Neyol and others understood it and exined.
"This is one of his inherent abilities. Actually, this ability was quite shameless at first but now, it had be an ability that could be used for training."
"Shameless?" Yeosho looked at them with confusion and asked.
"Yeah! He told us once. This ability had been inside his mind for a long time. This ability allows him to create a mental image of anything he thinks. Of course, unlike our mental image, it is much clearer and he could even move it for the training."
"But, the reason why it is shameless is that before he trained this ability, it allowed him to see the naked bodies of women in his mind."
Neyol exined with an embarrassed expression on her face.
"What?" Yeosho opened her mouth wide as she couldn''t believe it as well.
But while they were discussing, Kim waspletely focused on his training. Although he saw seven moves, he only used one because he nned to use the other moves with his other elements.
He withdrew his fire internal energy and released wind internal energy. The wind was invisible but because it was constantly moving, it created a spiral force around his de.
He took a deep breath and raised his de next to his face. At the same time, he held the hilt of his de with both of his hands.
The power wind internal energy gathered in his foot and the next moment, his body dashed forward like the force of the wind.
When he reached that previous ce, his foot paused and the de shed down. It moved so fast that the girls couldn''t even see it. All they could see was the immense force tearing the air in front of him.
Only air could tear the air. It was proven with his sword.
[Wind Style- Wind of the Underworld]
The name represented the power of this sh. Once it is used, that de will bring the soul of the person to the underworld. Of course, if he faced a stronger opponent, it would be impossible.
Once again, Kim returned to his original position and released Earth Internal Energy. Unlike fire and wind, this changes his de entirely. It turned into a massive boulder with his de in the middle.
He couldn''t hold this sword with one hand alone so he had to use both of his hands. But unlike before, he was truly using both of his hands just to support his sword.
Although the boulder seemed small, it was extremely heavy. So, when Kim realized it, he took a deep breath and jumped forward.
Yes, he pushed his foot against the ground so hard that his body jumped forward and he raised his sword above his head with both of his hands.
[Earth Style- Mountain Crush sh]
Bang!
The boulder crashed against the ground and the next moment, the de got out of it. The boulder turned to dust. His body was slightly crouched and the internal energy around his de changed.
It turned into a ssh of water. It was strange unlike other elements, the internal energy hadn''t changed into water.
It was only when Kim pushed his foot against the ground, his body flew up. He spun in mid-air like a fairy and the de changed as well. The massive water flowed around him, and the tip of the water changed into the dragon''s head.
[Water Style- Sea Crushing Dragon]
Squeak!
The powerful water changed into a calm yet the strong flow of water slowly disappeared.
That strike only works when the dragon''s head water flows around him.
These four are the moves that he created with four breathing techniques. And, he did it in less than half an hour.
This was his innate talent.
Chapter 76 Dragon Inheritance, Disastrous Situation
"Alright, we have already finished our training. It''s time to leave." Kim said standing next to six girls. Although none of them actuallyprehend a neww of nature, they still got strongerpared to before.
Especially Kim and Yeosho. Because Kim managed to learn all those breathing techniques, he got stronger. As for Yeosho, because her realm was too low, she tried toprehend the Aura.
And, she actually seeded in just a few hours. Before she couldn''t even find a trace of Aura in her body but now just after a few hours of training, she actually managed toprehend the Aura.
Although it might not be as strong as others, it was still Aura.
Now, she had better and more flexible control over her internal energy as well. Her attacks would only get stronger thanks to Aura.
ording to Neyol, it was probably because she increased her strength by a lot without reaching a higher realm. It''s like stacking more and more experience and then suddenly releasing all of it at once.
That being said, everyone managed to extend their knowledge about this world.
But, when Kim mentioned about leaving, everyone looked at each other with confusion. Finally, they turned their heads at him and asked.
"Do you know how to leave?"
"Uh..." Kim suddenly paused. He realized that he didn''t know how to leave this ce. Thinking about it, he couldn''t help but feel ashamed.
He looked at others and asked.
"We need to find a way to leave this ce no matter what."
Hearing his words, others smiled and nodded their heads. At this moment, Seo Yeon raised her hand and said.
"I have something that I need to tell you."
Everyone turned their heads at her as she continued.
"I am not sure if it is true but I felt a little of life energy from that dragon statue. Ites from the core of this dragon statue."
Kim turned his head at the dragon statue and suddenly, his eyes lit up.
''Maybe the dragon inheritance is inside this dragon statue. Should I try it?''
Although he had this thought in his heart, he didn''t act immediately instead he turned his head to others and asked.
"So, should we do something about this dragon statue?"
Neyol suspiciously looked at him and asked.
"You don''t expect that there is a dragon inheritance inside this dragon statue, right?"
Kim''s eyes suddenly widened. His face turned red as he looked at her with an embarrassed expression.
"Hehe! It wasn''t hard to guess. You tried to find something inside this ce before. But, you didn''t find anything which made you disappointed. Now you got another option, your eyes instantly lit up."
Although Kim felt embarrassed about it, he didn''t hesitate to agree.
"I feel like there has to be an inheritance inside this ce. After all, who would just leave the information in such a hidden ce? There is not even a door to leave this ce."
"The only way to return is to fly through that hole but it seemed like only Martial Lord Realm can fly that easily unless you have mastered the Wind Element."
Hearing his words, everyone nodded their heads and finally looked at Yeosho.
"Why are you looking at me like that? I can''t fly even through that hole even with Electromaic Field."
Neyol rolled her eyes and said.
"We are not asking you to fly out of this ce. Instead, you need to use that spiral bomb to destroy that dragon statue. Among all of us, only you have the most destructive attack."
Yeosho opened her mouth and ''O'' shaped her expression. Then, she quickly released Tojo''s internal energy. The red internal energy cloak surrounded her body and she extended her hand.
At the same time, she turned her eyes to Neyol and said.
"It''s not Spiral Bomb. It''s called ''Tojo Style- Red Spiral Shuriken st''."
Hearing the name of the attack, Neyol felt speechless. Although the name sounded domineering, it also sounded idiotic.
She knew the name of the Nine-Tails inside her was Tojo. But, using his name in the attack seemed quite disturbing.
But, she didn''t say anything. She just let her use that attack. The massive internal energy from Tojo merged with her internal energy and condensed a dark red ball on her palm.
That dark red ball started to spin at an amazing rate. Slowly, more and more internal energy condensed around that ball. After it reached the size of a basketball, she threw it at the dragon statue.
[Tojo Style- Red Spiral Shuriken st]
Boom!
The moment it came in contact with the dragon statue, it exploded. The mes from the explosion spread around. It moved toward them at an incredible pace, making it faster than the speed of the wind.
[Wood Style- me Resisting Wooden Wall]
Seo Yeon instantly moved in front of everyone and condensed a massive amount of internal energy into her palm. The small bud emerged from her palm and instantly changed into a massive tree, conjuring several branches in front of her.
In an instant, these branches formed a massive wall in front of the uing explosion.
Bang!
The mes didn''t juste with heat. It also brought an immense shockwave that almost broke the wooden wall. Normally, wood should be burned by a me.
But, this time, the wooden wall was able to hold on against the massive mes from the explosion.
"Wow! Yeon, why is your wood able to hold against the me? Shouldn''t it get burned easily?" Yeosho asked like a curious child.
Seo Yeon smiled and said.
"Although wood is normally weak against mes, don''t forget how the wood is formed. There are three things that are required to conjure wood; Vitality, Earth and Water."
"Since it possesses both Earth and Water elements, it has a high resistance against the me. But, only if the ratio of water and earth is equal to vitality. In dried wood, the ratio of earth and water isn''t equal."
"For example, dried wood consists high ratio of the earth element and a low ratio of water which makes its connection with vitality weak. So, naturally, it can''t resist the me. But my wood is different."
Hearing her words, not just Yeosho, even Kim was surprised. After all, he knew that wood style was thebination of earth and water.
But, he never thought it would also require vitality. Suddenly, he frowned and asked.
"Wait, does that mean your vitality would be consumed every time you use it?"
Seo Yeon shook her head and said.
"My Wood Style and my sister''s Lava Style are simr. In my sister''s case, she uses the vitality absorbed from the spiritual energy to extend the durability of her cells against the Lava."
"Otherwise, her cells would be burned if the Lava Style is overused. Contrary to her, I don''t absorb much vitality from spiritual energy so that my internal energy has a vitality that is required to use Wood Style."
"But, if I use heavier moves and go beyond my limits, I will consume my own vitality to condense the stronger wood."
Only after hearing her exnation, Kim calmed down.
"Hey, look!" Neyol spoke as she pointed her hand at the dragon statue. The dust and smoke had already dissipated so the dragon statue was quite clear in front of them.
The massive golden dragon statue had melted and only the strange green ball remained. This ball was revealing a green glow which was quite strange.
Seeing this, Kim instantly regained his spirit and rushed toward the green ball.
He turned and looked at Neyol, smirking.
"See? I told you there would be an inheritance."
Hearing his words, Neyol frowned. She didn''t care about the inheritance but she had a bad feeling about this inheritance. Of course, it was just her instincts so she didn''t say much.
Kim waspletely unaware of her thoughts. Instead, he was interested in this green glow. But, he wasn''t an idiot. He didn''t try to touch it instantly but rather observed it.
After finding that there wasn''t anything he could absorb, he turned around and asked.
"Do you think I should touch it?"
Neyol didn''t speak. She didn''t want to disagree because she didn''t want to go make a decision against him. Normally, if she had proof, she would''ve disagreed but without any proof, she didn''t want to create a conflict of opinion.
As for others, they didn''t know anything at all. They just nodded their heads but suddenly, Yeosho received some information from Tojo. She immediately spoke to Kim.
"Tojo told me that there is a high soul power inside that ball. Be careful while absorbing it."
Hearing her words, Kim narrowed his eyes. Suddenly, he took a deep breath and opened his palm. A strange smallmp appeared on his palm.
"What is this?" Neyol asked with confusion.
"It is a Chaos Lamp. Although I am not sure if I will suffer from soul attacks, I still need to be careful. Using this soulmp, I will be able to defend against the soul attacks."
Saying so, he slowly walked toward the green ball and raised his hand. He didn''t hesitate to hold themp in his left hand and hold the green ball in his right hand.
Suddenly, the green ball changed into green liquid and shot toward his forehead.
In an instant, it entered his sea of consciousness. Before Kim could realize it, he was facing a life-threatening situation.
Roar!
The green blood released the phantom of a green dragon which roared inside his sea of consciousness.
His entire soul was shaken and slowly, a tear appeared in his soul.
Chapter 77 Dragon Soul, Kims True Intention
"I am greedy but I am not stupid. Do you really think this hundred years old soul can destroy me?"
Kim''s consciousness borrowed the power of Chaos Lamp and then counterattack against the Green Dragon Soul. This power created ayer around his soul, preventing it from the roar of the Dragon.
Of course, it wasn''t the end. After all, Green Dragon Soul was still powerful and Kim wasn''t attacking it but rather trying to prevent it from destroying his soul.
Kim knew this very well. He didn''t have offensive methods against the soul. But, it didn''t mean he waspletely helpless.
After creating the defense around his soul, Kim immediately released his Spiritual Pressure.
At this moment, Level 10 Spiritual Pressure burst out inside him. The powerful aura shed against the Dragon Soul. When this pressure appeared, cracks also emerged in the Dragon Soul.
Roar! Roar!
The Dragon started to rebel with its powerful roars. Since it was only in the form of a soul, it couldn''t use other attacks but just this power was enough to shake the defense around his soul.
"Shut up!''
Kim roared, releasing his immense Spiritual Pressure against the Dragon''s roar. His spiritual pressure shed against the roar of the dragon and break it into pieces.
At the same time, his Spiritual Pressure started to affect the soul of the dragon.
"Do you really think I am a fool to just absorb your inheritance without having any defense against you? Three Powers of humans are the best weapons against your race."
"Armament Technique can break through your hard scales. Observation Technique can predict your elemental attacks and using the Armament Technique, they also block your attacks."
"Even if you use Soul Attacks, they can use Spiritual Pressure to counter it. The perfect power system was created to fight against the dragon. You thought after one hundred thousand years, everyone would''ve forgotten it."
"One, ten, hundred, maybe even a thousand people have passed through this desert. But, there is not a single skeleton in this ce. That means nobody has ever entered this ce."
"Why me? Why choose me? I thought about it again and again and finally came to a conclusion."
"Human, you are courting death!"
After hearing his words, the Dragon Soul finally spoke. His voice was hoarse and the words released the immense power that once again shed against his Spiritual Pressure, saving himself from dying.
Seeing this, Kim sneered.
"I asked this before, do you really think I am an idiot? I already know your purpose. In the history of the dragon, there was one ability that most powerful dragons from your time possess."
"It is to predict the fate of a person or other creatures. Because of this ability, when humans started hunting you down, you finally realized that you couldn''t defeat them and chose to seal your bloodlines inside humans."
"That''s why the bloodline of dragons wasn''t passed down in the history of humanity. Otherwise, such a powerful bloodline, why wouldn''t it be used by humans?"
"Thousands of years ago, a human managed to break the seal, right? That human was someone who directly absorbed your power and created a new kind of bloodline with his own knowledge."
"You predicted my fate. You understood my future and thus brought me here to inherit your power. With my body and my fate, you can resurrect the dragon race, right?"
"Although I am not sure how you can do that, you made a wrong bet."
At this moment, Kim fully released his Spiritual Pressure. With the power of Chaos Lamp, his soul waspletely protected.
"Curse you human! Dragon Race won''t die with me. Those Gods will return back. You will have no choice but to use the power of the dragon bloodline. Dragon Race will be resurrected one day."
"Do you hear me? One day, Dragon Race....."
"Yeah! Yeah," Kim pouted with an unhappy expression and used his Spiritual Pressure to destroy the Dragon Soulpletely.
He was still suspicious of why they wanted humans to use the power of the dragon bloodline. But this made his thoughts change.
After all, previously he thought that dragons sealed the dragon bloodline so that humans can''t use their dragon powers. But, it seemed like the dragon bloodline was sealed by the humans.
And, Six Paths Immortal broke the seal and change its power because he saw thising. No matter what, once the Dragon Bloodline inside humans are awakened, they will definitely bring catastrophe in their life.
So, Six Paths Immortal created a new bloodline that separates humans into six different races including the human race. By doing so, he can restrict their thoughts to their own bloodline instead of trying to earn more power by exploring the hidden dragon bloodline.
''It seems like I need to be careful while absorbing this Blood Essence. I am sure that I will awaken the Dragon Bloodline after absorbing the Blood Essence. Although I have already killed the Dragon Soul, it could still hide its power inside the bloodline.''
''That should be the fair guess. After all, it''s'' the only way for dragons to once again resurface in this world. But, still, how are they nning on doing it?''
Kim thought to himself and moved his consciousness toward the blood essence. He decided to absorb it and learn more about it. Even if he encounters trouble, he won''t hesitate to fight against it.
Absorbing Blood Essence wasn''t easy. He pulled the Blood Essence out of the sea of consciousness and merged it with his heart.
When the blood essence entered his heart, he felt an intense pain throughout his nervous system.
"Argh"
His blood veins started popping out. The immense energying out of his blood essence was pouring through his blood veins. He felt like his blood veins might burst open at any moment.
"Damn it! His body won''t be able to bear the impact of the blood essence." Neyol panicked seeing this.
But her expression slowly changed when she saw the massive shadow emerging behind him.
Knowing that his body won''t be able to bear the energy that easily, he released his Battle Soul. With the help of the battle soul, he activated his Undying Body.
"I almost forgot that he still has this power." Neyol took a deep breath and calmed down. Hearing her words, the other girls also calmed down.
At the same time, Kim''s body started bleeding. Those views couldn''t contain all that energy and even his heart was torn apart.
But, with the immense power of his Battle Soul, he managed to stay alive even though he was almost destroyed by the immense energy of the Blood Essence.
He finally understood why he was the only person who found this ce. Because no one else has the power to absorb all this blood essence. It seemed like it didn''t just contain the bloodline of the dragon but also its power.
Kim could feel his body constantly changing. His vitality immensely grew and this made his lifespan soar.
At the same time, his consciousness was understanding the power of elements that could be said a dragon''s core ability.
While his mind was distracted somewhere else, his body began to change. It wasn''t just changing from the inside but also from the outside. His body was constantly growing in strength and also physical appearance.
His face changed slightly and his body grew a lot of muscles. His height also grew a bit. Overall, the girls were stunned by his change.
How to say? In their eyes, he was only getting better. If they had pure love for him before, now they were genuinely attracted by him.
While everyone had different thoughts about his change, Neyol suddenly realized something after seeing his change.
She knew that Kim wasn''t an idiot who would just risk his life for some power. Kim already had enough power to be the best in the world.
And, when she remembered just how hard he was searching for the inheritance, she realized something.
She hadn''t seen him this attracted to something before. At first, it seemed like Kim was just being greedy but when she realized his changes, she also found a major reason to be more greedy.
Kim wanted to grow his harem but at this moment, six women are more than enough to satisfy him. And, even if he improves his stamina, it would take him a long time to do so.
After all, such improvement naturally takes more time.
But, if that kind of improvement happens at once then he would have no choice but to search for more women. Because just these six women won''t be enough to satisfy him.
And, his physical strength will keep on growing due to the Dragon Bloodline so he would need to search for more and more women. And, because they can''t satisfy him, they would''ve no choice but to agree peacefully.
Thinking so this, Neyol made a dangerous glint in her eyes as she thought.
''He truly doesn''t do anything without a proper reason. This time, even I was fooled by his greedy acting.''
Chapter 78 Increased Strength, Dragons Abilities
Nearly five minutester, Kim finally opened his eyes. He hadpletely absorbed the power of the Dragon Essence and his overall strength has crossed the boundaries of Martial Lord.
At this moment, he was even more confident in facing the world with his organization.
He smiled and slowly stood up as he opened the statue window.
[Name- Kim Woo
Lvl- 20 (Elite)
ss- Dark Martial Artist, Elemental Monk
Level Up- 1020 Harem Coins
Unique Talent- Emperor''s Eyes, Titan Madness, Spear Soul
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Martial Technique- Dark Breathing Technique (Lv.10), True Martial Technique (Lv.4), Metal Breathing Technique (Lv.10), Lightning Breathing Technique (Lv.10), Fire Breathing Technique (Lv.2), Water Breathing Technique (Lv.2), Earth Breathing Technique (Lv.2), Wind Breathing Technique (Lv.2)
Martial Art- Shadow Style- Venomous Strike, One Flow- Lightless Strike, One Strike Art, Thunder Spear Art, Iron Pagoda Art, Dark Moon, Particle Style- Dark Howling Dragon Roar, Lighting Style- Crazy Lightning Burst, Invincible Style- World Breaking Punch
Three Power System- Armament Technique (Lv.10), Observation Technique (Lv.10), Spiritual Technique (Lv.10)
Body- Golden Dragon Body
STR: 305 / AGI: 255 / END: 405
DEX: 255 / STM: 705 / DEF: 405
SP: 305 / IE: 100
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Battle Soul Awakening- Second Awakening
Innate Body Abilities- Undying Body, Poison Resistance, and Perfect Martial Body
Innate Soul Abilities- Heretic Evil Seed, Call for Undead, and Bone Creation Skill
Third Awakening Requirement- Unknown
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Bloodline- Dragon Bloodline
Active Ability- True Dragon Roar, True Dragon Fist, Dragon Transformation
Passive Ability- Elemental Maniption, Dragon''s Instinct, Dragon Body
Unique Ability- Soul me, Bloodline Suppression, Heaven''s Call
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
Lust Meter- 25
Harem Member- Yeosho Nomu, Neyol Woo, Hinata Shura, Seo-Yoon, Seo-Jun, Seo-Yeon
Harem Coins- 490
Lust Berserk Mode- Deactivated]
''Good! My stamina has increased a lot. But more importantly, I finally understood how the Dragon Race wants to resurrect.''
''This Green Dragon was actually the son of the Dragon Patriarch and it had used its blood essence to survive its soul for a long period of time. I was wondering how they were trying to regrow their poption, I never imagined that they wanted to simply call the soul from heaven and merge it with them.''
''Since every human possesses a dragon bloodline in their core, once this ability is used, they can call the soul of the dragons from Heaven and use it to unlock the dragon bloodline.''
''Not only will they regain their dragon bloodline but also have the soul of the dragon that was supposed to be dead. No wonder, this specific dragon was chosen for this task.''
''Probably, the other dragons do not possess this ability. Not only they predicted the time but also nned how to reemerge on the earth. Unfortunately for them, I am not from this world.''
''My soul belongs to Tim from the Earth. So, I was out of their calction. They never expected me to train my Spiritual Pressure to such a level. They also didn''t expect me to possess a soul treasure.''
''But now, I am curious about one thing. If the dragons could see through someone''s fate and make such a n, did my master also see my fate? Is that the reason why he trained me?''
''But, even the dragons weren''t able to see my existence in their n. Does that mean my master is even greater than them or am I just being skeptical?''
"Hey, Kim! Kim, why are you lost in your thoughts?" While Kim was truly lost in his thoughts, Yeosho shook his body and shouted in his ears.
Only then he came out of his thoughts and stared at Yeosho. He suddenly realized that he was too immersed in thoughts that he had forgotten everything else.
But, he didn''t hide anything from them and told them the entire story of the Dragon Race.
Hearing his story, Yeosho suddenly asked.
"But, aren''t we the bad guy in this? Humans killed dragons for their powers so obviously dragons would want to retaliate."
Hearing her words, everyone was stunned for a moment. Only then they remembered that Yeosho wasn''t a typical person like them. Some of them are either negative orpletely indifferent.
But, she was a positive force in this harem. But she wasn''t wrong. They did kill them for their powers but then they sealed their bloodlines which were quite surprising.
Of course, humans should have realized that dragons had some backhand in their bloodline so they chose to seal their bloodlines and only use the power to be a martial artists.
After all, humans didn''t have the ability to absorb spiritual energy and transform it into internal energy to be martial artists at that time.
Kim shook his head and said.
"Actually, although we did kill them, don''t forget the conflict never urs because of one party. Both parties are responsible for the conflict. So, we can''t say that humans were the only ones responsible for their death."
"We could say that humans were greedy for that kind of power just like I was. So, in order to obtain that power, they hunted dragons and killed them."
Hearing his words, everyone nodded their heads. Kim continued to exin.
"Greed is human nature. Everyone is greedy no matter how much of a saint they think they are. This truth has never changed. It''s just that people are able to suppress their greed."
"It''s just that when situations reach a certain extent, it would be hard to control that greed. This certain situation might be either an opportunity or suppression. In this situation, I guess it is suppression."
"But, no matter what, we can''t let dragons return back to this world anymore. After all, once they return, humans will get wiped out."
Hearing his words, everyone nodded their heads even Yeosho had the same thoughts. After all, although she was a positive person, she didn''t want her race to be wiped out.
"Alright then, let''s leave this damn ce." Kim spoke.
"But, how are we supposed to leave this ce?" Neyol looked at him with a serious expression and asked.
"Hehe! Don''t worry, I just have a way. Look!"
Kim smiled and activated his Dragon Transformation. His body began to change as he grew a pair of wings behind his back. Massive green horns appeared on his head and a lot go green scales appeared on his body.
These green scales represented the dragon scales and when they appeared, Kim felt a soaring strength in his body. The dragon scales spread to his cheeks but instead of covering his face, they changed his face slightly.
"Alright, I will suck you inside the Arc and then I will fly out of this ce."
Kim said as he started touching them. They didn''t block his spiritual thoughts and quickly entered the Arc.
Soon, Kim pped his green wings and the air moved around at a powerful pace, sting the water out of the pond and those pieces of the dragon statue away.
As his wings pped more, his body started to hover but suddenly, he increased the speed of pping and his body flew toward the ceiling, colliding against the ceiling.
Bang!
"Ouch! I need to control my power properly." Kim grunted in pain but his endurance was quite strong. It only stung for a moment. He took a deep breath and pped his wings at a normal speed.
Then, he flowed his internal energy with his blood to condense the dragon energy. Using the dragon bloodline and internal energy, he could create the dragon energy.
This energy was nearly five times stronger than his normal internal energy and also extremely resilient. When this energy reached his hand, he once again released Dark Internal Energy.
With these two energies merging together, he mmed his fist against the ceiling.
[Particle Style- True Dragon Fist]
Bang!
His fistnded just a few inches away from the small hole and the cracks started to emerge. His punch sent the dark particles inside the ceilings, causing them to crack.
Slowly, the cracks began to appear higher and higher and the massive hole emerged in front of him.
"Merging Particle Style- Dark Howling Dragon Roar and True Dragon Fist together was really a good idea. The power of True Dragon Fist and destruction of Particle Style together is really an amazing power."
Kim pped his wings and flew up. But, he didn''t stop punching. As he moved up, he continued punching with his Particle Style- True Dragon Fist, creating a path for himself.
Bang! Bang! Bang! Bang!
After dozens of punches, he finally saw the light. A smile appeared on his face as he pped his wings with immense force. His body flew up like an eagle and his head struck the ceiling.
The small hole turned into a massive hole as he flew up. But, just as he reached the surface of the Purple Desert, he turned around. He positioned himself above the hole and took a deep breath.
Dragon Energy and Lightning Internal Energy reached his mouth and the next moment, he pped his wings with an immense force while creating a powerful roar out of his mouth.
[Lightning Style- True Dragon Roar]
Chapter 79 The Ghost Kingdom
After releasing the Lighting Dragon Roar through that hole, Kim finally pped his wings and flew away. He had no reason to stay behind and more importantly, he had to leave at any cost.
Flying over the desert, he was quickly able to cross the desert. It seemed like it would only take him a few hours to reach the end of the desert.
But, this Purple Desert was really big. Even with flying, it took him over eight hours to reach the end.
It felt like this desert wouldn''t end. Fortunately, before it was nighttime, he managed to reach the borders of the Ghost Kingdom.
Looking at the gloomynd that was covered with clouds, he felt extremely surprised. Even though he was the one who created the Ghost Kingdom like this, he didn''t think it would be this gloomy.
It felt as if he had gone to the graveyard in the middle of the night with the horror sound and the gloomy smell.
And, he still hasn''t forgotten that this wasn''t nighttime. But, as he raised his head, Kim quickly understood the situation.
? The clouds above his head were blocking all the sunlight and thus, this ce only felt gloomy.
He slowlynded on the ground and changed back to his human form. After that, he asked others to leave the Arc because he didn''t want them to spend all of their time inside such a space.
After thinking for a moment, he decided to enter the Kingdom. After all, he had Chaos Lamp and even without it, he wasn''tpletely defenseless.
"Kim, this kingdom might be a better ce to build our headquarters than the Monster Kingdom. With your Chaos Lamp, we don''t need to be afraid of those souls."
Hinata spoke as they entered the kingdom''s border. As for Asura, she didn''t find this ce gloomy at all.
But, her reaction made everyone else speechless. Not to mention, that Chaos Lamp might not work perfectly, nobody wanted to live in such a ce.
Neyol looked at Hinata with a sympathetic gaze and said.
"Hinata, once we finally get enough power to challenge the kingdom, we will definitely change the environment of the Asura Kingdom."
"What do you mean? The Asura Kingdom doesn''t need any changes." Hinata pouted with an unhappy expression.
"Neyol is just teasing you. But, still, we can''t live here. Although Chaos Lamp is powerful, it can''t absorb the soul stronger than itself. It was barely able to use its power to preserve my soul against that Dragon."
"Although that Dragon was powerful, I don''t believe that he couldpare to the likes of King Realm powerhouses in this kingdom. Instead, we could easily lose against that kind of powerhouse."
"So, let''s just proceed as we nned. First, let''s gather the Undead Army from this kingdom and leave for the Monster Kingdom. We will gather the rebels, conquer them and finally fight against the Monster Kingdom."
"Since my powers have reached the King Realm, I think we can start fighting against the Monster Kingdom and conquer it. But, we need to hold the informationpletely."
"Neyol, I hope you can work on it. I don''t want to fight against thebined forces of the other kingdoms until we finish our n with the Asura Kingdom."
Kim patted Hinata''s head and spoke with a serious expression as he looked at everyone. Finally, his gaze stayed on Neyol as he gave her the instruction.
Neyol nodded as she replied.
"Don''t worry! Although it would be hard, we can still keep the information within the kingdom."
Hearing this, Kim smiled and continued his journey toward the real graveyard. After two hours of walking, they finally started to see the graveyards.
These were cedpletely randomly.
When they saw these graveyards, they stopped for a moment and Kim took out the Chaos Lamp. Themp had a small green light burning out of it.
Seeing this, Kim shook his head.
"It seems like these graveyards have very low-level skeletons. Let''s continue moving forward."
Hearing his words, everyone nodded their heads. Yeosho curiously stared at Kim and asked.
"Kim, how many undead can you summon at once? By the way, where did those previous skeletons disappear?"
"Well, I can''t say the exact number. But, it depends upon my spiritual power. If I summon powerful undead, it would cost me a lot of spiritual power to keep it."
"But, if I summon a normal undead, I don''t even need to use my spiritual power to keep it. You can understand it like how you use your Red Spiral Shuriken st."
"You can use it without the internal energy from Tojo, right? But, doing so, would decrease the power of the Red Spiral Shuriken st. My Call of Undead is simr."
"If I use my spiritual power actively, I can not only summon a powerful undead but also keep it for a long time. On the other hand, if I don''t use my spiritual power actively, I can only summon normal undead."
"And, when I summon the powerful undead, it consumes a lot of spiritual energy because once the undead is summoned, it usually lives within my spiritual domain."
Hearing his words, Yeosho nodded her head with understanding but suddenly, she realized something and asked.
"Wait, isn''t domain something that we can''t use right now? How did you create the Spiritual Domain?"
Kim smiled and continued to exin.
"Because my Spiritual Domain isn''t exactly a powerful domain of Martial King. This domain can also be categorized as an iplete domain as it doesn''t include the power of Aura or Law."
"Instead, I used my spiritual power,bined with the soul power to condense a domain that can keep the soul of those undead. Now, I don''t need to rely on the bones of dead people."
"Of course, if I want to get the soul of those dead people from the Underworld, I still need the dead body. After that, I can keep their souls inside my Spiritual Domain."
"And, once I use this domain, I can summon their souls, create bones with my internal energy and recreate the undead. That''s why those undead disappeared."
"In one of our battle, we identally break those undead bodies and lost all of those undead bodies. It was also the point where I get the motivation to create the Spiritual Domain and store their souls inside it."
Hearing his words, Yeosho finally understood. But now, Hinata had a question in her mind. She didn''t hesitate to ask either.
"But conjuring bones with your internal energy isn''t good for the battle, right? You should instead save your internal energy in the battle."
Kim smiled and said.
"You don''t have to worry about that. I have a secondary space where I can store the extra internal energy which I normally use for Armament Technique. But now that we can simply use it with the spiritual energy from the surroundings, I have that spare internal energy."
"Ohhh! No wonder you didn''t hesitate to learn Armament Technique at the beginning." Neyol finally understood the reason why he asked for such a technique at the very beginning.
She knew that Kim wasn''t blessed with a powerful constitution that will give him an enormous amount of internal energy from the beginning. So, she had always been curious as to why he would ask for such a technique.
Although it increases his strength, it also consumes a lot of internal energy.
Kim was by no means a dumb person who would casually spend his internal energy. So, there must be a reason. She knew that but she didn''t know the exact reason.
And, she never thought of asking him this.
"Anyway, let''s just focus on the task in front of us. The me inside the Chaos Lamp is growing bigger which means these skeletons are powerful. Jun, it''s your turn to work."
Kim suddenly stopped and turned his head at Seo Jun.
She nodded her head and fell to one knee. She touched the ground with both of her palms and the next moment, her internal energy exploded out like a massive shockwave.
But, instead of going above the surface, it entered the ground and started moving around. It passed through several skeletons and after a few minutes, Seo Jun finally stopped.
She raised her hands and stood up.
"There are nearly fifteen skeletons with elements except for five basic elements and three more with Bloodline. I have left my internal energy in those skeletons."
"Once you summon them, you can easily see my internal energy and specifically summon those."
Hearing her words, Kim smiled.
"Thank you, Jun!"
"Humph!" Seo Jun just snorted and turned her face as she pointed her finger at her cheek. This was her way of saying that she deserved a reward.
And, Kim wasn''t stingy with his reward. He moved closer to her and bent down as he kissed her cheek.
After that, Kim walked away while Seo Jun looked at the other girls with contempt as if she was saying something.
''See! This is the reward I deserve.''
.............
Sorry everyone, I had uploaded the wrong chapter before.
Chapter 80 Calling Out The Undeads
Seeing her reaction, everyone''s eyes were zing in mes. They were certainly jealous including Neyol. She might be a smart person but she was also a woman.
She would also be jealous when someone else gets a kiss from her lover. But, nobody could do anything. They just decided to ignore her.
Seo Jun was angrier when they ignored her so she decided to ignore them as well.
On the other than, Kim walked toward those skeletons and released his Battle Soul. The Battle Soul appeared behind him and covered him in a thinyer of strange energy.
This energy was the reason why he had the Undead Body and Perfect Martial Body.
Kim closed his eyes and slowly raised both of his hands. A massive amount of spiritual power burst out of his body. Unlike spiritual pressure, spiritual power doesn''t suppress others.
But, the amount of spiritual power that Kim possess was still amazing. Part of it was because of his level ten Observation Technique.
Spiritual Power highly boosts the sixth sense that allows him to see other''s attacks even before they could attack.
But right now, his Spiritual Power was being used in a different way. Because the Battle Soul requires Spiritual Power, it was being used on it.
"Arise"
Kim slowly let out a word. In front of him, the ground cracked and slowly, dozens of skeletons came out.
"Damn! Even though I had seen this before, it still feels creepy." Yeosho shuddered as she looked at the scene in front of her.
"Indeed! I am waiting for him to evolve his Spiritual Domain from an iplete domain to aplete domain. As well as his third awakening. Once that happens, he won''t require to summon the undead."
Neyol sighed as she nodded her head.
"Wait, even if he goes through the third awakening, what are the chances that his Call of Undead would evolve?" Seo Yeon looked at Neyol with confusion as she asked.
Neyol simply smiled and said.
"A long time ago, Kim told me that every person has a specialty which is called ss. Of course, it is also a restriction for them but it also helps them get a lot stronger in that specific power."
"For example, I am really good at using Dark Internal Energy and creating nightmares. ording to Kim, my ss would be an illusionist. Even though I am a martial artist, without Armament Technique, I can''t win against Hinata or even all of you in a hand-to-hand battle."
"On the other hand, Hinata is a perfect martial artist whose powers only shine in Hand to Handbat. Yeosho is a lightning mage. Jun is a wind mage. Yeon is Wood Mage and Yoon is Lava Mage."
"Because of our techniques and fight style, we aren''t truly martial artists. But, Kim is. He calls himself Dark Martial Artist because his battle style requires dark internal energy and hand-to-handbat."
"But now, he seems to have evolved into Perfect Martial Mage. Of course, this is just my way to describe hisbat style with thebination of different elements."
"So, just like these, the ss that represents undead is known as Necromancer. And, the ss above Necromancer is Shadow Mage. Because this ss changes the summoning from undead to shadow."
"Of course, these shadows are tangible, can receive damage, and use the specific skill of a soul that is used on a certain shadow."
Hearing her words, Seo Jun asked.
"But, you still didn''t say what are the chances that his Call of Undead would evolve?"
"I was just getting there." Neyol scolded her with a high tone and continued exining.
"From what he told me, there are two ways that the Innate Body Skills and Innate Soul Skills evolve during the awakening. First, it requires his own desire."
"For example, if he had the desire to end the battle without even fighting. He could have awakened the illusion techniques. After all, whenever I use my Nightmare powers, I don''t fight. And, I end the battle instantly."
"So, if he focuses his desire on evolving his Call of Undead into Shadow Mage, there would be a high chance that it will happen. But of course, there is another way that it changes his current skills."
"It is by merging previous skills to create a new one. His current Perfect Martial Body is thebination of his previous enhanced speed, strength, endurance, and so on."
Hearing her words, Seo Yeon asked.
"So, if we ever go through the second evolution, we need to make sure that our desire affects the evolution of our skills because evolution would definitely ur?"
Neyol nodded her head.
"Yes! Evolution will definitely ur. And, skills will definitely merge. During this process, your desire also leads to the creation of a new skill. Kim''s Undead Body was created because of his desire to survive during that battle."
"Otherwise, he would be dead before even Master Tengu arrived."
Everyone slowly fell into their own thoughts. All of them had already awakened their Battle Souls thanks to constant battle during training and Kim''s knowledge of Battle Souls.
But, it was just the first awakening. If they want to go through the second awakening, they needed to push to their limits. To a certain extent, the desire to awaken their Battle Soul also works.
But such desire only appears during the battle. So, they weren''t able to awaken it for the second time.
As for the third awakening, even Kim had no idea how to do it.
Otherwise, he would''ve awakened it a long time ago.
While they were discussing among themselves, Kim waspletely focused on Call of Undead. Using this skill, he managed to awaken nearly fifty skeletons but after finding Jun''s internal energy traces, he dispersed those without her internal energy traces.
Now, only eighteen of them remained. These eighteen undeads have their own specific power. But, surprisingly when he tested their powers, ten of them had Ice and Lightning while the other five had Dark and Light Elements.
As for the remaining three, their bloodlines were closer to the Seo sisters.
One of them had Ice Bloodline. This was different from having Ice Element. Because Ice itself formed from the low temperature of the water. There were two ways to do so.
One would be using the Breathing Technique. Some Breathing Technique has the power to decrease their dantian''s temperature thus solidifying water into ice.
But, some had bloodlines. And, bloodlines are normally formed in two ways. Either it would be an extremely unique power like his Emperor Eyes or it would be thebination of two or more two elements.
Ice Bloodline was formed from thebination of Wind elements and Water Elements.
The other two had Storm Bloodline and Light Bloodline. The former was thebination of the Water Element and the Lightning Element. It was quite rare but the Light Bloodline was even rarer.
Because Light Bloodline was formed out of three elements; Fire, Lightning, and Wind.
All of them were known for their destructive nature. That means this Light Bloodline waspletely different from Light Element.
Those who practice Light Breathing Technique can change their internal energy into Light Particles.
Light Particles not only give them healing abilities but also increase their speed by a lot. Of course, it can also be used for the attack but because this is just the internal energy transformation, it doesn''t possess a lot of power.
On the other hand, Light Bloodline creates the Light Energy that has the most destructive power. Just a single st could destroy a ten or even twenty meters tall boulder.
After learning more about these bloodlines and powers, Kim knew that the Bloodline requires more than just two or three elements. From what he understood till now, it seemed like it requires vitality.
But, he tried it once. He had already learned Dark Elements, Lightning Elements, and Metal Elements. He tried to use his own vitality to merge them. But no matter whichbination he tries, it didn''t work at all.
As if there was no rtionship between Dark Elements, Lightning, and Metal Elements.
So, he gave up. When he tested his undead, he suddenly drowned in these thoughts. But, he quickly shook his head and decided not to think about it now.
Even if he wanted, he couldn''t do anything about it right now.
So, he decided to focus on the things in front of him. After keeping those eighteen undead, he continued his journey toward the deeper part of the Ghost Kingdom.
After all, there were a lot of graveyards. This means there would be a lot of undead as well. And, this was a good thing for him. After all, the greater the number, the more strength he can acquire.
Although controlling them would be really hard, with his level ten Observation Technique, it would be easy.
"Kim, are you sure you can continue calling for more undead? You consumed a lot of spiritual power before." Yeosho asked with a worried expression. Just because they were discussing among themselves didn''t mean they didn''t keep their eyes on Kim.
Kim shook his head and said.
"Don''t worry, once I consume my spiritual power to call them, I don''t need to continuously use my spiritual power to keep them. Besides, when I returned their souls to the underworld, my spiritual power was recovered."
"Is that so?" Yeosho finally nodded her head and they continued their journey. Suddenly, their footsteps stopped as all of them turned to the right side.
"Jie-jie-jie-jie! What did I see? Seven humans robbing the graveyard from the Ghost Kingdom?"
........
Sorry, everyone I had uploaded the wrong chapter before
Chapter 81 Using The Chaos Lamp
Everyone instantly raised their guard as they stared at a strange person. This person seemed like a ghost with no body but at the same time, it was impossible to look through his body.
His body was blue and seemed like he had every body part of a human except, it was hard to call him a human because he neither had flesh nor bones.
He stared at seven of them and let out a creepyugh.
"Jie! Jie! Jie! What an amazing young man. You managed to capture the heart of six girls and keep them under control without raising any conflict. And, you even managed to capture the heart of someone from another race."
"And, a technique that allows you to control the skeletons. I have never heard of such a technique. Is it your own creation or is it a unique Battle Soul Ability?"
"Four Martial Grandmasters, Two Martial Masters, and a Junior Martial Artist? Wait, I can sense powerful internal energy from you. Hehehe! It seems like you came here to raise an army of dead."
Suddenly, his blue eyes turned red and a terrifying aura burst out of him.
"But, do you know the consequences of stealing from the Ghost Kingdom?"
When he said that, he released a powerful soul energy that seemed to be simr to Spiritual Pressure. But, it was a lot weaker. This kind of spiritual pressure didn''t even make them flinch.
Suddenly, the Chaos Lamp appeared in his hand and the next moment, he released his Spiritual Pressure.
"Do you know that the viin dies faster by talking too much?"
Kim''s body shed with the blue lightning. He instantly reached in front of the Ghost and the Armament Technique appeared on his arm. Spiritual Pressure was released from him and merged with the Armament Technique.
Suddenly, the ck and blue lightning emerged from his hand as he punched the Ghost.
Bang!
The power of that punch was so strong that it almost destroyed his soul and body. That man flew out andnded against the tall wall of a grave. A few cracks appeared on his body and his body started to shrink.
After adjusting his body, he raised his head and with confusion in his eyes, he asked.
"How can you hurt my power?"
At this moment, he was truly confused. Using the Armament Technique, it wouldn''t be a surprise that Kim''s attacknded on him.
But, why did it break his body? As a soul body, his body would only suffer true damage from the soul arts. With Armament Technique, it would be possible to hurt him but it wouldn''t destroy his body.
Right now, his body was full of cracks. That''s why he didn''t understand what was going on.
Of course, Kim wouldn''t let him talk more. His legs smashed against the ground and his body shed above the soul.
? "Wait, wait,"
That man tried to speak but Kim''s hand once again shed blue and ck lightning as he mmed his fist on him.
Crack! Bang!
This time, a final crack appeared on his body and exploded. The soul body turned into soul energy as it flew in the air.
But, Kim quickly took out Chaos Lamp and absorbed the soul energy into it. Because the amount of soul energy was immense, it took him nearly five minutes to absorb all of the soul energy.
After absorbing all that energy, he walked back in front of the girls.
"It seems like we need to wait for a moment."
Hearing his words, they looked at him with confusion.
Kim took out the Chaos Lamp and said.
"Because the amount of soul energy it absorbed was immense, it is very close to evolution. Once it evolves, I believe it would be able to absorb the soul of that man with ease."
"Then, do you have any idea?" Neyol asked.
Kim nodded his head.
"I will use my Call of Undead to summon all of these skeletons. Once that happens, arge number of souls will appear from the underworld. I will use the Chaos Lamp to absorb all of that."
"During this process, we might attract some enemies so I want you girls to look out for enemies. Using the Armament Technique, it would be able to hold them off until I finish absorbing all of the low-level souls."
Hearing his words, everyone nodded. Yeosho suddenly turned around and asked.
"Kim, why did your attack hurt him? Although Armament Technique could hold him, it shouldn''t be able to kill him, right?"
Kim didn''t think too much and instantly answered.
"It''s because I use Armament Technique together with Spiritual Pressure. This ability I learned from Master during thest two months. In fact, I never tried it before."
"Only after my body became stronger, I decided to use it. After all, using both at the same time consumes a lot of energy. This is also the reason why Master could create an impact and even destroy things around him just by Spiritual Pressure."
"Oh!"
Everyone understood why his power hurt the souls. After all, Spiritual Pressure was a perfect power that could fight against souls but it would impossible to use Spiritual Pressure to attack someone.
But if the Spiritual Pressure can be merged with the Armament Technique, one can truly attack others.
But after thinking for a while, Neyol frowned and asked.
"Kim, although you made it sound easy, I haven''t heard of anyone doing this. Is it really just because of your physical strength?"
This doubt was valid. After all, she has seen several people with greater strength than his. So, it was extremely suspicious that he could do such a thing.
"That girl is correct, Yeosho. Not even Sung Ming was able to do that. Although I believe that man might be able to do this since this kid can do it as well." Tojo''s voice rang in Yeosho''s head.
Hearing his words, Yeosho frowned and said.
"Tojo told me that even Sung Ming wasn''t able to do such a thing and if there is a person who could do it. It must be Master Tengu."
This made everyone confused. Suddenly, Seo Yoon''s eyes lit up as she said.
"Maybe it''s because we absorb the Spiritual Energy from the surroundings. Since it is possible to merge these, it shouldn''t be that nobody has ever tried it. It''s should be that nobody could merge it because Armament created out Internal Energy couldn''t be merged with Spiritual Pressure."
"Think about it! All three powers are rted to each other. Spiritual Energy, Spiritual Power, and Spiritual Pressure. All of them are rted to each other. So, it could be possible if we use the Spiritual Armament together with Spiritual Pressure."
Hearing her words, everyone thought for a moment and even Kim nodded his head.
"That could be the reason. After all, Sung Ming was the strongest Martial Emperor which means he should be the ceiling of this world. At least, in most people''s eyes."
"In other words, he shouldn''t be unable to merge Armament with Spiritual Pressure."
At the same time, Neyol spoke.
"And, that also exins why you need so much strength to merge them. Just using the Spiritual Armament requires a lot of physical strength, not to mention using thebination of Armament and Spiritual Pressure."
"Alright, then, you should try to figure it out while guarding me. I will start absorbing the soul power. And Jun, you need to help me again."
Saying so, Kim turned his head at Jun. She nodded and released her ability once again, putting the trace of her internal energy into special skeletons.
Only then Kim released his Battle Soul and activated the Call of Undead. Upon releasing this ability, he was able to summon the souls of dead people from the underworld.
Unlike in other ces, this process was really easy in this ce. Because the Ghost Kingdom was perfectly connected with the Underworld. After all, they use the ability to call the souls of the dead in the first ce.
But, it didn''t mean they can summon all of its soul. After all, doing so will break the bnce of the world. Of course, Call of Undead can break this rule.
That''s why Kim wasn''t worried. He released a lot of Spiritual Power and summoned hundreds of skeletons, making him sweat.
After that, he released the power of Chaos Lamp and started absorbing the Soul Power of those undead.
Of course, he didn''t absorb all of their soul powers. He kept those with special powers. Since he had already asked Seo Jun to keep traces of her internal energy in the special skeleton.
It wasn''t a hard task for him.
While the Chaos Lamp kept absorbing the soul energy, its level started to rise constantly.
[Your Chaos Lamp has reached level seven]
[Your Chaos Lamp has reached level eight]
[Your Chaos Lamp has reached level nine]
After consuming all of those souls, it reached level nine. Kim gritted his teeth and activate Call of Undead once more, calling nearly fifty souls at once.
This time, he fully released the Chaos Lamp and just after a few minutes, a new notification appeared in front of him.
[Your Chaos Lamp has reached level ten]
[Your Chaos Lamp has reached the criteria for Evolution]
[Would you like to evolve Chaos Lamp]
[Yes] [No]
When he saw that notification, an ecstasy appeared on his face he instantly clicked on ''yes''.
..............
Sorry, everyone, I uploaded the wrong chapter before.
Chapter 82 Sudden Encounter
"So, what exactly happened?"
A soul body that was floating above a dark skeleton throne spoke in a deep voice. This voice might not be loud but when it reached the souls of others around him, it shook them.
The immense pressure of the Bloodline forced them to bow their heads. There were nearly hundreds of soul bodies and all of them were also strong with different shapes and sizes.
One of them who looked like a tiger slowly raised his head and gritted his teeth.
"Your Majesty Ghost King, we just found that one of our Ghost Lords who was in charge of Sector 4 was dead. And, we also got aint from the messenger of the Underworld that arge number of souls are entering our Kingdom."
"I have sent several Ghost Grandmasters to find the cause of it. They will be here any time soon."
Hearing his words, the Ghost King raised his eyes and a terrifying look appeared on his face.
"A Ghost Lord died and you sent some Grandmasters to find out the cause."
Bang!
Suddenly, a powerful aura burst out of him as he asked.
"Did you absorb the pig''s brain? Did you forget the difference in strength after each realm?"
"Your Majesty!" Suddenly, a voice rang from the other side. This person had the soul body of a tiger as well but there was a strange aura around him.
With this aura, he resisted the powerful suppression of the Ghost King and spoke.
"Your Majesty, currently, we shouldn''t be discussing his fault. We just received the words from the underworld that they will send Five Reapers into our Kingdom."
"So, before they appear, we need to find the cause of all this...."
Suddenly, he paused and turned his head toward the back. Not only him several people including the Ghost King raised their heads in that direction.
The aura of the Ghost King only got gloomier as he asked.
"That should be the direction of Sector 4, right?"
"Yes, your majesty!" The tiger soul spoke.
The next moment, The Ghost King stood up and floated out of the massive royal hall. He saw a green light soaring toward the sky and an immense soul force gathering at that exact ce.
"Our Kingdom has been invaded. Send every Martial Lord to block the borders. I will personally kill these invaders."
Without wasting any second, he rushed toward Sector 4
His departure left everyone stunned. Although their Kingdom was invaded, it didn''t mean that the King should leave to kill these invaders.
It should be their job. So, seeing their king leaving so suddenly stunned them.
"What are you still waiting for? Five Martial Lords, go Sectors 2, 3, and five. And, the remaining ten Martial Lords, go to the Sector 4 borders. Don''t let the invaders escape."
The tiger-faced Ghost spoke with a deep voice as he chased after the Ghost King.
He also felt the level of soul powering out of that Green me. So, he wanted to go in case the Ghost King needs his help. He would''ve taken others but he didn''t have a lot of Martial Lords with him.
As the Ghost King moved closer, the more his soul trembled. He could feel the immense power of that me.
''This must be a soul treasure evolution, right? So, this person used the method of our kingdom to call the souls from the underworld and absorb them to improve his soul treasure.''
''I mustn''t let him leave with soul treasure. If he gets away this time, it would be easy to invade and destroy our kingdom next time. That soul treasure is too much of a threat to us.''
Thinking about the soul treasure, he increased his speed and quickly reached the Second 4.
In Sector 4, Kim was focused on the evolution of Chaos Lamp while others were vigntly waiting for the enemies.
"Yeosho, a powerful soul ising towards us. It''sing from the north." Tojo''s voice rang inside her head. Yeosho instantly turned her head toward the north and shouted.
"Everyone, someone powerful ising toward us from the North."
Hearing her words, their eyes shrunk. Neyol, Hinata, the Seo sisters, and Yeosho quickly rushed toward the north direction.
Because this evolution would merge the Chaos Lamp with him permanently, Kim can''t move. He needed to put his soul energy into the Chaos Lamp to continue its evolution.
Upon thepletion of this evolution, this treasure will keep his soul safe without even him actively using it. And not only that, but he could also use the refined Soul Energy of the Lamp to enhance his soul.
Strengthening his soul, he would be able to increase the power of his Spiritual Pressure as well. Currently, his Spiritual Pressure Technique was at level ten and once it reaches level eleven, it will evolve.
After level ten, it isn''t exactly level eleven but instead, it is an evolution. After all, it was the first time evolution, he was quite excited about it.
Even so, he didn''t dare to lose his guard. After all, they were in someone else''s kingdom. He knew for sure that he couldn''t let his guard down even for a moment.
Soon, the Ghost King reached closer. He was constantly keeping his guard against the Soul Treasure but seeing that it was in the middle of the evolution, he quickly moved forward.
In such a situation, he doesn''t have to worry about the Soul Treasure. But, even so, he never left his eyes on the Soul Treasure.
There was greed in his eyes. As long as he gets this treasure, he would be able topletely negate his only weakness through the protection of this treasure.
But, soon, his eyes drifted toward the ground. Although there was no trace of Martial Lord, he couldn''t help but feel strange. There truly was no trace of the martial lord.
Then, who killed the Martial Lord?
Suddenly, his eyes looked back at the treasure and his greed only got stronger.
''It seems like my time has finee. After killing these ants, I can take this treasure. But, before that, I need to kill him. He is merging with the Soul Treasure. If I let him continue, I will be at disadvantage after its evolution.''
Thinking about it, the Ghost King instantly dashed toward Kim. His speed was quite fast but someone was even faster than him.
With the red cloak around her body, Yeosho instantly appeared in front of him. The massive internal energy transformed into Armament and covered her body.
Bang!
She threw a punch forward and seeing this, the Ghost King simply pped his palm. But, he seems to have overestimated himself. The massive internal energy from her body had created the stronger and better Armament making her punch even stronger.
Whoosh!
Unable to negate her strength, the Ghost King flew away. He stopped himself and stared at his palm.
''An Armament Haki of a Junior Martial Artist can block my palm? No wait.....''
Finally, his eyes fell on her red cloak and his expression drastically changed.
Although he has never seen it before, he had heard the rumors that the Internal Energy of Nine Tails Fox is a thousand times bigger than Martial King.
Now seeing a lot of internal energy in a Junior Martial Artist, he quickly came to the conclusion that this girl has made a summoning contract with the Nine Tails Fox.
"It seems like you aren''t a simple ant."
His voice got gloomier as he raised his palm. The massive soul energy surged out of his palm, condensing a five-meter-tall palm that rushed toward Yeosho.
"Tojo, it seems like we need to go all out!"
Yeosho pped her palms together and a massive red internal energy burst out of her. This was almost twice as big. She put both of her hands together and the massive ball emerged.
The Armament emerged out of her body and emerged with the ball. Its color slowly changed into ck. Seeing this, the Ghost King''s eyes narrowed as he thrust more power into his palm.
After condensing a nearly five meters wide ball, she swung her palm and threw the ball at the palm.
[Armament Release- Dark Spiral Shuriken st]
Boom!
When the dark ball collided with the palm, the explosion urred. This explosion pushed Yeosho away and the same goes for the Ghost King. Originally, he thought of simply passing through the explosion.
But, he quickly sensed the Armament Particles in the explosion. Even if the Armament can''t kill him, the size of such an explosion could still hurt him.
As he retreated, he released a barrier of soul energy to block the shockwave.
"Ho! Ho! Ho!"
"That took more than I expected."
Yeosho panted after she managed to slip away from the explosion.
"Idiot, you aren''t ready for such arge attack. Wait till your physical strength grows by twice, you will be able to perform this art without any side effects." Tojo screamed inside her mind.
Hearing his words, Yeosho simply smiled and said.
"We can''t let him disturb Kim. Tojo, it might be bad for my body but I need to burrow more of your power."
"You idiot"
Suddenly, a punch came from the side and struck her head. Yeosho held her head tightly and almost burst into tears. She looked at Neyol and asked.
"Why are you hitting me?"
.........
Sorry for the wrong chapter! I have changed it.
Chapter 83 Armament Release- Lava Spiral Shuriken Blast
"Idiot, are you the only one fighting here? Don''t harm yourself otherwise you won''t be able to get into bed for a month." Neyol rolled her eyes and shouted.
Although she was jealous, she was also concerned about Yeosho. So, she didn''t hesitate to use the threat to keep her away from harming herself.
Yeosho also understood her threat instantly and her expression changed drastically. Just because they haven''t had sex for two days doesn''t mean they won''t have sex at all.
From the looks of it, as soon as they get a chance to rest, it will be a sex night. And, she didn''t want to miss it. Especially if she gets injured, they will definitely decide to rest and then, that will happen for sure.
"Sorry, Sister Neyol! Sorry, Tojo!"
Yeosho embarrassedly smiled and rubbed the back of her head as she apologized.
"Don''t forget that you still have sisters." Neyol rolled her eyes but the next moment, her expression turned serious.
Even though she wanted to fight together with Yeosho, at this moment, they were facing a Martial King.
She wasn''t even strong enough to kill a Martial Lord. At best, she could fight several Martial Lords at once but Martial King waspletely out of her strength.
Of course, she wouldn''t give up that easily.
"Hey, don''t forget about us."
Seo Sisters and Hinata also rushed forward. Without the ability to fly, they were just standing on the ground. While the Ghost King was floating several meters away from them.
"It seems like we need to go all out this time."
Hinata looked at others and her body started to transform. Without any hesitation, he entered her Asura Mode and also activated her Heavenly Asura Body.
"Although I want to fight against you, I don''t time to waste around you. Koso, you arrived at the right moment. Block them until I get that treasure." The Ghost King slightly looked back as he spoke.
Then, he changed his gaze back to Kim who was still in the middle of the evolution.
Hearing his words, the tiger ghost rushed in front of the Ghost King and stared at Four Grandmasters, one Martial Master, and one Junior Martial Artist.
But from the internal energy alone, Junior Martial Artist was the most troublesome. Not to mention, the Martial Master had gained strength simr to the Grandmaster with her transformation alone.
"No, we can''t let him go there." Seeing the Tiger Ghost, Neyol hurriedly spoke.
"Yeon, cooperate with me with your vitality."
Seeing this, Yoon spoke with a serious expression.
Hearing her words, Yeon nodded without any hesitation. She walked behind Yoon and put both of her hands on Yoon''s shoulder, pushing a massive amount of vitality into her body.
This was all the vitality she had stored in order to use Wood Style. But right now, she believed Yoon had the greater need for all that vitality.
Yoon looked at Hinata and others as she spoke.
"I will hold down that Tiger-Faced Ghost. All of you focus on blocking the Ghost King."
Hearing her words, Yeosho, Hinata, Neyol, and Seo Jun hesitated for a moment. But seeing her strong determination, they eventually nodded.
"Be careful!" Seo Jun said in a low voice.
"Don''t worry! I won''t die."
Seo Yoon smiled and a massive amount of spiritual energy gushed into her body, transforming into the Armament that covered her body.
At the same time, she released her immense internal energy at once. Theva burst out of her body, turning her into ava woman.
[Lava Mode- Hundred Percent]
Her entire body transformed intova in an instant. But, the next moment, her body dashed toward Koso.
"Tch! Just a grandmaster, you think you can win against me?" Koso released an astonishing amount of soul energy and condensed a massive fist.
He thrust his fist forward and at the same time, Seo Yoon also thrust her fist. A massive amount of dark redva burst out of her fist in the shape of ava.
[Armament Release- Ghost Burning Fist]
Boom!
The massiveva fist bumped against the powerful soul fist. Normally, this kind of attack would''ve passed through the soul''s fist but it had something attached to it.
"Damn it! How can you release Armament in such an attack?" Koso panicked. He didn''t see the previous attack used by Yeosho so he didn''t know that she could merge Armament Technique with her attack.
And, even if he had seen it, he didn''t think Seo Yoon would be able to it. His attack was instantly destroyed by theva fist and it was still rushing toward him.
[Secret Soul Art]
[Soul Chain- Hell''s Fire]
Koso gritted his teeth and the next moment, he released a massive amount of soul energy that transformed into the red chain. The red chain wrapped around the Lava Fist, blocking it from moving.
The ck mes appeared on the chain and the Lava fist was burned to ashes.
''Damn! What kind of fire is that? Although Yeon''s vitality allowed me to use Lava Style to its limit, if the enemy also has a unique ability, I won''t be able to win.''
''Hopefully, this is the only unique attack he has.'' Seo Yoon panicked for a moment but soon gained some confidence to face Koso. She released her Lava and punched toward the sky.
[Lava Style- Great Eruption]
"Humph! I admit that your Lava System is strong but I am not weak." Koso screamed and his Soul Chain transformed into a massive pagoda that covered his body.
? [Soul Chain- Hell''s Pagoda]
Bang! Bang! Bang! Bang!
Each st ofva was like a meteorite, falling from the sky, and striking the pagoda with amazing power. It tried to break the pagoda but didn''t seed.
''Tch! A Martial Lord is a Martial Lord but I am not trash either.''
Seo Yoon gritted her teeth and a new move emerged in her mind. She has never tried this move before and she only learned it from Yeosho. So, she wasn''t sure if it would work.
But, at this moment, there was no hesitation in her eyes. She put her hand to the side and gathered a massive amount of internal energy with herva as a core.
She used the internal energy as a wind surrounding the massive ball ofva. When this move appeared on her palm, Yeosho was stunned.
"Tojo, is she using my move?"
"It seems like she is using the same principle of your move but with her Lava Style." Tojo nodded his head and answered.
"Dang! I am curious just how powerful this attack would be." Yeosho clicked her tongue and spoke with a curious gaze.
"Yeosho, focus on your fight!"
Neyol shouted from the side.
Seeing this, Yeosho quickly realized the kick from the Ghost King. She quickly raised both of her hands to block it. Her hands were covered in Armament so their defense was really strong.
Bang!
Although her defense was strong, she didn''t seed on block it. Her body flew away andnded several meters away from the Ghost King.
At the same time, Seo Yoon almost finished her Spiral Shuriken. In the middle was a giantva ball spinning at great speed. But, this Lava wasn''t red instead it was dark. There was a trace of red color on it but mostly, it was dark.
And, around it, there was a highly spinning internal energy. The internal energy was spinning almost five times faster than theva ball, and unlike the Lava ball, it was only made out of internal energy merged with Armament.
For this attack, she poured all of her internal energy. If it didn''t work, she could no longer participate in this battle unless she consumes her own vitality.
[Armament Release- Lava Spiral Shuriken st]
"Tch! Do you think this attack can cause me any damage? This is the Pagoda of Hell, the replica of the Strongest Defensive Artifact from Hell."
Koso roared and supported the Pagoda from inside. The Lava Spiral Shuriken flew toward it and mmed into the pagoda.
Whoosh! Bang!
The sharp spinning force of the internal energy tore the Hell''s Pagoda''s defense. Even though Hell''s Pagoda defense was strong, the fast and strong motion of hot internal energy easily tore it apart.
The Lava Spiral Shuriken continued to move forward. Although it managed to break Hell''s Pagoda, it didn''tpletely destroy the Soul Chain. Seeing this, Koso panicked.
He was still a bit far away from the Lava Spiral Shuriken so he instantly summoned all of the Soul Chain in front of him and formed a massive wall.
Bang!
It sted the wall into pieces. This time, the Soul Chain hadpletely disintegrated into dust and the Lava Spiral Shuriken kept moving toward him.
Boom!
This time, the Lava Spiral Shuriken sted on his face. The fast-spinning internal energy dispersed before it could break his soul body but the Lava ball mmed onto him and exploded on his face.
The power of the explosion was so strong that it affected the Ghost King''s battle. And, a certain girl was keeping her eye on Seo Yoon''s attack. When this attack finallynded, she couldn''t help but ask.
"Holy shit! Tojo, can you learn Lava Style?"
Chapter 84 Fighting The Ghost King
?Seeing her reaction, everyone was speechless. Although they knew that Yeosho was an extremely chilled and fun-loving girl, it was still hard to ept such behavior in the middle of a battle.
"You girl, focus on your battle otherwise Kim would be in deep trouble." Tojo also stared at her from Dantian with a speechless look on his face. He scoffed at her as he tried to change her attention to her enemy.
Oh! Yes, yes." Yeosho nodded her head and gathered an immense amount of internal energy into her arms. The next moment, she charged toward the Ghost King.
She threw a fist forward condensed with a massive amount of internal energy. Seeing this fist, the Ghost King simply pped his palm and collided with her fist.
Bang!
The massive collision created a powerful impact that swept the dust from the ground and Yeosho stumbled back to the ground. Although shended on her feet, she realized that her fist was heavily injured.
At the same time, the Ghost King was also surprised. After all, he could easily see her realm. But despite being a Junior Martial Artist, she could hurt him.
''Is it because of that Internal Energy Cloak? Among all others, she seemed to be the most threatening one. I need to get rid of her quickly.''
In an instant, he appeared in front of Yeosho and conjured a green energy into his finger. He extended his finger, pointing at her head, and shot a powerful beam of energy from his finger.
[Tojo Style- Tail Strike]
A massive amount of internal energy burst out of her from her back and condensed into a massive red tail. She let Tojo manipte this tail as it moved the tail and collided with the energy beam.
Bang!
Crack! Crack! Crack!
The green beam of energy collided against the tail and scattered into small energy beams. These energy beams struck the ground and flew out everywhere.
''Her internal energy can block soul art?''
Ghost King was genuinely surprised when he saw her attack working. Although that attack wasn''t his strongest attack, it was still too much even for Martial Lord.
But now, using the enormous internal energy inside her, a Junior Martial Artist was blocking his attack. It made him extremely angry.
He gathered a lot of soul energy into his fingers and released five beams of soul energy. But unlike before, these beams changed into the spear in the middle and charged toward her.
"Yeosho, move away!"
Just when Yeosho was thinking of countering it, a voice rang from behind and Yeosho instantly moved away without even thinking twice.
[Heavenly Asura Sword Art- shing the Heaven]
Hinata condensed a massive amount of internal energy into her sword. The one-meter-long sword suddenly changed its appearance and size, bing nearly five meters long and two meters wide crimson sword.
She swung her sword with all of her strength and the edge of the sword collided against five green spears. When the collision urred, neither side managed to overwhelm the other.
''Heavenly Asura Sword Art. It is one of the strongest martial art of the Shura Family. Except for elders from Shura Family, nobody gets a chance to learn it.''
''This girl clearly is not an elder of the Shura Family. From what I''ve heard, their princess seems to have left the kingdom for some reason. Although it is quite a surprise that a princess of that kingdom will follow a human kid, it is not impossible.''
''But, if that''s all there is, then I am going to kill them right now.''
Ghost King pushed his palm and all the soul energy flowed into his palm. Suddenly, arge rectangr energy shield appeared in front of him. This shield started vibrating and released green sparks.
[Firebolt]
Suddenly, a massive-sized green me in the shape of a lightning bolt burst out of the energy shield. Seeing this, Hinata panicked. Although she managed to block the previous attack, this attack seemed even more powerful.
But, to block the previous attack, she had already used her strongest attack.
"Let mee!"
Suddenly, a voice rang from behind and Neyol walked forward. She was shrouded with a dark cloak. This wasn''t her cloth but rather the mysterious power of her darkness.
This power even startled the Ghost King.
''Just what kind of team is this? A Junior Martial Artist who can fight against a Martial Lord. A Martial Master who has the power to fight against a Martial Lord. And, another Martial Grandmaster who seemed to have the power to fight against the Martial Lord.''
''These are clearly one of the top geniuses in this world. How could they gather in a single team? No¡. How did this young man manage to conquer all of them?''
The Ghost King panicked for a moment.
His Firebolt was already in front of Neyol. She raised her right hand and spun it in front of her. Her movement created a dark circle. It released a massive suction and the Firebolt entered the dark hole.
[ck Hole- Close]
Neyol raised her hands and condensed a massive amount of dark internal energy in her palms. She mmed her palms on the side of the dark hole and started shrinking its size.
But, it wasn''t that easy. Because the Firebolt inside that dark hole was trying to break out. Clearly, this wasn''t a true ck hole. It was just an imitation but even so, its gravitational power was enough to pull the Firebolt inside and not let it escape.
Bang!
When she finally managed to shrink it to the size of a ball, she snapped it inside her fist and broke it.
"What a marvelous way to break my attack! But, I don''t understand. Why a person like you would submit to a man like him?"
The Ghost King didn''t attack immediately but rather pped his hands and asked.
In his eyes, these girls should be the proudest people in this world. Such a proud person would never share her man with others. That''s why he wanted to talk to her.
If possible, he would like to convince them to leave him.
Unfortunately, his n was destined to fail.
Neyol raised her eyebrows and chuckled.
"Is that so? It''s quite amazing to be praised by the Ghost King. But your majesty, you seem to have underestimated my man. How could my man not have more than one woman?"
Although it was hard for her to share a woman, she was also proud of Kim. After all, Kim was able to convince other women to follow him so easily.
Hearing her response, the Ghost King''s expression turned ugly. He understood that he couldn''t convince Neyol.
"Humph! If that''s the case, then you should die. After killing you all, I will kill that."
The Ghost King spun his palm and the rectangr shield spun and slowly change into a circle shield. Suddenly, it released another circr shield that was a bit smaller than the previous one.
Just like that, another shield appeared which seemed even smaller than the previous two.
''Damn it! This attack will have at least three times the power than before. I might not be able to block it.''
Neyol gritted her teeth. ck Hole was one of the strongest tricks. Except for using the Nightmare, she had no other trick that was more powerful than ck Hole.
But, her Nightmare ability wasn''t strong against those with enormous soul power. If it fails, even she would be bacshed by its power. That''s why she never tried to use it.
"Sister Neyol, can you pass your Internal energy to me? I want to try a new trick."
Yeosho suddenly appeared next to her and asked.
Hearing her words, Neyol was surprised but she still nodded her head and put her hands on Yeosho''s shoulder. Through this connection, she passed her dark internal energy into Yeosho''s body.
Yeosho extended her arm and opened her palm. She collected all the dark internal energy that she got from Neyol into her palm and turned it into a dark sphere.
As it started spinning, she released her own internal energy to cover it and make the movement even bigger.
"You girl, are you sure that would work? If it doesn''t then, you might die." Tojo''s voice rang inside her head.
"What? Are you scared?" Yeosho smirked and asked. There was no trace of hesitation and fear in her eyes. There was only excitement.
As soon as that ck Sphere started moving, Neyol stumbled back. She could feel the intense power of her Dark Internal Energy in that ck sphere.
Her eyes widened as she thought.
''Is she trying to use my attack? But, I never taught her. Does that mean she copied it just by looking at it? How is that even possible?''
"Sister Neyol, Hinata, Yoon, Yen, everyone move away!" Yeosho shouted as she swung her arm and threw the dark sphere toward the Ghost King. At the same time, the Ghost King released another Firebolt but it was nearly five times bigger.
[Sacred Firebolt]
[Yeosho Style- ck Hole Exploding Shuriken]
Boom!
Chapter 85 Kims True Strength
The dark sphere surrounded by shy red spinning internal energy rushed toward the gigantic Firebolt. At this moment, even the Ghost King silently retreated several meters away.
On the other hand, Yeosho who was trying to run away stumbled on the ground and fell. Her expression was dire as her situation. To control that attack, she had exhausted all of her physical and mental strength.
"Yeosho" Neyol screamed as she tried to turn around but at this moment, the Firebolt and the dark sphere collided.
When it collided, the exterior of the dark sphere began to break the Firebolt. But this Firebolt wasn''t an ordinary Firebolt. It easily managed to break the exterior, but a strange seeing appeared when it collided with the dark sphere.
Bang!!!
The collision between the dark sphere and Firebolt led to a strange situation where the entire Firebolt began to enter the dark sphere as if it was sucked in. But, when the entire Firebolt was sucked, the dark sphere glowed red.
Boom!!!
In an instant, the dark red sphere exploded, releasing a massive explosion. Noyel witnessed this explosion and couldn''t move forward. But suddenly, a sharp shadow passed by her and appeared in front of Yeosho.
[Armament Technique] [Aura Enhanced Iron Pagoda Art]
Bang! Bang! Bang!
The massive mes and wind blew toward Yeosho. But before it could reach her, it struck a person in front of her. This person was none other than Kim.
His entire body had turned into a sharp dark silver steel. The intense temperature of the mes tried to melt the steel but the aura covering his body was holding those mes away from his skin.
After a few minutes, the explosion finally died down.
"Yeosho! Yeosho!" Neyol panicked and tried to move forward. But when she saw a shadow walking out of the dust and smoke, she calmed down. At this moment, she already understood the situation.
Although Kim allowed them to fight against the Ghost King, he wouldn''t silently stand back when they are in danger.
"It seems like number can''t truly overwhelm the Martial King." Kim spoke as he reached next to Neyol. He was holding exhausted Yeosho in his hand. He put her down next to Neyol and continued.
"Take her away. This battle, you can''t interfere."
Hearing his words, Neyol bit her lips and nodded. She knew if they stay, they will only be burdens to him. Hinata also clenched her palms tightly against her sword.
In fact, she also didn''t want to run away but she clearly can''t face off against the Ghost King.
"Don''t think too much! Soon, you will also have the power to fight against Martial King." Seeing her mood, Kim walked next to her and put his palm on her shoulder,forting her.
Hinata gritted her teeth and finally turned around.
"Are you so confident to face a Martial King with your realm?" The Ghost King looked at him with ridicule. Although he had used some powerful attacks, he still hasn''t used true power.
"I also want to face the true strength of a Martial King." Kim smiled and slowly walked toward the Ghost King. When he reached closer, the Ghost King didn''t stop him.
Both of them stood in front of each other. Suddenly, a powerful aura burst out of the Ghost King. The Aura condensed into a massive domain that started pushing him to his knees.
And, the aura wasn''t affecting his body but rather his soul.
"Is this the Domain? No, this is just an initial version of a Domain. You haven''t added the Element to it. Well, it doesn''t matter because it doesn''t work against me."
When Kim spoke, a devastating power burst out of him. This was pure spiritual pressure. When it appeared, even the Ghost King retreated a few steps and stared at Kim with a dignified gaze.
The initial version of his domain was instantly surpassed and pushed back by Kim''s immense spiritual pressure.
"Three Powers! You have trained Spiritual Pressure to this level?"
The Ghost King was a knowledgeable man. He could easily see through the pressure that pushed back his domain. Knowing that the man in front of him could release such an amazing Spiritual Pressure, he instantly became hesitant.
After all, if he could cultivate Spiritual Pressure to such a level, he would definitely cultivate Armament Technique and Observation Technique to the same level.
Under such a situation, it would be hard to fight against him unless he uses his Domain.
"What? Are you scared?" Kim stared and mocked him. His tone was filled with ridicule making the Ghost King angry.
"Brat, don''t underestimate me!"
[Lighting me Soul Domain]
In an instant, he released his elemental power. The domain that was pushed back by the Spiritual Pressure started expanding with the power of me and lighting.
The ground was covered in mes while the air had merged with lightning sparks.
Bang! Bang! Bang! Bang!
It took less than five seconds for several lightning bolts to hit Kim. At the same time, the mes from the ground erupted and set Kim on fire.
"Kim!"
Neyol roared from afar. She was watching this with a nervous expression. Seeing him beaten by lightning bolts and burned by mes, she was naturally worried.
But, Kim silently raised his hand and signaled her to calm down.
[Water Style- Great Water Prison]
[Earth Style- Human Boulder]
Suddenly, a massive flow of water burst out of him and collided with the mes. In an instant, the fire was extinguished and the smoke covered Kim. But the lightning bolts easily passed through the water and struck him.
Unfortunately, these lightning bolts were blocked by the rock armor around Kim. With the presence of Rock Armor, the lightning bolts could no longer strike him.
''Using the Water Breathing Technique and Earth Breathing Technique simultaneously requires immense internal energy control. I should have expected him to have these tricks otherwise he wouldn''t have the confidence to face me.''
The Ghost King''s face sank when he saw his attack being blocked. But, he didn''t lose his momentum. He raised his hand and once again condensed the simr circr shield.
But this time, he created five shields.
This soul art allows him to merge the power of lightning and me and create the Firebolt. The more shield he creates, the greater the power of Firebolt will be.
So, he was naturally ready to use all of his strength.
[Thunder-me Dragon]
He concentrated a massive domain power and soul energy into the shields and released a Firebolt. This time, this Firebolt was almost twenty meters big. And, it wasn''t a simple Firebolt but the Firebolt that had taken the shape of a dragon.
When the Firebolt Dragon appeared, it roared and rushed toward Kim with its intense power.
Seeing this, Kim no longer held back. His body started growing the dragon scales and he instantly changed into a humanoid dragon. At the same time, his right hand was covered in Earth Element while his left hand was covered in dark element.
He pulled his arms and gathered an immense power into his hands. The dark internal energy started creating a dark glove around his left hand while the earth internal energy created the earth glove.
When the Firebolt Dragon reached near him, he thrusts both of his fists forward with intense power and speed.
[Invincible Style- World Breaking Punch] [Particle Style- Dark Howling Dragon Roar]
When he released both of his attacks, they suddenly copsed into one. The intense force of the Earth''s Internal Energy moved in the middle while the Dark Internal Energy spun around it.
Bang!
When two attacks collided, the impact swept everyone. Even the Ghost King and Kim were forced to retreat several meters. But, Kim wasn''t satisfied with it neither was the Ghost King.
Both of them jumped into the air and prepared for another attack. The Ghost King condensed a green me into his palm. This green me was simr to before but it had no trace of lightning bolts.
"Brat, I don''t know what kind of power you used to transform into a dragon but it doesn''t matter. This time, I am going to use my strongest attack to destroy youpletely. This is the soul me of our Ghost n."
He raised his palm and the green mes in his hand got bigger.
Seeing this, Kim sneered.
"Do you really think you are the only one with the Soul me?"
Kim extended his palm and a green me appeared.
Seeing this me, the Ghost King''s heart almost jumped out.
"How? How can you have the Soul me? No, no, this is false. It is impossible for you to have the Soul me. Only my me is the true soul me."
His eyes showed a hint of madness as he shook his head angrily and condensed his Soul me into a fireball.
[Hell Burning Fireball]
When this fireball appeared, Kim also felt an intense heat. It was so hot that the ground beneath them had already caught fire. And, even he was on the verge of melting.
If it wasn''t for his own Soul me, he couldn''t have blocked the temperature of this me. But, he wasn''t ready to give up. He still had an idea that he hadn''t tested yet.
"Yeosho''s attack gave me an idea before. But, I never thought I would use this right now. Then again, I am facing the strongest attack of the Ghost King. If I don''t use that, I might be burned alive."
When he thought of that, he instantly released all Seven Breathing Techniques at once. And, condensed the Soul me in his hand into a small fireball.
"It''s time to create my own strongest attack."
Chapter 86 Leaving The Ghost Kingdom
86 Leaving the Ghost Kingdom
When the seven elements appeared on his body, massive suppression emerged from his Dragon Bloodline. At this moment, he was using Elemental Maniption to properly manipte seven elements.
Otherwise, even manipting more than two elements could be detrimental to him. Seven streams of energy slowly flowed into his palm and started circling around the Green Fireball.
''Damn! How could he use so many elements at the same time? Is it truly the Dragon Bloodline? But, how did he get the Dragon Bloodline? There must be some powerful secret in his body.''
''Damn it! I need to kill him at any cost.''
The Ghost King''s face turned ugly. He quickly sorted his thoughts and took out a green rod with a golden tip. He pulled the fireball into the golden tip and activated the rod.
The green rod shone so bright that the sky turned green for a moment.
Several miles away from Sector 4,
"Oh my god! Did the Ghost King use the Heavenly Sacred Staff of Hell? What could possibly force him to use that weapon?" One of the Ghost Lord''s eyes almost popped out as he stared at the green sky and shouted.
"Since his majesty used that weapon, it means the fight will end soon." Another Ghost Lord kept a calm expression as he spoke.
"But, what if the enemy also has a weapon of such power? Wouldn''t that be bad for his majesty?" Another Ghost Lord asked.
"No, you don''t have any understanding about the Heavenly Sacred Staff of Hell. It is forged with the blood of the Lord of Hell and used his blood essence to forge its tip."
"It is said that when he was at the peak of his power, no one in this world could fight him. No one dared to steal the soul from the underworld. Even Six Paths Immortal used a trick to win a bet against him."
"For this bet, he asked the Lord of Hell to forge him the weapon that will allow him to increase the power of his attack by several folds. In order toplete this bet, the Lord of Hell forged used his own Blood Essence."
"At that time, everyone was surprised when they saw the blood of the Lord of Hell. Because, unlike normal blood, his blood had turned golden. This was the weapon that allowed Six Paths Immortal to fight against those people."
"Because we exist on the power of the soul of others, our poption is low. After all, we can''t ask for too many souls from the Underworld. Knowing this, Six Paths Immortal left his weapon in our kingdom."
"Every Ghost King has the power and rights to use that weapon. Whenever this weapon is used, it will increase his attack power to an immeasurable level so no one from other kingdoms tries to attack us."
"After all, our attacks aren''t normal. They are the soul arts."
Hearing his words, the other Martial Lords were surprised. Most of them didn''t know the history behind the Heavenly Sacred Staff of Hell.
Now, knowing the history behind it, they couldn''t help but swallow their words. At this moment, they understood that nobody can survive the Ghost King''s strongest attack.
......¡
Kim was surprised to see the staff. After all, he didn''t make such a weapon. But his instinct was telling him to increase the power of his attack if he wanted to fight on equal ground.
Unfortunately, he didn''t have a way to increase the power of his attacks. He could only use the Chaos Lamp to strengthen the defense of his soul. After all, that Soul me would burn his soul once it hits him.
In his palm, there was a green fireball in the middle with the seven rings around it. Since the fireball was big in the middle and small at the top and bottom, the rings were simr to that.
The Lightning Ring was in the middle. It was also the biggest ring. Dark Ring and Metal Ring were above and below it. Then, above Dark Ring, there were Fire Ring and Wind Ring.
As for the below Metal Ring, there were Earth Ring and Water Ring.
When this attack was finished, Kim took a deep breath and released his Armament Technique.
In front of him, the Ghost King erged the Fireball by nearly twenty times. Using the power of the staff, he not only increased the size but also the temperature of the Fireball.
It felt like the sun had appeared in Sector 4 of the Ghost Kingdom. It was so bright that the entire sky had turned bright in the middle of the night.
Every citizen of the Ghost Kingdom could see it. Even some other creatures at the border of the Ghost Kingdom could see the bright rays of the sun.
When Neyol saw this, her expression drastically changed. She picked up Yeosho in her hand and turned to Hinata and Jun.
"Go and pick up others. We need to leave as far as possible."
"Wait, what about Kim? Are you nning on leaving him alone?" Hinata''s eyes widened when she saw Neyol being so decisive about leaving.
"You idiot, if you can''t even have trust in him, why do you still stay with him?" Neyol red at her and for the first time, she angrily shouted.
But her words mentally broke Hinata. These words were quite harsh for her, leaving Hinata in confusion. But, Jun quickly appeared near her and pulled her away.
At this moment, she understood why Neyol was the big sister of this harem. Only she had the courage and trust required to control the entire Harem. Even she felt like Kim won''t be able to block this attack.
She was nning on using her powers alongside Kim.
But hearing Neyol''s words, she decided to stay away. Although she had confidence in releasing a powerful attack, she knew that she wouldn''t be able to bear the impact of the collision.
In that case, Kim would be the one to bear all the impact for her. At least, right now, Kim had the chance to freely use the Observation Technique to dodge the majority of the impact.
As they ran away, they heard a loud explosion from behind.
[Hell Burning Fireball- 20x]
[Fire Style- Seven Elements Exploding Star]
Boom!
The heaven and earth-shaking explosion urred upon the collision of two attacks. For a moment, the entire Ghost Kingdom turned silent, soon, followed by a powerful burst of the hurricane.
This hurricane was so strong that it not only swept away Kim but also those girls. Even the Martial Lords who were at the border couldn''t block the power of the hurricane.
Kim used the power of the hurricane to get swept away but while escaping, his body suffered a massive wound on his chest. The dragon scales were broken and the wound appeared to be extremely deep.
Even his bones were visible. If he hadn''t been using his Battle Soul to heal his injuries, he would''ve died for sure.
Such a strong attack not only affected him but also the Ghost King. Of course, his body seemed to bear the impact of that hurricane but soon, the powerful explosion swept out from the middle.
This explosion soon reached the Ghost King and Kim. Although both were swept away and Kim was truly far from the center of the explosion, the mes still reached him.
In an instant, his Armament Technique started to wear off. The Armament around his skin was burnt by the fierce temperature of the me. Soon, the temperature started affecting his skin.
But, he wasn''t worried about it. He was only worried about his lovers. After all, he had Undying Body. He could easily regenerate his cells. But, if his lover gets caught in the explosion, they will surely die.
Kim gritted his teeth and while using the Undying Body, he rushed out of the explosion. His body was being burnt and regenerated at the same time. It only kept him alive but also made him go through hellish pain.
After all, the feeling of being burned alive isn''t good.
But, this didn''t decrease his speed. He was extremely worried about his lovers. Soon, his body dashed out of the explosion. And, when he came out, he saw his lovers standing hundreds of meters away from him.
And, in front of them, there were a few Martial Lords who seemed to be blocking the border.
"Hahahaha"
Seeing that his lovers were out of the explosion, Kim couldn''t help but burst intoughter. As for those Martial Lords, would he still fear them?
Even Yeosho had the power to fight them. He just survived the strongest attack of the Martial King who used a secret weapon.
How could he be afraid of these people?
Hisughter was so loud that everyone heard it quite easily. This voice made thedies excited while those Martial Lords began to panic.
Now, they were in big trouble.
Chapter 87 Moving Toward The Monster Kingdom
87 Moving toward the Monster Kingdom
"I will give you one chance. Leave right now." Kim released his Spiritual Pressure as he walked toward them and spoke with a cold tone.
Hearing his words, those Martial Lords panicked. Although Kim''s realm wasn''t strong, he just not only fought Martial King but also escaped alive.
This kind of strength isn''t something that they can fight. But, if they were to let these people leave so easily, they would be punished by the Ghost King.
Although Kim knew that very well, he didn''t care. Why would he care about these people''s thoughts? He just wanted to leave a strong image in their hearts.
So, he continued walking toward them while releasing Level 10 Spiritual Pressure.
Click! Click! Click!
As he walked forward, Kim noticed something strange. The branches, rocks, and even ground were slowly cracking with the power of his Spiritual Pressure.
He understood that his master could use Spiritual Pressure to do substantial damage on other things but he wasn''t at that level.
But right now, when he released his Spiritual Pressure to its peak, he managed to do it. He couldn''t hide his excitement and this led to his Spiritual Pressure further expanding.
Inside his soul, his Spiritual Pressure was absorbing the power of his soul to enhance its power.
At this moment, a new panel appeared in front of him.
[Your Spiritual Pressure Technique has reached the peak of Level 10]
[Your Spiritual Pressure Technique needs an evolution]
[Would you like to evolve the Spiritual Pressure Technique?]
[Yes] [No]
Seeing these messages, Kim was genuinely surprised.
After level 10, it would naturally evolve. But, what surprised him is the fact that it actually reached the condition to evolve.
You know, he had been trying to reach that condition for a long time. He had been desperately trying to reach level eleven. And, not just for this alone.
He had been trying to reach level eleven for everything. Unfortunately, he wasn''t sessful.
But when he evolved his Chaos Lamp, he finally saw a trick. Although it was only a guess, right now it had been confirmed.
To evolve his martial technique or three powers or anything else, he required a catalyst. For Chaos Lamp, it was arge amount of soul power.
His Spiritual Pressure, he could feel that it was due to the strength of his soul. After merging with Chaos Lamp, his soul had improved quite a lot. So, when it improved and when he pushed his widely. It even got out of his control and started suppressing his women.
08:30
Fortunately, they had been living under the spiritual pressure of his master, so they weren''t Spiritual Pressure to the limit, it finally reached the point of evolution.
Of course, if he hadn''t pushed his spiritual pressure to such a degree during the time when he pushed away Ghost King''s initial domain, he wouldn''t be able to face it properly.
Without any hesitation, he clicked on yes. The next moment, his Spiritual Pressure began to erupt widely. It even got out of his control and started suppressing his women.
Fortunately, they had been living under the spiritual pressure of his master, so they weren''t suppressed. But they could feel that his Spiritual Pressure was reaching the same level as his master.
Of course, there was a strange difference. Kim could feel that he could shut down his Spiritual Pressure. ording to his master, it shouldn''t be possible.
So, he even wondered if his master lied to him about this.
But, then he denied this thought. He understood that his powers must have reached closer to his master level but not enough. After all, even Tojo who had stayed with Emperor Sung would feel the suppression of his master.
And, right now, he could barely use this power to fight against his Martial Kings, not to mention Emperor Sung who had reached Martial Emperor.
But, he was sure that his strength could be now improved to the level of Martial King peak. After all, he could feel another change in his body.
Without any hesitation, he pushed his Armament Technique and Observation Technique to his limits as well. Trying to push his Observation Technique, he found that his Observation Technique was changing.
Suddenly, he noticed a substantial change. He looked in front of him and saw something that was several miles away from him. Even though it was miles away from him, he was easily able to see it.
This proved his guess. The next moment, his Armament Technique was also shown to have an amazing change. The dark luster of silver changed into gold. The golden armament covered his body and two messages appeared in front of him.
[Your Observation Technique has reached the peak of Level 10]
[Your Observation Technique needs an evolution]
[Would you like to evolve the Observation Technique?]
[Yes] [No]
[Your Armament Technique has reached the peak of Level 10]
[Your Armament Technique needs an evolution]
[Would you like to evolve the Armament Technique?]
[Yes] [No]
Without pulling his Spiritual Pressure, he decided to evolve his Armament Technique and Observation Technique. Because his Armament Technique wasn''t truly evolved, the golden Armament onlysted a few seconds.
On the other hand, he could only see the several miles away for a few seconds as well. So, when he truly evolved his Armament Technique and Observation Technique, the changes in his body began.
His women were just watching it from the sideline. Those Martial Lords had already escaped in fear.
Neyol decided not to leave right now even if they had to face the Martial King once again. Unlike others, she understood the reason behind his promotion in strength.
Up until now, Kim had only fought a few times. All the strength he earned over a year was through training. It was never a life-and-death battle. Only during this battle, he truly faced life-and-death situations, especially thatst attack.
If he hadn''t pushed his Armament Technique and Observation Technique, it would never evolve. This was why people need to go through extreme battles to awaken their Battle Souls.
But Kim was different. He managed to awaken his Battle Soul without going through several battles. But this also means whenever he goes through such a battle, he will get a powerful boost in strength.
This was exactly what''s happening right now.
So, she kept her guard up as she watched over Kim''s promotion. Since it was his system that was evolving his Armament, Observation, and Spiritual Pressure Techniques, it only took him a few minutes.
After all three Powers evolved, he pulled his Spiritual Pressure and turned around.
"Let''s leave."
Neyol sighed a breath of relief and they quickly ran away.
Although Kim wasn''t worried about facing the Ghost King anymore, he didn''t want to face the entire Ghost Kingdom right now. After all, these kingdoms have been created for thousands of years.
He didn''t believe that there is not a single Martial Emperor guarding the kingdom.
After all, Martial King wasn''t the ceiling.
"Kim, are we going there through the Purple Desert?" Neyol asked.
Kim nodded his head.
"Before, I didn''t think I would startle the entire kingdom. At best, I thought I would need to fight a few souls. But since my Chaos Lamp got a chance to improve, I had to take the risk."
"Now, I am afraid we can''t pass through the Ghost Kingdom. We need to move out of the borders. And since these people would definitely send someone to chase us, we can''t move from the borders as well."
Hearing his words, Seo Jun asked.
"Wait, didn''t we already defeat the Ghost King? I don''t think they would be foolish enough to send Martial Lords, right?"
"Sister, you are taking the Ghost Kingdom too lightly. Although they sent the Ghost King, I don''t think there is only one Ghost King. After all, even in our kingdom, there are several Martial Kinds. It''s just that they won''te out till the kingdom is in major danger."
Seo Yoon shook her head and spoke.
"What? Really?" Seo Jun stared at Kim and asked him to confirm.
"Indeed! You might think that why only one Martial King wille at us if there were more, right? But, in fact, they underestimated us. Not to mention, that Martial King was the Ghost King, the true leader of the Ghost Kingdom."
"If I am not wrong, that staff should be the main treasure of the Ghost Kingdom that can only be used by the King of the Ghost Kingdom. Because of this, they thought they could easily kill us."
"And, they weren''t wrong. If I hadn''t had the Undying Body, I would''ve died. Those Martial Lords have returned and have probably told the king about my escape."
"In simple words, this time they might just send all of the Martial Lords to scan the border and also
some Martial Kings. I am not sure how many Martial Kings they have but at least, it should be more than three."
"In other words, if we move near the border, we will be spotted and chased by the Martial Kings." Kim nodded his head and exined.
Hearing his words, Seo Jun rubbed her head and asked.
"Then, why didn''t you kill those Martial Lords before?"
Chapter 88 Inside The Monster Kingdom
88 Inside the Monster Kingdom
Hearing her question, Neyol smacked Seo Jun''s head and shouted.
"Idiot, didn''t you see him fighting and escaping from the Ghost King? If he hadn''t used his strongest attack, the collision would have never created such a powerful hurricane."
Seo Jun had tears in her eyes when she looked at Neyol but hearing her words, she understood the situation and nodded her head.
"Ohh! Then, before your promotion, your condition was quite weak. And, you didn''t want to drag the battle so you chose to chase them."
"It seems like you aren''t that stupid." Yeosho on the side suddenly spoke.
Hearing her words, Seo Jun burned with anger and shouted.
"How dare you call me stupid?"
"Humph! What if I call you stupid? Weren''t you stupid to ask such questions?" Yeosho snorted and twisted her waist, walking next to Kim.
''Humph! Even if I don''t know the situation, I pretend like I know. At least, I won''t look stupid.''
Unfortunately, nobody could hear her thoughts otherwise they would''ve been speechless. Nobody thought of her as stupid. It''s just that Yeosho got a chance and use this to tease her.
Of course, nobody cared about it except for Seo Jun. She immediately tried to retaliate but Kim stopped her and said.
"We need to escape as soon as possible. Enter the Arc first!"
Without saying much, he pulled them into the Arc and transformed. The wings behind him pped fiercely and lifted him up in the air. He turned his head and released the Observation Technique.
With his Observation Technique, he could see several miles away from him. He immediately found several Martial Lords rushing toward the border. His guess was correct. They would definitely do anything in their power to search for them.
And, if they are caught, it would be devastating. He pped his wings and flew toward the middle of the Purple Desert. It was already nighttime but he didn''t care to be careless.
For Martial Artists, it wouldn''t be hard to find them during the nighttime.
But, he miscalcted something. While moving in the desert during the nighttime, he noticed that the number of monsters was much higher than in the daytime.
Because he was flying, most of the monsters could touch him but there were some flying monsters and somerge monsters who could rise up to several hundred meters.
Not to mention, during the nighttime, the temperature was extremely low. If he fly higher, he was afraid that his body would freeze. And, if he flies low, more and more monsters would attack him.
This was an extremely problematic situation but he didn''t dare to return closer to the Ghost Kingdom. He had to maintain some distance from it and only get close enough when he reaches the borders of the Monster Kingdom.
After all, the Monster Kingdom was attached to the Ghost Kingdom.
[Armament Technique] [Observation Technique] [Spiritual Pressure]
In an instant, Kim released all three powers. His body shone golden as a powerful Armament covered his body. At the same time, he started sensing every single monster around him and using the Observation Technique to dodge them.
But most important was Spiritual Pressure. With his improved Spiritual Pressure, he was easily able to deter most of the monsters in the desert. Since his Spiritual Pressure could also cause physical damage now, he was able to force more monsters to stay inside the desert.
Most of the monsters live under the desert which is also a problem. Because if they suddenly attack from inside, without Observation Technique, he wouldn''t be able to dodge or even block them.
Of course, being his upgraded Observation Technique, he could easily feel things far away from him and that includes the underneath the ground.
Kim continued to fly for a long time and eventually, he saw a graveyard. This was strange because, unlike most graveyards, it only had five graves. But, it was more than enough.
Because these were the graves of five Monster Kings. These five Monsters Kings are all the monster kings who died in these thousand years. After their death, they were buried in between the Ghost Kingdom and the Monster Kingdom.
First, Ghost Kingdom wanted to get the soul of these monster kings. Second, the Monster Kingdom strongly opposed them taking these monster kings'' bodies but still couldn''t prevent itpletely.
So, just to preserve their bodies, they were buried at the border.
Otherwise, someone with Martial King Realm would never be buried at the borders.
Kim arrived in front of the graveyard and didn''t find anyone. Even so, he was still cautious. He didn''t touch the graveyard at all. He quickly rushed toward the Monster Kingdom.
But unlike the Ghost Kingdom, the Monster Kingdom was surrounded by a huge forest. Since Monsters loved to stay inside the forest, they were basically surrounded by the Forest.
And, it was quite good. After all, this way they won''t be spotted quickly.
As he entered the border of the Monster Kingdom, he noticed an aura rushing toward him. This made him shudder.
''Damn it! Another Martial King. Although I have the power to face a Martial King, if they call for more Martial Kings or even a Martial Emperor, I will definitely die.''
Thinking so, Kim didn''t hesitate to increase his speed and rush inside the forest. In an instant, he crossed several hundred meters.
After a few minutes, a figure appeared on the border. This was a human but in a soul body. He looked at the borders of the Monster Kingdom and frowned.
"I obviously felt the aura of the Heavenly Sacred Staff of Hell. Although it was faint, it was definitelying from here. But, that person was definitely a human."
"So, why did he enter the Monster Kingdom?"
His eyes couldn''t help but feel suspicious. He thought for a moment and muttered.
"That person had six people with him. One of them was Asura and from what we learned, it was Asura Princess. Since Asura Princess is with a human, it seemed like they have some kind of cooperation."
"But, if they truly wanted to hide from us, they should''ve gone to the Asura Kingdom. Wait, could it be that they wanted to pass through the Monster Kingdom instead of going through borders because of us?"
Thinking about it, his face turned gloomy.
"It seems like they are either nning to escape from the Monster Kingdom or they have some kind of business there. But, as a Ghost King, I can''t enter the Monster Kingdom border without permission otherwise it will lead to the war."
"Hmmm! It seems like I need to discuss this with others. Anyway, they can''t escape from us."
Thinking of the aura of the Heavenly Sacred Staff of Hell, he wasn''t worried about losing them. Unless Kim dies, he can never wash off the aura of the heavenly Sacred Staff of Hell.
After thinking for a while, he finally left. In just half an hour, he reached the Pce.
"Eastern King, did you find any news about them?" A woman-shaped soul spoke. She was also one of the kings. But, people mostly call her Queen.
"Yes, Northern Queen! That''s why I called all of you as soon as possible." Eastern King nodded his head and answered.
"Is that so? If I remember correctly, you have directly got the information from the Ghost King, right? So, what''s the deal about these people?" Another King spoke. He was a leopard-shaped soul.
"Fortune King, let me finish first." Eastern King frowned as he spoke with displeasure. Because of his close rtionship with the Ghost King, he was allowed to check his soul memories.
Because of that, he learned everything about Kim and others. Although this was fact and proven to all, Fortune King''s tone pissed him off.
"JieJieJie! You don''t need to be so serious, Eastern King. We are just curious." A curious look and a cruel smile appeared on the same face. Another King whose body was aplete skeleton but still as a soul spoke.
"Alright, everyone let Eastern King speak!" Suddenly, another King spoke. He was a tiger-shaped soul.
Hearing his words, Eastern King nodded.
"The first thing that I learned from the Ghost King is that the person who defeated him was a master at Three Powers. His aplishment on Three Powers surpassed anyone I''ve ever seen including Martial Emperor."
His words instantly brought a gloomy atmosphere to the hall. Their eyes shrunk quickly as one of them asked.
"Are you sure that''s what you saw?"
Eastern King looked at him with displeasure and said "Do you think I will joke about it? Not only he could use all three of them but also merged Spiritual Pressure with Armament Technique."
"In other words, he could leave serious damage on us. And another thing about him is his Soul Treasure. It kept his soul safe from most of the Soul King''s attack."
"But, the most important part is that he was only a Martial Master."
As soon as he said this, everyone stood up from their chair and shouted.
"It''s impossible!"
Chapter 89 Fighting For Survival
89 Fighting for Survival "Uffffff¡ªuffffff"
A young child was struggling. His hands were tied with ropes and so were his legs. His eyes were closed with a white piece of cloth and so was his mouth.
There was nothing but darkness in his eyes. It wasn''t just because his eyes were closed by the cloth. But, also because he had no idea what was happening to him. Not only he was clueless but also had no strength to find out.
He was shaking his head and his long ck hair was fluttering. Three bulky men held him in their arms and moved toward the carriage.
"Captain, this package is struggling too much. We need to silence him."
One of the men wearing a weird red mask said. He was wearing a dark robe.
"No need! Just put him inside the carriage."
Said another man. He walked closer to the carriage and three of them threw him inside the carriage. The back of the carriage was quite spacious from the outside and good-looking as well.
But, the inside was dark. The light couldn''t reach inside the carriage when they closed the door.
''Why are those masked people kidnapping? What could they possibly gain by kidnapping an orphan like me?''
''Damn it! I was just living a normal life, being an orphan, having nowhere to live but everywhere to go, I was a traveler. I could do whatever I could learn and eat whatever I could earn.''
''My life was so simple. So, why? Why kidnap me?''
Garven was a young man who struggled to understand his current situation. He was being kidnapped and he has no idea why.
''I can''t even struggle. They put me inside a carriage but tied my hands and feet. I can''t even move an inch. Are they taking me away to kill me?''
Garden couldn''t help but shuddered. He was extremely terrified at this moment. But, he calmed down and thought.
''No way! They have no reason to kill me..... So, either they are taking me for something else or just to make a sacrifice.''
''If they are taking me to make a sacrifice, Knights might be able to save me. I heard that the strong and trained knight can kill hundreds of average men all by himself.''
''Yes, if they are taking me for sacrifice, the knight can save m...¡ me¡.. How foolish of me? I am not but an orphan. Not even more than ten people know my name. So, why would they actively search for me?''
''I shouldn''t get my hopes up.''
When Garven said that to himself, his mind slowly started losing consciousness. He had struggled too much before that he had lost a lot of energy.
And, he was quite hungry as well. So, he couldn''t hold his consciousness for much longer.
Time passes,
Garven wasn''t awake. But after a while, the carriage stopped and the door opened. He felt it and woke up immediately. He tried to struggle but two big hands caught him like a child.
He was pulled by one of the men with the red mask. He put Garven on his shoulder and walked away. He was walking inside a strange hallway. The lights wereing from themps hanging on the wall.
The moss had started growing on the ground and thes of the spiders were all over the ceiling. The man with the red mask reached in front of an iron door and opened it.
He threw a chop at Garven''s neck and knock him out. After that, he took off those ropes. Finally, he threw Garven inside the door. It was a dark room, filled with nothing but darkness.
Not even a shred of light was reaching inside. He closed the door and left.
......
After some time,
Garven finally opened his eyes. He found that the pieces of cloth covering his eyes and mouth were removed and even the ropes binding his arms and legs were removed as well.
"Where am I?"
Garven looked around but couldn''t see anything at all. The darkness shrouded him and his vision. Nothing could be seen.
"Where is this? Is anyone here? Hello! Can anyone hear me? Tell me, why did you kidnap me? I am nobody."
Garven tried speaking out loud but his voice just echoed inside the room. It couldn''t even reach outside. After figuring out that, he finally calmed down.
He bit his lips and punched the ground beneath him.
"Why? Why me? What have I ever done to anyone? Please, let me go! Please!"
Tears fell down his eyes and he screamed with anger. He was feeling not just angry but also frustrated.
"Ahh!"
Suddenly, Garven''s body jerked to the side. He felt a sting on his hand but due to the darkness, he couldn''t see anything at all.
"It''s hot. This pain..... Is it a snake? I am poisoned."
Garven felt goosebumps all over his body when he realized his body turning hot after a moment.
"No¡ it''s just a single sting. Maybe a scorpion! Argh! This pain is killing me."
Garven screamed when the heat reached his nerves. He wasn''t able to bear it properly. His body started sweating over and over again. He felt an extreme rage building up inside him but more importantly, his body started to give up.
Thud!
He fell on his back and his eyes became tired.
"Is this how I am going to die?"
Garven muttered as he turned his own eyes nk. He didn''t know what the things inside this ce were. It was nothing but darkness.
...¡.
(3 Years Ago)
Seven years old Garvenid over the body of his parents. His father was just a small merchant who could make a living for his family. His mother was a housewife.
Until the age of seven, Garven had a good life. His father would always take him to amazing new ces for business. His mother would always y with him and always take care of him.
He never starved nor he ever felt lonely. But, the incident of three years ago changed everything. Demon ves or some called them Demonic Warriors. Those feed on the blood of other humans to grow stronger.
They were the enemy of the world. And, they were quite strong as well. One day, a Demon Warrior attacked their small town with a small army of demons.
Knights arrivedte and almost the entire town was destroyed except for one exception.
Garven!
He wasn''t anything extraordinary. He wasn''t an adult. But, he was in the arms of his parents. When they found him, Garven had already lost consciousness but he was alive.
The entire town was dead except for him.
Garven didn''t lose consciousness during the demon attack. He only lost consciousness when everything ended. After he woke up, he still remembered hisst conversation with his parents.
"Don''t worry, Graven¡ Knights areing. We will keep you safe."
"Sob! Sob! Dad¡. Your body."
"This¡. This is nothing. Your mother and I have suffered a lot more than this. So, don''t worry son. We will keep you safe."
Garven couldn''t speak a word. Tears streamed down his eyes as he saw the giant ax shing the back of his father. His father struggled to keep him in his arm and dropped him.
But, his mother quickly held onto him and kept running away. He didn''t see what happened but after a while, his father reached closer. It continued until his father and mother lost all of their blood.
Theyy on the ground slowly losing consciousness. But, they still held their child. Garven still wanted to cry but his father covered his mouth.
Garven saw a strange gaze from his father, the gaze that he never understood.
"Survive, son¡.. you must survive only then you can go out and explore the world...¡ Sorry, your dad and mom can''t apany you any longer. But, we will always look after you from above."
"So, survive, don''t die until you live a life just like your parents. Promise me, you will live."
.......
Garven suddenly opened his eyes. The images of his father and mother emerged in his head. The bitter pain was swallowed by the guilt of losing his Will to live.
The promise that he made to his father was almost broken by him. He gritted his teeth and his hand stepped on the scorpion. But, he didn''t notice it. The scorpion was smashed to death as Garven slowly raised his upper body.
''I won''t die. I can not die. I am just ten years old. Learning the skills till eighteen, earning the money till twenty-two, marrying a girl at twenty-three, having a child at twenty-four, spending at least six to seven years with that child and my wife till thirty.''
''Only then I am allowed to die. If I die right now, my promise to my father will break. I don''t know who and why brought me here and keep me in a dark. But, I will survive until someone kills me, I am not giving up hope.''
Chapter 90 Unwanted Battle
90 Unwanted Battle
(Note- First Person POV)
Day 1,
''I don''t know why they brought me here but it seems like they didn''t want to kill me directly. After I decided that I will continue to live, I felt extremely hungry.''
''So, I grabbed the scorpion that I crushed unknowingly and ate it. It wasn''t my first time eating raw meat but it was definitely disgusting to eat a scorpion. I also realized that I was once again in a fire when I eat it.''
''The fire was so strong that it was almost killing me. But, I held on. I didn''t give up and after hours of struggle, I managed to survive. I knew I had digested poison.''
''But, I was surprised that I was capable enough to do so. After all, if that poison wasn''t mild but strong, it could''ve killed me. Except for that, nothing noticeable happened.''
Day 2,
''It is still dark here. I am not even sure where I am moving on. But, I try to explore the ce. I started by touching the things around me. I managed to discover something important.''
''It turned out to be a small room. As for how small. If I try to stretch my arm, I could probably touch both sides of the walls. That''s how small the room was. And, it had no venttion either.''
''Not even air to flow inside. I got worried that I might die after running out of air.''
Day 3,
''Something strange happened today. I was feeling extremely hungry but since there was literally nothing to eat except for some moss. I felt like I would die from hunger. But, strangely, a ray of light pierced my eyes.''
''Before I could look there for much longer, a small box was dropped inside. I had no idea where it was dropped. But, I immediately rushed toward the door and tried to find out.''
''My efforts weren''t sessful though. I didn''t find anything at all. Filled with disappointment, I tried to find the box and after finding it, I tried to open it. The lid was tightly closed but it wasn''t that tight.''
''I mustered some strength to open it and when I did, a powerful aroma struck my nose. I was shocked beyond anything. I immediately dipped my dirty finger inside the box, not even caring how dirty it was.''
''I touched some hot liquid. It was like broth but there was more than just broth. There were some small pieces. After a while, I found that these were pieces of meat and vegetables.''
''I grew suspicious because I didn''t understand the reason for this food if they were going to let me die here. But, it also sparks another reason inside me. What if they weren''t trying to kill me? What if they were trying to do something else?''
''While I was curious to find out the answer, I eventually gave up and decided to consume the entire box filled with soup and small chunks of meat and vegetables.''
Day 4,
''I was feeling energetic today. It was quite a surprise that they were actually giving me some food to eat. I literally thought I would die out of hunger. But, they didn''t send me any food today.''
''I had nothing else to do so I decided to exercise a little. After all, it wouldn''t be bad if I could fight, right? I was worried that I might not find enough nutrients for exercise so I decided to eat the moss on the ground.''
''The entire ground was filled with nothing but moss. So, I ate it. I ate as much as I could and exercising. I did it the whole day since I had nothing to do. My whole body was sore by evening. Well, I had no idea whether it was evening or not, I just continued until my body gave up.''
Day 5,
''It was a tiresome day. My body was sore and I had no energy to continue these kinds of heavy exercises. So, I tried to take a lot of breaks while doing these exercises and eventually finished. No food today.''
Day 6,
''Surprise! Surprise! They actually sent me the same food today. I noticed a strange pattern here. But, I couldn''t understand the logic behind it. Why would anyone send food once every three days just to keep someone alive?''
''Since I couldn''t find the answer, I gave up and decided to continue training after finishing my food.''
Day 7,
''Nothing strange happened. No food, only exercise, and moss.''
Day 8,
''Exercise and Moss''
Day 9,
''Food and Exercise''
Day 10,
''Food and Exercise... Yes, I have decided to call moss my food. After all, it was the only thing that was keeping me alive.''
Day 15,
''Food and Exercise.''
''Day 16,
''Food and Exercise¡ no wait, this time I didn''t mean moss and exercise. Surprisingly, they sent food for two consecutive days. It was astounding but also a bit scary.''
''Because it was getting harder for me to understand their motives.''
Day 17,
''I understand. I understand it finally. They sent me food daily because they also sent something else inside the room. A snake. I touched the snake and it bite me.''
''I am not sure whether I am alive or not. My consciousness is slowly fading away. Damn it! I thought they were letting me live.''
Day 18,
...¡
Day 19,
...¡..
Day 20,
''I woke up and found myself alive. I was surprised to find myself awake. I didn''t understand the reason behind my survival but the hunger quickly caught up to me.''
''But as I moved my hand, I once again touched the snake and it bit me. Yes, once again I was bitten by a snake and I am slowly losing consciousness. I could feel the poison passing inside my veins, my muscles bulging and the heat was rising.''
Day 21,
''I woke up once again, feeling hungry. This time though I didn''t move instantly. Instead, I kept my eyes closed and breathed in silence. I tried to feel my surroundings.''
''After living for twenty days inside the darkness, I could feel myself merging with one. It was quite hard but I eventually understood this feeling. It''s like I am feeling the air with my skin even though there is no wind blowing around.''
''It''s like I can smell the change of air in an instant. Even a slight movement in the air doesn''t go unnoticed by my ears. So, even when it waspletely dark, my senses had heightened to the point where I could easily move.''
''I could hear the rattle of the snake. I could feel the change in the air when it uses its tongue to breathe. I could feel the intense energying out of the snake itself.''
''I was right. This snake wasn''t an ordinary snake. It never tried to eat me but it continuously tried to poison me. And, that poison wasn''t killing me but instead changing something inside of me.''
''I slowly moved my body as I reached closer to the box. I could feel the heat in two of the boxes. It feels like the food was dropped just today. I quickly reached there but suddenly, I noticed the air splitting too fast.''
''I reached out to it with my other hand and caught the body of that snake. But the snake was quite fast. It instantly moved its head and bit my hand. But, I didn''t let it go. I grabbed the box closer to me and then, I threw the snake away.''
''The poison started to spread around my veins but I didn''t care. I had to eat. I was so hungry that I didn''t eat, I would be powerless to even move. At least, I knew that much about myself.''
''I opened my mouth as much as I could and before the poison began to affect me, I ate all of the food as if I was drinking water. After I finished that box, my eyes finally shut down and I fell on the ground.''
Day 22,
''I woke up and the pungent smell of poop entered my nose. I ignored it. I knew for survival, I had to live in the toilet.''
''After I woke up, I noticed the snake was once againing towards me but this time, I managed to grab it properly and then stop it from biting me. I didn''t kill it though.''
''I decided to tame this snake. Even in the darkness, I could see the emerald eyes of the snake. The eyes that prey on darkness. The eyes that never let their prey go. I had to be like a snake, survive in darkness, and live within it.''
Day 23,
''Nothing unusual happened except I finally managed to pass out for less than five hours after getting bitten by a snake. I also exercised and ate the remaining cold food that was left.''
''Even when I was unconscious, they would drop boxes. I realized that I had toe up with something to escape. Because it was one thing to survive. I didn''t want to spend the rest of my life here.''
Day 24,
''I ate, exercised, and got bitten by the snake.''
Day 25,
''Same routine''
Day 30,
''Something changed.''
''The door in front of me opened.''
Chapter 91 Conquering The People
91 Conquering the people
''Is it finally open? What happened?''
Garven was shocked when he found the dark open. But, the lighting from outside blinded his vision for a moment. It took him quite a long time to finally see.
As he walked out of the room, his heightened senses suddenly triggered.
Blood! Rotten! Pungent!
Different kinds of scents started entering his nose. He had to physically block his breathing for a moment as it was overwhelming for him. His heart started beating faster as he looked around.
He saw the door of other rooms open as well. He looked inside and saw the bodies of the other children like him on the ground.
They were all dead. Suddenly, his ears picked up the silent moves. His body reacted to those moves as he jerked to the left while changing his body position to the front.
His eyes fell on a young man. This young man was around his age, maybe a bit older but not by a lot. The young man looked at him and said.
"It seems like you are also a Martial Artist."
Garven was confused for a moment but he was also cautious. He didn''t answer immediately instead asked.
"What do you mean?"
"Can''t you tell? Only those who can survive under extreme conditions for thirty days can live. Most of the bodies are already rotten which means they died even before reaching fifteen days. Only Martial Artists have such kind of power to stay alive."
The young man replied. His expression was quite stoic. He seemed neither happy nor sad as if the death of these people didn''t bother him at all.
Garven understood what kind of force he was dealing with. He knew he had to be extra careful. He took a deep breath and asked.
"So, do you know where we are?"
"Not exactly sure! If I had to guess, then it would be some kind of hidden powerhouse. You don''t have to be so cautious of me."
The young man noticed his expression and answered.
Garven was still on guard but he had hundreds of questions in his mind. He calmed down first and then asked.
"You said, martial artists. Are they like Knights?"
The young man was surprised by his question. His eyes narrowed a bit as he asked.
"Wait, you aren''t a martial artist? How the hell did you survive then?"
"I did somehow," Garven replied and asked.
"Are you going to answer my question or not?"
The young man was astounded hearing that. He didn''t expect a normal person to survive here because he knew what kind of situation he had to go through.
First, hunger! Second, darkness! Third, poison! Fourth, loneliness!
If they have even the slightest problem, just one of these would be enough to kill them.
12:06
Although he was surprised, he didn''t think too much. He simply answered.
"Knights are basically guards representing a lord. For example; I came from a ce called Crystal City. It is controlled by the City Lord who has the authority to hire knights."
"Knights are basically the lowest level Martial Artists who do not have a proper future. Of course, Knights from the Royal Kingdom are different. The first of the Martial Art journey is known as Spirit Body Realm."
"I was lucky enough to find a manual that recorded a method to enter the Spirit Body Realm. I guess I was captured because I was only an independent martial artist."
Hearing his exnation, Garven felt like there were lots of things missing in his exnation. He immediately asked.
"What do you mean by Spirit Body Realm and what is an independent martial artist?"
"You seriously don''t know anything?" The young man widened his eyes and asked. Then, he proceeded to p his forehead as he asked.
"First, shouldn''t you introduce yourself after asking so much? By the way, My name is Jin."
Garven put his guard down a little as he replied.
"My name is Garven."
"Well, it seems like you know nothing about the martial artist. I also don''t know much about it. So, I can only teach you things I know. First, I don''t know much about Spirit Body Realm except the way I perceive it is that we need to absorb the energy from the surroundings to constantly strengthen our body."
"Natural Energy in the surroundings is known as spiritual energy and once it enters our body, it can change into internal energy using a Cultivation Manual though I can''t share mine."
"I don''t have a copy of that. As for your other question. Individual Cultivator means someone who hasn''t joined any other forces. I could be a Knight or a member of a certain Great Family, or join a sect."
"But, each of them has certain rules and conditions. So, unless I manage to pass their rules and conditions, I can''t join them. I have just recently started my cultivation so I haven''t tried yet."
Jin exined without hiding much.
Garven was shocked by how friendly Jin was trying to be. In his mind, he instantly made two conclusions.
Either Jin was hiding something or he was just being too nice.
Garven didn''t mind it though. If Jin wanted to backstab him. He was ready. The only problem was Jin''s strength. He wasn''t sure if he could take down a martial artist but he knew he had made enough preparation so he wasn''t afraid either.
"Can you tell me more about Martial Artists? Howe I never heard of them before when I have already gone to every corner of Yellowstone City?"
Hearing his words, Jin suddenly burst intoughter.
"Hahahaha! I finally understand why you didn''t know about martial arts. Yellowstone city? That''s one of the lowest-ranking cities in our kingdom. My Crystal city is already five times bigger than your Yellowstone city."
"And, above the city is the province. Our city falls under the power of Diamond Province. There are four provinces including Diamond Province and they are Spade Province, Heart Province, and Clover Province."
"And, each province has three major sects; Heavenly Soul Sect, Golden Dragon Sect, and Roaring Thunder Sect. And, one of the three major sects, Golden Dragon Sect is in Crystal City."
"I was this close to joining that sect before I got dragged into this ce. And, I don''t even know what kind of ce is this."
Hearing his words, Garven was having a hard time digesting all this information. It was simply because he had never left Yellowstone City. He had quite a lot of ces but none of them were outside the city.
Of course, it wasn''t his fault. First, he was just a ten-year-old. Even without one month of hardcore exercise, his body had barely changed a bit. He still looked skinny and pale.
"Alright! Now, let''s not waste any more time. We need to go there. Come on!"
Jin said as he turned around and walked toward a giant door. Garven quickly caught up and they reached closer to the door.
"So, what now? How can we open it?" Garven had never seen such a big door. It was almost three times taller than him. So, Garven knew he wouldn''t be able to open it.
"What else can we do? Since you are not a martial artist, just keep on pushing. I will run from the back and force it open with all my strength." Jin said while moving back from the door.
Hearing his words, Garven was a bit surprised but nodded. After all, this was a good n.
Jin made quite a long gap. He took a deep breath and his internal energy reached into his foot. His foot pressed against the ground and his body dashed toward the door like a sh of light.
Jin raised his hand, but instead of two, he only raised one and that one hand was holding a knife. A cruel expression appeared on his face that reced his previous calm expression as he changed his direction toward Garven.
Bang!
He was so fast that he was sure it would hit Garven but just before it could, Garven moved to the side. The knife struck the door and pierced it.
"Ugh!"
Jin also collided with the door and received some injuries but minor. Garven who had already moved to the side retreated a few steps and asked.
"Why? Why try to kill me?"
This was something he didn''t understand. Jin was being overly friendly with someone he just met. And, that made him suspicious but he wasn''t sure. After all, they survived and now they had a chance to leave. So, why kill him?
Jin clenched his teeth as he looked at Garven.
"You don''t understand. While you were still inside, I went out and tried to leave this ce. This door is locked and it can only be opened from outside. And, the person outside will only open it when only one person remains in this room."
"Which means for me to go out, you need to die. I tried to make it simpler before but didn''t expect you to have such good senses. I still can''tprehend how are you not a martial artist yet."
"But none of that matters now."
Thwack!
Jin took out the knife from the door and made a fighting stance. He stared at Graven with killing intent and said.
"Only one of us can go out and it will be me."
Chapter 92 Eyes Of Fate- Officially Established
92 Eyes of Fate- Officially Established When Jin rushed toward him, his speed was fast. It was so fast that Garven knew one mistake would take his life. The ember inside of him started burning once again.
The me of survival! He must survive.
Garven instantly changed his position to the left as he dodged the strike but Jin knew it would be possible so he already had a move of his own. He quickly paused himself and swung his arm to the right.
Bam!
Jin''s arm was heavy. Garven used both of his forearms to block that swing but he was knocked away.
"Originally, I was anxious that there would be another martial artist so I tried to use that scheme. But now looking at you, I felt like I wasted my time. Even if you had somehow survived for thirty days, your body is weak."
Jin spoke as he slowly walked toward Garven who was still on the ground.
"With a little bit of internal energy, I can easily kill you. Then, I will be finally able to leave this damn ce."
Jin''s eyes turned bloodthirsty. The dark aura shrouded him and the internal energy reached into his foot. In an instant, he reached in front of Garven and punched.
But, Garven moved to the side before it could hit him. The punch struck the ground and created a hole shape of his fist.
"Damn it! You are like a mouse."
Jin retracted his fist and punched the side where Garven was. He wasn''t wasting any second. But, Garven wasn''t either. He rolled to the side.
Bang!
Jin realized that his fist only struck the ground again. So, he didn''t punch again rather raised his foot and struck down.
Bam!
Although Garven was rolling out fast, he was still struck by Jin''s foot. And, it struck his right chest, almost cracking his bones.
"Argh!"
Garven screamed in pain. His bones were just inches away from cracking. If he hadn''t moved fast enough, he would be dead.
But, Garven didn''t stop and give up. He rolled once again and immediately stood up. He tried to run away.
"Do you think you can run away from me? Don''t forget you are just an average boy!"
Jin screamed as he rushed toward Garven. He once again raised his fist, infused his internal energy into his fist, and thrust it forward. His steps were so fast that this time, Garven wasn''t fast enough to dodge it.
Or rather, he didn''t want to dodge it. His foot raised the rock from the ground. Jin was surprised as he couldn''t stop himself. And, he ended up striking the rock.
Bang! Crack! Bang!
Jin''s fist broke the rock into pieces. His skin tore apart as he pierced through it and struck Garven in the chest. But, the impact wasn''t strong enough to send Garven to the ground.
"You, son of..."
Jin clenched his lips as pain struck his head. His hand was bleeding.
''Damn it! My arms aren''t strong enough to punch through rocks. If I hadn''t imbued more internal energy into my fist, my bones would''ve cracked. But that also lowered my total internal energy.''
''I need to kill him with my next strike. Alright, let''s do that.''
Jin''s eyes were filled with bloodlust. At this moment, he wanted to kill Garven at any cost. He calmed himself down and took a deep breath. The internal energy gathered around his blood vessels and slowly radiated out of his body.
''What is going on? This pressure¡.. it''s killing me. It''s like I am looking at the tiger that hasn''t been fed for days.''
Garven''s body started to shake as he realized that pressure releasing out of Jin. It was so powerful that Garven was trembling with fear. He couldn''t even move as if his body was restricted to a single position.
Jin stared at Garven with those bloodthirsty eyes as he spread out of his fingers. The dark energy turned into sharp dark ws as he prepared himself to attack.
''I was just a normal child before I found the True Mystic Technique. I still haven''t figured out how to train this technique properly. But, thanks to my six months of hard-core training, I was able to sessfully train the first style.''
''Moonlight Fangs- It was a strange martial art that turns my internal energy into the blood of the wolf. Whenever I use it, my opponent freezes with fear. Thanks to this, you can''t dodge this time.''
"It''s time for you to die!"
Jin screamed as he rushed forward. His speed was faster than lightning as he arrived in front of Garven in mere seconds.
''Move! Move, damn it!''
Garven screamed in his mind but couldn''t properly move. The only thing that he could move was his hands. He raised both of his hands and put them in front of his chest.
Ssh!
The dark w shed his forearms and the blood gushed out. Jin''s eyes widened as he didn''t expect Garven to be able to defend at thest moment. But, he wasn''t worried because that strike was more than enough to decapitate Graven.
Whoosh! Tick!
Suddenly, a strange shadow moved out of Garven''s waist. It moved so fast that Jin wasn''t able to detect it. It wrapped around Garven''s hands and stung Jin''s arm.
"Ahhhh!"
Jin screamed when he saw the ck snake biting his arm. He quickly withdrew his arm and at this moment, he realized something else. His internal energy was also brought inside his blood veins and now the poison had already entered his veins.
"Y-y-y-you.... How do you have that snake?"
Jin looked at Garven with wide eyes as he couldn''t believe what he was seeing. The snake wasn''t harming Garven instead it was helping Garven to stop the blood flow.
"You killed it, didn''t you?"
Garven asked as he slowly put his hands down. The snake wrapped around his hands and waist.
"You didn''t understand the reason why they sent the snake after fifteen days, do you? It wasn''t there to kill you. After all, if it was then I should be dead by now."
"You are right now. I am just an average boy but it didn''t mean I had to give up living just because I was average. You might be a martial artist who could use the internal energy but right now, you can''t."
"If you use internal energy, your poisonous blood will reach your brain and heart soon. That means this is a battle between just two boys."
Garven stomped his foot on the ground and moved forward.
"You bastard."
Jin grumbled as he charged forward. His eyes turned wild and the fist rose up.
"Even if I can''t use Internal Energy, my body is still stronger than yours."
Jin said as he thrust his fist. The punch pierced through the air as it moved toward Garven''s face but Garven easily dodged it.
On the other hand, Garven''s hand reached Jin''s face and struck him on the nose. The broken nose was much more painful than a punch on the cheek.
Jin trembled in pain as he backed off but he didn''t stop there. He quickly raised his leg and tried to kick Garven from the side.
Arge rock struck his fist.
12:08
Thud! Thud! Thud!
But once again, Garven dodged it.
"While you were surviving yourself with the help of internal energy, I was surviving by understanding the darkness itself. Thanks to that, I was able to pick up some tricks."
Bang!
Garven duck the kick and then raised his body forward. He clenched his fist and gave a punch to Jin on his chin. It was a solid uppercut but not powerful enough to make Jin fall.
After all, Graven''s hands were still injured. The snake somehow managed to stop the blood loss but it didn''t heal him. Not to mention, Jin''s body was much stronger than his.
"Ahhhhh! Bastard, die!"
Jin fuming with pain and anger rushed toward Garven. His fist carried the internal energy as he punched. But, unlike his previous punch, it was too slow. Garven was easily able to dodge it.
And, at this moment, a strong pain struck him.
"Ahhhhhhhhhhh!"
Jin screamed as if his body was on fire. He fell to the ground as the poison started to affect him. The poison had already reached his brain and heart.
Thud!
Jin fell to the ground and slowly started to pass out. As his eyes slowly started to close, he saw Garven standing above him. He tried to speak but couldn''t utter a single word.
But, he could still hear Garven.
"If you were an adult, you would''ve focused on clearing the poison. But, thankfully you are just a boy. A boy who has amazing power."
Bang!
Arge rock struck his fist.
Thud! Thud! Thud!
But, it didn''t stop there. Garven continued to smash that rock on Jin''s face. At this moment, there was not a single trace of emotion on his face. He knew if he wanted to survive, he had to kill.
Thud!
After killing him, Garven threw away the rock. He sat next to him for a long time. After a while, he looked through Jin''s body and found a book. He put the book inside his clothes immediately and slowly walked toward the door. The snake moved from his waist and slowly wrapped around his neck. The snake wasn''t too long or big.
It was just half a meter-long ck snake with emerald eyes which were slowly matched by the green glow from Graven''s eyes.
Crack! Crack!
Slowly, the massive wooden door in front of him started to open. As the door opened, a strong light pierced his eyes. But, the tail of the snake quickly blocked the light.
"Package No.777, you have sessfullypleted the first trial. Now, you will proceed to the second."
A man wearing a red mask spoke while standing in front of him.
Chapter 93 Leak
93 Leak
When Garven heard that voice, the snake slowly lowered its tail. Garven''s eyes fell on that man and a strong hatred appeared in his eyes.
But, something was telling him that he shouldn''t make a move. He shouldn''t show any kind of hatred. Garven''s had so much belief in his instinct that he instantly hid all of his hatred and asked.
"What''s the second trial?"
"Follow me!"
The man turned around and started walking away. Garven looked at the back of the man and he got an incredible sense to attack. But, he stopped his urge and followed the man.
After a few seconds, the man suddenly disappeared. Garven was confused but he quickly understood when he saw a small hole. It was enough to walk through but it wasn''t like the previous door.
Garven looked above and saw nothing. He was a bit confused because he didn''t understand where that strong light came from. The light in the area where he was standing was quite highpared to the previous room but it was nowhere enough like sunlight.
He couldn''t even see any kind of fire as well. It felt like the entire structure was glowing on its own.
So, when he saw the light behind the hole, he immediately understood that''s where he should go. So, he went. He passed through the hole and when he came out, he was blinded by the light once again.
This time, he didn''t have the snake to block it because he had hidden the snake underneath his cloth. This snake was a powerful weapon for him and thanks to its small size, it could live inside his cloth as well.
When he came out of that hole, he was surprised.
''So many people!''
Garven saw nearly eighty to a hundred boys and girls standing next to each other. They were all different not just by face but also by their clothes. It looked like none of them came from the same power.
But, Garven quickly noticed something. He saw the small holes all around him. The massive dome in the middle was where they were still and there was a massive ss ceiling from where the sunlight wasing in.
And, at the walls, there were hundreds of small holes that were the size of the hole he came out from.
''Does that mean every other hole is linked with the same giant door and each door has a simr condition to mine? Wait, Jin told me that only one person cane out of that giant door.''
''That means only the strongest children managed toe out. Those who were weak either died or got ughtered. But, why are they doing this? Why kill hundreds of children just to find a few strong ones? After all, all of us are just children ranging from ten years old to fourteen years old.''
''Damn it! I have so many questions but it seems like I can''t find the answer soon. I need to wait and properly analyze the situation. From what I''ve learned after spending a month in that room is that I need to have patience.''
Garven noticed a few eyes looking at him. Most of them only looked at him for a moment and ignored him. But some were curious so much so that one of them came toward him.
"Hello! My name is Azur." A young boy introduced himself with a kind smile. There was a hint of gentleness in his eyes. He was nearly the height of five feet and wore a grey shirt and pants.
"My name is Garven." Garven didn''t ignore him. There was no reason to do so, especially in his condition.
"You must be surprised that I came to introduce me out of nowhere. You know that we are kidnapped for some kind of purpose, right?" Azur asked.
Garven narrowed his eyes and asked.
"Do you know the purpose?"
"Isn''t it obvious? They want to train us into their soldiers. Everyone from this group has suffered quite an adversity to make it here. That means everyone here has the potential to grow into a powerhouse."
"So, whoever nned this must be raising us into their soldier. I just don''t know who they are." Azur answered.
''I thought of the same reason. But, something doesn''t seem right. If they were the powerhouse of the kingdom, why would they need to go through such steps to pick out potential? They could simply choose someone based on their talent for martial arts.''
Garven fell into deep thought for a moment but he was quickly snapped out of it by Azur.
"It seems like you are curious about their identity as well. I feel like we need to wait for more. I counted the holes in the wall and there were exactly hundred and twenty but now, only around ny people havee out."
"That means they are still waiting for others. After that, we might know more about this." Azur spoke.
Garven stared at him and asked.
"So, why are you telling me this?"
"Isn''t it obvious? We only overcame the first trial. There is still the second trial. Then, maybe third and fourth. We have no idea how many trials are still up there. So, I am trying to make a team in case we need to work as a team." Azur smiled as he replied.
Garven thought for a moment and nodded his head. After that, he remained silent.
"Seeing your silence, I assumed that you are not going to join us." Azur asked.
"I won''t make a decision until I need to. But, thanks for the invite." Garven answered him politely and turned around. He folded his arms and waited.
Azur just smiled and walked away. But, he turned around and his smile changed a little bit.
''Interesting! A guy with not a single trace of internal energy managed toe out of that door. In a normal case, I would''ve assumed that there were only normal people in his gate.''
''But, when I think about everyone here who are martial artists even if they are just the rank one, it makes me doubt that there was not a single martial artist there.''
''That means he managed to kill a martial artist while not being one. Although there are several ways to kill a martial artist, all of them required external force.''
''So, what is he hiding? What kind of external force could have helped him? Or, is he just naturally strong? There are lots of mysteries surrounding him. I need to wait and observe more.''
"Ugh! Just how long are we going to wait here? Damn it! Who are the people that captured us?" Suddenly, one of the young men shouted in dissatisfaction. He wore a yellow shirt and looked a bit pale.
"Yeah! Why are they doing this to us?"
"Aren''t they afraid of sects or royal knights?"
More and more people started shouting in dissatisfaction but no one got the answer.
Garven decided to wait as he silently observed other people. From what he had seen, most of them are cultivators. After fighting Jin, he managed to pick up the pressure of the internal energy.
Only a dozen of them were hiding the pressure, and most of them were releasing it constantly. Since internal energy keeps flowing inside the blood vessels, it was quite easy to trace it.
After half an hour, all one hundred and twenty children were gathered. At this moment, nearly twenties shadows shed on the stage. The stage was at the corner which was the height of five feet above the ground.
When they appeared, everyone instantly turned their eyes to them. All of them were still wearing the red masks but after a few seconds, the man in the middle slowly removed his mask.
He also removed his dark cloak. His muscr but also fit body was revealed in front of everyone. He was wearing loose ck pants and a ck shirt. He looked at everyone with his frightening eagle-like eyes and said.
"Most of you have done well by surviving the first trial. But, it was only there to filter the garbage. From the second trial, the true test finally begins."
"Hey! Who do you think you are to treat us like this? I got a rmendation from Roaring Thunder Sect. If you don''t ¡"
Ssh!
Just when he was about to say more, a shadow shed next to him and chopped his neck. The blood rose into the air and covered everyone nearby.
"When did I give you permission to speak?"
Those who wanted to scream held their breath to stop themselves from screaming. They were after all martial artists. They were able to hold it quite well.
Even though Garven wasn''t a martial artist, he had already killed someone so he wasn''t affected.
Everyone remained silent as they looked at the man with fear, including Garven.
"For the next trial, there will be a Battle Royale. You must fight against each other and kill twenty people. Only the remaining hundred will pass the second trial."
When he said that, everyone gasped in shock. The man raised his finger and snapped.
"Start!"
Chapter 94 Upcoming Danger
94 Uing Danger
''Kill again! I only managed to kill a martial artist before because I had a chance. But here, I don''t have a single chance. No¡ there is one way to fight. If I just keep on dodging till twenty people get killed, I can pass this trial.''
Garven''s eyes zed with determination as he clenched his fist.
''I must survive no matter what.''
At this moment, someone else was keeping an eye on him. Azur was looking at him from afar. Azur put his hand on his chin and thought.
''Let''s see how he can handle himself. If he is an asset, I must get him but if he is a liability, then there is no need to take care of him.''
''Damn it! I have to kill again.'' One of the young men clenched his fist and his eyes zed with anger. He turned around and immediately punched the boy next to him.
It didn''t take a while for this to turn into a royal rumble. The children started punching each other.
A certain grey-haired boy who was next to Garven also made a move. He started with a kick but Garven was fully aware of his movement. He dodged it so fast that the grey-haired man ended up kicking someone else.
And, that person picked a fight against the grey-haired man. It turned into a brawl. Even though they were martial artists, they didn''t have a refined moves or anything of that sort.
The Battle was a full-out brawl. They wanted to kill their enemy before they would get killed.
"Haaaa!"
At this moment, another young boy rushed toward Garven with a solid punch but just like before Garven managed to dodge it. But this time, this young boy didn''t let go of Garven.
He immediately raised his foot and kicked Garven on his stomach. But, the kick itself didn''t strike Garven. Garven managed to catch the kick and kill its momentum. Then, he used the snake to block the remaining impact.
Because the snake was basically being controlled by his emotions, he was able to use the snake in this situation. During his time with a snake, he noticed something.
He had built a mental connection with the snake and that''s how he was able to control it. He didn''t know whether this connection would work on other snakes but he knew he could control this snake as he wished at least.
After letting the snake block that small blow, he grabbed his leg and lifted him up. But, the young boy was a martial artist. While in the air, he moved his other leg as he swing it.
Whoosh!
Although the kick was fast, Garven lowered his head and dodged the kick as he dropped his other leg.
Thud!
The young boy fell to the ground. He couldn''t get it instantly. At this moment, a shadow of a sword appeared above him.
"Please, don''t!" The young boy screamed but his opponent didn''t give him any opportunity. The sword shed his chest and killed him.
The young boy who killed that boy turned his head at Garven. And, as soon as he saw those bloodthirsty eyes, Garve panicked. He knew if he were to face this boy, he would hardly win.
His eyes suddenly moved and he stepped back. The young boy instantly tried to chase him but two young boys started fighting in front of him. He lost sight of Garven.
"Damn it!" The young boy cursed and started shing two young boys in front of him. With internal energy and a sword, he wasn''t afraid of anyone.
Garven also noticed this and his eyes suddenly changed toward the other young boys. They were relentlessly fighting and constantly getting injured.
Garven looked at the stage where that man stood and thought.
''So, they are trying to take down those who survived on Willpower. I guess they just want the most potential people. So, even people with luck and Willpower don''t enter their eyes.''
''But then, why would they select non-martial artists in the first ce? If they wanted the potential, they could''ve selected those who already are martial artists. So why?''
''It seems like there is something more than just getting potential martial artists. They are trying to filter something else. What would be themon between those who are currently dying and those who are trying to kill?''
Garven looked around. His eyes started analyzing every person in the room. But, his eyes stopped at a certain one.
''Azur! He isn''t fighting. No, he is just like me, trying to dodge the attacks. For me, it is understandable since I don''t have internal energy. But why him? Isn''t it better to kill twenty people as fast as possible?''
''Wait¡.. themon thing! I understand. This trial isn''t just about killing. It''s about preserving my energy for the next trial. That means if you get engaged in the battle, you will lose a lot of stamina and won''t be able topete in the next trial.''
''That''s why they just want twenty young boys to die. By lowering the numbers, they can filter out those impatient and reckless people.''
Garven''s eyes sharpened, even more, when he noticed Azur looking at him with a smile. He could feel the shrewdness behind that smile. But, right now, Garven didn''t have the luxury to focus on one person.
"Haa!"
A young boy thrust his fist from behind, conjuring massive internal energy in his fist. His speed was praiseworthy but Garven could easily dodge it since he saw iting.
Feeling the air, the pressure of internal energy and the movement of muscles, each of these things tell him the movement that his opponent makes. Living the pure darkness, this was what he learned.
After dodging that attack, Garven tried to hide behind someone else but while doing so, his eyes fell on the same boy with the sword. This boy had killed two people and now heading toward him.
One had a sword, another wasing with a fist. Seeing this, Garven panicked. At this moment, he had no way to dodge both of them at once.
So, he had to make a choice.
''Damn it! It seems like I am going to sacrifice it.''
Garven made up his mind and dashed toward the boy with a fist. His fist wasing with great force and at this moment, Garven raised his hand. There was not a single trace of internal energying out of his hand.
The boy cracked a cruel smile as he found Garven''s situation. He knew he could take down Garven but suddenly, a ck snake moved from his arm. The snake was so fast that the boy couldn''t react.
It instantly reached the boy''s fist when their fists collide and bit the boy''s arm. Garven forced the snake to wrap its body around that boy''s arm when the boy was screaming in pain.
Garven pulled the tail of the snake and moved to the side. The young boy with the sword didn''t see thating. He moved his sword instantly and shed the other boy.
Garven pulled the snake into his arm and immediately hid in the crowd.
"Stop!"
A few secondster, the man from the stage shouted and the entire battle stopped. Nobody moved an inch. At this moment, there were twenty bodies lying on the ground dead.
Crack! Crack! Crack!
At this moment, the ground beneath them started to shake. On the far left, a massive cave emerged. Seeing that cave, everyone was confused. The man on the stage looked at them and said.
"Now, your third trial starts. On the other side of that cave, there is food. The first fifty people who reach the end will get to eat that food while others will starve. But, remember you are not allowed to injure or even touch others"
As soon as he said that, Garven rushed toward the cave. There was no hesitation in his eyes. Without internal energy, his speed was obviously going to be slower so he moved as fast as he could.
Many people reacted quickly as well. But, Garven was still at the front. He entered the cave and as soon as he did, his body instantly paused.
Whoosh! Ssh!
He stopped just before a spear passed in front of him. And, the boy who reacted next to him ended up getting pierced by that spear. His body hung on the wall with the spear impaling him through his head.
''Damn it. Traps are all over this cave. I need to move fast but also without getting any injuries.''
Garven clenched his teeth and waited as five boys passed him. But, most of them didn''t move. They were still afraid of traps.
Garven looked around and when he didn''t notice any potential trap, he moved forward. He didn''t walk but rather ran and while doing so, he kept his senses as high as possible.
''Oops''
Garven suddenly paused when he realized that he had pressed a block on the ground but his sense forced him to frontflip. As he did, he managed to pass thin but extremely sharp metal lines.
The people who were behind him were a bitte. They ended up getting injured.
Whoosh!
At this moment, Azur suddenly jumped and appeared next to Garven. He looked at Garven with a smile and asked
"Hello, Garven! Why don''t we pass this trial together?"
Chapter 95 The Struggle Begins
95 The Struggle Begins
''Herees the person that I want to see least in this trial. If he follows me, there would be a chance that he could backstab me. But since this trial forbids us from injuring or even touching each other, I could let him follow me.''
Garven thought for a moment and looked at Azur while nodding his head.
"Sure, why not? With your help, I would be more reassured to pass this trial."
''Hoho! So, you want to use me as well. I guess we could both do the same. I want to use you, and you want to use me. Let''s see who uses each other better.'' Azur thought to himself.
He kept his smile and said.
"That would be perfect."
They continued moving like that for a while, as they kept dodging most of the traps. But, as they seed more, the people behind them started getting more pressure.
After all, if they can''t secure their position in the top fifty, they would starve. In the previous battles, they have spent a lot of energy and if they continue to starve, even more, they would definitely die.
As a few people started oveing them, Azur turned his head at Garven and said.
"Shouldn''t we increase our speed as well? If we don''t reach the end in the top fifty, we won''t get our food."
"I think we can easily get into the top fifty if we move at this speed. Besides if you go too fast, you would fall into those deadly traps." Garven shrugged his shoulders and said.
''How does he know that we would be in the top fifty? Don''t tell me he has been counting the number of people that passed us. But even then, he shouldn''t be able to deduce the distance, right?''
''Whatever! I can still move at this speed for a while. If things go wrong, I will just use that.'' Azur stared at Garven with gloomy eyes and thought to himself.
Garven also noticed the problem but he had a n as well. He wasn''t going to take risk of dying. Although there was a high chance that he won''t make it into the top fifty with this speed, he at least wouldn''t get impaled by the traps.
........
"Captain, do you think the numbers would go down by a lot?" A man wearing a red mask asked the man who had taken off his mask.
The captain revealed his cold eyes and said.
"It doesn''t matter if only one person survives. Our goal is to force them into passing each trial. If they die while doing so, then it''s their fault for being so weak."
"But, headquarter!" Another man with a red mask interjected.
"Headquarters wants the best of the best. If we can''t produce one, we won''t send them any. Now, go and watch over them. Also, prepare a list of all remaining packages."
"I want to know everything about that, from their background to their power. The main test finally begins from the fourth trial."
The captain spoke with a powerful and threatening tone as he turned around and his body disappeared like a shadow.
He appeared inside a small room where there were a few candles lighting up the entire room. He walked in front of the white crystal that was constantly turning purple.
He put his hand on the white crystal and suddenly, a voice rang from it.
"Captain John! This is a new order from the headquarters."
As soon as he heard that, John instantly kneeled down. And, a figure emerged from the crystal. It was a person wearing a dark robe with his face covered in darkness.
"Captain John! Those forces are starting to suspect us of those missing children. You mustn''t kidnap anymore unless the air of suspicion dies down. We need at least fifty of the current children to pass the entire trial."
Hearing his words, John clenched his fist and said.
"Butmander, it would decrease the quality."
"It doesn''t matter. You must follow mymand and produce fifty children from this trial no matter what."
Saying so, the voice disappeared and the crystal stopped glowing.
''Damn it!''
John clenched his fist and his eyes turned red for a moment. But a few secondster, he calmed down and stood up.
..............
As they were getting closer to the end, the traps were bing sharper. While most of the martial artists were already cautious, they didn''t manage to dodge all the traps.
As the number of them started to decrease, Garven realized that his decision was correct. As they went further, the traps would get stronger. That''s what he realized by analyzing those traps.
So, that''s why he didn''t n on increasing his speed but rather focused on maintaining his speed. Because the road was really long. They had already run for two kilometers and they still need to run more.
"It seems like I didn''t choose the wrong person to follow. Your intuition was indeed correct. If we move on like this, we would eventually reach the end." Azur chuckled as he praised Garven.
"I am surprised you are still with me. I thought you would''ve gone with your group. Wouldn''t that be much easier for you?" Garven asked.
''If this guy is nning to use me here, I also need to use himter. Let''s just finish this trial right now. I would thoroughly learn more about this martial arts through him.''
Azur looked at him with a smile and said.
"Everyone has their own path. We only decided to stick together when there is a group battle. Since this is not a group battle, we can move separately. Besides, there are only four people excluding me in my group. If you had joined us, it would be five."
"I think it would be better for me to stay separated for now. I am still not sure about others." Garven shook his head and answered.
"Haha! Then, I just have to stick with you until you join us." Azurughed as he replied.
"Why do you want me to join your group so badly? There are lots of stronger people out there." Garven asked.
"Indeed! But, among them, you are the most peculiar one." Azur leaned closer to him and whispered.
"After all, you are not a martial artist."
Garven''s eyes trembled when he heard that. After all, they didn''t know that. Even Jin wasn''t able to find out until Garven told him that. Garven was only able to find their internal energy because of the pressure that he could sense.
"There is no need to be on your guard all of a sudden. I believe we will make a pretty good team." Azur saw his gloomy eyes and said while raising his hand.
His words made the people behind him confused. They weren''t sure why Azur was so interested in him. But, some of them already had their guesses.
Unlike Azur, they believed that Garven was hiding his internal energy so their spection was that Garven was much stronger. But, some of them didn''t think so especially the boy with the sword.
He had seen Garven bleeding when he received the punch from another boy. That''s why he knew Garven was much more dangerous not because of his strength but because of what he aplished without using strength.
''The next time I get the chance, I need to finish him. I have no hatred for him but it seems like only those who are the strongest here will survive so I must clear out the weaker ones.''
It was turning into a bloody game. The weak die and the strong survive. This kind of mentality was slowly entering their brains.
Garven was unaware of that. He was only focused on reaching the end. And, as they got closer, he started to see the end. It was a giant room just like before but filled with tables.
As soon as he saw that, Garven increased his speed. Azur also noticed it and followed his speed immediately. The other people also increased their speed, especially those who were behind him.
This sudden increase in speed pushed over twenty people in front of them. But, exactly before they could reach the room, Garven stopped himself. It was so fast that a few people behind him almost collided with him.
Even Azur who was next to him didn''t see thating. After all, everyone was already reaching close to the room. A few steps and they would enter that room.
Thud! Thud! Thud! Thud! Thud! Thud!
At this moment, the metal bar suddenly came out of the walls and started striking everyone. When those metal bars came out, everyone started using their internal energy to defend especially those who were in front of the bar.
Instead of blocking those metal bars, Garven duck them and jumped forward while keeping his head low. He crossed a massive distance and at this moment, he picked up a metal bar that a young boy had defended against while moving toward the room.
"Damn it! Move."
A young man roared as he caught the metal bar and mmed the young man in front of him. The young man couldn''t block it and ended up falling on the ground while the young man with a metal bar rushed toward the room.
But a secondter, his head fell outside the room while his body reached inside. The blood spluttered out from his neck and a few droplets fell on Garven''s body.
Garven shivered in fear when the blood covered his body
''No! I can''t fight against them. I can''t break the rules. I have to do anything to survive first.''
Chapter 96 Traps
96 Traps
"Alright! It seems like not even fifty of you managed to reach here. Although most of you didn''t die, you would still face the consequences of losing."
Captain John stood in front of the group and spoke loudly. Even the people outside the room could hear him.
"But, this is where the true trial starts."
Captain John raised his hand and dozens of men with red masks appeared. They were holding massive tes filled with food. The food wasn''t just meat and vegetable soup like before.
There were massive chunks of meat from different animals. There was a huge bucket of rice and soup. There was a huge bucket of water. Fish, tofu, vegetables, and a lot of different foods were ced on the table.
Seeing this, everyone started drooling. Even Garven had the same situation. After all, it has been over a month since he has properly eaten anything.
"This food is for those who have made it to this room. But, if packages from inside the room want, they share this food with those from outside. After five days, those who are outside can challenge the packages from inside."
"So, whether you want to share the food or not depends on you. And, this is for all of you. It is a gift for making it this far. Also, there are small caves all around you. There should be more than enough for each of you."
When John said that, those men with red masks walked toward each person and started giving them each a small book.
Garven also got one. He held the book in his hand and read the title on the front page.
[Blood Harmony Technique]
"It is a martial technique of our sect. Although you have your own cultivation technique, you must practice it, or else, you will face the consequences."
Saying so, John disappeared alongside the other men with red masks.
After their disappearance, the children started opening and reading the book but they couldn''t resist the aroma of the food much longer.
Garven was no exception. He also rushed toward the tablet and started stuffing food on a te. There was a lot of food to choose but he didn''t care about which to choose. He put everything on the te
"Ahem! Before we start stuffing ourselves, why don''t we decide whether we should give food to those from outside?" Azur walked up to the middle and raised his voice as he spoke.
"What kind of crap are you talking about? Why should we give food to them when they can take our position after five days?" One of the young men looked at him and shouted.
"Yeah! There is no reason for us to share our food. You are just wasting our time." Another young man shouted.
At this moment, a young man with a pale face wearing a white shirt spoke.
"I have seen you before. You gathered your own group before the start of the second trial as if you knew it was going to be that kind of battle. Then, you stick with that person who is good at finding out traps."
"So, you must have a reason for helping them. You don''t look like a person who would help others out of goodwill."
"What are you talking about? I am really a good person." Azur spoke as if his heart was broken. But, nobody cared about that. Instead, they were all curious about his n. Even Garven was no exception.
"Alright! Alright, let me exin this to you. Have you guys noticed something strange with all these three trials?" Azur asked.
Hearing his question, nobody spoke because they have seen a lot of strange things but they didn''t know whether it was what Azur was talking about.
"Why don''t you say everything at once?" The young man holding the sword on his back spoke with a serious expression.
"How could you not notice? There is no pattern to their trials. If they were truly after the strongest children, then why kill only twenty people in the second trial? Shouldn''t they force us to kill half?" Azur asked.
Hearing his question, one of the girls replied.
"Are you saying that they want to prolong the trial?"
"I am not saying. I am confident about this. If they could kill thousands of children in the first trial, why would they only kill half of us? And, if they are going to starve those people, why give the option to share food?"
"After all, they should be aware that we wouldn''t share food if those people are just going to take our position. In other words, if more of us survive the fourth trial, then it would be advantageous for us in the fifth trial." Azur exined.
"But, how would that work? I mean, if we fight to the death in the fifth trial, why should we help them?" The young man with the sword asked.
"Isn''t that obvious?" Azur rolled his eyes and a cruel smile appeared on his face.
"If I fight you, win and then put you inside the dungeon while giving you only a little food for a month, would you be able to win against me after a month?"
Hearing his words, the young man with the sword narrowed his eyes.
Seeing those eyes, Azur chuckled and said.
"Exactly! Right now, we are a strong group. If we fight each other, our battle will be bloody and half of us will be killed in the fifth trial. But, if our opponents are those guys, then wouldn''t we be at a big advantage?"
At this moment, everyone finally understood his idea. It was simple. Give them food, but not a lot, only to help them survive till the next trial. And, in the fifth trial, instead of fighting strong ones and putting your life in danger, just kill the weaker ones.
That was the n.
Everyone felt terror hearing that n. After all, they were just kids. For another kid toe up with such a n, they were horrified to face him.
Azur ced fear in their hearts.
"So, you are assuming that this trial is about numbers?" Suddenly, a voice rang from the crowd. Everyone turned around and looked at Garven.
Most of them had some impression of Garven, some were bad, while some were neutral.
"Yes, my friend. I believe this trial would be for numbers." Azur said with a big smile on his face.
"Then, you are damn wrong about the whole trial." Garven''s words brought silence to the entire room.
"What do you mean?" Azur''s eyebrows twitched when he heard Garven''s words. Everyone else had a simr expression.
"They don''t want numbers. Do you think you are a talented person? Do any of you think you can contend with the talented people from the sects? No! None of you are otherwise you would''ve been scouted by sects already."
Garven''s words made them mad but they didn''t immediately throw their anger at him instead they continued to listen to his exnation.
"Let me guess about your identities! Some of you are children of merchants. Some of you are children of average civilians. Some of you are mighte from wealthy families but most of you aren''t from powerful sects or families."
"But, there is one thing inmon between all of you. Martial artists, all of you are martial artists. At least, I assume you are. So, what would you do when you want to find the best person from a group of skilled people?"
"Make them fight each other until thest one remains. I am not sure how many trials are there nor do I know how many numbers they need. But if they are going as far as to kidnap thousands of children, why would they need to decrease the number by so much?"
"After all, those who didn''t make out of the first trial were just some random children. They want to find out who can survive. They want to find out who canst longer."
"Whether it is one or ten people, they will continue the trail until they find the people who can contend with the geniuses from other powers. Do you know how much this all would cost?"
"Do you think they will continue this for a long time? I don''t think so. In five days, there will be a battle and if you lose against someone from outside who hasn''t eaten for five days, why should they keep you alive?"
When he asked that question, everyone turned silent. Because of Azur''s words, they assumed that even if they lose, they can still get some food till the next trial.
Garven turned around and said.
"You might be right. I might be wrong. You are optimistic. I am being pessimistic. But, there must be a line between these two. You are a smart one. Find that line."
"But, do keep this in mind."
When he said that, everyone turned serious as if they were waiting for some kind of serious talk.
"Don''t forget to inform me when youe up with an idea."
Chapter 97 Leaving The Monster Kingdom
97 Leaving the Monster Kingdom
"Haa! All that serious talk and he ends it with a joke. I can''t take this anymore. I am going to eat." The young girl grabbed her te and walked toward a cave.
"I think we should eat first. After that, we can decide on what to do." Azur nodded his head and spoke. Everyone scattered as they took their te and walked toward the cave.
Azur also took his te but instead of going elsewhere, he walked to Garven''s cave. The cave was really small. It could barely fit more than three people so he just stayed outside.
"Can we talk while eating?" Azur asked.
"I don''t mind." Garven replied as he started eating.
"You said we need to find a line between being optimistic and pessimistic. What do you mean by that?" Azur asked with a serious expression but he didn''t forget to eat. He put a drumstick in his mouth and started chewing.
"If you think this is all about numbers, then you are wrong. If I think this is all about power, then I am wrong. We need to find a way where even if we lose, we won''t go bankrupt." Garven replied.
"You mean to keep the number high but also prove to them that we are strong. But how?" Azur looked at him with confusion and asked.
"Let me ask you something. What are the strongest forces in our kingdom?" Garven asked.
"Obviously, it''s going to be Royal. They have the most authority and the most powerful people. Although Twelve Great Sects don''t lose power, they can''t oppose the authority of the Royals. But, what does this got to do with my question?" Azur answered.
"That means this power is someone who will try to oppose the Royals. In other words, this wouldn''t be the only ce where they did this. Four provinces mean four ces."
"If they can produce twenty talents from these kinds of trials, then they can produce eighty talents. How many talents does a single sect have?" Garven asked.
"It depends. For example; I am just Sixth Rank Talent based on my ability toprehend a certain Martial Technique. If you are talking about third, second, and first rank, there would be less than five from one sect."
"So, each sect would have around fifty disciples with talent ranging from fourth to sixth. And, then they would have hundreds of disciples with talent ranging from seventh to ninth." Azur exined.
''So, talent is measured by the ability toprehend a certain martial technique. I need to ask him about thister on. First, I need to get some basic information.''
Garven nodded his head and said.
"Since you are sixth rank talent, there got to be a lot of others with simr kind of talent or even higher. But, if you go through all these extreme conditions and manage to survive, your powers wouldn''t be lower than those with third or fourth-rank talent."
"So, if this power is trying to go against the Royals, they would need to have at least ten to twenty people from each province. But even so, this number is still too low for a power that wants to rival other powers."
Hearing his Azur thought for a moment and asked.
"What if they are trying to raise killers? If a person who can survive their trials can take down dozens of other disciples, isn''t it the same having the numbers like the other sects?"
"That could be true. But, how could a person take down more than one opponent at the same time?" Garven asked.
Azur looked at him with strange eyes and said.
"Don''t you know? If you practice Spirit Tier Martial Art, you can crush dozens of people with a single wave of your hand. If you practice Earth Tier Martial Art, you can crush the earth and if you practice Heaven Tier Martial Art, you can destroy the sky."
"That much power martial artists of higher realm possess."
''Ohhh! So, Martial Arts are divided into Spirit, Earth, and Heaven-Tier. I didn''t know what. Of course, I know martial artists can take down dozens of people. Even Knights who are known to weakest ones can take down hundreds of people.''
''So, what else do I need to know? Oh yeah, I know.''
Garven looked at him with wide eyes and asked.
"Wait, what if we practice two martial arts? Will it make us stronger?"
Hearing his words, Azur shrugged his shoulders.
"It depends. If you practice basic martial techniques that can be bought from the market, and then train a martial technique like the one we were given then it wouldn''t make you stronger."
"But if you train two power martial techniques from the start, then it would make you stronger. Of course, there is a high chance that the internal energies of two different techniques might not be good for each other. In that case, they would destroy your cultivation."
"In many cases, people use a certain martial technique and then used the evolved form of that technique to make the progress. So, if we practice this new technique, we would need to drive out our original internal energy and fill ourselves with this new internal energy."
"Wait a minute! I have been talking about martial arts for a long but it isn''t rted to my questions. Aren''t you just trying to get more information from me?"
Azur suddenly paused when he realized something and asked.
"As I said, you are a smart one so you figure out what to do. Now that I have finished my meal, I need to train." Garven put his te away and took out the book.
Hearing his words, Azur clenched his fist.
"Damn it! You just said those words because you believed that I would be curious and ask you for more, didn''t you?"
Garven raised his eyes and asked.
"Do you really think I would waste so much time rambling about my opinion if I just wanted some information? Although my goal was to learn more about it, my words weren''t false."
"As I said before, don''t think like a person, think like a merchant. Make a n where even if we do something good, it won''t backfire us. In this case, if you help them, just make sure that it won''t hurt those who are inside."
"Now, leave me alone. I need to focus."
Azur thought for a moment and left. He didn''t care about being used for information. He understood what Garven was trying to say. He had to find that line.
Because if his idea was correct, then helping them would be good. But, if his idea was incorrect, then helping them would be dangerous for those who are inside.
He looked at the table and saw nearly half of the food was still there.
''Haaa! I guess I should rest a little before making any decision. For now, the door is closed so they wouldn''t even know what we are eating.''
''But, what''s his deal.''
Azur turned around and stared at Garven.
''Why is he so calm? Is he not afraid of those people? Could he be confident that he can train in just five days? Whatever I don''t have time to focus on him. Right now, I should be more focused on it.''
After Azur finally moved away from his sight, Garven put the book inside and took out another book. Just like the Blood Harmony Technique, it also had three words written in front of it.
[True Mystic Technique]
He turned the first page and started reading the book silently. While the first page had some instruction in words, thetter pages only consists of different martial arts styles.
This technique was truly peculiar. Unlike the Blood Harmony Technique which was very thin, it had a lot of pages. And, each page consists of a certain style. Every martial art style had a certain advantage and a certain disadvantage.
And, each one of them was exined carefully.
[First Style- Moonlight Fangs]
This technique reflects the attack of a wolf underneath the moon. Whenever this move was used, internal energy would be released from his fingers and his eyes, creating a mental image in his opponent''s mind.
By doing so, he would be able to forcefully suppress his movement. If a person has internal energy and knows how to use it properly, then it would be easy to destroy that mental image of suppression.
This was an offensive movement. It had one specific use and that would be attacked. But once he attacks, if it doesn''tnd properly or if his opponent sessfully defends it, he won''t be able to move for few seconds.
Garven finally understood why his snake was able to bite Jin. This was a pure disadvantage but it also makes this an ultimate move if executed properly.
''If I want to master the first style within five days, I have really work hard. This style isn''t something that I can use within this cave. I should try using passive method to absorb spiritual energy.''
Chapter 98 Surrounded
98 Surrounded
Martial Techniques were basically manuals that record the method of absorbing spiritual energy. But, there were two kinds of methods. And, each martial technique record both.
Martial Arts- It held different kinds of styles that while performing strengthen the body while absorbing spiritual energy. It couldn''t be used in a standstill position.
Cultivation Manuals- It held the passive lotus position style where a person would breathe in spiritual energy and use the martial technique to mold their spiritual energy with their blood and pass it into their dantian.
Whenever spiritual energy merged with blood, it slowly transformed into internal energy and thus it needed to be stored inside one''s dantian.
Dantian- It would be a space above the naval point inside one''s body which would be bigger from the inside and smaller from the outside. And, using the internal energy, one could slowly expand the dantian.
''I never thought absorbing the spiritual energy would be this easy. Breathing huh! One needed continuous breathing to stay alive but in terms of cultivation, breathing like normal wouldn''t be enough.''
''You need to breathe the air that consists most amount of spiritual energy. Since spiritual energy would be much denser, it would be hard to suck spiritual energy from normal breathing so it took a lot of time to umte even a little of spiritual energy.''
''But, this wouldn''t be a problem for me. I have lived inside a room where the air was limited so I had to breathe a small amount of air which would be almost half of the normal.''
''So, I was able to train my lungs to breathe as I want. Since I could breathe a small amount, why couldn''t I breathe arge amount?''
Garven stayed in his lotus position and started breathing. His breathing was heavy but also very stable. From each breathing, he could only absorb the spiritual energy of one-third of the total air he breathe in.
After one whole hour of continuous breathing, he realized that he had enough spiritual energy to start his cultivation. Normally, one would require a martial technique to be a martial artist because, without it, there was no way to merge the spiritual energy into blood and refine it into internal energy.
Otherwise, every person in the world would be a martial artist.
True Mystic Technique!
It was quite a powerful technique because of its ability to refine two different kinds of attributes in internal energy. When he umted enough spiritual energy, he infused the spiritual energy into his bone marrow.
Now, his spiritual energy would slowly merge with the blood and start flowing through his blood veins, slowly absorbing nutrients. Basically, spiritual energy would be evolution-type energy.
And, nutrient was the raw material for that energy to properly function. Thus, whenever spiritual energy would merge with their bone marrow and flow throughout his body, it would slowly transform into a pure form of internal energy.
Now, using the sacred words written on the True Mystic Technique, he would slowly add two different attributes to his internal energy.
Dark Attribute! Strength Attribute!
There were different kinds of attributes that could be added to internal energy but pure internal energy only held life force. So, whenever he used the True Mystic Technique, he could use that life force to generate the attributes in it.
After all, one can''t directly generate the attributes out of nowhere. But, the internal energy would still retain the life force that could be now used for increasing one''s lifespan.
Dark Attribute was a perfect power for lethality and stealth. If this attribute was used by a trained assassin, it would be a perfect weapon. This was also the same kind of energy that Jin used when he used Moonlight Fangs.
Strength Attribute was simply a brute force. Unlike Dark Attribute, it wasn''t umon and could be found in basically all martial techniques. Because without adding strength attribute to internal energy, a martial artist can''t increase his physical powers while using internal energy.
Garven spent the entire day and night refining his spiritual energy into internal energy. It wasn''t enough though. He could only add attributes to his internal energy when his dantian would be filled.
It''s like exercising. Unless he exercised enough, he couldn''t increase his strength. So, whenever his dantian would be full, he could add two attributes to his internal energy using the True Mystic Technique.
It took him four days to properly fill up his dantian though.
On the fourth day,
Garven was contemting his rapid growth. From what he knew, it would at least take ten days to even a month just to fill up an empty dantian. So, he didn''t understand why he was able to fill up his dantian so quickly.
''I am not sure about my talent. I know for a fact that I was easily able to merge the spiritual energy with my bone marrow which would normally be tough for people.''
''But for me, it was more like normal breathing. What I don''t know is whether that''s because I was talented from birth or because I spent one month in that extreme condition before starting my training.''
''It could be because of both or maybe the air in this ce just has more spiritual energy than the air in our cities where there were numerous martial artists.''
''No matter what, my progression was definitely amazing. Now, I would need to properly add attributes to my internal energy. From what I know, my current internal energy has zero attributes.''
''If I merge both attributes, it would be more like adding points to something. If my Strength Attribute is zero, then it would be one after this promotion.''
''I am not sure how much it would increase my actual strength but I need to make a proper way to understand it better. But first, let''s just add two attributes to my dantian and finally promote my rank.''
Garven closed his eyes and focused on his martial technique. Reciting the words of his technique inside his mind allowed him toprehend the meaning of Strength and Dark attributes.
But, even if he couldprehend the entire meaning, he could only add a certain amount of it to his internal energy since his internal energy only had a limited amount of life force to actually transform his thoughts into reality, and shape these attributes inside his internal energy.
After a whole day and night of continuous training, he finally seeded on the fifth day.
Inside his dantian, his internal energy was silently reserved like the water in a pond.
In the morning,
Garven opened his eyes and took out the metal rod from the side. He made a box on the ground and started writing different words and numbers.
{Basic Attributes- [Strength: 1] [Agility: 0] [Endurance: 0] [Dexterity: 0] [Stamina: 0] [Defense: 0]}
{Additional Attributes- [Fire: 0] [Water: 0] [Metal: 0] [Wind: 0] [Earth: 0] [Lightning: 0] [Ice: 0] [Light: 0] [Dark: 0]}
''Hmm! This is how I view my current internal energy. Only Strength and Dark has one point each. That means if I want to get stronger, I need to find a way to increase all the attributes, at least basic attributes. If I focus too much on additional attributes, it would be harder and longer to improve my rank.''
''So, first I need to focus on Basic Attributes. That man wasn''t wrong. Unlike True Mystic, Blood Harmony Technique has four attributes that make it even more amazing.''
''Strength, Agility, Endurance, and Fire. If I train that technique, I would be able to cover two more attributes from basic attributes and as a bonus, I will also get the Fire attribute.''
''But, even if I do get Strength Attribute, it''s not like I can add strength right now. I can add other attributes but can''t increase the same attribute even if I do use another martial technique.''
''So, that means I need to focus on increasing the zero-point Agility, Endurance, Dexterity, Stamina, and Defense to one point each. Currently, the Blood Harmony Technique covers Endurance and Agility but what about Dexterity, Stamina, and Defense.''
''I need to find all six attributes no matter what. Currently, my battle strength is two out of fifteen. If I train Blood Harmony Technique, it would be five out of fifteen. So, instead of directly increasing my rank, I should increase my battle strength.''
''Thus, when I increase my rank, it would increase my battle strength even more. This process would be long and quite hard as well but there is nothing wrong with taking a long route.''
Garven rubbed the record bar that he made on the ground and stood up.
''I managed to live through that hell for a month without being extraordinary. So, there is no need to hurry. I can just take things slowly.''
He smiled and slowly walked out of the cave.
''It''s time for the battle.''
As he came out, the door slowly started opening. The door that was keeping the other fifty children outside opened.
After a long discussion, Azur and others decided not to send any food outside. So, they were confident in this battle. But, the children from outside entered, and Garven''s eyes narrowed.
''Something is wrong here.''
Chapter 99 Making Their Way Out
99 Making their way out
''Why? Why? Why Why Why Why Why?''
''Why are there only twenty children? They wouldn''t die in five days. They were martial artists. Even if they have gotten weak, they wouldn''t die. So, why? Why?''
Garven''s heartbeat was soaring. He started feeling nervous. Simply because he just started his training and he was quite weak. That''s why he suggested the group not send any food outside.
He didn''t care if they starve to death for five days. He just wanted to survive. But right now, he felt like survival was going to be even harder.
"Since everyone is here, let''s close the door!"
Garven was hoping that the others would enter soon but the words from that man poured cold water on him. When the door closed, it was serious that only twenty of them survive.
"Now, there are only twenty packages who are left from outside so we will basically have twenty matches. The outside packages are allowed to choose anyone they want for the battle."
"After the battle, if they win, they will rece the position of the package they defeat."
"Now, return to your sides."
When he said that, everyone who was closer to the middle moved to the sides. Those from outside moved near the door while those from inside moved closer to the walls.
"Now, start the challenge!"
When he said that, a young man from the door walked forward. This man didn''t look like someone who hasn''t eaten for five days. He was quite healthy and even more dangerous. He wore a grey t-shirt.
His eyes moved around, looking for his target. And, when his eyesnded on a certain person, a cruel smile appeared on his lips.
"You!"
He raised his hand and pointed his finger at a person next to Garven. When he saw that, Garven''s heart was pumping faster. He was extremely nervous but the boy next to him didn''t look that nervous.
He walked to the middle and clenched his fist. He folded the sleeve of his white shirt as he got into a fighting position.
"Fight!"
As soon as he John spoke, the boy with the grey t-shirt rushed toward the boy with a white shirt. He clenched his fist and internal energy gathered in his hand. The small sparks of me emerged from his fist as he thrust it forward.
Bam! Whoosh!
The boy with the white shirt also didn''t back down. He infused his hand with internal energy and ayer of liquid coated his fist. When their fist collided, the white steam burst out and covered the surrounding.
Whoosh! Whoosh!
Two figures dashed out of the steam without any major injuries. The boy with the grey t-shirt clicked his tongue.
''Damn it! This bastard has a water attribute. Water surpasses fire. If I want to win against him, I need to use the Blood Harmony Technique to its fullest power.''
The boy didn''t hesitate to dash into the white steam. The boy with the white shirt also didn''t look nervous. With his water attribute, he had confidence in himself so he entered the steam as well.
Because of the steam, it was hard to watch the battle. But, after a moment, a scream came out of the steam and blew it.
"Ahhhhhh!"
When the steam was blown away, Garven and others saw a boy with a grey t-shirt holding the wrist of a boy with a white shirt. At this moment, the boy with a white shirt raised his foot and kicked his opponent''s head.
But, the boy with the grey t-shirt didn''t even faze. He tightened his head with internal energy and swing his head. The impact threw that boy''s leg to the ground and give him a chance to attack.
He didn''t hesitate to pull the boy with the white shirt closer and smash his head with his own.
''Endurance! This is definitely due to endurance. And, it''s not just one point. It must be either three or even four points of endurance. This boy didn''t get lucky to catch his opponent''s wrist. He forcefully did it.''
''Blood Harmony Technique''
Garven''s eyes widened when he saw that. At this moment, he gritted his teeth.
''Thest pages of this technique revealed an evil art that allows one to absorb the blood of other creatures to increase their own internal energy. By constantly absorbing blood, one could enter the Blood Madness state.''
''That means those thirty people. They didn''t die of hunger. They must have been devoured by these twenty people. The weak don''t have reason to exist here. Damn it! If only I had thought about that.''
''If I had supported Azur''s decision, they wouldn''t go as far as to use the blood of other human beings. They weren''t evil. They were forced to be evil. Damn it! It''s all my fault.''
Suddenly, his eyes turned cold.
''If it is my mistake then I will fix it. No matter what, I won''t let my mistake kill me. If I have to get stronger in a fly, I will do so. Even if I have to be evil.''
Garven hadpletely memorized that Blood Harmony Technique. It''s just that he didn''t use it because he didn''t get a chance. He didn''t use the Blood Harmony Technique because every technique has one kind of cultivation manual.
And, this cultivation manual forces him to absorb the blood of others in order to grow stronger. That''s why he didn''t use it as his main foundation even if it had four attributes.
But, right now Garven was fixated on surviving. This was his goal after all. So, he knew he had to do anything or everything to survive.
Garven turned his attention to the battle as if it was slowly reaching its climax.
The boy with the white shirt managed to escape from his opponent''s grip and started attacking.
A barrage of punches and kicks at the different parts of the body. His body started to move like a snake as he managed tond a soft but strong hit on his opponent.
On the other hand, the boy wearing a grey t-shirt was forced on defense. He was solely using his endurance to face off against his opponent. That only got him to block a few non-deadly blows.
As he started to weaken, his eyes started to turn red.
''No, not here, I can''t lose here. I havee too far to lose. I have killed too many to die right now. I have to do it. I have to let madness control me.''
[Secret Blood Art- Blood Berserk]
The next moment, his body turned red. His eyes also turned red and so as his hair.
"Wh-what?" The boy wearing a white shirt retreated in fear. He sensed an intense killing intent directed at him. His forehead started to sweat as he couldn''t focus on his wless and smooth moves.
"Grrrr-Rarww!"
The boy wearing a grey t-shirt let out a roar like a beast and rushed toward his opponent. His opponent didn''t even get a chance to prepare as he was soaked with sweat and fear.
He raised his arm and his internal energy turned red. The mes burst out but unlike normal yellow mes, it was scarlet.
Boom!
He thrust his fist forward and the internal energy gushed out of his fist like a stream of fire, burning his opponent on its way. But, it didn''t end there. He was still in a state of madness.
He grabbed his opponent''s hand and started pulling. When the others saw that, their eyes almost popped out. He was slowly pulling it until he managed to rip his opponent''s hand.
The blood spilled on his face as he licked it with a hint of joy. He put both of his hands on the boy and his body started absorbing his opponent''s blood.
"W-w-why aren''t they stopping him? The match has already ended, hasn''t it?" One of the boys from inside trembled in fear as he asked.
Others didn''t speak. They were too afraid to die.
In front of their eyes, the boy with the white shirt turned into a bloodless corpse. Only then John made his move. He appeared behind the boy with a grey t-shirt and knocked his neck.
He turned his eyes at the boys from inside and a cruel expression appeared on his face.
"You are allowed to do anything to your opponent. We don''t need the losers who can''t even watch the blood."
Saying so, he disappeared and reappeared on the stage.
"Start the second battle!" He said.
Hearing his words, another boy walked out. He was wearing a red t-shirt. He turned his head around and raised his finger.
His finger pointed at the boy with the sword. A cruel smile appeared on his face as heughed.
"Hehehe! I would like to taste your blood."
The Novel will be updated first on this website. Come back and
continue reading tomorrow, everyone!